Tornado Manual GB 10 - 2011

S.A.
M I X E R D L
EO W
B P
A RJ OOF I LPEEMRI XF EI RL
MANUAL DEL OWNER’S

PROPIETARIO
MANUAL
UL
R
RE
GI
M
STE IR
RED F
OPERATING MANUAL
TABLE OF CONTENTS S.A.
1. Equipment Identification ...................................................................................... 4

2. Technical Description........................................................................................... 7
3. Safety Instructions ............................................................................................... 12
3.1. General Safety Regulations ............................................................... 14
3.2. General Safety Regulations during Operation ................................... 15
4. Qualified Personnel ............................................................................................. 16
4.1. General Recommendations ............................................................... 17
4.2. Training ............................................................................................. 17
4.3. Operator Ability................................................................................... 18
4.4. Operator Responsibility ..................................................................... 18
4.5. Safety Instructions prior to Operation................................................. 20
5. Operating the Machinery ..................................................................................... 21
5.1. Correct Operation of the Machinery ................................................... 22
5.2. Incorrect Operation of the Machinery ................................................. 22
5.3. Operating the Machinery .................................................................... 23
5.3.1. Loading the Drum..................................................................... 23
5.3.2. Mixing ...................................................................................... 23
5.3.3. Transport .................................................................................. 24
5.3.4. Reloading ................................................................................. 24
5.4. Operator Controls ............................................................................... 25
5.4.1. Steering Column ....................................................................... 26
5.4.2. Lateral Control Panel ................................................................ 36
6. In Case of Emergency ......................................................................................... 37
6.1. Towing the Equipment ........................................................................ 38
6.2. Emptying the Drum by Mechanical Means......................................... 41
7. Equipment Maintenance ...................................................................................... 42
7.1. Locating Faults in the Hydraulic Circuit .............................................. 44
7.2. Locating Faults in the Motor ............................................................... 46
7.3. Equipment Maintenance Table ........................................................... 54
7.4. Regulation of the Hydraulic System ................................................... 56
8. Electrical Diagrams.............................................................................................. 63
9. Hydraulic Diagrams ............................................................................................. 66
10. Disassembly ...................................................................................................... 67
11. Technical Appendices ........................................................................................ 106
MXMANUAL1-03 Normet Chile Ltd. Page 3

Santiago - Chile
Tel (56-2) 854 - 1955 Fax (56-02) 854- 1711
www.normet.fi
1
EQUIPMENT
IDENTIFICATION
OPERATING MANUAL
EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION S.A.
Code: __________
Chassis N°: __________
This manual is a guide to ensuring that the cement mixer operates in the most appropriate,
safe manner. With regard to operating the machinery this should be done by qualified per-
sonnel in accordance with the relevant technical section in this manual. The information con-
tained in this manual is up to date for the standard vehicle. Nevertheless, due to continuous
improvement of the product and the different versions of the equipment available, it is possible
that certain changes have been made to the equipment that have not been included as yet.

Santiago - Chile
Tel (56-2) 854 - 1955 Fax (56-02) 854- 1711
www.normet.fi
OPERATING MANUAL
EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION S.A.
To identify the machinery and its components correctly when analysing its technical features or
to order spare parts, check the model's serial number in the following way:
Fig. 1 Type and chassis number

Santiago - Chile
Tel (56-2) 854 - 1955 Fax (56-02) 854- 1711
www.normet.fi
2
TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION
OPERATING MANUAL
TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION S.A.
CHASSIS:
Tubular structure, especially designed for heavy equipment.
DIESEL ENGINE
Deutz BF4M1013C, 146 HP, four cylinders, water refrigerated.
Turbo-intercooler.
Fuel Tank: 270 L.
TRANSMISSION
Automatic Hydrostatic Regulation. Rexroth variable flow piston pumps directly connected to the
diesel engine. Hydraulic piston engine with variable movement, assembled directly on each dif-
ferential axle.
DIFFERENTIAL AXLES
Planetary axles with drum reducer, wet disc service brakes, internal parking brake.
Dynamic capacity per axle of 9,000 Kg.
Oscillating and steering front axle. Rigid and steering rear axle. Traction and steering in the four
wheels.
STEERING
Hydrobooster system on the front and rear axle.
BRAKES
Interior discs for wet applications, on four wheels, with hydraulic mechanisms and two independ-
ent circuits. Hydraulic parking brakes on both axles.
CAB
Ergonomically designed, with complete control panel.

Santiago - Chile
Tel (56-2) 854 - 1955 Fax (56-02) 854- 1711
www.normet.fi
OPERATING MANUAL
HYDRAULIC CIRCUITS
Three different circuits on one device:
- TRANSIT : DA system hydrostatic transmission, automatically regulated

speed based on pressure.
- DRUM ROTATION : Hydrostatic transmission, electronic regulation of

rotation speed.
- SERVICES : Gear pumps for brakes and water pump.

Oil tank for hydraulic equipment: 270 L.
MIXING DRUM
Maximum capacity for mass concrete: 4m3.
Hydraulic rotation of the drum in both directions, for mixing and pouring, using a Rexroth hy-
draulic motor driven by a Rexroth variable flow pump with electronic rpm regulation.
WATER SYSTEM
Water Tank: 200 L.
Water pump powered by hydraulic engine.
Washing Hose.
SPEED
Can be self-regulated based on working load, maximum speed of 19 Km/hr.
MAXIMUM SLOPE
To be used with full load: 30 % (SAE regulation).
ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
2 12 Vdc 75A Batteries

Santiago - Chile
Tel (56-2) 854 - 1955 Fax (56-02) 854- 1711
www.normet.fi
OPERATING MANUAL
WEIGHT AND DIMENSIONS

Empty: 8 Tonnes.
Width 2.22 m. – Length 7.06 m – Height 2.54 m.
Fig. 2. General Dimensions Plan
TURNING RADIUS
Interior: 3.6 m. - Exterior: 6.8 m.
6862
R3695
Fig. 3. Turning Radius Plan

Santiago - Chile
Tel (56-2) 854 - 1955 Fax (56-02) 854- 1711
www.normet.fi
OPERATING MANUAL
MAIN STRUCTURE
The equipment is constructed based on a rigid tubular structure, especially designed for heavy
labour and incorporating a oscillating system within the equipment's front differential axle. Both
structures are connected by a bolt.
Fig. 4. View of equipment's undercarriage.
Oscillation of the front axle allows the vehicle oscillate around its longitudinal axle +/- 7°.
This structure allows the machinery to maintain traction across its four wheels, even on uneven
surfaces.
Fig. 5. Carriage Structure

Santiago - Chile
Tel (56-2) 854 - 1955 Fax (56-02) 854- 1711
www.normet.fi
3
! SAFETY
INSTRUCTIONS
OPERATING MANUAL
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS S.A.
The equipment is designed in accordance with existing, applicable safety regulations. Despite
this fact, operating, servicing and repair faults may arise that may result in dangerous operating
conditions.
All operations require that operators are familiar with operating instructions and follow them. As
a result it is recommended that instructions are read in order and that the operator is familiar
with the machinery before using it.
In addition to the operating instructions, the user must always remember that they must always
act in line with local health and safety regulations and national laws and statues.
The use of equipment for any other task other than that for which it is designed or exceeding
operating capacity will be considered inappropriate usage. Any other use of equipment or ma-
chinery will be deemed unacceptable. In accordance with the above, the manufacturer/distribu-
tor will not assume any responsibility for any damages resulting from inappropriate use of the
equipment.

Santiago - Chile
Tel (56-2) 854 - 1955 Fax (56-02) 854- 1711
www.normet.fi
OPERATING MANUAL
3.1. GENERAL SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
! DANGER
Learn to recognise dangerous work areas in addition to any
communal storage areas.
! WARNING
Study operating and maintenance
equipment.
! WARNING
Use the recommended safety devices, that is; gloves, safety
boots, helmet, protective glasses and ear muffs, as and when
necessary.
Know the equipment's capacity, limitations and correct operating

! techniques:
Operate equipment only when you are physically able and not under the influence of
! alcohol or drugs.
To operate the equipment you must have been trained and duly qualified.
!
Keep equipment clean and free of oil, ice, clay and loose objects on working surfaces
! and control panels.
Never remove any parts from the motor exhaust, nor should you remove any safety caps
! or devices from the machinery.
! Do not try to get into or off the vehicle while it is moving.
! Before starting up the equipment ensure that the accelerator is at the lowest level.
While operating the equipment ensure you comply with the instruction manual and your
! company's operating instructions

Santiago - Chile
Tel (56-2) 854 - 1955 Fax (56-02) 854- 1711
www.normet.fi
OPERATING MANUAL
3.2. GENERAL SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS DURING OPERATION
! WARNING
READ THIS MANUAL CAREFULLY BEFORE OPERATING THE
EQUIPMENT
Make sure the engine is off when filling the petrol tank, servicing or repairing the
! machinery, unless it is required to be on to carry out said repairs.
! Check the area around the vehicle before getting into the cab.
Don't allow anyone apart from the driver aboard the equipment while
! moving.
Before starting up the equipment ensure the gears are in neutral and that the machine
! has the safety brake on.
! Keep a safe operating distance between the equipment and other personnel.
! Do not try to get into or off the equipment while moving.
Repair or advise immediately of any faults or issues with the equipment.

!
! Use the lowest gears when descending a slope.
If possible always park on level ground. When parked on a slope turn the wheels or put
! a block in place.
Turn off the machinery before carrying out any work on the engine. Make sure your
! clothes do not get trapped in the belts or other mobile engine parts.
Anyone wearing a pacemaker should not carry out work on the machinery's motor given
! the high pressure generated by the ignition system.

Santiago - Chile
Tel (56-2) 854 - 1955 Fax (56-02) 854- 1711
www.normet.fi
4
QUALIFIED PERSONNEL
OPERATING MANUAL
QUALIFIED PERSONNEL S.A.
4.1. GENERAL RECOMMENDATIONS
- The equipment should not be operated by individuals who cannot read and understand
the signs, instructions and operating notes that form part of the tasks (in whatever
language printed in).
- The equipment should not be operated by anyone with serious impairments to vision or
hearing, physical or mental impediments (such as epilepsy, heart disease, or degenera-
tive neuron-muscular disease) this having been verified by way of a physical examina-
tion at least once a year.
- The equipment should not be operated while eating, drinking, reading.
- The equipment should not be operated by anyone who has requested they be relieved
of duty due to feeling physically or mentally unwell.
- The equipment should not be used at a new location or at the beginning of a new shift,
until a visual inspection of the equipment is carried out.
- The equipment should have a sign that indicates it is OUT OF ORDER, where an
operator reports any damage, defect, problem or accident such that it can be inspected
by the shift supervisor and next shift operator.
4.2. TRAINING
- The operator should have been given training regarding the operation and servicing of
the equipment. The operators should familiarise themselves with the manufacturer's
manual provided and be familiar with the operating values and features of the equipment
they use.
- All personnel using the equipment should receive adequate training.
- Ensure that new operating personnel have been given adequate training and that
this has been documented.

Santiago - Chile
Tel (56-2) 854 - 1955 Fax (56-02) 854- 1711
www.normet.fi
OPERATING MANUAL
4.3. OPERATOR ABILITY
THE MACHINERY SHOULD ONLY BE USED BY THOSE WHO ARE:
- Over the age of 18.
- Are physically and mentally able for the task.
- Have been trained to operate and maintain the machine and have proven their qualifica-
tion for this type of work.
- Be responsible and efficient.
- Follow the instructions provided.
4.4. OPERATOR RESPONSIBILITY
Accidents in the workplace occur frequently under unusual circumstances. Therefore it is im-
portant that you consider all possibilities including the most unusual circumstances that may
arise during any task.
- When using this equipment the operator is responsible for the safety and maintaining
any potentially dangerous areas within their working area.
- The equipment's safety features should be inspected each time the machine is used. If
any fault or defect is detected it should be repaired immediately.
- If it is impossible to eliminate elements of danger the operation should be suspended.
- All operating and service instructions must be complied with.

Santiago - Chile
Tel (56-2) 854 - 1955 Fax (56-02) 854- 1711
www.normet.fi
OPERATING MANUAL
- Operators should be familiar with how to manage the equipment and its
control devices.
- Security systems should never be deactivated or disassembled to facilitate work.

The equipment should never be on or be used if one of its safety devices has been disa-
bled.
- Before starting up or using the equipment ensure that it will not result in any harm to
people or property.
- The equipment should not be used for any other means than that it has been designed
for.
- It is totally prohibited to exceed the given operating parameters.
- It is completely prohibited to use the equipment while not in full health or while
under the influence of alcohol or other toxic substances.

Santiago - Chile
Tel (56-2) 854 - 1955 Fax (56-02) 854- 1711
www.normet.fi
OPERATING MANUAL
4.5. SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS PRIOR TO OPERATION
- Always ensure before you get in the cab that there are no unauthorised personnel.
- Enter and exit with care using the relevant access aids. Be careful on slippery surfaces.
- Check the interior, surrounding area and under section of the machinery before starting
up the equipment or before beginning to operate it.
- Always make sure that the parking brake is engaged and that the gears are before start-
ing it up.
- Ensure all controls are in the correct position before starting up the machinery.
- If there is a warning signal over the ignition switch or over any lever, the control equip-
ment in question should not be touched until this signal is resolved by the person who
activated it or by any party familiar with the system.
- Start up the motor using just the ignition switch.
- Ensure that the machinery is only used when safe and when operating appropriately.
- Only use the machinery if all the necessary safety protection equipment is in place and
operating correctly.
- Follow the instructions detailed for starting up or powering off the equipment and signal
devices, in addition to any other instructions.
- Ensure there is adequate space for moving equipment.
- Keep the equipment clean, especially the controls, glass and lights. Remove any spilt oil,
grease or bits of cement. Wash the equipment periodically.

Santiago - Chile
Tel (56-2) 854 - 1955 Fax (56-02) 854- 1711
www.normet.fi
5
OPERATING THE MACHINERY
OPERATING MANUAL
OPERATING THE MACHINERY S.A.
5.1. CORRECT OPERATION OF THE MACHINERY
- Correct use of the machinery or equipment requires that you follow the operating and
servicing instructions dictated by the manufacturer.
- Use of the equipment for any other end than those for which it has been designed or
exceeding operating capacity is not considered appropriate use. No manufacturer/dis-
tributor will assume responsibility for any damages caused by this type of use.
- Selection of the most appropriate machinery or equipment for a specific job depends on
the type of job to be carried out, for example: spreading of concrete, shotcrete projec-
tion, transport of rock and gravel, etc.
- The machinery or equipment can only be operated or repaired by personnel who have
been trained and authorised to carry out this type of work.
- It is completely prohibited to make any changes to the machinery without the manufac-
turer's prior consent. The maximum operating parameters allowed are detailed in the
technical specifications document.
- Only original parts should be used.
- The operator is responsible for any accidents which may occur as a result of negligence
or lack of care. The work will be carried out in accordance with instructions issued by the
local authorities. In the aim of avoiding damages operators and their superiors should be
informed of current regulations and statues in addition to exercising extreme caution.
5.2. INCORRECT OPERATION OF THE MACHINERY
The manufacturer will not assume any responsibility for any damages caused by inappropriate
use of the machinery and for inappropriate use, servicing or repairs carried out with insufficient
preparation.

Santiago - Chile
Tel (56-2) 854 - 1955 Fax (56-02) 854- 1711
www.normet.fi
OPERATING MANUAL
5.3. OPERATING THE MACHINERY
To gain rapid understanding and experience with the equipment, you should do the
following:
Read this manual carefully.
Familiarise yourself with the controls and instruction panel until you are fully aware of
the function of each element. Do the same for water system.
5.3.1. LOADING THE DRUM
The sequence for loading the drum with the different concrete components should be
the following, while keeping the drum rotating:
1°- The full dose of water required for the type of concrete to be mixed.
2°- The full dose of cement.
3°- The full dose of sand.
4°- All the gravel.
In the loading phase the number of drum revolutions should be high to ensure quick
absorption.
5.3.2. MIXING
The mixing process is almost complete once the drum has been fully loaded.

Santiago - Chile
Tel (56-2) 854 - 1955 Fax (56-02) 854- 1711
www.normet.fi
OPERATING MANUAL
5.3.3. TRANSPORT
The transport distance should be as short as possible fundamentally for production

reasons.
Wherever possible, it is more efficient to bring the stock to the mixing site instead of
making long journeys.
Logically, the drum should be kept rotating during the trip to avoid the mixture separat-
ing or deteriorating.
Be mindful of speed while driving a fully loaded and rotating machine through con-
struction sites, but also when empty.
Adjust your speed for road or site conditions.
5.3.4. RELOADING
Once you have discharged the concrete and before beginning a new cycle you must
put a small amount of water in the drum and transport it with the drum rotating.
This cleans the drum and avoids materials hardening and getting stuck to the inside of
the drum.
When loading ready mixed components the cycle to be used depends on the level of
preparation required. In any case the same criteria detailed above should be applied.

Santiago - Chile
Tel (56-2) 854 - 1955 Fax (56-02) 854- 1711
www.normet.fi
OPERATING MANUAL
OPERATOR CONTROLS S.A.
5.4. OPERATOR CONTROLS
STEERING
COLUMNA COLUMN
DE DIRECCION
Page 24
BRAKE
PEDAL PEDAL
DE FRENO
PEDAL DE ACELERADOR
ACCELERATOR PEDAL
PANEL
LATERAL LATERAL
CONTROL PANEL
PageDE
34 CONTROLES

Santiago - Chile
Tel (56-2) 854 - 1955 Fax (56-02) 854- 1711
www.normet.fi
OPERATING MANUAL
5.4.1. STEERING COLUMN
On turning the switch indicated, the top part of the steering column will come free to regulate
its position.
Alternator Warning Light

Indicates the energy generating source; should be used after the
engine becomes to operate. If it does not turn on or off during load-
ing, it means that the battery charging system is not responding
correctly.

Santiago - Chile
Tel (56-2) 854 - 1955 Fax (56-02) 854- 1711
www.normet.fi
OPERATING MANUAL
Oil Pressure Warning Light

If it comes on during normal engine operation, it indicates a lubrica-
tion problem. Turn off the motor and check the oil level, re-fill the oil
if the level is low.
If the warning light stays on after you have re-filled the

! oil, stop working and contact a duly authorised techni-
cian.
Fuel Warning Light

This warning light indicates low fuel levels in the tank.
! Don't drive with low fuel levels.
Engine Temperature Warning Light

If this comes on while the engine is running, it means that the
engine is overheating. In this case the equipment should automati-
cally be switched off as a preventative measure. Where you try
to re-start the engine and the light remains on the engine will not
start up, given that the temperature still exceeds optimal levels. If
the problem persists do not use the equipment and consult a duly
authorised technician.
Low Beams.
Parking Lights
These lights are located on either end of the equipment and serve
to warn those in the surrounding area of their presence.
They light up and stay on once you move the switch on the steering
column's right lever forward.

Santiago - Chile
Tel (56-2) 854 - 1955 Fax (56-02) 854- 1711
www.normet.fi
OPERATING MANUAL
Emergency Stop
Saturated Pressure Filters
Crab Steering
Front or Rear Steering
If the "crab steering" warning light and the front/rear

! steering warning light are both off the front axle will
adapt.
Forward Movement
Reverse Movement
Spark Plug

Santiago - Chile
Tel (56-2) 854 - 1955 Fax (56-02) 854- 1711
www.normet.fi
OPERATING MANUAL
Fuel Level Indicator
This functions when the ignition switch is in the CONTACT POSI-

TION.
When the arrow falls within the red area on the fuel supply, it is rec-
ommended that you refill it, preventing air from entering the power
supply, which would require the supply be purged.
It is recommended that the fuel tank is refilled at the end of each
working shift. This prevents the temperature dropping excessively
at night, which allows the condensation in the air to accumulate
and form water in the tank.
The warning light in the control panel lights up indicating

! low fuel levels in the tank.
Tachometer / Hourmeter
The tachometer indicates the engine's turning speed in revolutions/

minute, in accordance with the parameters selected, facilitating bet-
ter usage of torque and power.
Avoid allowing the engine rotation speed to exceed

! 2200 rpm.
Where the equipment is descending on a slope use the

! brake as necessary to control the engine turning speed
and avoid exceeding 2200 rpm.
The hourmeter indicates the number of hours the machine has

been in operation.
Remember to cheque the hourmeter periodically to en-

! sure the cycles set in the manual for preventative main-
tenance are maintained.

Santiago - Chile
Tel (56-2) 854 - 1955 Fax (56-02) 854- 1711
www.normet.fi
OPERATING MANUAL
Temperature Indicator
Normal operating conditions for the engine are indicated by the ar-
row's position within the range determined "normal".
If under normal operating conditions the arrow reaches the red
zone, the warning light will light up. You should immediately turn
the engine off and identify the reason for the overheating as de-
tailed below:
- Get out of the machinery's path as safely as possible.
- Turn off the engine.
- Wait until the engine cools down.
- Manage the level of coolant in the cooling system

and add to it as needed.
If after a reasonable period of time the temperature light continues

to light up on starting the engine, the cooling system should be
checked by a duly authorised technician.
If the outside temperature is beyond the normal range, the warning

arrow may approach the red area (without entering it) without any
need for concern.
Never add cold water to the cooling liquid tank while the
engine is hot. Wait for the temperature to fall with the
! engine disconnected, as otherwise this could result in a
thermic shock and damage the block, the cylinder cap
and/or other engine components.

Santiago - Chile
Tel (56-2) 854 - 1955 Fax (56-02) 854- 1711
www.normet.fi
OPERATING MANUAL
to
tac
ct
Coan
Cont
s r
jia do
bu ngta
de aPlelu
Ck
ar
Sp
ion que
IgnAirt ran

Santiago - Chile
Tel (56-2) 854 - 1955 Fax (56-02) 854- 1711
www.normet.fi
OPERATING MANUAL
Marcha
Forward Gear
adelante
Marcha
Reverse Gear
atras
Left Indicator
Right Indicator

Santiago - Chile
Tel (56-2) 854 - 1955 Fax (56-02) 854- 1711
www.normet.fi
OPERATING MANUAL
1
Horn
2
Front Indicators
Parking Lights
Inactive

Santiago - Chile
Tel (56-2) 854 - 1955 Fax (56-02) 854- 1711
www.normet.fi
OPERATING MANUAL
High Beams
Fixed High Beams

Santiago - Chile
Tel (56-2) 854 - 1955 Fax (56-02) 854- 1711
www.normet.fi
OPERATING MANUAL
1 6
2 3 4 5
1 Hazard
2 Parking Brake Activation
3 Turning the water pump on and off.
4 Turning the water pump on and off.
5 Equipment Steering Type Switch crab/front/rear
6 Low Speed Switch.

Santiago - Chile
Tel (56-2) 854 - 1955 Fax (56-02) 854- 1711
www.normet.fi
OPERATING MANUAL
5.4.2. LATERAL CONTROL PANEL
2
3
1 Drum Steering Controller
2 Emergency Stop
3 Short Circuit.
4 Drum Hydraulic Pressure Indicator

Santiago - Chile
Tel (56-2) 854 - 1955 Fax (56-02) 854- 1711
www.normet.fi
6
IN CASE OF EMERGENCY
OPERATING MANUAL
IN CASE OF EMERGENCY S.A.
6.1. TOWING THE EQUIPMENT
Should you need to tow the vehicle, follow the steps below to avoid damaging the
equipment or causing harm to personnel involved.
1- Before moving the equipment, block the wheels as detailed in the previous
diagram, to avoid damage.
View from above of the

differential axle.
2- Slide under the machine's chassis until you reach the area where the front
differential axle is located, once there, identify the four bolts indicated in the
previous diagram.
REPEAT THIS STEP ON THE REAR DIFFERENTIAL AXLE.

Santiago - Chile
Tel (56-2) 854 - 1955 Fax (56-02) 854- 1711
www.normet.fi
OPERATING MANUAL
Then screw in each of the bolts as tightly as possible as indicated in the above
diagram.
3- Go to the pump and using hexagonal key number 17 turn the nut anti-clockwise
until you can release the system.

Santiago - Chile
Tel (56-2) 854 - 1955 Fax (56-02) 854- 1711
www.normet.fi
OPERATING MANUAL
Once done screw in the bolt as far as possible using the 5 mm Allen key as
shown in the above diagram.
Repeat the same operation for the second valve found on the opposite side of
the pump.
4- To tow the vehicle use the special brackets on the machine especially designed
for this purpose.

Santiago - Chile
Tel (56-2) 854 - 1955 Fax (56-02) 854- 1711
www.normet.fi
OPERATING MANUAL
6.2. EMPTYING THE DRUM BY MECHANICAL MEANS
Where a problem is encountered and the drum rotation system cannot be activated by
conventional means, the operator can pour out the contents following the procedure
detailed below.
1- Go to the drum pump, hold and maintain pressure on the centre of one of the
coils as shown above which will make the drum turn in a clockwise or
anti-clockwise direction depending on the coil selected.

Santiago - Chile
Tel (56-2) 854 - 1955 Fax (56-02) 854- 1711
www.normet.fi
7
MAINTAINING THE EQUIPMENT
OPERATING MANUAL
MAINTAINING THE EQUIPMENT S.A.
To ensure the cement mixer performs as efficiently as possible, keep the following
simple recommendations in mind.
Lubrication, Oil Levels and Changing Oil
Perform these checks periodically as indicated in the lubrication table.
Diesel and Other Engines
- Read the engine instructions carefully and follow them.
- Check tyre pressure periodically.
- Check that all nuts are kept tight.
Cleaning
The cleaner the cement mixer in general the better its parts will operate, resulting in
less waste and making it easier to detect any potential problems.
Before using it for the first time it is advised that you grease it with oil all over, apart from
inside the drum, pipes, engine and tyres. This will make it more difficult for cement and
concrete to stick to it.
At the end of the day, you should ensure the following two processes are followed:
- Drum: After the final mixture is discharged, put a small amount of water
and gravel in the drum and keep it rotating for a few minutes, then
pour it out.
In this way you will keep the inside of the drum free of bits of
concrete which could prevent efficient mixing and reduce its
capacity.
- Machine: Once you have done the above, wash the whole machine with a
pressure hose, focusing on areas which tend to accumulate
cement or concrete.
When you think effects of the oil has worn off, reapply.

Santiago - Chile
Tel (56-2) 854 - 1955 Fax (56-02) 854- 1711
www.normet.fi
OPERATING MANUAL
7.1. LOCATING FAULTS IN THE HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT
FAULTS LOCATION PROBABLE SOLUTION

CAUSES
The discharge valve Check the pressure and
has become dam- adjust as necessary. If
Steering Hydraulics aged or does not necessary replace the
regulate appropri- discharge valve.
ately.
The hydraulic pump Replace the pump.
has been subject to
Rigid Steering wear and tear.
There are leaks in You can check the
On the engine's the steering cylinder inside of the cylinder, us-
side joints. ing the steering features
repeatedly to see if the
cylinder heats up exces-
sively. Replace the joints
in the cylinder.
The steering circuit Purge the circuit lock-
has air in it. ing the steering in both
directions several times.
Check the pump injector
The steering valve.
jams and is Steering The steering valve Replace the steering
unreliable. has been subject to valve.
wear and tear.
The steering column Replace the bearing.
bearing has worn
down.
Internal fault in the Replace the joints in the
brake cylinder. cylinder.
The service Air in the brake cir- Purge the circuit.
Service braking
brake does not cuit.
circuit.
lock. Worn down brake Check the brake pads
pads. and replace if neces-
sary.

Santiago - Chile
Tel (56-2) 854 - 1955 Fax (56-02) 854- 1711
www.normet.fi
OPERATING MANUAL
FAULTS LOCATION PROBABLE SOLUTION

CAUSES
Worn down brake Replace the brake pads.
pads.
The springs in the Replace the springs.
safety brake cylin-
der have become
The safety
Safety braking weaker.
brake does not
circuit. There are oil leaks Replace the brake valve.
lock.
in the safety brake
valve; therefore
there is pressure
between the brake
springs.
There is air in the Purge the cylinder.
circuit.
The safety
Opening pressure Check the pressure,
brake will Safety braking
too low. regulate it in line with the
not release circuit.
repair manual.
(open).
Oil leak in the brake Change the connectors.
cylinder.

Santiago - Chile
Tel (56-2) 854 - 1955 Fax (56-02) 854- 1711
www.normet.fi
OPERATING MANUAL
7.2. LOCATING FAULTS IN THE MOTOR
Engine faults or issues arise often if the engine is not appropriately used and main-
tained.
When there is a fault or issue, check that all operating parameters and preventative
maintenance measures have been taken.
You will find a table with detail of the most common faults over the next few pages.
If you can't identify the source of the fault and/or cannot resolve it, contact a duly au-
thorised technician.
Before staring up the engine, ensure that there is nobody in the surrounding area who
could be harmed as a result of the work to be carried out. In the case of repairs:
Note: the motor should not under any circumstances start up if the clutch is not opera-
tional.
FAULT LOCATION CAUSE SOLUTION

The engine doesn't Operation. The emergency Check/Regulate
start or has prob- stop button is acti-
lems starting. vated.
Refrigeration Defective refrigera- Check / Replace
tion turbine, broken
timing belt (fuel
pump activated by
belt - pulley).
Electricity Defective or Dead Check
Battery
Electricity Solenoid valve is Check
faulty.

Santiago - Chile
Tel (56-2) 854 - 1955 Fax (56-02) 854- 1711
www.normet.fi
OPERATING MANUAL

Refrigeration Defective refrigera- Check / Replace.
The motor
starts up but
timing belt (fuel
turns irregular-
pump activated by
ly and stops
belt - pulley).
Operation Oil level too low. Refill
Operation Oil level too high. Reduce.
Air Admitted Defective turbo- Check / Replace.
compressor or
saturated air filter.
Air Admitted Defective air filter Check
maintenance warn-
ing switch / light.
Air Admitted Leaks in air pipes Check / Clean
The engine Refrigeration Faulty coolant liquid Check / Clean
overheats. pump
The tempera- Refrigeration Dirty coolant inter- Check / Clean
ture warning changer
alarm goes off. Refrigeration Defective refrigera- Check / Replace.
timing belt (fuel
pump activated by
belt - pulley).
Refrigeration Overheating of Check

cooling air / thermal
short circuit

Santiago - Chile
Tel (56-2) 854 - 1955 Fax (56-02) 854- 1711
www.normet.fi
OPERATING MANUAL

Operation Engine's stop lever Check
is still in stop posi-
tion (fault solenoid
valve).
Operation Oil level too high. Reduce.
Air Admitted Dirty air filter / faulty Check / Replace.
turbo-compressor
The engine Air Admitted Defective air filter Check
does not gen- maintenance warn-
erate enough ing switch / light.
power Air Admitted Leaks in air pipes Check / Replace.
Refrigeration Dirty admission air Check / Clean
refrigerator
Refrigeration Faulty refrigeration Check / Replace.
turbine, broken or
loose timing belt
(fuel pump activat-
ed by belt - pulley).
The engine is Refrigeration Faulty refrigeration Check / Replace.
not working on turbine, broken or
all cylinders. loose timing belt
(fuel pump activat-
ed by belt - pulley).
The engine Operation Oil level too low. Refill
does not have
oil pressure
or pressure is
very low.
Operation Excessive engine Check/Regulate
slope

Santiago - Chile
Tel (56-2) 854 - 1955 Fax (56-02) 854- 1711
www.normet.fi
OPERATING MANUAL

The engine Operation Oil level too high. Reduce.
is using too Operation Excessive engine Check/Regulate
much oil. slope
The engine is Operation Oil level too high. Reduce.

emitting Operation Excessive engine Check/Regulate
-BLUE slope
SMOKE
The engine Operation Temperature below Check
is emit- the ignition limit.
ting WHITE
SMOKE
The engine is Air Admitted Dirty air filter / faulty Check / Replace.
emitting turbo-compressor
BLACK Air Admitted Faulty air filter Check
SMOKE maintenance warn-
ing switch / light.
Air Admitted Leaks in air pipes Check / Replace.
Refrigeration Dirty admission air Check / Clean
refrigerator

Santiago - Chile
Tel (56-2) 854 - 1955 Fax (56-02) 854- 1711
www.normet.fi
OPERATING MANUAL

Electricity Loose or rusting Check
wires within the
ignition circuit.
Electricity Faulty ignition en- Check
gine or pinion does
not engage.
Engine Tappets outside Regulate
tolerance range.
Engine Leaks in the injec- Check
tion wiring
Engine Faulty sheathed Check
The engine
spark plugs
doesn't start or
Engine Faulty Injector Check / Replace
has problems
starting. Engine Air in the fuel sys- Check / Replace
tem
Engine Filter / purifier with Check / Clean / Replace
dirty fuel remains
Servicing Options Incorrect lubricat- Replace
ing oil, which is not
up to SAE class or
quality.
Servicing Options Fuel quality does Check / Replace
not correspond to
operating instruc-
tions

Santiago - Chile
Tel (56-2) 854 - 1955 Fax (56-02) 854- 1711
www.normet.fi
OPERATING MANUAL

Engine Tappets outside Regulate
tolerance range.
tion wiring
The engine
Engine Air in the fuel sys- Check / Replace
starts up but
tem
turns irregular-
ly and stops Engine Filter / purifier with Check / Clean / Replace
dirty fuel remains
not correspond to
operating instruc-
tions
Engine Blocked oil purging Check / Clean
The engine pipe (coolant inter-
overheats. changer).
The tempera-
ture warning
Engine Faulty oil filter. Replace
alarm goes off.
Servicing Options Coolant Needed. Check / Refill

Santiago - Chile
Tel (56-2) 854 - 1955 Fax (56-02) 854- 1711
www.normet.fi
OPERATING MANUAL

Engine Incorrect set of Regulate
valves.
tion wiring
The engine
Engine Air in the fuel sys- Check / Replace
does not gen-
tem
erate enough
power Engine Filter / purifier with Check / Clean / Replace
dirty fuel remains
not correspond to
operating instruc-
tions
tion wiring
The engine is Engine Faulty Injector Check / Replace
not working on Engine Air in the fuel sys- Check / Replace
all cylinders. tem
Engine Filter / purifier with Check / Clean / Replace
dirty fuel remains
The engine Servicing Options Incorrect lubricat- Replace
does not have ing oil, which is not
oil pressure up to SAE class or
or pressure is quality.
very low.
The engine Servicing Options Incorrect lubricat- Replace
is using too ing oil, which is not
much oil. up to SAE class or
quality.

Santiago - Chile
Tel (56-2) 854 - 1955 Fax (56-02) 854- 1711
www.normet.fi
OPERATING MANUAL

The engine is
emitting
BLUE SMOKE
Engine Set of valves Regulate
Engine Faulty sheathed Check
spark plugs
The engine is
emitting
WHITE Engine Faulty Injector Check / Replace
SMOKE Servicing Options Fuel quality does Check / Replace
not correspond to
operating instruc-
tions
The engine is Engine Incorrect set of Regulate
emitting valves.
BLACK Engine Faulty Injector Check / Replace
SMOKE

Santiago - Chile
Tel (56-2) 854 - 1955 Fax (56-02) 854- 1711
www.normet.fi
OPERATING MANUAL
EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE TABLE S.A.
CAPACITY
SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS
EQUIPMENT AND COMPONENTS
1000 H
2000 H
CODE
100 H
250 H
500 H
10 H
50 H
AIR FILTER PRIMARY
(NOTE 1) SECONDARY
RADIATOR COOLING SYSTEM
(NOTE 2)
FUEL FILTER ELEMENT
(NOTE 4)
FUEL AND WATER SEPARATOR FILTER
FUEL TANK
ENGINE OIL
B
(NOTE 3)
ENGINE OIL FILTER
DIFFERENTIAL AXLE 6 L. C
FRONT AXLE
HUBS, 1.5 L C
DIFFERENTIAL AXLE 6L C
REAR
HUBS 1.5 L C
DRUM REDUCER 12 L E
HYDRAULIC SUCTION FILTER
TRANSIT HYDRAULIC FILTER
HYDRAULIC
SYSTEM SERVICE HYDRAULIC FILTER
350
TOTAL HYDRAULIC FLUID A
L
BATTERY LEVEL
(IF SEALED AND DOES NOT REQUIRE SERVICING).
FRONT AXLE BRACKET
D
(1 POINT)
FRONT AXLE
GREASING D
(7 POINTS)
POINTS
REAR AXLE (7 POINTS) D
BEARINGS (2 POINTS) D
DISCHARGE PIPE (1 POINT) D
FRONT TYRE NUT - 156 TO 176 Nm
SETS OF NUTS ON REAR TYRE NUT 460 TO 570 Nm
TYRES
FRONT PNEUMATIC
REAR TYRES

Santiago - Chile
Tel (56-2) 854 - 1955 Fax (56-02) 854- 1711
www.normet.fi
OPERATING MANUAL
EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE TABLE S.A.
PROCEDURES FLUIDS APPROVED BY THE MANUFACTURER

EMPTY A HYDRAULIC FLUID MOBIL DTE OIL 25 (ISO 46)
B ENGINE OIL MOBIL DELVAC SUPER MX15W-40
CLEAN C AXLE OIL MOBILFLUID 424
LUBRICATE D GREASE MOBILGREASE XHP 222
E DRUM REDUCER OIL SAE85W90/EP4 EP5
CHANGE
CHECK
Clean as indicated by
the blockage warning
light.
Change the element
after three cleans.
Change as necessary
NOTES:
NOTE 1:
If the air filter saturation warning light comes on, carry out the following procedures on the
filter's various components.
NOTE 2 :
Always use a mixture comprising of (2 parts water + 1 part glycoshell) and increase the per-
centage of anti-freeze when using in extremely low temperatures.
NOTE 3 :
Change the oil after the first 100 hours in operation.
NOTE 4 :
Change the first fuel filter after 100 hours in operation.
! WARNING
Due to the different additives used by different manufacturers it is not recommended.
Nor is mixing various brands of oils.
Therefore when the component is out of order due to a fault which has resulted from an oil
leak and neither the client nor the distributor have the same brand of oil as that in the tank,
you should empty the full system/tank and refill it with another "Approved" specified brand.

Santiago - Chile
Tel (56-2) 854 - 1955 Fax (56-02) 854- 1711
www.normet.fi
OPERATING MANUAL
PREVENTATIVE MAINTENANCE OF THE EQUIPMENT S.A.
7.4 REGULATION OF THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
To ensure optimal operation of the corresponding hydraulic system both the braking
and washing systems must be checked periodically in line with the parameters de-
tailed for such systems, in terms of optimal hydraulic pressure and in accordance with
the parameters defined by the manufacturer in this document.
Where a fault is found within these system's normal operating parameters, the manu-
facturer recommends you take the following steps:
Ensure that any personnel who carry out such regulation are familiar with the equip-
ment and its use.
PRESSURE REGULATION IN HYDRAULIC CIRCUITS

(BRAKES, STEERING, WATER PUMP).
- Maximum system pressure.

- Maximum load pressure for braking system
- Maximum pressure for water pump circuit.
The steps to be followed in ensuring optimal regulation of the aforementioned hydrau-

lic systems are the following:
1. Turn off the equipment
2. Cover the water pump's engine power supply.

Santiago - Chile
Tel (56-2) 854 - 1955 Fax (56-02) 854- 1711
www.normet.fi
OPERATING MANUAL
PREVENTATIVE MAINTENANCE OF THE EQUIPMENT S.A.
3. Check the various valves and identify the components involved.
Pressure Limiting Valve

A (VLP-A)
Load Valve
Brake System
Pressure Limiting Valve
A (VLP-B)
4. Deregulate the VLP-A, as indicated in the diagram below.
For this procedure you must use a 6 mm Allen key and a 19 mm wrench.

Santiago - Chile
Tel (56-2) 854 - 1955 Fax (56-02) 854- 1711
www.normet.fi
OPERATING MANUAL
S.A.
5. Repeat the procedure at point 4 but this time on VLP-B
6. Regulate the load valve with the 5 mm Allen key and 17 mm wrench up to
maximum levels.

Santiago - Chile
Tel (56-2) 854 - 1955 Fax (56-02) 854- 1711
www.normet.fi
OPERATING MANUAL
S.A.
7. Connect a manometer (range of between 0 and 250 bars ) in port 1 on

the testing panel.
8. Now start up the engine and ensure you connect the parking brake,
then accelerate and maintain 2000 rpm through manual acceleration.
9. Regulate VLP-A by turning in a clockwise direction as shown in the diagram

until the manometer connected to port 1 indicates 160 bar pressure.
Once you have completed the process, adjust the lock-nut, holding the
regulator with the Allen key.

Santiago - Chile
Tel (56-2) 854 - 1955 Fax (56-02) 854- 1711
www.normet.fi
OPERATING MANUAL
S.A.
10. Now connect the manometer to the testing point located on one side of the
brake system's load valve.
11. Advise a second person in the cab to hit the brake pedal repeatedly. Then
you start to deregulate the valve. Wait throughout the load cycles, until you
reach the maximum pressure of 110 bars indicated for each manometer (the
load cycles will be between 94 and 110 bars as a maximum).

Santiago - Chile
Tel (56-2) 854 - 1955 Fax (56-02) 854- 1711
www.normet.fi
OPERATING MANUAL
S.A.
11. Connect the pressure manometer to port No.2
12. Switch the water pump switch located in the steering column.
13. Start to turn the VLP-B in a clockwise direction until the manometer
indicates 70 bars.

Santiago - Chile
Tel (56-2) 854 - 1955 Fax (56-02) 854- 1711
www.normet.fi
OPERATING MANUAL
S.A.
Once you have completed the full regulation process ensure you re-connect the water
pump engine's power supply.
NOTE:
Where you were unable to establish the indicated parameters during this procedure,
you should contact an authorised technician as soon as possible.

Santiago - Chile
Tel (56-2) 854 - 1955 Fax (56-02) 854- 1711
www.normet.fi
8
ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS
OPERATING MANUAL
ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS S.A.
1 3 4 5
2
1 Hazard (X118).
2 Reverse (X116).
3 Forward (X117).
4 Low Beams (X115).
5 High Beams (X114).

Santiago - Chile
Tel (56-2) 854 - 1955 Fax (56-02) 854- 1711
www.normet.fi
FOCO TRASERO
FOCO TRABAJO
WORKING LIGHT LEFT REAR LIGHT
IZQUIERDO
MXMANUAL1-03
TRANSPORT ENGINE
MOTOR TRASLACION
Y103 - Y104
TRANSPORT ENGINE
MOTOR TRASLACION
Y107 - Y110
MH1
ALARMA
REVERSE ALARM
RETROCESO STEERING COLUMN
COLUMNA DIRECCION
PE1 GENERAL
TABLERODASHBOARD
GENERAL
TB9
ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS
CC1
STEERING
COLUMNA COLUMN
DIRECCION
DIESEL
MOTOR MOTOR
DIESEL
FOCO DELANTERO
FRONT LIGHT
LEFTIZQUIERDO
RIGHT
FOCO REAR LIGHT
TRASERO
www.normet.fi
Santiago - Chile
Normet Chile Ltd.
DERECHO
TB11
Tel (56-2) 854 - 1955 Fax (56-02) 854- 1711

PE1 : Emergency Stop FILTRO
LOADCARGA
FILTER
CC1 : Short Circuit HORN
BOCINA
SERVICE
FILTRO FILTER
SERVICIO CR1
MH1 : Drum Manoeuvring Device
BT
BT : Batteries PARKING
PARQUEO TB10
Y112
TB6 : Distributor Panel
TB7 : Distributor Panel DIRECCION
STEERING TRANSPORT
BOMBA PUMP
TRASLACION
TB8 : Distributor Panel Y108 - Y109 Y105 - Y106
CR1 : Diesel Engine Control Connector WATER
BOMBA DE PUMP
AGUA
Y111 DRUM PUMP
BOMBA HUEVO
Y113 - Y114
RIGHT DELANTERO
FOCOFRONT HEADLIGHT
NIVEL DE COMBUSTIBLE
FUEL LEVEL DERECHO
S.A.
OPERATING MANUAL
Page 65
9
HYDRAULIC DIAGRAMS
10
DISASSEMBLY
OPERATING MANUAL
DISASSEMBLY S.A.
PAGE 70
5
3
4 6 4
PAGE 70
1
6
6
2
6
1 3

Santiago - Chile
Tel (56-2) 854 - 1955 Fax (56-02) 854- 1711
www.normet.fi
OPERATING MANUAL
DISASSEMBLY S.A.
ITEM DESCRIPTION PART

NUMBER
1 Mixer Steering Valve 3we6b60/eg24n9k4 (4/2-tn6 24 v) RGH1277
2 Mixer Steering Valve 4we6g61/eg24n9k4 24 vdc RGH1281
3 Tornado Release Valve RGH1313
4 Tornado Brake Accumulator (Preset to 50 bars) RGH1283
5 Tornado Load Valve RGH1271
6 Tornado 24VDC Mixer Solenoid Valve RGE1511

Santiago - Chile
Tel (56-2) 854 - 1955 Fax (56-02) 854- 1711
www.normet.fi
OPERATING MANUAL
DISASSEMBLY S.A.
3 1

NUMBER
1 Transit pump's pressure filter element RGH1273
2 Pressure Filter Saturation Sensor RGE1492
3 Transit Pump Filter Casing RGH1272
3 1

NUMBER
1 Service pump's pressure filter element RGH1275
Service pump's pressure filter saturation RGE1493
2
sensor
3 Service Pump Filter Casing RGH1274

Santiago - Chile
Tel (56-2) 854 - 1955 Fax (56-02) 854- 1711
www.normet.fi
OPERATING MANUAL
DISASSEMBLY S.A.
1
2

NUMBER
1 Pressurised Refill Cap RGM1090
2 Tank Inspection Cap with Logo RGT1389
3 Tornado Mixer Level Indicator RGH1319
4 Drum Mixer Pump Suction Filter Pi 1710/8 RGH1276

Santiago - Chile
Tel (56-2) 854 - 1955 Fax (56-02) 854- 1711
www.normet.fi
OPERATING MANUAL
DISASSEMBLY S.A.
ITEM DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER

1 Non-Pressurised Refill Cap RGH1307
2 Tank Inspection Cap with Logo RGT1389
3 Fuel Level Sensor RGE1468

Santiago - Chile
Tel (56-2) 854 - 1955 Fax (56-02) 854- 1711
www.normet.fi
OPERATING MANUAL
DISASSEMBLY S.A.
PAGE 78
PAGE 77
PAGE 74

Santiago - Chile
Tel (56-2) 854 - 1955 Fax (56-02) 854- 1711
www.normet.fi
OPERATING MANUAL
DISASSEMBLY S.A.
PAGE 75
1
2
PAGE 76

1 Tornado Mixer (Flexible) Elastic Bearing RGM1238
2 Pump Flange RGP1062
3 Service Hydraulic Pump RGH1280

Santiago - Chile
Tel (56-2) 854 - 1955 Fax (56-02) 854- 1711
www.normet.fi
OPERATING MANUAL
DISASSEMBLY S.A.
2 1

1 24VDC Tornado Mixer Solenoid Transit Pump RGE1494
2 Mixer Transit Pump A4VG125D2/32R-NTF02F071SP RGH1263

Santiago - Chile
Tel (56-2) 854 - 1955 Fax (56-02) 854- 1711
www.normet.fi
OPERATING MANUAL
DISASSEMBLY S.A.
2 1

1 Tornado mixer drum pump proportional solenoid RGE1495
valve.
2 Mixer Drum Hydraulic Pump RGH1265

Santiago - Chile
Tel (56-2) 854 - 1955 Fax (56-02) 854- 1711
www.normet.fi
OPERATING MANUAL
DISASSEMBLY S.A.

1 Tornado Mixer Flexible Escape Valve RGP1065
2 Catalytic Converter RGM1165
3 Silencer RGM1072
4 Tornado Mixer Stainless Steel Escape RGM1450
Valve

Santiago - Chile
Tel (56-2) 854 - 1955 Fax (56-02) 854- 1711
www.normet.fi
OPERATING MANUAL
DISASSEMBLY S.A.
2
3

1 Stainless steel air suction duct. RGM1451
2 Deutz engine air filter casing RGM1117
3 1013c engine air filter set (primary and secondary) RGM1145
4 Air filter saturation warning light RGM1452

Santiago - Chile
Tel (56-2) 854 - 1955 Fax (56-02) 854- 1711
www.normet.fi
OPERATING MANUAL
DISASSEMBLY S.A.
PAGE 81
3

1 Deutz engine fuel elevator pump RGM1170
2 1013c Deutz Fuel Pump RGM1111
3 Temperature Sensor RGE1467
4 1013C Deutz Starting Engine RGM1446

Santiago - Chile
Tel (56-2) 854 - 1955 Fax (56-02) 854- 1711
www.normet.fi
OPERATING MANUAL
DISASSEMBLY S.A.
1
6
3
4 5

1 1013C Deutz Engine Alternator Belt RGM1057
2 1013C Deutz Engine Fuel and Water Pump RGM1163
3 1013C Deutz Engine Oil Filter RGM1001
4 1013C Deutz Engine Petrol Filter RGM1027
5 1013C Deutz Engine Intercooler Turbine Belt RGM1055
6 Deutz Engine BF4M1013C RGM1177
7 1013C Deutz Engine Alternator RGM1196

Santiago - Chile
Tel (56-2) 854 - 1955 Fax (56-02) 854- 1711
www.normet.fi
OPERATING MANUAL
DISASSEMBLY S.A.

1 Complete Fuel Pre-Filter RGM1453
2 Engine Fuel Pre-Filter Element RGM1454

Santiago - Chile
Tel (56-2) 854 - 1955 Fax (56-02) 854- 1711
www.normet.fi
OPERATING MANUAL
DISASSEMBLY S.A.
1
PAGE 83
3
2

1 Pneumatics 9.00 R20 XMine D2 RGM1217
2 900x20 RIN 7” Rims with steel hoops RGM1215
3 Complete axle RGM1236

Santiago - Chile
Tel (56-2) 854 - 1955 Fax (56-02) 854- 1711
www.normet.fi
OPERATING MANUAL
DISASSEMBLY S.A.

1 Solenoid 24 VDC “A” RGE1501
2 Solenoid 24 VDC “B” RGE1502
3 Transit Engine RGH1264

Santiago - Chile
Tel (56-2) 854 - 1955 Fax (56-02) 854- 1711
www.normet.fi
OPERATING MANUAL
DISASSEMBLY S.A.
4
1 Tornado Water Pump Engine RGH1310
2 Tornado Water Pump Bracket RGH1321
3 Tornado Axle Coupling RGH1322
4 Tornado Water Pump RGH1323

Santiago - Chile
Tel (56-2) 854 - 1955 Fax (56-02) 854- 1711
www.normet.fi
OPERATING MANUAL
DISASSEMBLY S.A.
PAGE 86
1

NUMBER
1 Complete Bearing RGP1063
2 Left and Right Cylinder Protection Set RGP1064 2
Santiago - Chile
Tel (56-2) 854 - 1955 Fax (56-02) 854- 1711
www.normet.fi
OPERATING MANUAL
DISASSEMBLY S.A.

1 Bolt O-Rings ROH1319
2 Stud Bolt RGT1580
3 Bearing M1M1013
4 Set of Seals RGH1306
5 Complete Drum Coil M1M1007
Santiago - Chile
Tel (56-2) 854 - 1955 Fax (56-02) 854- 1711
www.normet.fi
OPERATING MANUAL
DISASSEMBLY S.A.
2
1
1 1
1
2
2
2
1 Complete Bracket Bolt RGP1055
2 Set of Carriage Plugs RGP1056
Santiago - Chile
Tel (56-2) 854 - 1955 Fax (56-02) 854- 1711
www.normet.fi
OPERATING MANUAL
DISASSEMBLY S.A.
1
2

1 Drum Reducer Hydraulic RGH1266
Engine
2 Drum Reducer RGH1230

Santiago - Chile
Tel (56-2) 854 - 1955 Fax (56-02) 854- 1711
www.normet.fi
OPERATING MANUAL
DISASSEMBLY S.A.
5 ITEM DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER

1 4 M3 Concrete Mixer RGM1244
2 Loading Filter RGP1058
3 Discharge Channel RGP1059
4 Main Channel RGP1060
5 Auxiliary Channel RGP1061

Santiago - Chile
Tel (56-2) 854 - 1955 Fax (56-02) 854- 1711
www.normet.fi
OPERATING MANUAL
DISASSEMBLY S.A.
4
3

1 Tornado Main Channel Support RGP1071
2 Tornado Main Channel Rubber Pump RGT1612
3 Tornado Main Channel Regulator RGP1072
4 Tornado Main Channel Joint RGP1073
5 Tornado Main Channel Axle Box RGP1074

Santiago - Chile
Tel (56-2) 854 - 1955 Fax (56-02) 854- 1711
www.normet.fi
OPERATING MANUAL
DISASSEMBLY S.A.
2
1
4
5
NUMBER
1 Manual Acceleration Lever RGM1043
2 Manual Acceleration Cord RGM1134
3 Accelerator Pedal RGM1077 6
4 Set of Joints RGT1263
5 Foot Accelerator Cord RGM1133
6 Accelerator Cord Plastic Fixings RGM1138
Santiago - Chile
Tel (56-2) 854 - 1955 Fax (56-02) 854- 1711
www.normet.fi
OPERATING MANUAL
DISASSEMBLY S.A.

1 Complete Brake RGH1270
Valve

Santiago - Chile
Tel (56-2) 854 - 1955 Fax (56-02) 854- 1711
www.normet.fi
OPERATING MANUAL
DISASSEMBLY S.A.

1 Seat RGT1586

Santiago - Chile
Tel (56-2) 854 - 1955 Fax (56-02) 854- 1711
www.normet.fi
OPERATING MANUAL
DISASSEMBLY S.A.
PAGE 95

1 Steering Orb RGH1267

Santiago - Chile
Tel (56-2) 854 - 1955 Fax (56-02) 854- 1711
www.normet.fi
OPERATING MANUAL
DISASSEMBLY S.A.

1 Light and Indicator Lever RGE1503
2 Steering Wheel RGM1195
3 Gearstick RGE1504
4 Switch Panel RGE1500
5 Complete Steering Column RGE1466

Santiago - Chile
Tel (56-2) 854 - 1955 Fax (56-02) 854- 1711
www.normet.fi
OPERATING MANUAL
DISASSEMBLY S.A.
1 3 4 5
2

1 Hazard X118 RGE1505
2 Reverse X116 RGE1506
3 Forward X117 RGE1507
4 Low Beams X115 RGE1508
5 High Beams X114 RGE1509

Santiago - Chile
Tel (56-2) 854 - 1955 Fax (56-02) 854- 1711
www.normet.fi
OPERATING MANUAL
DISASSEMBLY S.A.
1
2

1 Right Front Headlight RGE1475
2 Left Front Headlight RGE1476

Santiago - Chile
Tel (56-2) 854 - 1955 Fax (56-02) 854- 1711
www.normet.fi
OPERATING MANUAL
DISASSEMBLY S.A.
1 2

1 24v Strobe Light Tornado RGE1214
2 Front Indicators with Bearing RGE1522

Santiago - Chile
Tel (56-2) 854 - 1955 Fax (56-02) 854- 1711
www.normet.fi
OPERATING MANUAL
DISASSEMBLY S.A.
4 1
2 3

1 Working Light RGE1219
2 Indicator and Parking Light (with stand) RGE1496
3 Reverse Light RGE1059
4 Rear Indicators with Bearing RGE1523
Santiago - Chile
Tel (56-2) 854 - 1955 Fax (56-02) 854- 1711
www.normet.fi
OPERATING MANUAL
DISASSEMBLY S.A.

NUMBER
1 Drum Activation Switch RGE1497
2 Emergency Stop Switch RGE1276
3 Short Circuit RGE1134
4 Brake Manometer RGH1308

Santiago - Chile
Tel (56-2) 854 - 1955 Fax (56-02) 854- 1711
www.normet.fi
OPERATING MANUAL
DISASSEMBLY S.A.
2
1

1 Water Hose with Nozzle RGB1457
2 Complete Drum Activation Set RGE1525
3 Drum Activation Switch RGE1497
4 Switch Rubber Pump RGE1338

Santiago - Chile
Tel (56-2) 854 - 1955 Fax (56-02) 854- 1711
www.normet.fi
OPERATING MANUAL
DISASSEMBLY S.A.

NUMBER
1 Handle with Key RGB1288
2 Non-Pressurised Refill Cap RGM1307
3 Auxiliary Channel Suction O- ROH1350
Ring

Santiago - Chile
Tel (56-2) 854 - 1955 Fax (56-02) 854- 1711
www.normet.fi
OPERATING MANUAL
DISASSEMBLY S.A.
2
1

NUMBER
1 Right Window Glass RGM1247
2 Front Glass RGM1246
3 Left Window Glass RGM1248

Santiago - Chile
Tel (56-2) 854 - 1955 Fax (56-02) 854- 1711
www.normet.fi
OPERATING MANUAL
DISASSEMBLY S.A.

1 Mirror RGM1211
2 Mirror Bracket RGP1211

Santiago - Chile
Tel (56-2) 854 - 1955 Fax (56-02) 854- 1711
www.normet.fi
OPERATING MANUAL
DISASSEMBLY S.A.
2
1

1 Front Protective Grille RGP1206
2 Side Protective Grille RGP1207

Santiago - Chile
Tel (56-2) 854 - 1955 Fax (56-02) 854- 1711
www.normet.fi
11
TECHNICAL APPENDICES
Operation Manual
1012
1013
● Please read and observe the information ● Unauthorized engine modifications will in-
given in this Operation Manual. This will validate any liability claims against the manu-
enable you to avoid accidents, preserve facturer for resultant damage.
the manufacturer’s warranty and maintain Manipulations of the injection and regulating
the engine in peak operating condition. system may also influence the performance
!
of the engine, and its emissions. Adherence
● This engine has been built exclusively for to legislation on pollution cannot be guaran-
the application specified in the scope of teed under such conditions.
supply, as described by the equipment
manufacturer and is to be used only for the ● Do not change, convert or adjust the cooling
intended purpose. Any use exceeding that air intake area to the blower.
scope is considered to be contrary to the The manufacturer shall not be held respon-
intended purpose. The manufacturer will sible for any damage which results from
not assume responsibility for any damage such work.
resulting therefrom. The risks involved are
to be borne solely by the user. ● When carrying out maintenance/repair op-
erations on the engine, the use of DEUTZ
● Use in accordance with the intended pur- original parts is prescribed. These are
pose also implies compliance with the con- specially designed for your engine and
ditions laid down by the manufacturer for guarantee perfect operation.
operation, maintenance and servicing. The Non-compliance results in the expiry of the
engine should only be operated by person- warranty!
nel trained in its use and the hazards
involved. ● Maintenance and cleaning of the engine
should only be carried out when the engine
● The relevant accident prevention guidelines is switched off and has cooled down.
and other generally accepted safety and You must ensure that the electrical systems
industrial hygiene regulations must be ob- have been switched off and the ignition
served. key has been removed.
Accident prevention guidelines concerning
● When the engine is running, there is a risk electrical systems (e.g. VDE-0100/-0101/
of injury through: -0104/-0105 Electrical protective measures
- turning/hot components against dangerous touch voltage) are to be
- engines with positive ignition observed.
- ignition systems (high electrical voltage) When cleaning with fluids, all electrical
You must avoid contact at all times! components are to be covered impermeably.
Operation Manual
1012
1013
0297 9682 en
Engine serial
number:
Please enter the engine serial number here. This

number should be quoted when enquiring about
customer service, repairs or spare parts (see
Section 2.1).
Technical modifications required to improve our

engines are reserved with regard to specification
data and other technical information contained in
this Operation Manual. No parts of this Manual may
be reproduced in any form or by any means without
our written approval.
Foreword
Dear Customer,
Liquid-cooled Deutz engines are designed

for a large number of applications.
Consequently, a wide range of variants are
offered to meet the requirements of specific
cases.
Your engine is appropriately equipped for the

installation concerned, which means that not
all of the components described in this Ope-
ration Manual are necessarily mounted on
your engine.
We have endeavoured to highlight any

differences so that you will be able to locate
the operating and maintenance instructions
relevant to your engine quickly and easily.
Please read this Manual before starting your

engine, and always observe the operating
and maintenance instructions.
We are available to help with any additional

enquiries
Sincerely,
DEUTZ AG
Contents
1. General 2.5 Engine cooling 4 Operating Media

2.5.1 Cooling System Schematic 1012 4.1 Lube Oil
2. Engine Description 2.5.2 Cooling System Schematic 1012 E 4.1.1 Quality
2.1 Model 2.5.3 Cooling System Schematic 1013 4.1.2 Viscosity
2.1.1 Rating Plate 2.5.4 Cooling System Schematic 1013 E/ 4.2 Fuel
2.1.2 Position of the Rating Plate 1013 E 4.2.1 Quality Grade
2.1.3 Engine Serial Number 4.2.2 Winter-Grade Fuel
2.1.4 Cylinder numbering 3. Engine Operation 4.3 Coolant
2.2 Engine Illustrations 3.1 Commissioning 4.3.1 Water Quality for Coolant
2.2.1 Operation side 1012 3.1.1 Pour in Engine Oil Preparation
2.2.2 Starter side 1012 3.1.2 Filling Oil Bath Air Cleaner 4.3.2 Coolant Preparation
2.2.3 Operation side 1012 E 3.1.3 Pour in Fuel 4.3.3 Cooling System Protective Liquid
2.2.4 Starter side 1012 E 3.1.4 Filling / Venting the Cooling System
2.2.5 Operation side 1013 3.1.5 Other Preparations
5. Routine Maintenance
3.2 Starting
2.2.6 Starter side 1013 5.1 Maintenance Schedule
3.2.1 Starting
2.2.7 Operation side 1013 E 5.2 Maintenance Chart
3.3 Monitoring Operation
2.2.8 Starter side 1013 E 5.3 Maintenance Record
3.3.1 Engine Oil Pressure
2.2.9 Starter side
3.3.2 Coolant temperature
Unit Engine BF4M 1013 EC
3.3.3 Coolant Level / Coolant Level
2.2.10 Operation side
Gauge
3.4 Shutting off
2.2.11 Starter side
3.4.1 Mechanical shut-off
3.4.2 Electrical shut-off
2.2.12 Operation side
3.5 Operating conditions
3.5.1 Winter Operation
2.3 Lube Oil Circuit Schematic
3.5.2 High Ambient Temperature, High
2.3.1 Lube Oil Circuit 1012 / 1012 E
Altitude
2.3.2 Lube Oil Circuit 1013 / 1013 E
2.4 Fuel System
2.4.1 Fuel System Plan
Contents
6. Service and Maintenance 6.3.6 Filling/Venting the Cooling System 6.5.14Tensioning Coolant / Fuel Pump Belts
6.1 Lubrication System 1012 E/1013 E 1013 E
6.1.1 Oil Change Intervals 6.3.7 Draining the Cooling System 6.5.15Changing Coolant / Fuel Pump Belts
6.1.2 Checking Oil Level / Changing Engine Oil Unit Engine 1013 E
6.1.3 Changing Oil Filter 6.3.8 Filling/Venting the Cooling System 6.5.16Tensioning / Changing Compressor
Unit Engine Belt
6.1.4 Cleaning/Changing Oil filter (Cup)
6.2 Fuel System 6.3.9 Draining the Charge-Air Cooler 6.6 Adjustments
6.2.1 Changing Fuel Filter 6.4 Combustion Air Cleaner 6.6.1 Checking / Adjusting Valve
Clearances
6.2.2 Replace fuel filter 6.4.1 Cleaning Intervals
6.7 Accessories
6.2.3 Clean/Replace Fuel Pre-Filter, Filter 6.4.2 Emptying Cyclone Type Precleaner
Element 6.7.1 Battery
6.4.3 Cleaning Oil Bath Air Cleaner
6.2.4 Venting the Fuel System 6.7.1.1 Checking Battery and Cable
6.4.4 Dry Type Air Cleaner
with Preliminary Fuel Filter Connectors
6.5 Belt Drives
6.2.5 Clean/Replace Fuel Pre-Filter, Filter 6.7.1.2 Checking Electrolyte Level
6.5.1 Checking V-Belts
Element 6.7.1.3 Checking Specific Gravity of
6.5.2 Tensioning Fan / Alternator Belts Electrolyte
6.2.6 Vent Fuel System with Fuel Pre-Filter 1012
6.2.7 Clean/Replace/Vent Fuel Pre-Filter, 6.7.2 Three-Phase Alternator
6.5.3 Changing Fan / Alternator Belts 1012
Filter Element 6.7.3 Lifting Tackle
6.5.4 Tensioning Coolant / Fuel Pump Belts
6.2.8 Clean / purge or change fuel 1012
pre-filter 7. Faults, Causes and Remedies
6.5.5 Changing Coolant / Fuel Pump Belts
6.2.9 Venting the Fuel System 1012 7.1 Fault Table
with Preliminary Fuel Filter
6.5.6 Tensioning Coolant / Fuel Pump Belts
6.2.10 Changing Fuel Leakage 1012 E 8. Engine Preservation
Line 8.1 Preservation
6.5.7 Changing Coolant / Fuel Pump Belts
6.2.11 Changing Fuel Leakage Pipes 1012 E
6.3 Cooling System 6.5.8 Tensioning Alternator Belt 1012 E 9. Technical Specification
6.3.1 Cleaning Intervals 6.5.9 Changing Alternator Belt 1012 E 9.1 Engine Specifications and Settings
6.3.2 Cleaning Cooling System 6.5.10Tensioning / Changing Fan Belt 1013 9.2 Screw Tightening Torques
6.3.3 Draining Cooling System 6.5.11Tensioning Coolant / Fuel Pump belts 9.3 Tools
1012 / 1013 1013
6.3.4 Filling / Venting Cooling System 6.5.12Changing Coolant / Fuel Pump Belts 10. Service
1012 / 1013 1013
6.3.5 Draining the Cooling System 6.5.13Tensioning / Changing Alternator
1012 E / 1013 E Belt 1013
General
DEUTZ Diesel Engines Care and Maintenance Service
1
are the product of many years of research and Sound care and maintenance practices will ensure Please contact one of our authorized service
development. The resulting know-how, coupled that the engine continues to meet the requirements representatives in the event of breakdowns or for
with stringent quality standards, guarantee their placed on it. Recommended service intervals must spare parts inquiries. Our trained specialists will
long service life, high reliability and low fuel be observed and service and maintenance work carry out repairs quickly and professionally, using
consumption. carried out conscientiously. only genuine spare parts.
It goes without saying that DEUTZ Diesel Engines Special care should be taken under abnormally Original parts from DEUTZ AG are always produced
meet the highest standards for environmental demanding operating conditions. in accordance with state-of-the-art technology.
protection. Please turn to the end of this manual for further
service information.
Beware of Running Engine Safety

California
Proposition 65 Warning
Shut the engine down before carrying out mainte- This symbol is used for all safety
nance or repair work. Ensure that the engine cannot warnings. Please follow them Diesel engine exhaust and some of its consti-
be accidentally started. Risk of accidents.
When the work is complete, be sure to refit any
! carefully. The attention of operating
personnel should be drawn to these
tuents are known to the State of California to
cause cancer, birth defects, and other repro-
ductive harm.
panels and guards that may have been removed. safety instructions. General safety
Never fill the fuel tank while the engine is running. and accident prevention regulations laid down by
Observe industrial safety regulations when running law must also be observed.
the engine in an enclosed space or underground.
Asbestos
DEUTZ original parts are asbestos-

free.
1
Engine Description
2.1 Model
2.2 Engine Illustrations
2.3 Lube Oil Circuit
2.4 Fuel System
2.5 Cooling System
Engine Description 2.1 Model
2.1.1 Rating Plate 2.1.2 Rating Plate Location 2.1.3 Engine Serial Number
2
26 332 0 26231 1 26232 1
The model A, the engine serial number B and the The rating plate C is attached to the crankcase. The engine serial number is also stamped on the
performance data are stamped on the rating plate. crankcase itself (arrow).
The model and engine serial number must be
given when ordering spare parts.
2.1 Model Engine Description
2.1.4 Cylinder Numbering

2
26233 0
Cylinders are numbered consecutively, beginning

at the flywheel end.
Engine Description 2.2 Engine Illustrations
2 2.2.1 Service Side 1012
1 Oil filler (option: between filters)

2 Coolant filler
3 Cooling fan
4 Coolant pump
5 Belt pulley
6 Fuel pump
7 Engine mount
8 Fuel filter
9 Lube oil filter
10 Oil pan
11 Dipstick
12 Lube oil cooler
13 Mounting facility for hydraulic pumps
14 Alternator
15 Back leak fuel pipe with pressure-regulating
valve
16 Cylinder head
26234 1
2.2 Engine Illustrations Engine Description
2.2.2 Starter Side 1012

2
17 Lifting points
18 Exhaust turbocharger
19 Speed governor
20 SAE housing
21 Flywheel
22 Starter motor
23 Hydraulic oil cooler
24 Coolant heat exchanger
25 Coolant level gauge
26 Bleeder valve
26235 1
2 2.2.3 Service Side 1012 E

2 Coolant inlet
3 Coolant pump
4 Alternator
5 Belt pulley
6 Engine mount
7 Fuel pump
8 Fuel filter
9 Lube oil filter
10 Oil pan
11 Dipstick
12 Lube oil cooler
13 Mounting facility for hydraulic pump
valve
15 Cylinder head
26236 0
2.2.4 Starter Side 1012 E

2
16 Lifting points
18 Speed governor
19 SAE housing
20 Flywheel
21 Starter motor
22 Coolant outlet to heat exchanger
23 Exhaust manifold
24 Air intake manifold
26237 0
2 2.2.5 Service Side 1013

2 Alternator
3 Coolant pump
4 Fan
5 Belt Pulley
6 Vibration damper
7 Fuel pump
8 Engine mount
9 Fuel filter
10 Lube oil filter
11 Oil pan
12 Dipstick
13 Lube oil cooler
14 Hydraulic pumps (or compressor)
15 Fuel pipe
16 Solenoid
17 Lube oil line to turbocharger
18 Cylinder head
26 333 0
2.2.6 Starter Side 1013

2
19 Lifting points
21 Speed governor
22 SAE housing
23 Flywheel
24 Starter motor
25 Coolant level gauge
26 Bleeder valve
27 Coolant filler cap
26 334 0
2 2.2.7 Service Side 1013 E
1 Oil filler
2 Coolant pump
3 Fuel pump
4 Vibration damper
5 Fuel filter
6 Engine mount
7 Lube oil filter
8 Oil pan
9 Dipstick
10 Lube oil cooler
11 Mounting facility for hydraulic pump
valve
13 Cylinder head
A Coolant inlet
26 336 0
2.2.8 Starter Side 1013 E 2

14 Lifting points
15 Crankcase breather valve
16 Speed governor
17 SAE housing
18 Flywheel
19 Starter motor
21 Fan
22 Exhaust manifold
26 337 0
2 2.2.9 Starter Side

1 Coolant filler neck with cap

2 Expansion tank
3 Vent line from cylinder head to expansion tank
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 4 Coolant line from engine crankcase to engine
fluid radiator
5 Expansion line from expansion tank to radiator
6 Charge air line from exhaust turbocharger to
charge-air cooler
7 Dry air filter
8 Induction air line between dry air filter and
8 exhaust turbocharger
10 Coolant line from crankcase to engine fluid
radiator
9 11 Charge-air cooler
12 Engine fluid radiator
13 Coolant line from engine fluid radiator to engine
thermostat
10
12
13 11
26
30 088
336 0
2.2.10 Service Side

2
3 Ventilation line from cylinder head to expansion
tank
13 13 Charge-air line from charge-air cooler to engine
14 Protective guard
14
30
26 089
337 0
2.2.11 Starter Side

2 Unit Engine BF6M 1013 EC
1 Filler neck with cap

2 Expansion tank
3 Vent line from cylinder head to expansion tank
4 Expansion line from expansion tank to coolant
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 pump
5 Coolant line from crankcase to engine fluid
radiator
6 Charge-air line from charge-air cooler to engine
7 Charge-air line from exhaust turbocharger to
charge-air cooler
8 Coolant line from engine fluid radiator to engine
thermostat
8
30 087 0
2.2.12 Service Side

2
9 Engine fluid radiator
10 Charge-air cooler
11 Protective guard
11 10
30 086 0
Engine Description 2.3 Lube Oil Circuit
2.3.1 Lube Oil Circuit Schematic

2 1012 / 1012 E
1 Oil pan
3 Lube oil pump
3a Back leak fuel valve
3b Pressure-relief valve
4 Lube oil cooler
5 Lube oil filter
6 Main oil gallery
7 Crankshaft bearing
8 Conrod bearing
9 Camshaft bearing
10 Line to spray nozzle
11 Spray nozzle for piston cooling
12 Tappet w/ control bore for pulse lubrication
of rocker arms
13 Pushrod (designed for lube oil supply of
rocker arms)
14 Rocker arm
15 Return line to oil pan
16 Oil sensor
17 Oil line to exhaust turbocharger
19 Oil line to compressor or hydraulic pump
20 Compressor
21 Hydraulic pump
22 Return line to compressor or hydraulic pump
23 Line to mass balancing gear (2x)
24 Counterbalancing shafts
25 Exhaust turbocharger return to crankcase
26238 1
2.3 Lube Oil Circuit Engine Description
2.3.2 Lube Oil Circuit Schematic
1013 / 1013 E 2
1 Oil pan
3 Lube oil pump
3a Back leak fuel valve
3b Pressure-relief valve
4 Lube oil cooler
5 Lube oil filter
6 Main oil gallery
7 Crankshaft bearing
8 Conrod bearing
9 Camshaft bearing
10 Spray nozzle line
11 Spray nozzle for piston cooling
12 Tappet w/ control bore for pulse lubrication
of rocker arms
13 Pushrod (designed for lube oil supply of
rocker arms)
14 Rocker arm
15 Return line to oil pan
16 Oil sensor
17 Oil line to exhaust turbocharger
19 Oil line to compressor or hydraulic pump
20 Compressor
21 Hydraulic pump
22 Return line to compressor or hydraulic pump
23 Return to oil pan
24 Exhaust turbocharger return to crankcase
26 335 0
Engine Description 2.4 Fuel System
2 2.4.1 Fuel System Schematic
1 Fuel tank
2 Line to fuel pump
3 Fuel pump
4 Line to fuel filter
5 Fuel filter
6 Line to injection pumps
7 Injection pump
8 Line to injector
9 Injector
10 Back leak fuel pipe
11 Banjo bolt with pressure-regulating valve
12 Return line to fuel tank
13 Keep this spacing as wide as possible
26239 1
2.5 Cooling System Engine Description
2.5.1 Cooling System Schematic

1012
2
1 Coolant filler
2 Thermostat housing
3 Coolant pump
4 Lube oil cooler
5 Cylinder cooling
6 Cylinder head cooling
7 Heat exchanger
8 Return from thermostat to coolant pump
housing
9 Ventilation line from cylinder head to heat
exchanger (expansion tank)
26240 2
Engine Description 2.5 Cooling System

2 1012 E
entrance regulation
2 Coolant pump
3 Lube oil cooler
4 Cylinder cooling
6 Heat exchanger
7 Ventilation line expansion tank - coolant
pump
8 Line from engine to heat exchanger
9 Ventilation line from cylinder head to
expansion tank
10 Expansion tank
11 Line from heat exchanger to thermostat
26241 4
1012 E 2
escape regulation
2 Cooling fluid pump
3 Lubricating oil cooler
4 Cylinder cooling
6 Heat exchanger
7 Compensation setting of compensation tank t
o cooling fluid pump
8 Line (Crankcase) from thermostat to heat
exchanger
compensation tank
10 Compensation tank
11 Line from heat exchanger to cooling fluid pump
30 816 0

2 1013
1 Coolant filler
3 Coolant pump
4 Lube oil cooler
5 Cylinder cooling
7 Heat exchanger
8 Expansion line coolant pump/expansion
tank
heat exchanger (expansion tank)
26 338 1

1013 E 2
entrance regulation
2 Coolant pump
3 Lube oil cooler
4 Cylinder cooling
6 Heat exchanger
7 Ventilation line expansion tank - coolant
pump
8 Line from engine to heat exchanger
expansion tank
10 Expansion tank
11 Line from heat exchanger to thermostat
26 339 1
2 1013 E
escape regulation
2 Cooling fluid pump
3 Lubricating oil cooler
4 Cylinder cooling
6 Heat exchanger
7 Compensation setting of compensation tank t
o cooling fluid pump
8 Line (Crankcase) from thermostat to heat
exchanger
compensation tank
10 Compensation tank
11 Line from heat exchanger to cooling fluid pump
30 817 0
Engine Operation
3.1 Commissioning
3.2 Starting
3.3 Monitoring Systems
3.4 Stopping
3.5 Operating Conditions
Engine Operation 3.1 Commissioning
3 3.1.1 Adding Engine Oil 3.1.2 Filling Oil Bath Air Cleaner 3.1.3 Adding Fuel
26243 0 24980 2 26244 0
As a rule, engines are delivered empty of oil. Fill oil cup 1 of the oil bath air cleaner (if fitted) Use only commercial-grade diesel fuel. For fuel
Pour lube oil into the oil filler neck (arrow). with oil up to the arrow. grade, see 4.2.
For oil quantities, see 9.1. For oil grade and viscosity, see 4.1. If required use a preliminary fuel filter.
For oil grade and viscosity, see 4.1. If in doubt, please ask your service representative.
Use summer or winter-grade fuel, depending on
the ambient temperature.
Do not fill the precleaner dust Never fill the fuel tank while the
collector (if fitted) with oil. engine is running. Keep the filler
cap area clean and do not spill fuel.
3.1 Commissioning Engine Operation
3.1.4 Filling/Venting the Cooling

System
3.1.5 Other Preparations
3
● 1012/1013 ● Check battery and cable connections, see 6.7.1.
See section 6.3.4
● Trial run
● 1012 E/1013 E - After the engine has been prepared, let it run
See section 6.3.6 for about 10 minutes without load.
● Unit engine (with frontal radiator) During and after trial run
See section 6.3.8. - Check the engine for leaks.
After the engine has been turned off

- Check the oil level and top up if necessary, see
6.1.2.
- Tighten the V-belt, see 6.5.
● Breaking-in
During the break-in phase - about 200 operat-
ing hours - check the oil level twice a day.
After the engine is broken in, checking once a
day will be sufficient.
● Commissioning conserved engines

Remove conservation materials as outlined in
section 8.1
Engine Operation 3.2 Starting
3 3.2.1 Electric Starting
Starting without Cold-Start Aid

Make sure that no-one is stand-
ing in the danger area of the
engine/ machine before switch-
ing on. After repairs: Check
whether all protection devices
are mounted and all tools have been removed
from the engine.
Do not use any additional starting aids (e.g.
injection with start pilot) when starting with
heating plugs. Danger of accidents! Attention:
The engine may never be started with the
speed governor removed. Disconnect the bat-
tery terminals! If the engine does not start pro-
perly with automatic starting of the heating
flange (starter does not get any current due to
malfunction in the equipment/customer side
electrical control), the start procedure must be 26245 0 25745 0
aborted completely (set ignition switch to OFF,
interrupt power supply for the heating flange). z Disengage the clutch to separate the z Insert key.
Before restarting the engine, the fault must be engine from the driven equipment. – Position 0 = no operating voltage.
eliminated to avoid any overheating damage to
the heating flange/charge air hoses. z Move speed control lever 1 in direction of z Turn key clockwise.
arrow at least to middle speed position. – Position 1 = operating voltage.
– Pilot lights 1 and 2 come on.
z Move shutdown lever 2 to operating z Push the key in and turn it further
position (in opposite direction of arrow). clockwise against spring pressure.
– Position 2 = no function
Do not actuate the starter for more than 20 – Position 3 = start
seconds. If the engine does not catch, wait
a minute then try again. z Release key as soon as engine fires.
If the engine does not catch after two – Pilot lights go out.
attempts, refer to the Diagnosis Chart (see
7.1).
3.2 Starting Engine Operation
3
Starting with Heater Plugs
25746 1
● Insert key.
– Position 0 = no operating voltage.
● Turn key clockwise.

– Position 1 = operating voltage.
– Pilot lights come on. Leave to preheat until
pilot lights go out.
● Push key in and turn further clockwise against

spring pressure.
– Position 2 = no function.
– Position 3 = start.
● Release key as soon as engine fires.

– Pilot lights go out.
Engine Operation 3.3 Monitoring Systems
3 3.3.1 Engine Oil Pressure
Oil Pressure Pilot Light Oil Pressure Indicator Oil Pressure Gauge
25752 1 25753 0 25754 0
● The oil pressure pilot light comes on with ● The pointer must remain in the green sector ● The pointer must indicate the minimum oil
operating voltage on and engine off. over the entire operating range. pressure (see 9.1).
● The oil pressure pilot light should go out when

the engine is running.
3.3 Monitoring Systems Engine Operation
3.3.2 Coolant Temperature 3.3.3 Coolant Level /

Coolant Level Gauge
3
26246 0 26247 0
● The coolant temperature gauge pointer should ● When the engine is cold, coolant level 1 should ● If a level switch is fitted, the engine is shut
remain in the green sector most of the time. It be above the KALT-COLD mark. down automatically when the level falls below
should rarely enter the yellow-green sector. If the MIN marking.
the pointer enters the orange sector, the engine ● Top up with coolant if the level falls below the
is overheating. Turn it off and establish the MIN mark on the sight glass, or if the coolant
cause from the Diagnosis Chart (see 7.1). warning switch comes on.
– Unscrew the filler cap.
– Top up with coolant up to the upper edge of
the filler neck.
– Tighten the filler cap
● If it is not possible to carry out a check at the

inspection opening, if required carry out a
check at the filler neck:
If you cannot see any fluid:
- topping up is required.
Engine Operation 3.4 Stopping
3 3.4.1 Engines with Mechanical

Shutdown
3.4.2 Engines with Electrical
Shutdown
26266 0 25746 2
● Move speed control lever 1 to low idle. ● Turn key counterclockwise (to Position 0) and
remove. The pilot lights will go out.
● Operate shutdown lever 2 until the engine
comes to a stop. The charge pilot light and the
oil pressure pilot light will come on when the
engine stops.
● Turn key counterclockwise (to Position 0) and

remove. The pilot lights will go out.
Where possible, do not switch the engine off from

full load. Leave running in idle for approx. 2
minutes.
3.5 Operating Conditions Engine Operation
3.5.1 Winter Operation

3
● Lube Oil Viscosity ● Battery
– Select the oil viscosity (SAE grade) – Efficient cold starting requires a healthy
according to the ambient temperature when battery (see 6.7.1).
the engine is started (see 4.1.2). – The starting limit temperature can be
– Increase oil change frequency when operat- lowered by 4-5°C by heating the battery up to
ing below –10°C, see 6.1.1. about +20°C. To do so, remove the battery
and store in a warm place.
● Diesel Fuel
– Use winter-grade diesel fuel for operation
below 0°C, see 4.2.2.
● Coolant
– Set the water/antifreeze mix to suit the lowest
likely temperature (max. –35°C), see 4.3.1.
● Additional Maintenance Work

26248 0
– Drain the sludge from the fuel tank once a
week by undoing the drain plug.
– Adjust the oil level in the oil bath air cleaner
(if fitted) to suit the ambient temperature.
– At temperatures below –20°C, lubricate the
flywheel ring gear from time to time with
low-temperature grease, such as Bosch FT 1
V 31. To do so, remove the starter and
introduce the grease through the pinion hole.
● Cold-Start Aids
– At temperatures near or below freezing point,
use glow plugs if necessary (see 3.2.1).
This not only lowers the starting limit
temperature, but provides easier starting at
temperatures normally not requiring a
starting aid.
Engine Operation 3.5 Operating Conditions
3.5.2 High Ambient Temperature,

3 High Altitude
● As the altitude and ambient temperature rise,

the density of the air tends to decrease, which
affects the maximum power output of the
engine, the exhaust gas quality and, in extreme
cases, the starting behavior. Under transient
C F
conditions, the engine can be used at altitudes
up to 1000 meters / 3400 feet and tempera-
tures up to 30°C.
If the engine is to operate under more severe
conditions (at higher altitudes or tempe-
ratures), it will be necessary to reduce the
0 32
injected fuel quantity and, thus, engine power.
● If you have any doubts about engine operation

under these or similar conditions, ask your
engine or equipment supplier whether the
engine has been derated in the interests of 25901 1
reliability, service life and exhaust gas quality
(smoke). Otherwise, contact the nearest
service representative.
Operating Media
4.1 Lube Oil

4.2 Fuel
4.3 Coolant
© 2002
Operating Media 4.1 Lube Oil
4 4.1.1 Quality Grade 4.1.2 Viscosity
Lube oils are differentiated by Deutz Generally, multi-grade oils shall be used. In
according to their performance and quality closed heated rooms at temperatures >5°C,
class. Oils of other, comparable specifications also single-grade oils can be used.
can be used.
As the viscosity of lube oil is dependent on
temperature, the choice of SAE grade
should be governed by the ambient
Approved oils: temperature prevailing at the engine
operating site.
Optimum operating behaviour will be
Deutz DQC I DQC II DQC III attained if you take the accompanying oil
viscosity diagram as a guide.
ACEA E2-96 E3/96/E5-02 E4-99
Should the temperature fall temporarily
API CF/CF-4 CH-4/CG-4 - below the limits of the SAE grade selected,
cold starting may be affected but the engine
DHD - DHD-1 - will not be damaged.
In order to keep wear to a minimum, do not
exceed application limits for extended
The precise assignment of the admissible periods of time.
oil qualities to the engines is indicated in
chapter 6.1.1. Synthetic lube oils feature an improved
If in doubt, contact your service represen- temperature and oxidation stability.
tative.
© 2002
Only with preheating 30 298 1

4.1 Lube Oil Operating Media
Lube oils for engines with uprated power
4.1.2.1 Specific lube oil
definitions Producer
and engines with high loading
Type of lube oil SAE class Availability
4
DEUTZ DEUTZ Oil TLX-10W40FE 1 0 W- 4 0 Europe
ADDINOL ADDINOL Super Truck MD 1048 10W-40 Europe, Asia
The oils listed in the table are to be used ADDINOL Ultra Truck MD 0538 5W-30 Europe, Asia
for the following engines and applications: AGIP Agip Sigma Ultra TFE 10W-40 worldwide
● 1013FC Autol Valve Ultra FE 10W-40 Germany
● all engines in block-type thermal power ARAL Aral MegaTurboral 10W-40 worldwide
Aral SuperTurboral 5W-30 worldwide
stations AVIA TURBOSYNTH HT-E 10W-40 Germany
● all engines in gensets operating in parallel BAYWA BayWa Super Truck 1040 MC 10W-40 South Germany
with the mains / with each other BayWa Turbo 4000 10W-40 South Germany
● engines in harvesting machines BP OIL International BP Vanellus E7 Plus 10W-40 Europe
BP Vanellus E7 Supreme 5W-40 Europe
These are high-grade oils. In addition, most of Castrol Castrol SYNTRUCK 5W-40 Europe, North America, Brazil,
Argentina, Australia, South Africa
these oils are partly synthetic, some even
Castrol Castrol DYNAMAX 7,5W-40 Europe, North America, Brazil,
fully synthetic (5W-40), and thus achieve the Argentina, Australia, South Africa
thermal stability required for the relevant CEPSA EUROTRANS SHPD 10W-40 Spain, Portugal
application and are distinguished by a low CHEVRON Chevron Delo 400 Synthtic 5W-40 North America
tendency to cause deposits in the DEA DEA Cronos Synth 5W-30 Germany, Europe
turbocharger and in the charge air pipes with DEA Cronos Premium LD 10W-40 Germany, Europe
closed-circuit crankcase breather. DEA Cronos Premium FX 10W-40 Europe
ESSO Essolube XTS 501 10W-40 Europe
FUCHS EUROPE Fuchs Titan Cargo MC 10W-40 worldwide
Fuchs Titan Cargo SL 5W-30 worldwide
Fuchs Titan Unic Plus MC 10W-40 worldwide
MOBIL OIL Mobil Delvac 1 SHC 5W-40 Europe, SE Asia, Afrika
Mobil Delvac 1 5W-40 worldwide
Mobil Delvac XHP Extra 10W-40 Europe, SE Asia
Schmierölraffinerie Wintershall TFG 10W-40 Europe
Salzbergen
Shell International Shell Myrina TX / 5W-30 Europe, different
Shell Rimula Ultra description in some country
Shell Myrina TX / 10W-40 Europa, different
Shell Rimula Ultra description in some country
Texaco Ursa Super TDX 10W-40 10W-40 Europe
Ursa Premium FE 5W-30 5W-30 Europe
TOTAL FINA ELF TOTAL RUBIA TIR 8600 10W-40 worldwide
ELF PERFORMANCE 10W-40 worldwide
© 2002
EXPERTY MX 1010
ELF PERFORMANCE 10W-40 Germany, Benelux,
EXPERTY MX 1012 Scandinavia, Austria
FINA KAPPA FIRST 5W-30 Europe
The table will be extended as and when required. FINA KAPPA ULTRA 10W-40 Europe
Operating Media 4.2 Fuel
4 4.2.1 Quality Grade 4.2.2 Winter-Grade Fuel
Use commercially available diesel fuel with Waxing may occur at low temperatures,
less than 0.5% sulphur content. If the sulfur clogging the fuel system and reducing engine
content is higher than 0.5%, oil change efficiency. If the ambient temperature is less
intervals should be reduced (see 6.1.1). than 0 °C, winter-grade fuel (suitable down
to -20 °C) should be used. This fuel is usually
The following fuel specifications/standards available from filling stations well in advance
are approved: of the cold months.
(refer to TR 0199-3002)
● At temperatures below -20°C/, kerosene
● Diesel fuel should be added to the diesel fuel. The
- DIN EN 590 relevant percentages are given in the dia-
- BS 2869: A1 and A2 gram at the right
(with A2, take note of the sulfur content!) ● Special diesel fuels can be used for climatic
- ASTM D 975-88; 1-D and 2-D zones down to - 44 °C.
- NATO Code F-54and F-75
- ISO 8217 DMX If summer-grade diesel fuel must be used at
- ISO 8217 DMA temperatures below 0°C, up to 60% kerosene
● Light heating oil can be added (see diagram).
according to DIN 51603 Legend:
ASTM D 396; 1 and 2 In most cases, adequate resistance to cold
BS 2869 Class D can be obtained by adding a flow improver I Summer diesel fuel
(additive). Please contact your Deutz partner.
● Jet fuel
- F34/F35/F44 (kerosene) II Winter diesel fuel
- F54 (equivalent to diesel fuel according to A Outside temperature
DIN EN 590)
- XF 63 (equivalent to F34+F35 with addi- B Percentage of kerosene to be added
tives)
● Bio diesel fuel
- according to DIN 51606- FAME
Exhaust emission values which may be Diesel fuels must never be Mix in tank only. Fill with the
© 2002
determined in the cause of type approval tests mixed with petrol (normal and appropriate amount of kerosene
always refer to the reference fuel prescribed super grade petrol)! first, then add the diesel fuel.
by the authorities for the type approval test.
4.3 Coolant Operating Media
4.3.1 Water Quality for Coolant 4.3.2 Coolant Preparation 4.3.3 Cooling System Protective
Preparation Liquid
4
The values given below must not be The preparation and monitoring of coolant in DEUTZ cooling system protective agents
exceeded. liquid-cooled engines is especially important can be obtained under order number
A test kit (order number 1213 0382) can be because corrosion, cavitation and freezing 01011490 (5 litres) or 1221 1500 (210 litres).
obtained from DEUTZ Service to check the can lead to engine damage. These are nitrite-, amine- and phosphate-
quality of the water available. The coolant is prepared by admixing a free and provide effective protection
cooling system protective liquid with the against corrosion, cavitation and freezing.
Water quality min. max. cooling water. If the above-mentioned cooling system
The cooling system must be monitored agents are not available, the following
pH-value at 20°C /68° F 6.5 8.5 regularly (see 5.1). The water level and the products can be used in exceptional cases.
cooling system protective liquid concen- Manufacturer Product description
Chloride ion content [mg/dm3] – 100 tration should both be checked. AVIA AVIA Antifreeze Extra
Sulfate ion content [mg/dm3] – 100 The cooling system protective liquid BASF Glysantin G 48
concentration can be checked with a DEA DEA radiator antifreeze
Total hardness [°dGH] 3 20 commercially available tester (e.g. gefo SHELL SHELL GlycoShell
glycomat® ).
The concentration of the cooling system
protective liquid in the coolant may not fall
below/exceed the following limits:
Cooling system protective liquid Water
max. 45 Vol.% 55%
min. 35 Vol.% 65%
For the quantity, see table overpage and
information in section 9.1.
Other cooling system protective liquids, e.g.
chemical corrosion inhibitors, can, in
exceptional circumstances, be used in the
coolant, in consultation with DEUTZ Service.
Order the cooling system protective liquid
from: DEUTZ Service
When nitrite-based cooling Cooling system protective liquids
© 2002
system protective liquids are must be disposed of in accor-
mixed with amine-based liquids, dance with environmental
harmful nitrosamines are formed. regulations.
Operating Media 4.3 Coolant
4
Cooling System Protection
Cooling system capacity *)
Cooling Cooling [Liters]
system protective 18 20 22 25 27 30 32 35
protection agent
[Vol %] [°C] Cooling system protective liquid
[Liters]
35 –22 2.8 7.0 7.7 8.75 9.5 10.5 11.2 12.3
40 –28 7.2 8.0 8.8 10.0 10.8 12.0 12.8 14.0
45 –35 8.1 9.0 9.9 11.3 12.2 13.5 14.4 15.8
50 –45 9.0 10.0 11.0 12.5 13.5 15.0 16.0 17.5
*) For quantity of coolant in your engine, see Section 9.1.

Note: For figures in gray field, refer back to head-office.
© 2002
Routine Maintenance
5
5.1 Maintenance Schedule
5.2 Maintenance Chart
5.3 Maintenance Record
© 2002
Routine Maintenance 5.1 Maintenance Schedule
5 Maintenance step= E Check= ● Adjust= ❍ Clean= ▲ Replace= ■

Before or during 1st test run, during commissioning check twice
Industrial engines
daily or when commissioning new or reconditioned engines The specified engine maintenance times are
the max. permissible recommended times.
Every 10 operating hours or daily
Depending on the application shorter
In operating hours (OH), every *E70=1012 Engines 10000OH maintenance times may be necessary. Please
*E70=1013 Engines 13000OH refer to manufacturer’s operating manual.
E10 E20 E30 E40 E50 E60 E60 E70* Years # Maintenance work to be carried out only by
500 1000 1500 2000 3000 * 1 2 authorised service personnel.
Operation Section
● ● Lube oil level, top up as necessary 6.1.2/3.1.6
■ Lube oil (oil changing interval acc. to engine application), see TR0199-99-3002 6.1.1/6.1.2
■ Oil filter cartridge (for every lube oil change) 6.1.3
■ Fuel filter cartridge 6.2.1
● Injection valve #
● ■ Flexible fuel leakage lines (replace completely) 6.2.5
● ■1) ■ Fuel pre-filter * 4.2/ 6.2/2-4
● ● ■ ■ Coolant (additive concentration) 4.3.1/ 2/ 3
●✔ ● ●✔ Coolant liquid level/ ✔ Version with float switch, see TR0130-48-004 3.3.3
● ● ■ Dry/suction air filter (if present service as per maintenance display) 6.4.3 /4
● ▲ ▲ Charge cooler (drain lube oil / condensate) 6.3.9
● Battery and cable connections 6.7.1
● Sheathed-element glow plugs –
● ● Engine monitoring, warning system 3.3 #
❍ Valve clearance (set if necessary, earlier if noises occur) 6.6.1#
* If the water level warning system (lamp/siren) responds, the fuel pre-filter must be emptied immediately.
1) Changing the pre-filter cartridge depends on the degree of soiling of the fuel used. If fuels which do not meet the requirements of
© 2004
TR 0199-99-3005 (see 4.2.1) are used the warranty will be voided.
ENGLISCH - Kapitel 5 - Seite 2

9682en_k05.p65 2 20.09.2004, 13:24
5.1 Maintenance Schedule Routine Maintenance
5
Check= ● Adjust= ❍ Clean= ▲ Replace= ■
Maintenance step= E
Industrial engines
The specified engine maintenance times are
daily or when commissioning new or reconditioned engines
the max. permissible recommended times.
Every 10 operating hours or daily Depending on the application shorter
maintenance times may be necessary. Please
In operating hours (OH), every *E70 1012 Engines 10000OH
refer to manufacturer’s operating manual.
*E70 1013 Engines 13000OH # Maintenance work to be carried out only by
E10 E20 E30 E40 E50 E60 E60 E70* Years authorised service personnel.
500 1000 1500 2000 3000 * 1 2 Operation Section
● ● ■ V-belts (retighten or replace as necessary) 6.5
● ● Check engine for leaks (visual inspection) –
● ● Engine bearing fixings (renew if damaged) 9.2
● Check cooling system bearings – rubber and retaining elements –
● ● Fixings, hose connections / clamp –
■ Major overhaul #
Maintenance step= E Check= ● Adjust= ❍ Clean= ▲ Replace= ■

max. permissible recommended times in operating hours (OH), every
Expansions or modifications for
engines with EPA acceptance
The specified engine maintenance times are the max.
daily or when commissioning new or reconditioned engines permissible recommended times. Depending on the
Every 10 operating hours or daily application shorter maintenance times may be necessary.
Please refer to manufacturer’s operating manual.
In operating hours (OH), every *1012Engines10000OH # Maintenance work to be carried out only by authorised
E10 E20 E30 E40 E50 E60 E60 E70* Years *1013 Engines13000 OH service personnel.
500 1000 1500 3000 4500 * 1 2 Operation Section
■ Injection valve < 130kW #
■ Injection valve > 130kW #
© 2004
9682en_k05.p65 3 20.09.2004, 13:24
Routine Maintenance 5.2 Maintenance Chart
5 5.2.1 Additional maintenance
Intervals Maintenance Stages Execution

at/after
50 Bh E 10 After commissioning and E50, E60, E70 authorized trained staff
daily E 20 Daily check routine operator, authorized trained staff
500 Bh E 30 Inspection authorized trained staff
1000 Bh E 40 Extended inspection authorized trained staff
2000 Bh E60 Extended intermediate overhaul authorized trained staff
3000 Bh (EPA) E60 Extended intermediate overhaul authorized trained staff
10 000 Bh (1012) E 70 Major overhaul authorized trained staff
12 000 Bh (1013) E 70 Major overhaul authorized trained staff
© 2004

9682en_k05.p65 4 20.09.2004, 13:24
5.2 Maintenance Chart Routine Maintenance
The maintenance chart shown here is
supplied as self-adhesive label with each
engine. It should be affixed where it can be
5
seen clearly on the engine or driven
equipment.
Check that this is the case.
If necessary, ask your engine or equipment

supplier for a fresh supply of labels.
Routine work should be carried out according

to the schedule in 5.1.
Stop the engine before
© 2004
carrying out any maintenance
! work.

9682en_k05.p65 5 20.09.2004, 13:24
Routine Maintenance 5.2 Maintenance Chart
The maintenance chart shown here is supplied as self-adhesive label with each engine. It should be affixed where it can be seen clearly on the
5 engine or driven equipment.
If necessary, ask your engine or equipment supplier for a fresh supply of labels.
Routine work should be carried out according to the schedule in 5.1.
0297 4979 1
BFM 1012
Standard engine
© 2004
BFM 1013

9682en_k05.p65 6 20.09.2004, 13:24
5.2 Maintenance Chart Routine Maintenance
The maintenance chart shown here is supplied as self-adhesive label with each engine. It should be affixed where it can be seen clearly on
the engine or driven equipment.
5
If necessary, ask your engine or equipment supplier for a fresh supply of labels.
Routine work should be carried out according to the schedule in 5.1.
Short engine
© 2004
9682en_k05.p65 7 20.09.2004, 13:24
Routine Maintenance 5.3 Completed Maintenance Jobs
Hours. Date Signaure / Stamp Hours Date Signaure / Stamp

5
50-150* -
125 250
375 500
625 750
875 1000
1125 1250
1375 1500
1625 1750
1875 2000
2115 2250
2375 2500
2625 2750
* Commissioning new and overhauled engines
The maintenance jobs duly completed can be recorded in the above table.
5.3 Completed Maintenance Jobs Routine Maintenance
Hours Date Signaure / Stamp Hours Date Signaure / Stamp

5
2875 3000
3125 3250
3375 3500
3625 3750
3875 4000
4125 4250
4375 4500
4625 4750
4875 5000
5125 5250
5375 5500
5625 5750
Routine Maintenance 5.3 Completed Maintenance Jobs

5
5875 6000
6125 6250
6375 6500
6625 6750
6875 7000
7125 7250
7375 7500
7625 7750
7825 8000
8125 8250
8375 8500
8625 8750
Hours Date Signaure / Stamp Hours Date Signaure / Stamp
5
8875 9000
9125 9250
9375 9500
9625 9750
9875 10000
10125 10250
10375 10500
10625 10750
10825 11000
11125 11250
11375 11500
11625 11750
5
Service and Maintenance
6
6.1 Lubrication System
6.2 Fuel System
6.3 Cooling System
6.4 Combustion Air Cleaner
6.5 Belt Drives
6.6 Adjustments
6.7 Accessories
© 2004
Service and Maintenance 6.1 Lubrication System
6.1.1 Oil Change Intervals

6
● The oil change intervals are dependent on ● If, for vehicle engines, lube oil change
the engine application and the quality of intervals are determined by operating hours,
the lube oil. the lube oil change intervals indicated in table
6.1.1.1. equipment engines.
● If the engine runs fewer hours during the
year than stated in the table, the oil should
be changed at least once a year.
● The table refers to the following condi-

tions:
– For diesel fuel: sulfur content max. 0.5
% by weight.
– Continuous ambient temperatures down
to -10 °C / +14°F
● For fuels
– with sulfur content is > 0.5 to 1 %
or
– continuous ambient temperature below
-10 °C/+14°F
or
– with bio-diesel fuels in accordance with
DIN 51606-FAME the intervals between
oil changes should be halved.
● In the case of fuels containing more than

1 % sulfur, contact your service repre-
sentative.
© 2004
Change the oil with the engine off but still

warm (lube oil temperature approx. 80 °C).
6.1 Lubrication System Service and Maintenance
6.1.1.1 Lube Oil Change Intervals for Equipment Engines

Lube oil grade
6
Deutz lube oil quality class DQC I DQC II DQC III
ACEA-specfication E2-96 E3-96/E5-02 E4-99
API-specfication CF/CF-4 CG-4/CH-4 -
Worldwide specification - DHD-1 -
special DEUTZ release list - - see chap. 4.1.2.1
Standard lube oil code for building EO.. . EO...C -
equipment and nonroad vehicles EO...A, EO...B
Engine Engine version Lube oil change intervals in op. hours
series Oil use Oil use Oil use
normal high normal high normal high
1012 All engines except for: 250 500 500
Engines in harvest machines black- type
thermal power stations, gensets - - 500
1013 All engines except for: 250 500 500
engines from nonroad stage II - 500 500
Engines in harvest machines black- type
thermal power stations, gensets - - 500
BF4M1013FC - - 500
BF6M1013FC, P ≤ 200 kW - - 500
BF6M1013FC, P > 200 kW - - 250
© 2004
* Gensets as referred to here are units operating in parallel with the mains / with each other.
Emergency power units are dealt with in TC 0199-99-1126.
6.1.1.2 Oil change intervals for vehicle engines

6 Lube oil-quality
Deutz lube oil quality class DQC I DQC II DQC III
ACEA-specification E2-96 E3-96/E5-02 E4-99
API-specification CF/CF-4 CG-4/CH-4 -
worldwide specification - DHD-1 -
special DEUTZ release list - - see chap. 4.1.2.1
Application Engine version Lube oil change intervals in km
1012/1013 Euro I 10 000 15 000 20 000
Euro II and Euro III, except for: - 15 000 20 000
Nonroad BF4M1013FC Euro II ≤ 14 l oil contents (first filling) - - 10 000
vehicles/ 25 > 14 l oil contents (first filling) - - 20 000
city busses Euro III - - 20 000
BF6M1013FC Euro II ≤ 19 l oil contents (first filling) - - 10 000
Average speed in km/h approx.
> 19 l oil contents (first filling) - - 20 000

Euro III - - 20 000
1012/1013 Euro I 15 000 20 000 30 000
Local 40 BF4M1013FC Euro II ≤ 14 l oil contents (first filling) - - 15 000
traffic > 14 l oil contents (first filling) - - 30 000
Euro III - - 30 000
Euro III - - 30 000
1012/1013 Euro I 20 000 30 000 40 000
Long 60 BF4M1013FC Euro II ≤ 14 l oil contents (first filling) - - 20 000
distance > 14 l oil contents (first filling) - - 40 000
Euro III - - 40 000
© 2004

Euro III - - 40 000
6.1.2 Checking Oil Level /

Changing Engine Oil
6
6.1.2.1Checking Oil Level 6.1.2.2 Changing Engine Oil
© 25 729 0 © 26 022 0 © 26 023 0
● Ensure that the engine or vehicle is on a ● Run the engine warm. ● Place an oil tray beneath the engine.
level surface. ● Ensure that the engine or vehicle is on a ● Unscrew drain plug.
● – Warm engine level surface. ● Drain oil.
● Switch off engine, wait 5 minutes and – Lube oil temperature approx. 80°C. ● Fit oil drain plug with new gasket and
check the oil level ● Switch off the engine. tighten firmly (for torque, see 9.2).
● –Cold engine ● Fill with lube oil
Check the oil level – For grade/viscosity, see 4.1.
● Remove the dipstick – For quantity, see 9.1.
● Wipe off with a non-fibrous, clean cloth. ● Check oil level, see 6.1.2.1
● Insert up to the stop and pull out again.
● Check oil level, if required top up to the
“MAX” level
– If the oil level is just above the “MIN” mark, Be careful when draining hot oil -
© 2004
it should be topped up. danger of scalds! Do not let used oil
run into the soil but catch it in a
The oil level must not drop below the “MIN” container ready for proper disposal.
mark.
6 6.1.3 Changing Oil Filter
© 25 880 0 © 25 881 0 © 25 882 0
● With fitted torsion lock: ● Clean any dirt from the filter carrier rim. ● Check that the cartridge is correctly seated
Loosen screws and slide clamps down- against the gasket and tighten with a final
wards. ● Lightly oil the rubber gasket of the new oil half-turn.
filter cartridge.
● Undo the filter cartridge with commercial tool ● If a torsion lock is fitted:
and spin off. ● Screw in the new cartridge finger tight Slide clamps up into position and tighten
against the gasket. screws.
● Catch any dripping oil.
● Check oil level (see 6.1.2).
● Check oil pressure (see 3.3.1).
Beware of burns from hot oil. ● Check cartridge seal.

© 2004
6.1.4 Changing Oil Filter Cup 6
4
© 30 074 0
● Switch off the engine. ● Replace rubber seal 2 and apply a small
● Loosen the lube oil filter cap 1 and unscrew amount of grease
in an anticlockwise direction. ● Carefully insert the new paper filter
● Carefully lift the paper filter cartridge 3 out cartridge 3 in guide 4.
of guide 4. ● Tighten lube oil filter cover 1 in the clockwise
● Catch any dripping oil. direction (25 Nm).
● Change the paper filter cartridge 3. ● Start the engine.
● Clean any dirt from the filter carrier rim and ● Check the oil level, see 6.1.2.
the lube oil filter cover 1 and guide 4. ● Check the oil pressure, see 3.3.1.
● Check lube oil filter fitting for leaks.
Caution: hot oil!
© 2004
Risk of scalding!
Service and Maintenance 6.2 Fuel System
6.2.1 Replace Fuel Filter

6
© 25 880 0 © 25 881 0 © 25 882 0
● Close fuel stopcock. ● Clean any dirt from the filter carrier rim. ● Check that the cartridge is seated correctly
against the gasket and tighten with a final
● Undo fuel filter cartridge with commercial tool ● Apply light film of oil or diesel fuel to the rubber half-turn.
and spin off. gasket of the new DEUTZ original fuel filter
cartridge. ● Open fuel stopcock.
● Catch any fuel.
● Screw in the new cartridge finger tight ● Check for leaks.
against the gasket.
Keep naked flames away The fuel system does not

© 2004
when working on the fuel need to be bled.

system. Do not smoke!
6.2 Fuel System Service and Maintenance
6.2.2 Replace Fuel Filter

6
© 36 650 0 © 25 881 0 © 25 882 0
l Close the fuel shut-off valve. l Apply light film of oil or diesel fuel to the l Open fuel shut-off valve.
l Undo fuel filter cartridge with commercial rubber gasket of the new original DEUTZ l Bleed fuel system, see 6.2.4.
tool and spin off. fuel filter cartridge. Also loosen the bleed screw 4 until air-free
fuel emerges.
l Catch any escaping fuel. l Manually screw in the new cartridge until l Tighten the bleed screw 4
the gasket is flush.
l Clean any dirt from the filter carrier sealing l Check for leaks.
surface 1. l Tighten the fuel filter cartridge with a final
half-turn.
The fuel system needs to be Keep naked flames away when

bled. working on the fuel system.
© 2004
Do not smoke!
6.2.3 Clean/Replace Fuel Pre-Filter, 6.2.4 Venting the Fuel System

6 Filter Element with Preliminary Fuel Filter
Bleed:
● Place the fuel pan beneath the preliminary
fuel filter.
● Loosen drain plug 4 and observe the
draining fluid. When fuel instead of water
starts to flow, retighten drain plug 4.
● Check for leaks after the engine has been
started.
Vent:
● During initial commissioning, after
maintenance work or if the tank is run
empty it is essential to vent the fuel system.
● Set engine controller to stop position
● Place fuel collecting trough under the filter
© 25 801 0 © 30 084 0 housing 5 / pressure control valve 9.
● Open fuel stopcock, pressure control valve
9, vent screw 8
Clean: ● Press filter housing 5 with filter insert 3 and ● Turn engine with starter (max. 20 sec.)
● Close fuel stopcock. sealing ring 6 against the filter console 7 until fuel free from air bubbles escapes
● Place the fuel pan beneath the preliminary and screw into place with clamping screw from vent screw 8 and pressure holding
fuel filter. 1 (tightening torque 25 Nm). valve 9.
● Remove drain plug 4 and drain off fuel. Note: it must be possible to push the upper ● Tighten vent screw 8 (tightening torque 15
● Unscrew clamping screw 1, remove filter seal 2 on filter insert 3 over the guide Nm) and pressure control valve 9.
housing 5 with filter insert 3. bracket on filter console 7. ● Set engine controller to start position and
● Clean sealing surface of the filter bracket ● Tighten drain plug 4. start
7 and filter insert housing 5 of any dirt. ● Open fuel stopcock. ● When the engine has started check for
● Insert new sealing ring 6 and filter insert ● Check for leaks after the engine has been leaks
3 (change as necessary). started.
–Push the filter insert up to approx. 3 cm Keep naked flames away when
over the edge of the housing onto the Replace: working on the fuel system. Do
© 2004
guide in the filter housing 5. ● Replace defective filter insert 3. not smoke! Dispose of waste
fuel in an environmentally-
friendly manner!
6.2.5 Clean/Replace Fuel Pre-Filter, 6.2.6 Vent Fuel System with Fuel
Filter Element Pre-Filter
6
Drain Water:
l Place fuel collection container beneath the
fuel pre-filter.
l Loosen drain screw 9 and watch the
draining liquid, tighten the drain screw 9
when water changes to fuel.
l Bleed system
l Check for leaks after starting the engine.
Vent:
l In the event of re-commissioning, following
maintenance work or if the tank has been
run empty, the fuel system must be vented.
l Bring engine regulator into stop position.
l Position fuel collection container beneath
filter housing 9 / pressure maintenance
© 36 649 0 © 30 084 0 valve 9.
l Open fuel shut-off valve, pressure
maintenance valve 9, vent screw 10.
Clean/Replace: l Tighten the drain screw 7+9 l Vent system, turn over engine with the
l Close the fuel shut-off valve. l Open fuel shut-off valve. starter (max. 20 sec.) up to vent screw 10
l Place fuel collection container beneath the l Bleed system and pressure retention valve 9.
fuel pre-filter. l Check for leaks after starting the engine. l Firmly tighten vent screw 10 (tightening
l Loosen the drain screw 7+9 and drain fuel. torque 25-5 Nm) and pressure maintenance
l Turn the filter element housing 4 with gasket valve 9.
3 and filter element 3 anti-clockwise and l Bring engine regulator into start position
remove. and start.
l Clean any dirt from the sealing face of the l Check for leaks after starting the engine.
filter carrier and filter element housing 4
and sludge chamber 5 and filter element Keep naked flames away when
(replace if necessary). working on the fuel system. Do
l Insert new round sealing rings 2+3+6. not smoke!
© 2004
l Screw in filter element housing 4 and filter Dispose of wastefuel in an
element (max. torque 25 –5 Nm). environmentally-friendly
manner!
6.2.7 Clean/Replace/Vent Fuel

6 Pre-Filter, Filter Element
© 36 648 0
Clean: l Open the fuel shut-off valve and bleed the Vent:
l Close the fuel shut-off valve. system. l Loosen the vent screw 7 slightly.
l Place fuel collection container beneath the l Check for leaks after starting the engine. l Actuate the pump until fuel free from air
fuel pre-filter. Replace: bubbles emerges.
l Loosen the drain screw 5 and drain fuel/ l Replace defective filter cartridge 2. l Tighten the vent screw.
water. l Clean any dirt from the filter carrier 1
l Turn filter cartridge 2 and dirt trap 3 sealing surface 8. A= connection possibility for:
anticlockwise and remove. l Wet the filter cartridge 2 with fuel, wet the Electrical connection for water/fuel level
l Turn dirt trap 3 anticlockwise and remove. sealing surfaces 8 slightly with oil. sensor in the dirt trap
Empty emulsion into the fuel collection l Mount the filter cartridge 2 and dirt trap 3
container and clean the dirt trap 3. clockwise. Work may only be performed
l Screw the filter cartridge 2 and dirt trap 3 l Open fuel shut-off valve. on the fuel system with the
together. Wet the filter cartridge with fuel, l Check for leaks and vent the system after engine switched off.
© 2004
wet the sealing surfaces 8 slightly with oil. starting the engine. No naked flames! Do not smoke!
l Mount clockwise. Dispose of waste fuel in an
environmentally-friendly
manner.
6.2.8 Clean / purge or Change Fuel

Pre-Filter
6
Changing the filter element 5:
Change at least once a year or as required
(drop in performance also after purging)
● Turn off the engine or switch to other filter
in case of changeover filter
● Close the fuel stopcock or supply (if
available)
● Loosen the cover screws 3 diagonally
● Remove the cover 2
● Remove the spring cassette 4
● Remove the filter element 5 from the bracket
● Insert new filter element 5
● Place spring cassette 4 on the element
● Check that the cover seal is fit properly in
the cover 2 and check for damage (change
if necessary)
© 31 811 2
● Tighten the cover 2 with the screws 3
diagonally (torque 6 Nm)
Clean (purge) - remove water: ● Check the cover 2 for proper fit and leaks
● Turn off engine or, in the case of a change- ● Bleed the fuel system, see 6.2.4.
over filter, switch over to the other filter.
● Close the fuel stopcock or supply. (if
available)
● Open the bleed screw 1 on the cover 2 The connection of a warning system
● Place the fuel collector underneath the fuel (lamp/horn) via contacts 7 is
pre-filter. specified. Immediate maintenance is
● Empty water and dirt from the bowl 6 by necessary when the warning system is
opening (press in and turn slightly without triggered.
using force) the drain cock 8 and close the
drain cock 8 again Naked flames are prohibited
● Close the bleed screw 1 on the cover 2 when working on the fuel
© 2004
again system! Do not smoke!
● Bleed the fuel pipe according to Dispose of old fuel in an environ-
instructions, see 6.2.6 opposite. mentally friendly way!
6.2.9 Venting Fuel system without 6.2.10 Changing Fuel Leakage

6 Fuel Pre-Filter Pipes
5 6
© 30 084 0 © 30 034 1 © 30 901 0
● Set engine controller to stop position ● Close fuel stopcock ● Mounting pressure holding valve 9:
● Open fuel stopcock ● Dismantle valve cap cover Tighten up new ring piece with bolt 5.
● Loosen pressure holding valve 9 ● Loosen hose clamps 6 with hose clamp ● Remount valve cap cover
Catch any fuel which escapes and dispose pliers TN 8020 (see chap.9.3). ● Set engine controller to start position and
of in an environmentally-friendly way ● Remove rubber hoses 3 and hose clamps start
● Turn engine with starter (max. 20 sec.) 6 from the injection valves. ● When the engine has started check for
until fuel with no air bubbles escapes from ● Loosen pressure holding valve 9 leaks
pressure holding valve 9. ● Dismantle hose clamps 6, rubber hoses 1,
● Tighten up pressure holding valve 9. 3 and 4 and connection piece 2 and dispose
● Set engine controller to start position and start of in an environmentally-friendly way.
● When the engine has started check for leaks ● Mounting new fuel leakage pipes:
Slide rubber hoses 3 (lubricate inside with
Avoid naked flames when mounting grease) with hose clamps 6 on Ensure that the hose clamp lock
© 2004
working on the fuel system. Do the connection nipples of the injection shows to the injection valve and
not smoke. Dispose of waste valves and close with hose clamp pliers TN the hose clamp cannot fall into
fuel in an environmentally- 8020. the motor housing.
friendly way
6.3 Cooling System Service and Maintenance
6.3.2 Cleaning Cooling System

6.3.1 Cleaning Intervals
6
● The amount of contamination in the cooling Cold Cleansing Agent
system depends on the engine application. – Spray the heat exchanger with a com-
mercial cold cleansing agent and let
● Spilled oil or fuel on the engine increases the stand for about 10 minutes.
risk of contamination. Be especially careful if – First spray clean with a water jet from
the engine is used in dusty environments. position 3 then from position 1 (do not
● Serious contamination can occur, for spray sensitive engine components
example: directly with a water jet, eg generator,
– on construction sites where there is a cables, electronic components, fan
high level of air-borne dust. drive).
– in harvesting application where there are Cleaning with steam or with hot water
high concentrations of chaff and chopped – Remove oil and grease residues with
straw in the vicinity of the machine. the jet set at a gentle setting.
● Because applications vary, cleaning in- ● Refit service flap.

tervals have to be determined from case ● Run the engine up to normal operating
to case. The cleaning intervals given in © 26 252 1 temperature to evaporate any remaining
the table below can be used as a guide. water.
Checking / Cleaning Intervals Series 1012/1013 Series 1012E/1013E
Suggested OH Application ● Place a cleaning bath under the heat ex- ● If an external cooling system is fitted, follow
changer (it. 2). the manufacturer’s instructions.
2000 Ships, gensets in enclosed
spaces, pumps ● Remove the service flap on the heat ex- Unit engine
changer (see insert). ● Clean as described under series 1012/1013.
1000 Vehicles on paved roads
The cleaning jet must be positioned parallel to
500 Tractors, forklift trucks, Compressed Air the cooling-air ducts.
mobile gensets – Blow out heat exchanger with com-
pressed air (first from it. 3, then from
250 Vehicles on construction sites it. 1).
and unpaved roads, construc- Be careful not to damage the cooling
tion equipment, compressors, fins.
underground mining equipment
© 2004
– Wash out loosened dirt with a hose.
125 Agricultural machines,
harvester tractors Hose pressure: max. 100 bar
Service and Maintenance 6.3 Cooling System
6 6.3.3 Draining Cooling System 6.3.4 Filling / Venting

Cooling System
1012 / 1013 1012 / 1013
1 4
3
© 30 082 0 © 26 260 3
● Place container under drain plug 3. Fill/vent the cooling system: see section ● Unscrew cap 1.
● Unscrew cap 1. 6.3.4 ● Loosen sealing plug 2.
● Unscrew drain plug 3 fully. ● Unscrew vent plug 4.
● Drain coolant. ● Unscrew sealing plug 3 (10 mm) up to the
● Drain the remaining fluid from the engine oil first notch.
cooler (coolant duct). ● Add coolant up to the max. marking or fill-up
● Screw in the sealing plug 3 up to the first If a heater is connected to the
limit (heater valve – if fitted – of the unit must
notch and screw in the sealing plug on the oil be opened).
cooling system, all heater ● Tighten sealing plug 2 (tightening torque 18 Nm)
cooler (arrow). valves must be opened during ● Tighten vent plug 4 (tightening torque 40 Nm)
filling. ● Tighten sealing plug 3.
Depending on the water ● Close cap 1.
Be careful when draining hot content and the installation ● Start engine and warm up until thermostat
coolant – danger of scalds! position of the heater, it may be
© 2004
opens.
Collect drained coolant and required to repeat the last point ● Switch off engine.
dispose of according to envi- several times to vent the heater ● Check coolant level (see section 3.3.3) and
ronmental regulations. system. top up as required.
6.3.6 Filling/Venting the Cooling

6.3.5 Draining the Cooling System
System 1012 E/1013 E
6
1013 E
1012 E / 1013 E Standard engine Short engine
0297 4987 1
0297 4985 1
© 26 341 0
BFM 1012E
BFM 1013E BFM 1013E
● Place a container under sealing plug 1. ● Open radiator cap position 1. ● With external cooling systems in accordance
● Remove sealing plug 1 from the crankcase. ● Loosen vent plug position 2. with the specifications of the manufacturer.
● Drain off the coolant. ● Add coolant up to the maximum marking or ● Loosen vent plug position 2 and sealing plug
● Tighten sealing plug 1 again. filler limit (heater valve of the system must be position 3.
● If sealing plug 1 is not accessible, the system opened – if fitted). ● Add coolant up to the maximum marking or
can be drained at the engine oil cooler ● Tighten vent plug position 2 + sealing plug filler limit (heater valve of the system must be
(coolant duct). position 3. opened – if fitted).
Filling/venting the cooling system: ● Close radiator cap position 1. ● Tighten vent plug position 2 + sealing plug
See section 6.3.6. ● Start engine and warm up until thermostat position 3.
opens. ● Close radiator cap position 1.
● Switch off engine. ● Start engine and warm up until thermostat
Be careful when draining hot ● Check coolant level when the engine is cold opens.
coolant – danger of scalds! and top up as required. ● Switch off engine.
© 2004
● Close the radiator sealing plug position 1. ● Check coolant level when the engine is cold
Collect drained coolant and
dispose of according to envi- ● The cooling systems, which are built in line and top up as required.
ronmental regulat-ions. with our installation guidelines, are vented ● Close the radiator sealing plug position 1.
automatically after they have been filled.
Service and Maintenance 6.3 Cooling System
6.3.7 Draining the Cooling System 6.3.8 Filling/Venting the Cooling

6 System
Unit engine (6 cylinders)
Unit Engine (4 Cylinders) Unit Engine
1 1 1
2 2 2
© 30 299 0 © 30 277 0 © 30 277 0
● Open the cap 1 of the expansion tank. ● Open the cap 1 of the expansion tank. ● Open the cap 1 of the expansion tank.
● Place a container beneath knurled screw 2. ● Place a container beneath sealing plug 2. ● Slowly add coolant up to the max. marking or
● Unscrew the knurled screw 2 in an anti- ● Unscrew the sealing plug 2. filler limit.
clockwise direction until coolant is emitted. ● Drain off coolant. ● Close the cap.
● Start the engine and warm up until the thermostat
● Drain off coolant. ● In case of clogging, rinse the radiator through opens, the upper coolant line warms up tangibly.
● In case of clogging, rinse the radiator through with clear water. ● Briefly run the engine at nominal output (fixed
with clear water. ● Tighten sealing plug 2. setting), this rinses out any pockets.
● Tighten knurled screw 2. Filling/venting the cooling system: ● Switch off the engine and leave to cool down.
Filling/venting the cooling system: see section 6.3.8 ● Open cap 1, add coolant up to the max.
see section 6.3.8 marking or filler limit and close the cap 1.
● Once the engine has been run once, check the
coolant level when the engine is cold.
Be careful when draining hot If a heater is connected to the cooling
© 2004
coolant - danger of scalds! system, the heater valves must be

Collect drained coolant and opened when coolant is added. De-
dispose of according to envi- pending on the coolant contents and the installation
ronmental regulations. location of the heater, it may be necessary to
repeat the procedure several times.
6.3.9 Draining the Charge-Air

Cooler
6
1
© 30 191 0
● Loosen the drain plug 1 on the end of the

charge-air cooler.
● Drain off any oil residues that may be
remaining.
● Close the drain plug 1.
© 2004
Service and Maintenance 6.4 Combustion Air Cleaner
6.4.1 Cleaning Intervals

6
© 25 885 1
● The amount of dirt in the air cleaner depends ● Air cleaner servicing is needed when:
on the amount of dust in the air and the size of – Service Indicator
the air cleaner used. If a high level of dust is the red signal 1 is fully visible when the
anticipated, a cyclone-type precleaner can engine is off.
be fitted to the air cleaner.
– Service Switch
● Cleaning intervals will have to be determined the yellow pilot light comes on when the
from case to case. engine is running.
● If a dry type air cleaner is used, clean when ● After carrying out service work, reset the
indicated by the service indicator or switch. signal by pressing the button on the service
indicator.
© 2004
6.4 Combustion Air Cleaner Service and Maintenance
6.4.2 Emptying Cyclone Type 6.4.3 Cleaning Oil Bath Air

Precleaner Cleaner
6
© 25 886 0 © 25 887 0
● Undo wing nut 1 and remove cover 2. ● Turn engine off and wait about 10 minutes ● Clean filter housing 1 if very dirty.
for the oil to drain from filter housing 1.
● Remove collector bowl 3 from lower sec- ● Inspect and replace rubber gaskets 5 and
tion 4 and empty. Clean leaves, straw and ● Release snap clips 2 and remove oil cup 3 6 if necessary.
other foreign matter from lower section of together with filter element 4. If necessary
precleaner. prize element out with a screwdriver, ● Fill oil cup with engine oil up to the mark
taking care not to damage the rubber (arrow) (for viscosity, see 4.1.2).
● Reposition collector bowl 3 onto lower gasket 5.
section 4, fasten cover 2 in place by ● Refit oil cup and element to filter housing
tightening wing nut 1. ● Remove dirty oil and sludge. Clean oil cup. and secure with snap clips.
● Clean filter element 4 in diesel fuel and

allow to drip-dry. Never clean air cleaner with
© 2004
gasoline. Dispose of old oil in
Never fill collector bowl with oil. Replace accordance with environmen-
collector bowl if damaged. tal regulations.
Service and Maintenance 6.4 Combustion Air Cleaner
6.4.4 Dry Type Air Cleaner

6
Dust Discharge Valve Filter Cartridge
© 25 888 1 © 25 889 0
● Empty dust discharge valve 1 by pressing ● Undo clip fasteners 1. ● After five air cleaner services or after
apart lips of discharge slot as indicated two years at the latest, replace safety
by arrows. ● Take off hood 2 and remove cartridge 3. cartridge 4 (never clean).
● Clean cartridge (replace at least once a To do so:
● Clean discharge slot from time to time. year). – Undo hex. nut 5 and remove cartridge 4.
– Install new cartridge, insert and tighten
● Remove any caked dirt by pressing ● Clean cartridge 3: hex. nut.
together the upper section of the valve. – Blow out from inside out with dry com-
pressed air (max. 5 bar), or ● Install cartridge 3, replace hood 2 and do
– in difficult cases, tap out, taking care up clip fasteners.
not to damage the cartridge, or
– wash according to manufacturer’s
instructions. Never clean filter cartridge
© 2004
with gasoline or hot fluids.

● Check paper filter (light showing through)
and gaskets for damage. Replace if
necessary.
6.5 Belt Drives Service and Maintenance
6.5.1 Checking V-Belts

6
1012 1013
© 26 255 0 © 26 315 0 © 26 261 1
● Inspect entire V-belt for damage. ● Carefully remove the gauge without altering
the position of the indicator arm.
● Replace damaged V-belts. – Read off the value: Turn the gauge sideways
to see the exact spot where the top of the
● After installing new belts, run engine for 15 black indicator arm 1 intersects scale 5
minutes, then check belt tension. (arrow). For settings, see 9.1.
– If necessary, retension belt and measure
● Use a V-belt tension gauge (see 9.3) to again.
check belt tension.
– Place indicator arm 1 into gauge.
– Position gauge on V-belt 2, midway between
the pulleys, with flange 3 on bottom of gauge
against the edge of belt. Check, tension and change
© 2004
– Push slowly on the black pad 4 at right angles belts only with the engine off.
to belt 2 until the spring is heard or felt to Refit belt guard, if provided.
trigger.
Service and Maintenance 6.5 Belt Drives
6.5.2 Tensioning Fan / 6.5.3 Changing Fan / 6.5.4 Tensioning Coolant /

6 Alternator Belts Alternator Belts Fuel Pump Belts
1012 1012 1012
© 26 449 0 © 26 449 0 © 26 450 0
● Slacken off bolts 1, 2 and 3. ● Slacken off bolts 1, 2 and 3. ● Slacken off bolts 1 and 2.
● Press alternator 5 in direction of arrow A until ● Press alternator in direction of arrow B. ● Push fuel pump 3 in direction of arrow (A)
correct belt tension is achieved. until correct belt tension is achieved.
● Remove and replace belt.
● Re-tighten bolts 1, 2 and 3. ● Re-tighten bolts 1 and 2.
● Tension belt in accordance with 6.5.3.
● Re-tighten bolts 1, 2 and 3.
Check, tension and change

© 2004
belts only with the engine off.

Refit belt guard, if provided.
6.5.5 Changing Coolant / 6.5.6 Tensioning Coolant / 6.5.7 Changing Coolant /

Fuel Pump Belts Fuel Pump Belts Fuel Pump Belts
6
1012 1012 E 1012 E
© 26 255 0 © 26 315 0 © 26 261 1
● Remove fan belt as described in 6.5.3. ● Slacken off bolts 1 and 2. ● Slacken off bolts 1 and 2.
● Slacken off bolts 1 and 2. ● Push fuel pump 3 in direction of arrow.

● Push fuel pump 3 in direction of arrow until
● Push fuel pump 3 in direction of arrow (B). correct belt tension is achieved. ● Remove and replace belt.
● Remove and replace belt. ● Tighten bolts 1 and 2. ● Push fuel pump in opposite direction of arrow
until correct belt tension is achieved.
● Push fuel pump in direction of arrow (A) until
correct belt tension is achieved. ● Tighten bolts 1 and 2.
● Tighten bolts 1 and 2.

© 2004
● Reinstall fan belt and tension as described in belts only with the engine off.
6.5.2. Refit belt guard, if provided.
6.5.8 Tensioning Alternator Belt 6.5.9 Changing Alternator Belt

6
1012 E 1012 E
© 26 449 0 © 26 449 0 © 26 450 0
● Slacken off bolts 1, 2 and 4. ● Remove fuel pump belt as described in 6.5.7.
● Move alternator 5 in direction of arrow by ● Slacken off bolts 1, 2 and 4.

turning bolt 3 until correct belt tension is
achieved. ● Adjust bolt 3 until the V-belt can be removed.
● Tighten bolts 1, 2 and 4. ● Fit new belt.
● Adjust bolt 3 until the correct belt tension is

achieved.
● Tighten bolts 1, 2 and 4.

© 2004
belts only with the engine off. ● Reinstall fuel pump belt and tension as
Refit belt guard, if provided. described in 6.5.6.
6.5.10 Tensioning / 6.5.11 Tensioning Coolant / 6.5.12 Changing Coolant /

Changing Fan Belt Fuel Pump belts Fuel Pump Belts
6
1013 1013 1013
© 26 345 0 © 26 450 0 © 26 450 0
● Slacken off bolts 1 and 2. ● Slacken off bolts 1 and 2. ● Remove fan / alternator belt as described in
– Tensioning: 6.5.10 and 6.5.13.
Insert square wrench in square and pull ● Push fuel pump 3 in direction (A) of arrow
in direction of arrow until correct belt until correct belt tension is achieved. ● Slacken off bolts 1 and 2.
tension is achieved.
● Tighten bolts 1 and 2. ● Push fuel pump 3 in direction (B) of arrow.
– Changing:
Insert square wrench in square and ● Remove and replace belt.
loosen in opposite direction of arrow.
Tension new belt as described above. ● Push fuel pump in direction (A) of arrow until
correct belt tension is achieved.
Check, tension and change ● Tighten bolts 1 and 2.
© 2004
Refit belt guard, if provided. ● Reinstall fan / alternator belt and retension as
described in 6.5.10 and 6.5.13.
6.5.13 Tensioning /Changing 6.5.14 Tensioning Coolant /Fuel 6.5.15 Changing Coolant /
6 Alternator Belt Pump Belts Fuel Pump Belts
1013 1013 E 1013 E
© 26 449 0 © 26 380 0 © 26 383 0
Tensioning: ● Slacken off bolts 1 and 2. ● Slacken off bolts 1 and 2.

● Slacken off bolts 1, 2 and 3.
● Move alternator 5 in direction of arrow (A) ● Push fuel pump 3 in direction of arrow until ● Push fuel pump 3 in direction of arrow.
until correct belt tension is achieved. correct belt tension is achieved.
● Re-tighten bolts 1, 2 and 3. ● Remove and replace belt.
Changing: ● Push fuel pump 3 in opposite direction of
● Slacken off bolts 1, 2 and 3. arrow until correct belt tension is achieved.
● Move alternator 5 in direction of arrow (B)
until belt is exposed. ● Tighten bolts 1 and 2.
● Remove and replace belt, tension (see
above).
● Re-tighten bolts 1, 2 and 3. Check, tension and change
© 2004

Refit belt guard, if provided.
6.5.16 Tensioning /Changing

Compressor Belt
6
© 24 598 1 © 24 599 1
● Remove hex. bolts 1. ● To retension belt, remove one or more shims

3 – as may be required – from inside. Place
● Take off outer half-pulley 2. removed shim(s) outside on removed half-
pulley 2.
● Replace belt if necessary.
● Turn engine over while tightening bolts 1 to
prevent belt being pinched.
© 2004
Refit guard, if provided.
Service and Maintenance 6.6 Adjustments
6 6.6.1 Checking / Adjusting Valve

Clearances
19691 2 26262 1
● Slacken off breather valve and swing to one ● Adjust valve clearance if necessary:
side. – Release locknut 4.
– Use screwdriver 7 to turn setscrew 5
● Remove rocker cover. so that the correct clearance is attained
after locknut 4 has been tightened.
● Position crankshaft as per schematic 6.6.1.1
● Check and adjust valve clearance on all
● Before adjusting valve clearance, allow remaining cylinders.
engine to cool down for at least 30 minutes.
The oil temperature should be below 80 °C / ● Replace rocker cover (use new gasket if
176 °F. needed).
● Check valve clearance between rocker arm / ● Swing breather valve back into position
© 2004
tappet contact face 2 and valve stem 3 with and secure.

feeler gauge 6 (there should be only slight
resistance when feeler blade is inserted).
For permissible valve clearance, see 9.1.
6.6 Adjustments Service and Maintenance
Check valve clearance,

if necessary set
6
GenSet
l Set valve clearance if necessary by:
- loosening the counter nut
- plug valve spacer with the setting device
1 opposite on setting screw 5 and set as
follows:
Fix the magnet
Turn the slotted screwdriver of setting
device 1 without clearance
Then turn back angle degrees 90°/150°
(by hand or torque wrench)
IN= inlet valve 90°
EX= outlet valve 150°
- Tighten counter nut 4 (20 Nm).
l Do the tests and settings on every cylinder.
l Remount the cylinder head cover (if
necessary with new gasket).
© 38 996 0
l Swing the bleed valve into position and fix.
l Loosen bleed valve and swing to the side.

l Remove cylinder head cover.
l Let the engine cool down for at least 30
minutes before setting the valve clearance.
Oil temperature below 80 °C.
l Place turnover device over the fastening
screws of the belt pulleys.
l Turn over the engine until reaching the
valve overlap, cylinder no. 1
l Crankshaft setting according to setting Example: BF4M 1013
table, see 6.6.1.1. Valve clearance setting
1. Operation 1. Set cylinder to overlap cylinder 4.
Note: Valve overlap means: 2. Operation 3. Set cylinder to overlap cylinder 2.
© 2004
The outlet valve begins to open. Valve 3. Operation 4. Set cylinder to overlap cylinder 1.
setting table, see 6.6.1.1 4. Operation 2. Set cylinder to overlap cylinder 3.
Service and Maintenance 6.6 Adjustments
6 6.6.1.1 Valve Clearance Adjustment Schematic
● Crankshaft Position 1:
Turn crankshaft until both valves in
cylinder 1 overlap (exhaust valve about
to close, inlet valve about to open). Adjust
clearance of valves marked in black on
schematic. Mark respective rocker arm
with chalk to show that adjustment has
been done.
● Crankshaft Position 2:
Turn crankshaft one full revolution (360°).
Adjust clearance of valves marked in
black on schematic.
© 2004
© 26 263 2
6.7 Accessories Service and Maintenance
6.7.1 Battery
6.7.1.1Checking Battery and Cable 6.7.1.2Checking Electrolyte 6.7.1.3Checking Specific
6
Connectors Level Gravity of Electrolyte
© 25 895 0 © 24 232 3 © 25 896 0
● Keep battery clean and dry. ● Remove caps 1. ● Measure the specific gravity of individual
cells with a commercial hydrometer.
● Undo dirty clamps. ● If testers 2 are used, the electrolyte should
come up to their base. The hydrometer reading (see table on
● Clean terminal posts (+ and –) and clamps of following page) indicates the state of charge.
the battery, and grease with acid-free and ● If testers are not used, the electrolyte level During measurement, the temperature of the
acid-resistant grease. should be 10-15 mm above the top of the electrolyte should preferably be 20°C / 68°F.
plates.
● When reassembling, ensure that clamps
make good contact. Do up clamp bolts finger ● If necessary, top up with distilled water.
tight.
● Replace caps.
© 2004
Service and Maintenance 6.7 Accessories
Specific Gravity
in [kg/l] in °Bé [°Baumé]* State of Charge
Normal Tropics Normal Tropics
1.28 1.23 32 27 Fully charged
1.20 1.12 24 16 Half charged, recharge
1.12 1.08 16 11 Discharged, recharge immediately
* Measurement of specific gravity in °Bé is out of date and rarely used today.
The gases emitted by the battery

are explosive. Keep sparks and
naked flames away from the
battery.
Do not allow battery acid to
come into contact with skin or
© 2004
clothing.
Wear protective goggles.
Do not rest tools on the battery.
6.7 Accessories Service and Maintenance
6.7.2 Three-Phase Alternator 6.7.3 Lifting Tackle 6

Notes on the three-phase system:
● Never disconnect the cables between bat-

tery, alternator and regulator while the engine
is running.
● If, however, it is necessary to start and ope-

rate the engine without the battery, discon-
nect the regulator from the alternator before
starting.
● Be sure not to confuse the battery terminals.
● Replace defective bulb of the charge pilot

lamp immediately.
● Cleaning the engine: Do not spray water/ © 26 264 0 © 26 265 0

steam directly onto the alternator. Run the
engine up to normal operating temperature to ● Always use proper lifting tackle when
evaporate any remaining water. transporting the engine.
● The habit of touching a lead against the frame
to check whether it is live must under no
circumstances be used with three-phase
electrical systems.
● In the case of electric welding, connect the

ground terminal on the welder directly to the
piece being welded.
Use only the correct lifting
© 2004
tackle.
6
© 2004
7.1 Diagnosis Chart Troubleshooting
7.1 Diagnosis Chart

Troubleshooting 7.1 Diagnosis Chart
7
● If engine problems occur, they frequently have
their cause in improper operation or engine
maintenance.
● If problems do occur, always check first that

the operating and maintenance instructions
have been followed.
● A diagnosis chart is given on the facing page.
● If you cannot identify the cause of the problem

or are unable to rectify it yourself, please
contact DEUTZ Service.
Before starting, make sure that

nobody is standing in the imme-
! diate vicinity of the engine or
driven machine.
Important: When carrying out
repair work, never start the engine
with speed governor removed.
Disconnect battery.
7.1 Diagnosis Chart Troubleshooting
Fault
Engine fails or is difficult to start
Remedy
Check P
7
Engine starts but runs unevenly or stalls Adjust E
Engine overheats. Temperature monitor gives warning Replace W
Engine gives poor performance Clean R
Engine not firing on all cylinders Top up A
Engine has little or no oil pressure Lower level S
Engine oil consumption excessive
Engine smokes - blue
- white
- black
Cause Section
● Not declutched (where possible) Operation P
● ● Below starting limit temperature P
● ● Engine shutdown lever in stop position (faulty solenoid) P
● ● Oil level too low A
● ● ● ● Oil level too high S
● ● ● Excessive inclination of engine P/E
● Speed control lever set to middle position P/E
● ● ● Dirty air cleaner/Faulty turbocharger Combustion air P/W
● ● ● Air cleaner service switch/indicator defective P
● ● LDA* defective (leaking line) P
● ● ● Charge air line leaking P/W
● Coolant pump defective Cooling system P/R
● ● Charge air cooler contaminated P/R
● Coolant heat exchanger dirty P/R
● ● ● ● ● Cooling fan defective, split or loose V-belt (belt-driven fuel pump) P/W
● ● Cooling air temperature rise/ hot air recirculation P
● Battery defective or discharged Electrics P
*LDA = Aneroid device Table 1 of 2
Troubleshooting 7.1 Diagnosis Chart
7 Fault
Engine fails or is difficult to start
Remedy
Check P
Engine starts but runs unevenly or stalls Adjust E
Engine overheats. Temperature monitor gives warning Replace W
Engine gives poor performance Clean R
Engine not firing on all cylinders Top up A
Engine has little or no oil pressure Lower level S
Engine oil consumption excessive
Engine smokes - blue
- white
- black
Cause Section
● Electrics cable connections to starter, electrical system loose or oxidized Electrics P
● Starter defective or pinion does not engage P
● ● ● ● ● Incorrect valve clearance Engine E
● ● ● ● Leaking injection line P
● Vent pipe blocked (coolant heat exchanger) P/R
● ● Glow plugs defective P
● ● ● ● ● ● ● Injector defective P/W
● ● ● ● Air in fuel system P/W
● ● ● ● Fuel filter/prefilter dirty P/ R /W
● Oil filter defective W
● ● ● Incorrect lube oil SAE class or quality Operating media W
● ● ● ● Fuel quality not as per Operation Manual P/ W
● Coolant level too low P/ A
Table 2 of 2
8.1 Preservation Engine Preservation
8.1 Preservation
Engine Preservation 8.1 Preservation
8 8.1 Preservation
If the engine is to remain idle for an extended

period of time, it is necessary to take protective
measures to prevent rust formation. The pre-
servative measures described here will protect the
engine for up to 6 months. The procedure will
have to be reversed before the engine is re-
commissioned.
● Anti-corrosion oils to specification:

– MIL-L-21260B
– TL 9150-037/2
– NATO code C 640/642
● Recommended cleansing agent to remove

preservatives when recommissioning engine:
– Petroleum benzine (hazardous materials
class A3) 26 268 1
Preserving Engine: ● Run engine for about 10 minutes. Removing Engine Preservatives:
● Clean engine (with cold cleansing agent if
● Turn engine off. ● Remove anti-corrosion agent from grooves in
preferred). See 6.3.2.
● Turn engine over manually several times. If V-belt pulleys 2.
● Run engine until warm, then turn off.
using starter, set shutdown lever to stop position.
● Drain engine oil (see 6.1.2) and fill with anti- ● Install V-belts 1. Retension after brief operation
corrosion oil. ● Remove V-belts 1 and store in wrapped condition. is necessary (see 6.5).
● Drain coolant (see 6.3.3/6.3.5). ● Spray grooves of V-belt pulleys 2 with anti- ● Remove covers from intake port 3 and exhaust
● Fill with anti-corrosion agent (see 4.3.3). corrosion agent. port 4.
● If necessary, clean oil bath air cleaner (see 6.4.3) ● Close off intake ports 3 and exhaust ports 4.
● Fill with coolant (see 6.3.4 / 6.3.5).
and fill with anti-corrosion oil.
● Lightly grease and replace coolant filler 5.
● Drain fuel tank. ● Start engine.
● Drain anti-corrosion agent (see 6.3.3 / 6.3.5).
● Make up a mixture of 90% diesel fuel and 10%
anti-corrosion oil, and refill fuel tank.
Technical Specifications
9.1 Engine Specifications and Settings

9.2 Torque Wrench Settings
9.3 Tools
Technical Specifications 9.1 Engine Specifications and Settings
Model ——— BF4M 1012 ——— BF4M 1012 C ———— BF6M 1012 —— BF6M 1012 C ——
9 ——— BF4M 1012 E —— BF4M 1012 EC ———— BF6M 1012 E —— BF6M 1012 EC ——
Number of cylinders ————— 4 ——————— 4 ————————— 6 ——————— 6 ————

Cylinder arrangement ————————————————— vertical, in line ————————————————
Bore [mm] ——————————————————— 94 ——————————————————
Stroke [mm] ——————————————————— 115 ——————————————————
Total displacement [cm3] ————— 3192 —————— 3192 ——————— 4788 —————— 4788 ————
Compression ratio [ε]. ——————————————————— 17.5 ——————————————————
Working cycle/Combustion system ————————— 4-stroke diesel with turbocharging and direct injection ————————
Charge air cooler ————— w/o —————— w/ ———————— w/o —————— w/ ————
Direction of rotation ———————————————— counter-clockwise ———————————————
Weight 1012 / C incl. cooling system [kg approx.] ——————————————— contact company headquarters ————————————
Weight 1012 E / EC w/o cooling system
as per DIN 70020-A [kg approx.] ————— 330 —————— 332 ——————— 435 —————— 437 ————
Engine power [kW] ———————————————————— 1). ——————————————————

Speed [rpm] ———————————————————— 1). ——————————————————
Valve clearance with cold engine [mm] ——————————————— Inlet 0,3 + 0,1 / Outlet 0,5 + 0,1. —————————————
Injector opening pressure [bar] —————————————————— 250/275 —————————————————

Start of delivery [°crank angle bTDC] ———————————————————— 1). ——————————————————
Firing order of engine ———— 1-3-4-2 ————— 1-3-4-2 —————— 1-5-3-6-2-4 ——— 1-5-3-6-2-4 ——
V-belt tension: ——————————————— Pre-tension / re-tension 2). ——————————————
Generator fan [N] ————————————————— 450 / 300 ± 50. ————————————————

Fuel pump - coolant pump [N] ————————————————— 450 / 300 ± 50. ————————————————
Compressor [N] ————————————————— 550 / 450 ± 50. ————————————————
1)
Engine power, speed, start of delivery are stamped on engine rating plate, see also 2.1
2)
Retension 15 minutes after the engine has been driven under load
9.1 Engine Specifications and Settings Technical Specifications
Model BFM1012 / E ——— BF4M 1012 ——— BF4M 1012 C ———— BF6M 1012 —— BF6M 1012 C ——
Cooling system
——— BF4M 1012 E —— BF4M 1012 EC ———— BF6M 1012 E —— BF6M 1012 EC ——
——————————————— Liquid-cooled/Cooling system protection ————————
9
Coolant quantity
1012/C [litres approx.] ————— 9.3 —————— 10.0 ——————— 12.2 —————— 13.6 ————
1012 E/EC 5) [litres approx.] ————— 5.6 —————— 5.6 ————————— 7.3 —————— 7.3 ————
1012 unit engine (with frontal radiator) [litres approx.] ————— 15.9 —————— 18.1 ———————— — ——————— — ————
Permissible continuous coolant temperature
Engine outlet, with performance group I [°C] —————————————————— max.110 6) . —————————————————
Engine outlet, with performance group II-IV [°C] —————————————————— max.105 6) . —————————————————
Thermostat initial opening at [°C] ——————————————————— 83 7) . ——————————————————

Thermostat full open temperature [°C] ——————————————————— 95 8) . ——————————————————
Coolant prewarming ——————————————————— (4 . ——————————————————
Coolant pump
9)
Delivery pressure in [bar] ——————————————————— . ——————————————————
Delivery rate in [m3 /h] ——————————————————— 9)
. ——————————————————
9)
Power consumption in [kW] ——————————————————— . ——————————————————
Lubrication ——————————————— forced-feed lubrication ——————————————
Oil temperature in oil pan [°C] ——————————————————— 125 ——————————————————

Min. oil pressure with engine warm
(120°C and SAE oil 15 W 40) and low idle speed [bar] ——————————————————— 0.8 ——————————————————
Oil capacity (first fill-up) without filter [litres approx.] ———— 8.5 3) . ————— 8.5 3) . ——————— 12.5 3) . ————— 12.5 3) . ———
Oil capacity (first fill-up) with filter [litres approx.] ———— 10.0 3) . ————— 10.0 3). ——————— 14.0 3). ————— 14.0 3). ———
3)
Approximate figures can vary depending on the design. The upper marking on the dipstick is always the maximum.
4)
Only during winter (see 3.5.1)
5)
Only engine capacity without radiator. Capacity of external cooling system dependent on cooling system design.
6)
Other performance groups have different values. Please contact company headquarters.
7)
With external cooling systems with outlet control, the temperature at which the thermostat opens is 87°C
8)
With external cooling systems with outlet control, the temperature at which the thermostat is fully opened is 102°C.
9)
Please contact company headquarters (varies depending on engine design)
Model —— BF4M 1013 — BF4M 1013 C — BF6M 1013 — BF6M 1013 C — BF6M 1013 CP —
9 —— BF4M 1013 E — BF4M 1013 EC — BF6M 1013 E — BF6M 1013 EC — BF6M 1013 ECP —
————
Number of cylinders ———— 4 —————— 4 ————— 6 —————— 6 ——————— 6 ————
Bore [mm] ——————————————————— 108 ——————————————————
Stroke [mm] ——————————————————— 130 ——————————————————
Total displacement [cm3] ——— 4764 ———— 4764 ————— 7146 ———— 7146 ————— 7146 ———
Working cycle/Combustion system ————————— 4-stroke diesel with turbocharging and direct injection —————————
Charge air cooler ———— w/o —————— w/ ————— w/o ————— w/ ————— w/ ————
Direction of rotation ———————————————— counter-clockwise ————————————————
Weight 1013 / CP incl. cooling system [kg approx.] ————————————— contact company headquarters —————————————
Weight 1013 E / EC / ECP w/o cooling system
as per DIN 70020-A [kg approx.] ———— 455 ————— 455 ————— 600 ———— 600 ————— 600 ———
Engine power [kW] ——————————————————— 1). ———————————————————

Speed [rpm] ——————————————————— 1). ———————————————————
Valve clearance with cold engine [mm] —————————————— Inlet 0,3 + 0,1 / Outlet 0,5 + 0,1. —————————————
Injector opening pressure [bar] —————————————————— 250/275 ——————————————————
Start of delivery [°crank angle bTDC] ——————————————————— 1). ———————————————————
Firing order of engine ——— 1-3-4-2 ———— 1-3-4-2 —— 1-5-3-6-2-4 —— 1-5-3-6-2-4 — 1-5-3-6-2-4 ——
V-belt tension: —————————————— Pre-tension / re-tension 2). ——————————————
Generator fan [N] ————————————————— 450 / 300 ± 50. —————————————————

Fuel pump - coolant pump [N] ————————————————— 450 / 300 ± 50. —————————————————
Compressor [N] ————————————————— 550 / 375 ± 50. —————————————————
1)
2)
Model 1013 /E — BF4M 1013 —— BF4M 1013 C — BF6M 1013 — BF6M 1013 C — BF6M 1013 CP —
Cooling system
— BF4M 1013 E —— BF4M 1013 EC — BF6M 1013 E — BF6M 1013 EC — BF6M 1013 ECP —
———————————— Liquid-cooled/Cooling system protection ———————————
9
Coolant quantity
1013 / C / CP [litres approx.] ——— 12.1 ————— 13.6 ————— 15 ————— 16.3 ————— 16.9 ———
1013 E / EC / ECP 5) [litres approx.] ——— 7.2 —————— 7.2 ————— 9.8 —————— 9.8 ————— 9.8 ———
1013 unit engine (with frontal radiator) [litres approx.] ——— 17.5 ————— 19.7 ————— 22 ————— 23.7 ————— 23.7 ———
Engine outlet, with performance group I [°C] ————————————————— max.110 6) . —————————————————
Engine outlet, with performance group II-IV [°C] ————————————————— max.105 6) . —————————————————
Thermostat initial opening at [°C] —————————————————— 83 7) . ——————————————————

Thermostat full open temperature [°C] —————————————————— 95 8) . ——————————————————
Coolant prewarming ——————————————————— (4 . ———————————————————
Coolant pump
9)
Delivery pressure in [bar] ——————————————————— . ———————————————————
. ———————————————————
9)
Power consumption in [kW] ——————————————————— . ———————————————————
Lubrication ——————————————— forced-feed lubrication ———————————————
Oil temperature in oil pan [°C] —————————————————— max. 125 —————————————————

(120°C and SAE oil 15 W 40) and low idle speed [bar] ——————————————————— 0.8 ———————————————————
Oil capacity (first fill-up) without filter [litres approx.] —— 13 3) . ————— 13 3) . ——— 20 3) . ———— 20 3) . ———— 20 3) . ———
Oil capacity (first fill-up) with filter [litres approx.] —— 14.0 3) . ————— 14.0 3) . ——— 21.0 3) . ———— 21.0 3). ——— 21.0 3). ———
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
With external cooling systems with outlet control, the temperature at which the thermostat opens is 87°C
8)
With external cooling systems with outlet control, the temperature at which the thermostat is fully opened is 102°C.
9)
Model ————————— BF4M 1013 FC ———————— BF6M 1013 FC —————————

9 Number of cylinders ———————————— 4 ————————————— 6 ————————————
Bore [mm] ——————————————————— 108 ——————————————————
Stroke [mm] ——————————————————— 130 ——————————————————
Total displacement [cm3] ——————————— 4764 ———————————— 7146 ———————————
Working cycle/Combustion system ————————— 4-stroke diesel with turbocharging and direct injection —————————
Charge air cooler ——————————————————— with ——————————————————

Direction of rotation ———————————————— counter-clockwise ————————————————
Weight 1013 FC without cooling system ————————————— contact company headquarters —————————————
as per DIN 70020-A [kg approx.] ——————————— 455 ———————————— 600 ———————————
Engine power [kW] ——————————————————— 1). ———————————————————

Speed [rpm] ——————————————————— 1). ———————————————————
Valve clearance with cold engine [mm] —————————————— Inlet 0,3 + 0,1 / Outlet 0,5 + 0,1. —————————————
Injector opening pressure [bar] ——————————————————— 275 ——————————————————
Start of delivery [°crank angle bTDC] ——————————————————— 1). ———————————————————
Firing order of engine ——— 1-3-4-2 ———— 1-3-4-2 —— 1-5-3-6-2-4 —— 1-5-3-6-2-4 — 1-5-3-6-2-4 ——
V-belt tension: —————————————— Pre-tension / re-tension 2). ——————————————
Generator fan [N] ————————————————— 550 / 300 ± 50. —————————————————

Fuel pump - coolant pump [N] ————————————————— 550 / 300 ± 50. —————————————————
Compressor [N] ————————————————— 650 / 400 ± 50. —————————————————
1)
2)
Model 1013 FC ————————— BF4M 1013 FC ———————— BF6M 1013 FC —————————
Cooling system ———————————— Liquid-cooled/Cooling system protection ———————————

9
Coolant quantity
1013 FC 5) [litres approx.] ——————————— 7.2 ————————————— 9.8 ———————————
Engine outlet, with performance group I [°C] ——— with flap turbocharger max.110 6) ./ with feast turbocharger max.105 6) . ———————
Engine outlet, with performance group II-IV [°C] ————————————————— max.105 6). —————————————————
Thermostat initial opening at [°C] ——————————————————— 87 . ——————————————————
Thermostat full open temperature [°C] ——————————————————— 102 . ——————————————————
Coolant prewarming ——————————————————— (4 . ———————————————————
Coolant pump
7)
Delivery pressure in [bar] ——————————————————— . ———————————————————
. ———————————————————
7)
Power consumption in [kW] ——————————————————— . ———————————————————
Lubrication ——————————————— forced-feed lubrication ———————————————
Oil temperature in oil pan [°C] —————————————————— max. 125 —————————————————

(120°C and SAE oil 15 W 40) and low idle speed [bar] ——————————————————— 0.8 ———————————————————
Oil capacity (first fill-up) without filter [litres approx.] ——————————— 16 3) . ———————————— 28 3) . ——————————
Oil capacity (first fill-up) with filter [litres approx.] ——————————— 17 3) . ———————————— 29 3). ——————————
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
Technical Specifications 9.2 Torque Wrench Settings
9 Preload [Nm] Torquing Load [Nm]

Location Total [Nm] Remarks
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 4
Rocker cover 8,5
Rocker arm setscrew 21

M16 x40 8.8
Mount, flywheel side 187
A4C
M16 x40 8.8
Mount, turbocharger side 187
A4C
Air intake manifold 8,5
Exhaust manifold 21
Oil drain plug 50
Injector mounting 16 Torx
Injection line mounting 30 M14x 1.5
Oil pan (cast iron) 29
Oil pan (sheet metal) 21

9.3 Tools Technical Specifications
TORX V-belt Tension Gauge Hose clamp pliers

9
25899 0 26002 0 30 902 0
A TORX wrench set is used with engines in the The V-belt tension gauge can be obtained under The hose clamp pliers can be obtained under order
1012/1013 series. This system was chosen order number 91107 from: number 8020 from
because of the many advantages it offers:
WILBÄR FA.WILBÄR
● Outstanding accessibility to bolts. Postfach 14 05 80 Postfach 14 05 80
● High load transfer when loosening and tighten- D-42826 Remscheid D-42826 Remscheid
ing.
● Almost impossible for socket to slide off or
break.
TORX tools can be ordered from:
WILBÄR
Postfach 14 05 80
D-42826 Remscheid
Technical Specifications 9.2 Tools
Filling aid Filling aid

9 BFM 1012/1013 BFM 1012/1013 E
31 145 0 32 039 0
The filling aid is obtainable under order No.

The filling aid is obtainable under order No. 170 150 from:
170 140 from:
Fa. Wilbär
Fa. Wilbär Postfach 14 05 80
Postfach 14 05 80 D-42826 Remscheid
D-42826 Remscheid
Notes
en Warnings to Place on Equipment Warning in the Manual
CALIFORNIA CALIFORNIA
Proposition 65 Warning Proposition 65 Warning
Diesel engine exhaust and some of its Diesel engine exhaust and some of its
constituents are known to the State of constituents are known to the State of
California to cause cancer, birth California to cause cancer, birth
defects, and other reproductive harm. defects, and other reproductive harm.
or
CALIFORNIA
Proposition 65 Warning
Diesel engine exhaust and some of its constituents are known
to the State of California to cause cancer, birth defects, and
other reproductive harm.
Notes
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 INFORMATION en

TO CALIFORNIA CUSTOMERS AND
TO CUSTOMERS SELLING DIESEL ENGINE EQUIPMENT INTO OR
FOR USE IN CALIFORNIA.
Proposition 65, a California law, requires warnings on products which expose individuals in California to chemicals listed under that law,
including certain chemicals in diesel engine exhaust.
Obligations of Manufactures of Diesel-Powered Off-Road Equipment. The California Superior Court has approved either of the following
two methods of compliance with Proposition 65 requirements by manufactures of off-road equipment containing diesel engines. (The court
order containing these provisions is attached.)
1. On-Equipment Warning. Place the warning pictured in attachment 1 on all equipment shipped by you into or for sale in California after
January 1, 1996. The warning must be in a location where it is easily visible to the operator of the equipment when (s)he is operating the
equipment. The warning must be secured to the equipment. If warnings or operating instructions are provided through a digital display,
you may usee that method of providing warning.
2. Operator Manual Warning. When the operator manual is next revised or by December 31, 1995 whichever is earlier, place the warning
in attachment 2 in the operator manual. The warning may be either printed in the manual or on a sticker.
The warning must appear in one of the following locations:

● Inside The front cover
● Inside the back cover
● Outside the front cover
● Outside the back cover
● As the first page of text
Under either alternative, the warning must appear in the same size, print and format as the attachment selected or be of an equally conspicuous
size and format. If the warning is provided in an on-screen display, the warning must contain the language in the attachment and must be
provided at the time of or in connection with ignition in the same manner as other safety warnings electronically communicated on screen.
Obligation of Resellers of Diesel Engines. This letter must accompany any loose diesel engine sold in California.
Should you have any questions, please call Deutz Corporation Product Support Department.
Notes
9
Service
Knowing it’s DEUTZ Order-No.: 0312 0806 10

en DEUTZ has always stood for excellence in motor
construction, pioneering many developments in
the industry. As an independent motor manu-
facturer, we offer — worldwide — a com-
prehensive range of diesel and gas motors
spanning from 4kW to 7,400kW. Our products are
perfectly tailored to meet our customers’ individual
requirements.
Over 1.4 million DEUTZ motors do their job

reliably all over the world. We are determined to
preserve the high standard of performance and
dependability of our motors, thus keeping our
customers satisfied at all times. Therefore we are
represented worldwide through a network of highly
competent service partners who will meet the
needs of our customers, wherever they are.
This is why DEUTZ is not only the name for motors

which pack a lot of inventive genius. DEUTZ also
means reliable service and comprehensive support
to enhance your motor’s performance.
This index Sales & Service offers you an overview Order-No.: 0312 0807 (CD-ROM)
of the DEUTZ partners in your vicinity, including the
products for which they are responsible and the DEUTZ AG
range of services provided. But even when no direct Deutz-Mülheimer Str. 147-149
product responsibility is mentioned, your DEUTZ D-51057 Köln
partner will be happy to help you with expert advice.
Phone: 0049-221-822-0
The Index is constantly updated. Please ask your Obtainable from the local service Partner reponsible Telefax: 0049-221-822-5304
DEUTZ service partner for the latest edition. for you or from: Telex: 8812-0 khd d
http://www.deutz.de
DEUTZ AG — at your service.

0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C
Order information
Please specify the following information when ordering parts:
- Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
Normet OY Spare Parts orders:

Ahmolantie 6 spareparts@normet.fi
74510 IISALMI
FINLAND
www.normet.fi
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Plug
01 507 0027
185
Please specify the following information when ordering parts :

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
Ref no. Description Standard designation Qty.
1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CORE HOLE PLUG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

185 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAFETY/LOCK. AGENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ---
Page 1 (151)
Normet OY
Ahmolantie 6
74510 IISALMI
FINLAND
www.normet.fi
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Fastenings
01 507 0361
5
3

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GASKET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HEXAGON BOLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CLAMPING BUSH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 2 (151)
Spare Parts orders:
spareparts@normet.fi
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Guide tube
01 507 0645

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantityy
1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GUIDE TUBE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 3 (151)
Normet OY
Ahmolantie 6
74510 IISALMI
FINLAND
www.normet.fi
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Oil gauge
01 507 0702

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 ............................. GUIDE TUBE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

2 ............................. BRACKET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
3 ............................. HOSE CLIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
4 ............................. HOSE CLIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 4 (151)
Spare Parts orders:
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Breather line
01 507 0889
2
9 4 2
6
8
10
11
2 7

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
2 ............................. SPRING BAND CLAMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

4 ............................. HEXAGON BOLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
5 ............................. HEXAGON BOLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
6 ............................. PIPE CLAMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
7 ............................. BRACKET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
8 ............................. BREATHER PIPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

9 ............................. BLEEDING TUBE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HEXAGON BOLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PLAIN WASHER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 5 (151)
Normet OY
Ahmolantie 6
74510 IISALMI
FINLAND
www.normet.fi
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Pressurestat
01 507 1054
1(2---5) 2 187

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 ............................. PRESSURESTAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2 ............................. COMPRESSION SPRING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
3 ............................. VALVE PLUNGER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
4 ............................. SLEEVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
5 ............................. RING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 6 (151)
Spare Parts orders:
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Crankcase breather
01 507 1276
1(2)
3 2

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 ............................. PRESSURE REGULATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

2 ............................. GASKET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
3 ............................. HEXAGON BOLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
4 ............................. RUBBER SLEEVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 7 (151)
Normet OY
Ahmolantie 6
74510 IISALMI
FINLAND
www.normet.fi
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Dipstick
01 507 1969
1 (2)

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DIPSTICK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . O --- RING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 8 (151)
Spare Parts orders:
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Piston cool. nozzle
01 507 2355

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PISTON COOL. NOZZLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 9 (151)
Normet OY
Ahmolantie 6
74510 IISALMI
FINLAND
www.normet.fi
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Front cover
01 507 4428
1 (2)

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FRONT COVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ROT. SHAFT LIP SEAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 10 (151)
Spare Parts orders:
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Crankcase
01 507 4438
19
8 20
4 14
5 5
18
1 (2---8, 10---12, 14,15,18.20)
185
3
8
15
12
6
7
11
10 2
--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 ............................. CRANKCASE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2 ............................. HEXAGON BOLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
3 ............................. BUSH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
4 ............................. SCREW PLUG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
5 ............................. SEALING RING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
6 ............................. SCREW PLUG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

7 ............................. SCREW PLUG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
8 ............................. SCREW PLUG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEARING BUSH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEARING BUSH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
12 ............................ CORE HOLE PLUG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

14 ............................ SCREW PLUG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
15 ............................ GUIDE SLEEVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
18 ............................ SCREW PLUG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
19 ............................ CYLINDER LINER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . O --- RING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Page 11 (151)
Normet OY
Ahmolantie 6
74510 IISALMI
FINLAND
www.normet.fi
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Oil pan
02 507 0726
1 (2,3)
243
3 4
2

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 ............................. OIL PAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

2 ............................. SCREW PLUG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
3 ............................. SEALING RING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
4 ............................. HEXAGON BOLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
5 ............................. GASKET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
243 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PACKING COMPOUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ---
Page 12 (151)
Spare Parts orders:
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Vibration damper
05 507 0074

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VIBRATION DAMPER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 13 (151)
Normet OY
Ahmolantie 6
74510 IISALMI
FINLAND
www.normet.fi
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

V---Belt pulley assembly
05 507 0249

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V--- GROOVED PULLEY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HEXAGON BOLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Page 14 (151)
Spare Parts orders:
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Fastenings
05 507 0467

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HEXAGON BOLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Page 15 (151)
Normet OY
Ahmolantie 6
74510 IISALMI
FINLAND
www.normet.fi
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Flywheel
05 507 0862
1 (2)

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FLYWHEEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GEAR RIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 16 (151)
Spare Parts orders:
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Accessories
05 507 1010
3
2
1

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STUD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PLAIN WASHER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HEXAGON NUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Page 17 (151)
Normet OY
Ahmolantie 6
74510 IISALMI
FINLAND
www.normet.fi
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Crankshaft
05 507 2267
1 (2---4)
2
4

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 ............................. CRANKSHAFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2 ............................. MAIN BEARING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
3 ............................. THRUST WASHER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
4 ............................. BIG END BEARING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Page 18 (151)
Spare Parts orders:
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

V---Grooved pulley
05 507 2269
3
2

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V--- GROOVED PULLEY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TORX--- HEAD BOLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CLAMPING BUSH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 19 (151)
Normet OY
Ahmolantie 6
74510 IISALMI
FINLAND
www.normet.fi
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Connecting rod
06 507 2526
1 (2---4)

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 ............................. CONNECTING ROD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

2 ............................. BIG END BUSH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
3 ............................. BIG END BOLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
4 ............................. STRAIGHT PIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
5 ............................. BIG END BEARING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 20 (151)
Spare Parts orders:
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Piston
07 507 2761
1 (2---4)

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 ............................. PISTON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2 ............................. PISTON PIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
3 ............................. CIRCLIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
4 ............................. SET OF PISTON RINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 21 (151)
Normet OY
Ahmolantie 6
74510 IISALMI
FINLAND
www.normet.fi
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Engine mounting
08 507 0164
1
2

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SUSPENSING PLATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HEXAGON BOLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Page 22 (151)
Spare Parts orders:
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Fastenings
08 507 0722

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 ............................. CYLINDER HEAD BOLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

2 ............................. CYLINDER HEAD GASKET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 23 (151)
Normet OY
Ahmolantie 6
74510 IISALMI
FINLAND
www.normet.fi
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Cylinder head
08 507 1052
185 6
185 6
7
16 7
15 5
2 8
8
3 9
4
10 9
10 185
14
11
13
12 1 (2---16)

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 ............................. CYLINDER HEAD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

2 ............................. CORE HOLE PLUG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
3 ............................. SCREW PLUG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
4 ............................. SEALING RING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
5 ............................. CORE HOLE PLUG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
6 ............................. VALVE COLLET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

7 ............................. VALVE SPRING RETAINER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
9 ............................. O --- RING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VALVE GUIDE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
11 ............................ VALVE SEAT INSERT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

12 ............................ INLET VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
13 ............................ EXHAUST VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
14 ............................ VALVE SEAT INSERT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
15 ............................ SEALING RING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SCREW PLUG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 24 (151)
Spare Parts orders:
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Valve mechan. cover
08 507 1852
1 (5)
2
5

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 ............................. VALVE MECHAN. COVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

2 ............................. GASKET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
3 ............................. FILLER CAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
4 ............................. HEXAGON BOLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
5 ............................. CAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 25 (151)
Normet OY
Ahmolantie 6
74510 IISALMI
FINLAND
www.normet.fi
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Gearcase
09 507 1290
4 6
5 234
6

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 ............................. GEAR CASE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

2 ............................. HEXAGON BOLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
3 ............................. HEXAGON BOLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
4 ............................. ROT. SHAFT LIP SEAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
5 ............................. HEXAGON BOLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PLAIN WASHER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Page 26 (151)
Spare Parts orders:
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Camshaft
10 507 2489

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAMSHAFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 27 (151)
Normet OY
Ahmolantie 6
74510 IISALMI
FINLAND
www.normet.fi
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Rocker arm bracket
11 507 2233
8
7
4
6
2
8
7 4

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
2 ............................. ROCKER ARM BRACKET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

4 ............................. ROCKER ARM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
6 ............................. CIRCLIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
7 ............................. ADJUSTING SCREW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
8 ............................. HEXAGON NUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Page 28 (151)
Spare Parts orders:
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Rocker arm bracket
11 507 2234
8
7 4
6

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity

4 ............................. ROCKER ARM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
6 ............................. CIRCLIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
7 ............................. ADJUSTING SCREW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
8 ............................. HEXAGON NUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 29 (151)
Normet OY
Ahmolantie 6
74510 IISALMI
FINLAND
www.normet.fi
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Rocker arm bracket
11 507 2235
8
7
3
4
6

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity

4 ............................. ROCKER ARM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
6 ............................. CIRCLIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
7 ............................. ADJUSTING SCREW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
8 ............................. HEXAGON NUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 30 (151)
Spare Parts orders:
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Fastenings
11 507 2435
9 9

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TORX--- HEAD BOLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Page 31 (151)
Normet OY
Ahmolantie 6
74510 IISALMI
FINLAND
www.normet.fi
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Valve drive
11 507 2977

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PUSH ROD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TAPPET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Page 32 (151)
Spare Parts orders:
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Blanking parts
15 507 0072

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SCREW PLUG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SEALING RING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 33 (151)
Normet OY
Ahmolantie 6
74510 IISALMI
FINLAND
www.normet.fi
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Lubric. oil filter
15 507 0206
1
5
2 2
6
3
3

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 ............................. ADAPTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2 ............................. SEALING RING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
3 ............................. SOCKET / ADAPTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
4 ............................. O --- RING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
5 ............................. BRACKET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OIL FILTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 34 (151)
Spare Parts orders:
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Lubric. oil line
15 507 0207
2
1
1 3
2

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SEALING RING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SOCKET / ADAPTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HOSE ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Page 35 (151)
Normet OY
Ahmolantie 6
74510 IISALMI
FINLAND
www.normet.fi
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Oil cooler fastening
15 507 0609
1
2

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HEXAGON BOLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PLAIN WASHER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Page 36 (151)
Spare Parts orders:
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Plastic section
15 507 1029

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BUTTER. STOP VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 37 (151)
Normet OY
Ahmolantie 6
74510 IISALMI
FINLAND
www.normet.fi
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Hydraulic oil cooler
15 507 1466

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HYDRAULIC OIL COOLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 38 (151)
Spare Parts orders:
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Fastenings
15 507 2107
2
1 (2)
5 4

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 ............................. COLLAR SCREW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

2 ............................. SEALING RING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
3 ............................. SEALING RING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
4 ............................. SCREW PLUG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
5 ............................. O --- RING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Page 39 (151)
Normet OY
Ahmolantie 6
74510 IISALMI
FINLAND
www.normet.fi
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Fastenings
15 507 2108
1
2

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HEXAGON BOLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GASKET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HEXAGON BOLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Page 40 (151)
Spare Parts orders:
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Oil cooler box
15 507 2111
1 (2---4)
3 187
4

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 ............................. OIL COOLER BOX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

2 ............................. SCREWED BUSH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
3 ............................. SEALING RING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
4 ............................. SCREW PLUG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 41 (151)
Normet OY
Ahmolantie 6
74510 IISALMI
FINLAND
www.normet.fi
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Oil cooler
15 507 2213

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OIL COOLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 42 (151)
Spare Parts orders:
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Oil suction pipe
16 507 0725
2
2

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 ............................. OIL SUCTION PIPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

2 ............................. HEXAGON BOLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
3 ............................. GASKET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
4 ............................. HEXAGON BOLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 43 (151)
Normet OY
Ahmolantie 6
74510 IISALMI
FINLAND
www.normet.fi
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Roller tappet
17 507 0528

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ROLLER TAPPET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 44 (151)
Spare Parts orders:
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Fastenings
17 507 0676
Page 45 (151)
Normet OY
Ahmolantie 6
74510 IISALMI
FINLAND
www.normet.fi
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Fastenings
17 507 0676

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 ............................. FLANGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2 ............................. HEXAGON BOLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
3 ............................. SHIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,0mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
............................... SHIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,1mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ---
............................... SHIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,2mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ---
............................... SHIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,3mm ............................... ---

............................... SHIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,4mm ............................... ---
............................... SHIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,5mm ............................... ---
............................... SHIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,6mm ............................... ---
............................... SHIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,7mm ............................... ---
............................... SHIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,8mm ............................... ---

............................... SHIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,9mm ............................... ---
............................... SHIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,0mm ............................... ---
............................... SHIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,1mm ............................... ---
............................... SHIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,2mm ............................... ---
............................... SHIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,3mm ............................... ---

............................... SHIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,4mm ............................... ---
............................... SHIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,5mm ............................... ---
............................... SHIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,6mm ............................... ---
............................... SHIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,7mm ............................... ---
............................... SHIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,8mm ............................... ---

............................... SHIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,9mm ............................... ---
............................... SHIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3,0mm ............................... ---
............................... SHIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3,1mm ............................... ---
............................... SHIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3,2mm ............................... ---
............................... SHIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3,3mm ............................... ---

............................... SHIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3,4mm ............................... ---
............................... SHIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3,5mm ............................... ---
............................... SHIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3,6mm ............................... ---
............................... SHIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3,7mm ............................... ---
Page 46 (151)
Spare Parts orders:
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Fuel injection pump
17 507 1072
1 (10,15)
10
15
10
15
10

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FUEL INJECTION PUMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . O --- RING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SHIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Page 47 (151)
Normet OY
Ahmolantie 6
74510 IISALMI
FINLAND
www.normet.fi
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Fastenings
19 507 0352

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CLAW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TORX--- HEAD BOLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SEALING RING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 48 (151)
Spare Parts orders:
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Fuel injector
19 507 2645
1 (2---7)
2
3
4
5
Page 49 (151)
Normet OY
Ahmolantie 6
74510 IISALMI
FINLAND
www.normet.fi
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Fuel injector
19 507 2645

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 ............................. FUEL INJECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

2 ............................. SHIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,0mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ---
4 ............................. THRUST BOLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
5 ............................. SPACER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ---
6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOZZLE ELEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOZZLE CAP NUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ---
............................... SHIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,04mm .............................. ---

............................... SHIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,08mm .............................. ---
............................... SHIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,10mm .............................. ---
............................... SHIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,14mm .............................. ---
............................... SHIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,18mm .............................. ---
............................... SHIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,20mm .............................. ---

............................... SHIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,22mm .............................. ---
............................... SHIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,24mm .............................. ---
............................... SHIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,28mm .............................. ---
............................... SHIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,30mm .............................. ---
............................... SHIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,34mm .............................. ---

............................... SHIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,38mm .............................. ---
............................... SHIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,40mm .............................. ---
............................... SHIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,44mm .............................. ---
............................... SHIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,48mm .............................. ---
............................... SHIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,50mm .............................. ---

............................... SHIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,54mm .............................. ---
............................... SHIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,58mm .............................. ---
............................... SHIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,60mm .............................. ---
............................... SHIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,64mm .............................. ---
............................... SHIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,68mm .............................. ---

............................... SHIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,70mm .............................. ---
............................... SHIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,74mm .............................. ---
............................... SHIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,78mm .............................. ---
............................... SHIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,80mm .............................. ---
............................... SHIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,84mm .............................. ---

............................... SHIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,88mm .............................. ---
............................... SHIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,90mm .............................. ---
............................... SHIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,94mm .............................. ---
............................... SHIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,98mm .............................. ---
Page 50 (151)
Spare Parts orders:
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Fuel filter
20 507 0201
7
4
2
1

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 ............................. SCREW PLUG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

2 ............................. SEALING RING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
3 ............................. FUEL FILTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
4 ............................. BRACKET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
5 ............................. HEXAGON BOLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SEALING RING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HEXAGON BOLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Page 51 (151)
Normet OY
Ahmolantie 6
74510 IISALMI
FINLAND
www.normet.fi
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Fuel prefilter
20 507 1003
6
2
4 (1---3,5---7)

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 ............................. STRAINER ELEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

2 ............................. SEALING RING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
3 ............................. GASKET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
4 ............................. FUEL FILTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
5 ............................. HEXAGON BOLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VENT PLUG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DRAIN PLUG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 52 (151)
Spare Parts orders:
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Fastenings
20 507 1031
2
1

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HEXAGON BOLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PLAIN WASHER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 53 (151)
Normet OY
Ahmolantie 6
74510 IISALMI
FINLAND
www.normet.fi
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Fuel pump
20 507 1782
4
2

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 ............................. FUEL PUMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

2 ............................. CLAMPING STRAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
3 ............................. CHEESE HEAD SCREW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
4 ............................. SPRING WASHER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Page 54 (151)
Spare Parts orders:
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Fuel line
21 507 0208
6
3
3 3
3
3 1 4
3
3
7 4
2 3
5
3

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 ............................. HOSE ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

2 ............................. HOSE ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
3 ............................. SEALING RING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
4 ............................. BANJO BOLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
5 ............................. SPACER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HOLLOW SCREW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HOLLOW SCREW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 55 (151)
Normet OY
Ahmolantie 6
74510 IISALMI
FINLAND
www.normet.fi
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Overflow line
21 507 1053
6
6 2
7
1 (2)

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 ............................. OVERFLOW LINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

2 ............................. HOSE CLIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
6 ............................. SEALING RING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
7 ............................. PRESSURESTAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
8 ............................. RUBBER SEAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Page 56 (151)
Spare Parts orders:
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

High pressure pipe
21 507 2637

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HIGH PRESSURE PIPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 57 (151)
Normet OY
Ahmolantie 6
74510 IISALMI
FINLAND
www.normet.fi
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Manifold
22 507 0390

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MANIFOLD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HOSE CLIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HOSE CLIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 58 (151)
Spare Parts orders:
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Cover
22 507 0495

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . COVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HEXAGON BOLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GASKET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 59 (151)
Normet OY
Ahmolantie 6
74510 IISALMI
FINLAND
www.normet.fi
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Fastenings
22 507 1005
7
8

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
3 ............................. GASKET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
4 ............................. HEXAGON BOLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
7 ............................. SCREW PLUG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
8 ............................. SEALING RING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 60 (151)
Spare Parts orders:
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Charge air pipe
22 507 1477

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHARGE AIR PIPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 61 (151)
Normet OY
Ahmolantie 6
74510 IISALMI
FINLAND
www.normet.fi
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Air elbow
22 507 1604
3
4
1
5
5

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 ............................. AIR ELBOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

2 ............................. GASKET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
3 ............................. HEXAGON BOLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
4 ............................. HEXAGON BOLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
5 ............................. PLAIN WASHER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Page 62 (151)
Spare Parts orders:
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Idler gear
27 507 0038
2
3 1

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TOOTHED GEAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HEXAGON BOLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JOURNAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 63 (151)
Normet OY
Ahmolantie 6
74510 IISALMI
FINLAND
www.normet.fi
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Fastenings
27 507 0040
1
3
4
244

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 ............................. TORX--- HEAD BOLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

2 ............................. TORX--- HEAD BOLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
3 ............................. LOCKING SCREW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
4 ............................. LOCKING SCREW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 64 (151)
Spare Parts orders:
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Controller
27 507 1787
15
12 14
16
7
6 (14---16) 4
13 5
11 10
2
3 1 (2---16)

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 ............................. CONTROLLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2 ............................. HOOD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
3 ............................. GASKET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
4 ............................. COVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
5 ............................. GASKET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
6 ............................. HOUSING / CASE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

7 ............................. LEVER / ARM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
8 ............................. PISTON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LOCKING SCREW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GASKET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
12 ............................ GASKET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
13 ............................ RETAINING WASHER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
14 ............................ FLANGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
15 ............................ RING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
16 ............................ RING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 65 (151)
Normet OY
Ahmolantie 6
74510 IISALMI
FINLAND
www.normet.fi
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Control rod
27 507 2437
187
6

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CONTROL ROD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HEXAGON BOLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 66 (151)
Spare Parts orders:
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Inlet manifold
27 507 2528
2 1 2
3
3
3
3

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INLET MANIFOLD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HOLLOW SCREW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SEALING RING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Page 67 (151)
Normet OY
Ahmolantie 6
74510 IISALMI
FINLAND
www.normet.fi
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Cooler assembly
36 507 1633
4
5
4
5
4 2
5
3
1 3
1

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 ............................. BRACKET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
2 ............................. SUPPORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
3 ............................. HEXAGON BOLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
4 ............................. HEXAGON BOLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
5 ............................. PLAIN WASHER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Page 68 (151)
Spare Parts orders:
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Fastenings
36 507 2348

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HEXAGON BOLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HEXAGON BOLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . O --- RING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Page 69 (151)
Normet OY
Ahmolantie 6
74510 IISALMI
FINLAND
www.normet.fi
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Coolant cooler
36 507 2356

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . COOLANT COOLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 70 (151)
Spare Parts orders:
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Fastenings
37 507 1078
2 4
6
4

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
2 ............................. PLUG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
3 ............................. O --- RING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
4 ............................. HEXAGON BOLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
5 ............................. O --- RING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
6 ............................. FLAT GASKET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 71 (151)
Normet OY
Ahmolantie 6
74510 IISALMI
FINLAND
www.normet.fi
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Cooling water pump
37 507 1159

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . COOLANT PUMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 72 (151)
Spare Parts orders:
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Driving parts
37 507 2199

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V--- GROOVED PULLEY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V--- GROOVED PULLEY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HEXAGON BOLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Page 73 (151)
Normet OY
Ahmolantie 6
74510 IISALMI
FINLAND
www.normet.fi
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Water / fuel pump belt
37 507 2270

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WATER / FUEL PUMP BELT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 74 (151)
Spare Parts orders:
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Thermostat
38 507 0459
2
1 (2)

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . THERMOSTAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INSERT/ELEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 75 (151)
Normet OY
Ahmolantie 6
74510 IISALMI
FINLAND
www.normet.fi
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Vent plug
38 507 0462
1
2

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VENT PLUG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SEALING RING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 76 (151)
Spare Parts orders:
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Coolant pipe
38 507 0513
1 3

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 ............................. COOLANT PIPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

2 ............................. O --- RING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
3 ............................. HEXAGON BOLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
4 ............................. O --- RING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 77 (151)
Normet OY
Ahmolantie 6
74510 IISALMI
FINLAND
www.normet.fi
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Balancing line
38 507 0514
2
2
5 5
2
2

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . COMPENSATING LINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SEALING RING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HOLLOW SCREW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Page 78 (151)
Spare Parts orders:
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Breather line
38 507 1559
2 1 2
3
3 5

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 ............................. BREATHER LINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

2 ............................. HOLLOW SCREW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
3 ............................. SEALING RING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
4 ............................. PIPE CLAMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
5 ............................. SEALING RING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Page 79 (151)
Normet OY
Ahmolantie 6
74510 IISALMI
FINLAND
www.normet.fi
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Coolant pipe
38 507 1566
6 1
5
2
7
2
234

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 ............................. COOLANT PIPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

2 ............................. O --- RING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
5 ............................. PLAIN WASHER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
6 ............................. HEXAGON BOLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
7 ............................. HEXAGON BOLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FLANGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 80 (151)
Spare Parts orders:
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Air baffle
39 507 0344
1
4
5

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 ............................. AIR BAFFLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

2 ............................. SPACER BUSH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
3 ............................. PLATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
4 ............................. HEXAGON BOLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
5 ............................. PLAIN WASHER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Page 81 (151)
Normet OY
Ahmolantie 6
74510 IISALMI
FINLAND
www.normet.fi
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Assembly
39 507 0461
2
2

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HEXAGON BOLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CLAMPING SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 82 (151)
Spare Parts orders:
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Fan belt
39 507 0723

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FAN BELT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 83 (151)
Normet OY
Ahmolantie 6
74510 IISALMI
FINLAND
www.normet.fi
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

V---Grooved pulley
39 507 1904

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V--- GROOVED PULLEY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 84 (151)
Spare Parts orders:
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Tensioning pulley
39 507 2251
10
15 7
10
17
16
11 6
14 5 2
3 18
4
12 9
8
1 (2---6)
13
Page 85 (151)
Normet OY
Ahmolantie 6
74510 IISALMI
FINLAND
www.normet.fi
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Tensioning pulley
39 507 2251

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 ............................. V--- GROOVED--- PULLEY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

2 ............................. V--- GROOVED--- PULLEY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
3 ............................. BALL BEARING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
4 ............................. FLANGED BUSH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
5 ............................. PLAIN WASHER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
6 ............................. RING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
7 ............................. CLAMPING STRAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
8 ............................. COVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
9 ............................. GASKET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BUSH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
11 ............................ HEXAGON NUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

12 ............................ HEXAGON BOLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
13 ............................ COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
14 ............................ PLAIN WASHER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
15 ............................ BRACKET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HEXAGON BOLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PLAIN WASHER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HEXAGON BOLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Page 86 (151)
Spare Parts orders:
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Cooling fan
39 507 4454
242 32
15 10
24
6
23 11 5
4
7
20 12
3
8
9
9
19
16
22
23
29 2
26 17
28
30
1 (3---12,15---24,26,28---32) 31
18
21
Page 87 (151)
Normet OY
Ahmolantie 6
74510 IISALMI
FINLAND
www.normet.fi
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Cooling fan
39 507 4454

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 ............................. COOLING FAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

2 ............................. IMPELLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
3 ............................. BLOWER CARRIER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
4 ............................. PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
5 ............................. PLAIN WASHER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
6 ............................. CIRCLIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
7 ............................. HOSE ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
8 ............................. HOLLOW SCREW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
9 ............................. SEALING RING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . COVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
11 ............................ GASKET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
12 ............................ HEXAGON BOLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
15 ............................ FILLER CAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
16 ............................ HOLLOW SHAFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
17 ............................ BUSH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
18 ............................ PLAIN WASHER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

19 ............................ PLAIN WASHER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
20 ............................ HEXAGON BOLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
21 ............................ HEXAGON NUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
22 ............................ DRAIN PLUG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
23 ............................ SEALING RING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

24 ............................ SCREW PLUG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
26 ............................ SCREW PLUG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
28 ............................ BALL BEARING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
29 ............................ BALL BEARING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CIRCLIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . THRUST PAD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BRACKET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
242 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MOUNTING DEVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ---
Page 88 (151)
Spare Parts orders:
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Partit./bulkhead
40 507 0607

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PARTIT./BULKHEAD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 89 (151)
Normet OY
Ahmolantie 6
74510 IISALMI
FINLAND
www.normet.fi
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Base
40 507 0994

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BASE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 90 (151)
Spare Parts orders:
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Top part
40 507 1120

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TOP PART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 91 (151)
Normet OY
Ahmolantie 6
74510 IISALMI
FINLAND
www.normet.fi
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Covering hood
40 507 1574

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . COVERING HOOD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 92 (151)
Spare Parts orders:
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Fixing bracket
40 507 1620

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FIXING BRACKET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 93 (151)
Normet OY
Ahmolantie 6
74510 IISALMI
FINLAND
www.normet.fi
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Fastening rail
40 507 1625

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FASTENING RAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 94 (151)
Spare Parts orders:
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Air baffle
40 507 2319

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AIR BAFFLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 95 (151)
Normet OY
Ahmolantie 6
74510 IISALMI
FINLAND
www.normet.fi
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Support plate
40 507 2320

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SUPPORT PLATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 96 (151)
Spare Parts orders:
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Connecting sheet
40 507 2321

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CONNECTING SHEET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 97 (151)
Normet OY
Ahmolantie 6
74510 IISALMI
FINLAND
www.normet.fi
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Cover
40 507 2322

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . COVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 98 (151)
Spare Parts orders:
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

End plate
40 507 2325
1 (2,3)
3
2

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . END PLATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PLAIN WASHER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HEXAGON NUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 99 (151)
Normet OY
Ahmolantie 6
74510 IISALMI
FINLAND
www.normet.fi
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Fastenings
40 507 2336
1
7 1 1
8 1 2
3 5
2 4
1
8
1
1 2 1
1 7
1
1
8 1
6 4
1 1 2
1

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 ............................. HEXAGON BOLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

2 ............................. HEXAGON BOLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
3 ............................. HEXAGON BOLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
4 ............................. HEXAGON BOLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
5 ............................. RUBBER GROMMET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RUBBER GROMMET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HEXAGON NUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PLAIN WASHER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Page 100 (151)

Spare Parts orders:
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Companion flange
41 507 0724

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FLANGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GASKET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HEXAGON BOLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Page 101 (151)

Normet OY
Ahmolantie 6
74510 IISALMI
FINLAND
www.normet.fi
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Exhaust pipe
41 507 0878
9
169
8 3
7
2 1
5

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 ............................. EXHAUST PIPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

2 ............................. GASKET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
3 ............................. GASKET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
5 ............................. STUD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
7 ............................. PLAIN WASHER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HEXAGON NUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HEXAGON BOLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
169 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FITTING COMPOUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ---
Page 102 (151)

Spare Parts orders:
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Blanking parts
43 507 0056
1
2

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SCREW PLUG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SEALING RING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 103 (151)

Normet OY
Ahmolantie 6
74510 IISALMI
FINLAND
www.normet.fi
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Blanking parts
43 507 0057
1
185

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . COVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 104 (151)

Spare Parts orders:
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Feed line
43 507 0891
1
2
3
7
4
5

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 ............................. LUBRICATION OIL LINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

2 ............................. GASKET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
3 ............................. HEXAGON BOLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
4 ............................. HOLLOW SCREW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
5 ............................. SEALING RING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PLAIN WASHER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PIPE CLAMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 105 (151)

Normet OY
Ahmolantie 6
74510 IISALMI
FINLAND
www.normet.fi
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Return line
43 507 0892
6
2
8 4
3 7

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 ............................. RETURN LINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

2 ............................. RETURN LINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
3 ............................. RETAINER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
4 ............................. O --- RING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
5 ............................. GASKET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HEXAGON BOLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HEXAGON BOLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HEXAGON BOLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 106 (151)

Spare Parts orders:
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Turbocharger
43 507 4390

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TURBOCHARGER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 107 (151)

Normet OY
Ahmolantie 6
74510 IISALMI
FINLAND
www.normet.fi
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Driving parts
44 503 0812

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V--- GROOVED PULLEY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 108 (151)

Spare Parts orders:
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Alternator belt
44 507 0117

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ALTERNATOR BELT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 109 (151)

Normet OY
Ahmolantie 6
74510 IISALMI
FINLAND
www.normet.fi
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Mating part
44 507 0169

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HEXAGON NUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FLAT--- PIN PLUG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 110 (151)

Spare Parts orders:
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Fastenings
44 507 0666
1
2

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HEXAGON BOLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STUD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SHOULDER NUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 111 (151)

Normet OY
Ahmolantie 6
74510 IISALMI
FINLAND
www.normet.fi
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Generator
44 507 1230
13 2 (13)
1 (2---4)
8
3
4
15
7
20
5 6
23
21

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 ............................. GENERATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2 ............................. VOLTAGE REGULATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
3 ............................. LOCK WASHER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
4 ............................. HEXAGON NUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
5 ............................. BALL BEARING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
6 ............................. COVER PLATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

7 ............................. BALL BEARING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
8 ............................. SCREW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CARBON BRUSHES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . COLUMN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SUPPRESS. CAPACITOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SET OF PARTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SET OF PARTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 112 (151)

Spare Parts orders:
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Accessories
44 507 2174
1
1
2 5
7
3

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 ............................. PLAIN WASHER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

2 ............................. HEXAGON NUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
3 ............................. HEXAGON BOLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
4 ............................. HEXAGON BOLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
5 ............................. HEXAGON BOLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BRACKET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CLAMPING STRAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 113 (151)

Normet OY
Ahmolantie 6
74510 IISALMI
FINLAND
www.normet.fi
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Starter
44 507 2726
9
8
9
10
5
7

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 ............................. STARTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
5 ............................. STARTER PINION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
6 ............................. RELAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
7 ............................. BRUSH HOLDER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
8 ............................. HEXAGON NUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LOCK WASHER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CLAMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 114 (151)

Spare Parts orders:
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Accessories
46 502 3068

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PLAIN WASHER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPACER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Page 115 (151)

Normet OY
Ahmolantie 6
74510 IISALMI
FINLAND
www.normet.fi
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Mounting foot
46 507 0258
A
A A
1
A

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MOUNTING FOOT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPACER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PLAIN WASHER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Page 116 (151)

Spare Parts orders:
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Accessories
46 507 0291
2
3
3
2

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RETAINING PLATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HEXAGON BOLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PLAIN WASHER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Page 117 (151)

Normet OY
Ahmolantie 6
74510 IISALMI
FINLAND
www.normet.fi
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Engine mounting
46 507 0900
4
4 7
6
3

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
3 ............................. HEXAGON BOLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

4 ............................. BUSH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
6 ............................. PLAIN WASHER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
7 ............................. RETAINING PLATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 118 (151)

Spare Parts orders:
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Fastenings
46 507 1492

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHEESE HEAD SCREW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PLAIN WASHER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HEXAGON NUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Page 119 (151)

Normet OY
Ahmolantie 6
74510 IISALMI
FINLAND
www.normet.fi
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Plug ---in connector
48 507 0621

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PLUG--- IN CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 120 (151)

Spare Parts orders:
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Fastenings
48 507 1107
2
1

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HEXAGON NUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PLAIN WASHER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 121 (151)

Normet OY
Ahmolantie 6
74510 IISALMI
FINLAND
www.normet.fi
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Cable harness
48 507 1227

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CABLE HARNESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 122 (151)

Spare Parts orders:
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

48 507 1486

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
Page 123 (151)

Normet OY
Ahmolantie 6
74510 IISALMI
FINLAND
www.normet.fi
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

48 507 1487

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
Page 124 (151)

Spare Parts orders:
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

48 507 1489

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantityy
1 ............................. PLUG--- IN CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

2 ............................. HOUSING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
3 ............................. JACK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
4 ............................. PROTECTING CAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 125 (151)

Normet OY
Ahmolantie 6
74510 IISALMI
FINLAND
www.normet.fi
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Cover plate
48 507 1693

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . COVER PLATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CABLE CLAMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 126 (151)

Spare Parts orders:
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Fastenings
48 507 1707
2
3
1
3
2

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TERMINAL BOLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HEXAGON NUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PLAIN WASHER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Page 127 (151)

Normet OY
Ahmolantie 6
74510 IISALMI
FINLAND
www.normet.fi
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

48 507 2237
2 1

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 ............................. HOUSING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2 ............................. JACK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
3 ............................. GASKET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
4 ............................. BLANK PLUG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 128 (151)

Spare Parts orders:
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Fastenings
48 507 2389
4
3
1
2

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 ............................. BRACKET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2 ............................. CLAMPING BAND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
3 ............................. HEXAGON BOLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
4 ............................. BRACKET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Page 129 (151)

Normet OY
Ahmolantie 6
74510 IISALMI
FINLAND
www.normet.fi
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Interconnect. cable
48 507 2571

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantityty
1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INTERCONNECT. CABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 130 (151)

Spare Parts orders:
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Level switch
51 507 0263

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LEVEL SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 131 (151)

Normet OY
Ahmolantie 6
74510 IISALMI
FINLAND
www.normet.fi
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Temperature transmitter
51 507 1232

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TEMPERATURE TRANSMITTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INSULATE SLEEVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 132 (151)

Spare Parts orders:
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Accessories
51 507 2373
2
1

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 ............................. RUBBER SLEEVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

2 ............................. BRACKET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
3 ............................. HEXAGON BOLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
4 ............................. CLAMPING BAND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 133 (151)

Normet OY
Ahmolantie 6
74510 IISALMI
FINLAND
www.normet.fi
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Fastenings
52 507 0482
2 1

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 ............................. BUSH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
2 ............................. TORX--- HEAD BOLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
3 ............................. TORX--- HEAD BOLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
4 ............................. COVER PLATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
5 ............................. HEXAGON BOLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Page 134 (151)

Spare Parts orders:
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Connection housing
52 507 1186

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CONNECTION HOUSING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 135 (151)

Normet OY
Ahmolantie 6
74510 IISALMI
FINLAND
www.normet.fi
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Cover plate
52 507 2415

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . COVER PLATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HEXAGON BOLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Page 136 (151)

Spare Parts orders:
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Accessories
56 507 0260
2
1

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HEXAGON BOLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HEXAGON BOLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 137 (151)

Normet OY
Ahmolantie 6
74510 IISALMI
FINLAND
www.normet.fi
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Shutdown device
56 507 1041
1 (2)

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SHUTDOWN DEVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . O --- RING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 138 (151)

Spare Parts orders:
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Cooler assembly
58 507 2963
31 35
6 32
35 24
10 12
11
21 1
36
27
12
11
25 13 29
24
16
11
23
33 2
14 20 28 20
18
15 18 3 19 3
19 4 4
5 17 34 17
Page 139 (151)

Normet OY
Ahmolantie 6
74510 IISALMI
FINLAND
www.normet.fi
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Cooler assembly
58 507 2963

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 ............................. AIR GUIDANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

2 ............................. COVER PLATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
3 ............................. PLAIN WASHER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
4 ............................. HEXAGON NUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
5 ............................. BRACKET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
6 ............................. HEXAGON BOLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RETAINING PLATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PLAIN WASHER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HEXAGON BOLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HEXAGON NUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
14 ............................ HEXAGON BOLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

15 ............................ RUBBER SEAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
16 ............................ HEXAGON BOLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
17 ............................ HEXAGON BOLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
18 ............................ HEXAGON NUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
19 ............................ PLAIN WASHER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

20 ............................ MOUNT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
21 ............................ MOUNT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
23 ............................ RUBBER SEAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
24 ............................ HEXAGON BOLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
25 ............................ COVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
27 ............................ CLAMPING SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
28 ............................ FASTENER BUTTON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
29 ............................ CLAMPING SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
31 ............................ HEXAGON BOLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
32 ............................ SPACER SLEEVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

33 ............................ TOOTH LOCK WASHER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
34 ............................ BRACKET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
35 ............................ PLAIN WASHER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
36 ............................ SEALING SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 140 (151)

Spare Parts orders:
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Air guidance
58 507 2941
2
4
3

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 ............................. CHARGE AIR PIPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

2 ............................. CHARGE AIR PIPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
3 ............................. HOSE CLIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
4 ............................. HOSE CLIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Page 141 (151)

Normet OY
Ahmolantie 6
74510 IISALMI
FINLAND
www.normet.fi
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Charge air cooler
58 507 2986
1 (2,3)

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHARGE AIR COOLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SEALING RING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HEXAGON BOLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 142 (151)

Spare Parts orders:
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Switching device
63 507 0279

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GL. TIME CONTROL UNIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 143 (151)

Normet OY
Ahmolantie 6
74510 IISALMI
FINLAND
www.normet.fi
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Glow plug
63 507 2358

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GLOW PLUG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 144 (151)

Spare Parts orders:
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Blanking parts
83 502 9465
2
1

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PLUG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PLUG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 145 (151)

Normet OY
Ahmolantie 6
74510 IISALMI
FINLAND
www.normet.fi
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Gasket
83 505 1844

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GASKET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 146 (151)

Spare Parts orders:
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Driving parts
83 507 0190

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TOOTHED GEAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 147 (151)

Normet OY
Ahmolantie 6
74510 IISALMI
FINLAND
www.normet.fi
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Hydraulic pump drive
83 507 0290
11
4
1 (3,4)
15
3
12
10
9(10)
5
6
14

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 ............................. BEARING FLANGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

3 ............................. WRAPPED BEARING BUSHING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
4 ............................. WRAPPED BEARING BUSHING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
5 ............................. THRUST WASHER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
6 ............................. CHEESE HEAD SCREW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
7 ............................. DRIVE GEAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

9 ............................. CLUTCH SLEEVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CIRCLIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . O --- RING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . O --- RING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TORX--- HEAD BOLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TORX--- HEAD BOLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Page 148 (151)

Spare Parts orders:
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Blanking parts
83 507 0540

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . COVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . O --- RING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 149 (151)

Normet OY
Ahmolantie 6
74510 IISALMI
FINLAND
www.normet.fi
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Lubrication oil line
83 507 2060
5 1
2
4 2
3
4

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 ............................. LUBRICATION OIL LINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

2 ............................. SEALING RING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
3 ............................. HOLLOW SCREW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
4 ............................. SEALING RING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
5 ............................. HOLLOW SCREW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 150 (151)

Spare Parts orders:
0107/PRi
Deutz BF4M 1013C

Gasket set
90 507 0907

--Engine model
- Engine serial No.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GASKET SET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 151 (151)

Normet OY
Ahmolantie 6
74510 IISALMI
FINLAND
www.normet.fi
Industrial Electric Drives Linear Motion and Service Mobile
Hydraulics and Controls Assembly Technologies Pneumatics Automation Hydraulics
RE 91 604/06.03
Axial Piston Replaces: 05.99
Variable Displacement Motor A6VM
Open and closed circuits
Sizes 28 to 1000
Series 6
Sizes 28 to 200 Nominal pressure 400 bar
Maximum pressure 450 bar
Sizes 250 to 1000 Nominal pressure 350 bar
Maximum pressure 400 bar
Contents Features
Ordering Code / Standard Program 2...3 – Variable displacement axial piston motor of bent axis design
Technical Data 4...7 for hydrostatic transmissions in open and closed circuits
HD - Hydraulic Control, Pilot Pressure Dependent 8...10
HZ - Hydraulic Two-Point Control 11 – For use in mobile and stationary applications
EP - Electrical Control With Proportional Solenoid 12...14 – The wide control range enables the variable displacement
EZ - Electrical Two-Point Control, With Solenoid 15 motor to satisfy the requirement for high rotational speed
HA - Automatic Control, High-Pressure Dependent 16...19 and high torque.
HD - Hydraulic Control, Speed Dependent 20...21 – The displacement is continuously variable from Vg max to
Unit Dimensions, Size 28 22...24 Vg min = 0.
Unit Dimensions, Size 55 25...27
– The output speed depends on the flow capacity of the
Unit Dimensions, Size 80 28...30 pumps and the displacement of the motor.
Unit Dimensions, Size 140 34...36 – The torque increases with the pressure differential between
the high and low pressure side and with increasing displace-
ment.
Unit Dimensions, Size 250 43...45 – Wide control range with hydrostatic transmissions
Unit Dimensions, Size 355 46...48 – Wide selection of regulating and control devices
– Cost savings as no need for shiftable gearboxes and possi-
bility to use smaller pumps
Flushing and Boost Pressure Valve 55
Counterbalance Valve BVD 56...57 – Rugged, compact bearing system with long service life
Speed Measurement 58 – High power density
Swivel Angle Indicator 59
– Favorable start-up efficiency
Connectors for Solenoids (for EP, EZ, HA.U, HA.R, DA only) 60
Installation and Startup Instructions 61 – Low moment of inertia
Safety Instructions 62 – Large swivel range
2/64 Bosch Rexroth AG | Mobile Hydraulics A6VM | RE 91 604/06.03
Ordering Code / Standard Program

Pressure fluid
Mineral oil (no character), HFD for sizes 250-1000 only in combination with long-life bearing “L”
HFB, HFC pressure fluid Sizes 28 to 200 (no character)
Sizes 250 to 1000 (only in combination with long-life bearing “L”) E
Axial piston unit
bent-axis type, variable A6V
Drive shaft bearing 28...200 250 355 500 1000
Standard bearing (no character) ● ● ● ● –
Long-life bearing – ● ● ● ● L
Operation mode
Motor (A6VE plug-in motor, see RE 91606) M
Size
Displacement Vg max (cm3 ) 28 55 80 107 140 160 200 250 355 5001000
Control device 28 55 80 107 140 160 200 250 355 500 1000
Hydraulic control, ∆p = 10 bar HD1 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● HD1
Pilot pressure dependent ∆p = 25 bar HD2 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● HD2
∆p = 35 bar HD3 – – – – – – – ● ● ● ● HD3
Hydraulic two-point control HZ – – – – – – – ● ● ● ● HZ
HZ1 ● – – – ● ● ● – – – – HZ1
HZ3 – ● ● ● – – – – – – – HZ3
Electrical control, with 12 V EP1 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● EP1
proportional solenoid (sizes 28 to 200) 1) 24 V EP2 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● EP2
Electrical two-point control, 12 V EZ1 ● – – – ● ● ● ● ● ● ● EZ1
with solenoid 24 V EZ2 ● – – – ● ● ● ● ● ● ● EZ2
12 V EZ3 – ● ● ● – – – – – – – EZ3
24 V EZ4 – ● ● ● – – – – – – – EZ4
Automatic control, without pressure rise HA1 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● HA1
High-pressure dependent with pressure rise ∆p = 100 bar HA2 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● HA2
Hydraulic control, speed dependent
pSt/pHD = 3/100, hydraulic travel direction valve DA – – – – – – – ● ● ● ❍ DA
pSt/pHD = 5/100, hydraulic travel direction valve DA1 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● – – – – DA1
electrical travel direction valve 12 V DA2 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● – – – – DA2
+ electrical Vg max switch 24 V DA3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● – – – – DA3
pSt/pHD = 8/100, hydraulic travel direction valve DA4 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● – – – – DA4
electrical travel direction valve 12 V DA5 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● – – – – DA5
+ electrical Vg max switch 24 V DA6 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● – – – – DA6
Pressure control (for HD, EP only) 28 55 80 107 140 160 200 250 355 500 1000
without pressure control (no character) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Pressure control direct ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● D
direct, with 2nd pressure setting ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 2) 2) 2) 2) E
remotely controlled – – – – – – – ● ● ● ● G
Overriding HA control (for HA1, HA2 only)
without override (no character) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Hydraulic override ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● T
Electrical override 12 V ● ● ● ● ● ● ● – – – – U1
24 V ● ● ● ● ● ● ● – – – – U2
Electrical override 12 V ● ● ● ● ● ● ● – – – – R1
+ electrical travel direction valve 24 V ● ● ● ● ● ● ● – – – – R2
Series
Series 6, index 3 63
Direction of rotation
when viewing shaft end, alternating W
Setting range for displacement 3) 28 55 80 107 140 160 200 250 355 500 1000
Vg min = 0 to 0.8 Vg max (no character) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● – – – –
Vg min = 0 to 0.4 Vg max Vg max = Vg max to 0.8 Vg max – – – – – – – ● ● ● ● 1
Vg min > 0.4 Vg max to 0.8 Vg max Vg max = Vg max to 0.8 Vg max – – – – – – – ● ● ● ● 2
1) with proportioning valve (sizes 250 to 1000) 2) supplied as standard with D version (sizes 250 to 1000)
3) please specify precise values for Vg min and Vg max in plain text when placing your order: Vg min = ... cm3, Vg max = ... cm3
RE 91 604/06.03 | A6VM Mobile Hydraulics | Bosch Rexroth AG 3/64
A6V M / 6 3W - V
Pressure fluid
Axial piston unit
Transmission shaft bearing
Operation mode
Size
Control device
Series/Index
Setting range for displacement
Seals
FKM (fluor-caoutchouc) V
Shaft end 28 55 80 107 140 160 200 250 355 500 1000
Splined shaft DIN 5480 ● ● ● ● – ● ● – – – – A
● ● ● ● ● ● – ● ● ● ● Z
Cylindrical shaft with key DIN 6885 – – – – – – – ● ● ● ● P
Mounting flange to
ISO 3019-2 – 4-hole ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● – – – B
ISO 3019-2 – 8-hole – – – – – – – – ● ● ● H
Service line connections 28 55 80 107 140 160 200 250 355 500 1000
Ports A, B: SAE rear 01 0 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 010
7 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 017
Ports A, B: SAE side, opposite 02 0 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 020
7 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 027
Port plate for fitting 08 0 – – – – – – – ❍ – – – 080
a counterbalance valve
Ports A, B: SAE side, opposite + rear 15 0 – – – – – – – ● ● ● ● 150
Port plate with pressure limiter, 37 0 – – – ● – – – – – – – 370
for fitting a counterbalance valve 1) 2) 38 0 – ● ● ● ● ● – – – – – 380
Valves
no valves 0
with flushing and boost pressure valve 7
Speed measurement 28 55 80 107 140 160 200 250 355 500 1000
no speed measurement (no character) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
prepared for speed measurement (ID) 3) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● – – – – D
prepared for speed measurement (HDD) 3) – ● ● ● ❍ ● ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ F
Swivel angle indicator
no swivel angle indicator (no character) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● –
with optical swivel angle indicator – – – – – – – ● ● ● ● V
with electrical swivel angle indicator – – – – – – – ● ● ● ● E
Connectors for solenoids (sizes 28 to 200 only) 4) EP1/2 EZ1/2 EZ3/4 HA.U. HA.R. DA.
DEUTSCH DT04-2P-EP04 injection molded, without bidirectional quenching diode ● ● – – – ● P
2-pin injection molded, with bidirectional quenching diode – ❍ – – – ❍ Q
with lead, without bidirectional quenching diode 5) 6) ● ● ● ● ● ● T
Hirschmann according to DIN EN 175 301-803-A, without bidirectional quenching diode6) ● ● ● ● ● ● H
Start of control
at Vg min (standard for HA) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● A
at Vg max (standard for HD, HZ, EP, EZ, DA) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● B
1) only possible in combination with HD, EP, HA control
2) complete order recommended, counterbalance valve, page 56 to 57
3) complete order recommended, speed sensor, page 58
4) for sizes 250 to 1000, the DIN connector is a Hirschmann one as standard (no character)
5) under development for size 28
6) not for new projects (sizes 28 to 200)
● = available ❍ = under development – = not available = preferred program

Technical Data
Pressure fluid
Before starting project planning, please refer to our data Selection chart
sheets RE 90220 (mineral oil), RE 90221 (environmentally- 2500-40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100
friendly pressure fluids) and RE 90223 (HF pressure fluids) for 1600 1600
detailed information regarding the choice of pressure fluids and 1000
600
conditions of use. 400
V G 68
VG
VG 32
VG 46
VG 2
200
Viscosity n in mm2/s
10
2
The A6VM variable displacement motor is not suitable for use
0
100
with HFA. If HFB, HFC and HFD or environmentally-friendly 60
pressure fluids are being used, the constraints regarding tech- 40 36
nical data and seals mentioned in RE 90221 and RE 90223
nopt.
must be observed. 20
If necessary, please contact us to discuss the type of 16
pressure fluid you intend to use. 10
Viscosity range
5 5
We recommend that a viscosity (at operating temperature) for -40 -25 -10 0° 10 30 50 70 90 115
optimum efficiency and service life purposes of Temperature t in °C
tmin = -40 C Pressure fluid temperature range tmax = +115 C
νopt = optimum viscosity 16 to 36 mm2/s
Details regarding the choice of pressure fluid
be chosen, taken the circulation temperature (closed circuit)
and reservoir temperature (open circuit) into account. The correct choice of pressure fluid requires knowledge of the
operating temperature in relation to the ambient temperature: in
Limits of viscosity range a closed circuit the circulation temperature, in an open circuit
the reservoir temperature.
The following values apply in extreme cases:
The pressure fluid should be chosen so that the viscosity in the
Sizes 28 to 200:
operating temperature range is within the optimum area (Vopt) -
νmin = 5 mm2/s the shaded area of the selection chart. We recommend that the
short-term (t < 3 min) at max. permitted temperature higher viscosity class be selected in each case.
of tmax = +115°C.
Example: At an operating temperature of 60°C, the viscosity
νmax = 1600mm2/s, classes VG 46 and VG 68 are within the optimum viscosity
short-term (t < 3 min) with cold start (p < 30 bar, area (νopt., shaded field). In this case we would recommend
n ≤ 1000 rpm, tmin = -40°C). VG 68.
Please note: The leakage-fuel temperature, which is affected by
Sizes 250 to 1000: pressure and rotational speed, is always higher than the circu-
lation temperature or reservoir temperature. At no point
νmin = 10 mm2/s in the system must the temperature be higher than 115°C
short-term (t < 3 min) at max. permitted leakage-fuel (sizes 28 to 200) or 90°C (sizes 250 to 1000).
temperature of tmax = +90°C.
If this cannot be achieved due to unusual operating parameters
νmax = 1600 mm2/s, or high ambient temperatures, we recommend flushing of the
short-term (t < 3 min) with cold start (p < 30 bar, case via port U or the use of a flushing and boost pressure
n ≤ 1000 rpm, tmin = -25°C). valve (see page 55).
Note that the maximum pressure fluid temperature must not be
exceeded locally either (e.g. during storage).
Special measures are necessary at temperatures between
-25°C and -40°C. Please contact us.
See RE 90300-03-B for detailed information about use at low
temperatures.
Technical Data
Filtering Long-Life bearing (sizes 250 to 1000)
The finer the filtering, the cleaner the fluid and the greater the For long service life and use with HF pressure fluids.
service life of the axial piston unit. Same external dimensions as motor with standard
To ensure proper function of the axial piston unit, the pressure bearing. A long-life bearing can be retrofitted.
fluid must have a purity class of at least Flushing of bearing and case via port U recommended.
20/18/15 according to ISO 4406.
Flow (recommended)
At very high pressure fluid temperatures (90°C to max. 115°C, Size 250 355 500 1000
not permitted for sizes 250 to 1000), a purity class of at least
19/17/14 according to ISO 4406 is required. qv flow (L/min) 10 16 16 16
Please contact us if these purity classes cannot be achieved.

Case drain pressure
The service life of the sealing ring is affected by the speed of
Temperature range of shaft seal the motor and the case drain pressure. The permitted loading
The FKM shaft seal is suitable for case temperatures of with intermittent case drain pressure depends on the rotational
-25°C to +115°C for sizes 28 to 200 and speed (see chart). Short-term (t < 5 s) pressure spikes of up
-25°C to +90°C for sizes 250 to 1000 to 6 bar absolute are permitted.
The average permanent case drain pressure must not exceed
Note:
3 bar absolute.
A NBR shaft seal is necessary at temperatures below -25°C
The pressure in the case must be equal to or greater than the
(permitted temperature range: -40°C to +90°C).
external pressure on the shaft seal.
Please contact us.
The pure mechanical resistance to case pressure is
approximately 20 bar.
Operational pressure range
Sizes 28 to 200
Maximum pressure on port A or B 6
(pressure data according to DIN 24312) size 28
5
Perm. pressure pabs. max. in bar
for sizes 28 to 200 size 55

4 size 80
Nominal pressure pN __________________________________________ 400 bar
Maximum pressure pmax ______________________________________ 450 bar sizes107, 140
3
Total pressure (pressure A + pressure B) pmax __________ 700 bar sizes 160, 200
for sizes 250 to 1000 2
Nominal pressure pN __________________________________________ 350 bar 1

Maximum pressure pmax ______________________________________ 400 bar 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000
Total pressure (pressure A + pressure B) pmax __________ 700 bar Rotational speed n in rpm
Sizes 250 to 1000
Please note: 6
Sizes 28 to 200: At the shaft end Z, a nominal pressure of pN = size 250
315 bar is permitted for the driven shaft end that is subjected to 5
Perm. pressure pabs. max. in bar
transverse bending (pinions, V-belts)! size 500

4
Sizes 250 to 1000: Please contact us. size 355
3
In cases of pulsating loading above 315 bar, we recommend size 1000
the version with splined shaft A (sizes 28 to 200) or splined 2
shaft Z (sizes 250 to 1000). 1
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500
Rotational speed n in rpm
Direction of flow
Clockwise direction of rotation Counterclockwise direction of rotation Effect of case pressure on start of control
A to B B to A
An increase in the case pressure has an effect on the following
settings when control of the variable displacement motor begins:
HA1T (sizes 28 to 200) ______________________ increase
Speed range HD, EP, HA, HA.T (sizes 250 to 1000): _________ increase
No limit to minimum speed nmin. If uniform motion is required, DA : _______________________________________ reduction
nmin must not be less than 50 rpm. See table on page 6 for The start of control is set in the factory at a case pressure of
maximum speed.
pabs = 2 bar (sizes 28 to 200) and pabs = 1 bar (sizes 250 to 1000).
Technical Data
Table of values (theoretical values, ignoring ηmh and ηv; values rounded)
Size 28 55 80 107 140 160 200 250 355 500 1000
Displacement 1) Vg max cm3 28.1 54.8 80 107 140 160 200 250 355 500 1000
Vg 0 cm3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Rotational speed max. nmax at Vg max rpm 5550 4450 3900 3550 3250 3100 2900 2700 2240 2000 1600
(while adhering to
nmax1 at Vg < Vg,1 rpm 8750 7000 6150 5600 5150 4900 4600 3600 2950 2650 2100
max. permitted
flow) Vg,1 cm3 18 35 51 68 88 101 126 188 270 377 762
nmax 0 at Vg 0 rpm 10450 8350 7350 6300 5750 5500 5100 3600 2950 2650 2100
Flow max. qV max L/min 156 244 312 380 455 496 580 675 795 1000 1600
Torque max. Tmax at Vg max 2) Nm 179 349 509 681 891 1019 1273 1391 1978 2785 5571
Torsional rigidity Nm/rad 360 700 1150 1560 2095 2320 2910 3733 5092 8228 18753
Mass moment of inertia J kgm2 0.0014 0.0042 0.0080 0.0127 0.0207 0.0253 0.0353 0.061 0.102 0.178 0.550
around output shaft
Filling capacity L 0.5 0.75 1.2 1.5 1.8 2.4 2.7 3.0 5.0 7.0 16.0
Mass (approx.) m kg 16 26 34 47 60 64 80 90 170 210 430
1) The minimum and maximum displacement are continuously variable, see model codes on page 2.
(default setting sizes 250 to 1000 unless specified in order: Vg min = 0.2 • Vg max , Vg max = Vg max).
2) sizes 28 to 200: ∆p = 400 bar; sizes 250 to 1000: ∆p = 350 bar
Minimum inlet pressure on service line port A(B) Permitted displacement in relation to rotational speed
16 1,0
14
sizes 28...200
0,8
Inlet pressure pabs. min in bar
12 Vg max
10
Displacement Vg / Vg max
Vg 1 0,6
8
sizes 250...1000
6 0,4
0.3 Vg max
4
0,2
2
1
0
0 0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8 1 0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8 1,0 1,2 1,4 1,6
n / nmax 0 n / nmax
To prevent damage to the variable displacement motor, there

has to be a minimum inlet pressure in the inlet area. The
minimum inlet pressure depends on the speed and swivel
angle (displacement) of the variable displacement motor.
Please contact us if these conditions cannot be satisfied.

Technical Data
Permissible transverse and axial forces on drive shaft
Size 28 55 80 107 140 160 200 250 355 500 1000
Transverse force, max 1) Fq Fq max N 5696 10440 13114 15278 17808 20320 22896 12002) 15002) 19002) 26002)
at distance of a mm 12.5 15 17.5 20 22.5 22.5 25 41 52.5 52.5 67.5
(from shaft collar) a
Axial force, max. 3) - – Fax max N 315 500 710 900 1030 1120 1250 1200 1500 1900 2600
Fax
+ + Fax max N 315 500 710 900 1030 1120 1250 4000 5000 6250 10000
Permissible axial force/bar ± Fax zul /bar N/bar 4) 4) 4) 4)
4.6 7.5 9.6 11.3 13.3 15.1 17.0
operating pressure
1) During intermittent operation (sizes 28 to 200).
2) When stopped or when axial piston unit working in pressureless conditions. Higher forces are permitted when under
pressure. Please contact us.
3) Max. permissible axial force when stopped or when axial piston unit working in pressureless conditions.
4) Please contact us.
When considering the permissible axial force, the force-transfer direction must be taken into account.
– Fax max = increase in service life of bearings
+ Fax max = reduction in service life of bearings
(avoid if at all possible)
Effect of transverse force Fq on the service life of the bearings

By selecting a suitable force-transfer direction of Fq, the stress on the bearing caused by the internal transmission forces can be
reduced, thus achieving the optimum service life for the bearing.
Recommended position of mating gear depending on direction of rotation. Examples:
Toothed gear output V-belt output

Direction of
rotation
5° ϕo alternating
=4 pt =4 ° ϕo
ϕ opt 5° Direction of
70 pt =
rotation t= 70 °
ϕ op
alternating
Counterclockwise Clockwise direction

direction of rotation of rotation
Clockwise direction Counterclockwise
Pressure on port B Pressure on port A
of rotation direction of rotation
Pressure on port A Pressure on port B
Determining the size
Vg • n
Flow qv = in l/min Vg = Displacement per revolution in cm3
1000• ηv
∆p = Differential pressure in bar
qv • 1000 • ηv ηv = Volumetric efficiency
Output speed n = in rpm
Vg ηmh = Mechanical-hydraulic efficiency
Vg • ∆p • ηmh ηt = Overall efficiency
Output torque T = in Nm
20 • π
2π•T•n qv • ∆p
Output power P = = • ηt in kW
60000 600
HD - Hydraulic Control, Pilot Pressure Dependent

The pilot pressure dependent hydraulic system permits HD2: pilot pressure rise ∆pS = 25 bar
continuous control of the displacement according to the
pilot pressure signal. The control is proportional to the A rise in pilot pressure of 25 bar on port X causes a reduction in
pilot pressure present on port X. the displacement from Vg max to 0 cm3 (sizes 28 to 200) or from
Vg max to 0.2 Vg max (sizes 250 to 1000).
Normal version:
Start of control, setting range _________________ 5 – 50 bar
- start of control at Vg max (max. torque, min. speed)
Default setting: Start of control at 10 bar (end at 35 bar)
- end of control at Vg min (min. torque, max. permitted speed)
80
Please note:
Pilot pressure ∆pS in bar

Pilot pressure
70
- Maximum permitted pilot pressure: 100 bar
rise
- The required charge oil is taken from the high pressure. 60
Therefore, a ∆p of at least 15 bar on the supply pressure is
needed. If the ∆p on the supply pressure is < 15 bar (e.g. 50
when idle), an auxiliary pressure of at least 15 bar above the
supply pressure must be applied on port G via an external 40
Start of control
Setting range
non-return valve.
30
- Please state the required start of control in plain text when
placing your order, e.g.: start of control at 10 bar 20
The following only applies to sizes 250 to 1000:

10
- The start of control and the HD characteristic are influenced sizes 28...200
5 HD2
by the pressure in the case. A rise in pressure in the case sizes 250...1000
(Dps = 25 bar)
causes an increase in the start of control and a corres- 0 0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8 1,0
ponding parallel movement of the performance curve Vg 0 Vg / Vg max V g max Displacement
(see page 5).
- Fluid will escape from port X at the rate of 0.3 l/min due to HD3: pilot pressure rise ∆pS = 35 bar
internal leakage (operating pressure > pilot pressure). The
actuation must be designed appropriately to ensure correct A rise in pilot pressure of 35 bar on port X causes a reduction in
control pressure. the displacement from Vg max auf 0.2 Vg max (sizes 250 to 1000).
Start of control, setting range ___________________ 7 – 50 bar
HD1: pilot pressure rise ∆pS = 10 bar Default setting: Start of control at 10 bar (end at 45 bar)
A rise in pilot pressure of 10 bar on port X causes a reduction in 90
the displacement from Vg max to 0 cm3 (sizes 28 to 200) or from Vg
max to 0.2 Vg max (sizes 250 to 1000). 80
Pilot pressure
Start of control (setting range) _________________ 2 – 20 bar

70
rise
Default setting: Start of control at 3 bar (end at 13 bar)

32,5 60
30
Pilot pressure
28 50
rise
24 40
Start of control
Setting range
20 30
16 20
Start of control
Setting range
12 10
sizes 7
250...1000 HD3
8 (Dps = 35 bar)
0 0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8 1,0
Vg0 Vg / Vg max V g max
4
sizes 28...200 Displacement
2
sizes 250...1000 HD1
(Dps = 10 bar)
0 0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8 1,0
Vg0 Vg / Vg max V g max Displacement

HD1, HD2, HD3: HD.D: pressure control, direct
Hydraulic control, pilot pressure dependent The pressure control overlays the HD function. If the load
Sizes 28 to 200 moment or a reduction in the swivel angle of the motor causes
the system pressure to rise, the motor will start to swivel to a
greater angle when the pressure reaches the value set on the
pressure control.
The increase in the displacement and the resulting reduction
in pressure cause the controller deviation to decrease. With
the increase in displacement the motor develops more torque,
while the pressure remains constant.
Setting range on pressure control valve:
Sizes 28 to 200 ___________________________ 80 – 400 bar
Sizes 250 to 1000 ________________________ 80 – 350 bar
Sizes 28 to 200
Sizes 250 to 1000
Sizes 250 to 1000


HD.E: pressure control, direct HD.G: pressure control, remote
with 2nd pressure setting
Sizes 250 to 1000
Sizes 28 to 200
When the specified pressure is reached, the remote pressure
Connecting an external pilot pressure to port G2 allows the control regulates the motor continuously up to the maximum
pressure regulator setting to be overridden and a second displacement Vg max. A pressure limiter (not in the scope of
pressure setting to be used. supply) controls the internal discharge stop valve. The pressure
limiter is separate from the motor and is connected to X3. If the
Required pilot pressure on port G2: pressure setpoint value is not reached, the valve is subjected
Sizes 28 to 200 ________________________ pSt = 20 - 50 bar to even pressure from both sides, in addition to the spring
force, and remains closed. The pressure setpoint lies between
Please specify the 2nd pressure setting in plain text when 80 bar and 350 bar. When this pressure is obtained on the
placing your order. separate pressure limiter, the pressure limiter opens and the
Sizes 28 to 200 pressure on the reservoir side of the spring reduces. The
internal control valve switches and the motor swivels to maxi-
mum displacement Vg max.
The default value for the differential pressure on the control

valve is 25 bar. We recommend the following external pressure
limiter:
DBD 6 (hydraulic) to RE 25402
The max. line length must not exceed 2 m.
Sizes 250 to 1000
Sizes 250 to 1000 (HD.D)

Pressure control with 2nd pressure setting provided as
standard with HD.D (see page 9).
Connecting an external pilot pressure to port G2 allows
the pressure regulator setting to be overridden and a second
pressure setting to be used.
Required pilot pressure on port G2:
Sizes 250 to 1000 ________________________ pSt ≥ 100 bar
Please specify the 2nd pressure setting in plain text when
placing your order.
HZ - Hydraulic Two-Point Control

Hydraulic two-point control allows the displacement to be set HZ: Hydraulic two-point control
to Vg min or Vg max by switching the pilot pressure on port X on
Sizes 250 to 1000
or off.
no pilot pressure position at Vg max
pilot pressure switched on (> 10 bar) position at Vg max
Normal version:
- start of control at Vg max (max. torque, min. speed)
- end of control at Vg min (min. torque, max. permitted speed)

10
0
Vg 0 Displacement Vg max
Please note:
- Maximum permitted pilot pressure: 100 bar
- The required charge oil is taken from the high pressure.
Therefore, a ∆p of at least 15 bar on the supply pressure is
needed. If the ∆p on the supply pressure is < 15 bar (when
idle), an auxiliary pressure of at least 15 bar above the supply
pressure must be applied on port G via an external non-
return valve.
The following only applies to sizes 250 to 1000:
- Fluid will escape from port X at the rate of 0.3 l/min due to
internal leakage (operating pressure > pilot pressure).
The actuation must be designed appropriately to ensure
correct control pressure.
HZ1: Hydraulic two-point control HZ3: Hydraulic two-point control

Sizes 28, 140, 160, 200 Sizes 55, 80, 107
EP - Electrical Control With Proportional Solenoid

Electrical control using a proportional solenoid (sizes 28 to The rate of control or limiting of the displacement (limiting the
200) or proportioning valve (sizes 250 to 1000) permits con- swiveling range) can be achieved electrically using the follow-
tinuous control of the displacement according to an electrical ing control units:
signal. The control is proportional to the applied electrical con-
– MC control unit (see RE 95050)
trol current.
In the case of sizes 250 to 1000, an external pressure of pmin = – RC control unit (see RE 95200)
30 bar is necessary for the charge oil supply to port P (pmax =
100 bar). – PV proportional amplifier (see RE 95023)
Normal version: – VT 2000 electrical amplifier, series 5X (see RE 29904)
— start of control at Vg max (max. torque, min. speed) (for stationary application)
— end of control at Vg min (min. torque, max. permitted speed)
(12 V) (24 V)
1600 800
EP1, EP2: Electrical control with proportional
max max
Control current I in mA
solenoid
1400 700 Sizes 28 to 200
1200 600
1000 500
800 400
600 300
400 200
200 100
sizes 28 to 200
sizes 250 to 1000
0 0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8 1,0 EP1 EP2

Vg0 (12 V) (24 V)
Vg V g max
V g max Displacement
Please note: EP1, EP2: Electrical control with
- The required charge oil is taken from the high pressure, so proportioning valve
a ∆p of at least 15 bar on the supply pressure is needed. If
the ∆p on the supply pressure is < 15 bar (when idle), an Sizes 250 to 1000
auxiliary pressure of at least 15 bar above the supply
pressure must be applied on port G via an external non- Proportional pressure
return valve. reduction valve DRE 4K
- The start of control and the EP characteristic are influenced (see RE 29 181)
by the pressure in the case. A rise in pressure in the case
causes an increase in the start of control and a correspond-
ing parallel movement of the performance curve (sizes 250
to 1000, see page 5).
Technical data, EP1 EP2
solenoid in EP1, EP2
Voltage 12 V (± 20 %) 24 V (± 20 %)
Control current sizes 28 to 200
Control starts at Vg max 400 mA 200 mA
Control ends at Vg min 1200 mA 600 mA
Control current sizes 250 to 1000
Control starts at Vg max 900 mA 450 mA
Control ends at Vg min 1400 mA 700 mA
Maximum current 1,54 A 0,77 A
Nominal resistance (at 20°C) 5,5 Ω 22,7 Ω
Dither frequency 100 Hz 100 Hz
Operating time 100 % 100 %
Degree of protection see connector design, page 60

EP.D: Electrical control with pressure control, EP.E: pressure control, direct with 2nd pressure
direct setting
The pressure control overlays the EP function. If the load
moment or a reduction in the swivel angle of the motor causes Sizes 28 to 200
the system pressure to rise, the motor will start to swivel to a Connecting an external pilot pressure to port G2 allows the
greater angle when the pressure reaches the value set on the pressure regulator setting to be overridden and a second
pressure control. pressure setting to be used.
The increase in the displacement and the resulting reduction Required pilot pressure on port G2:
in pressure cause the controller deviation to decrease. With
the increase in displacement the motor develops more torque, Sizes 28 to 200 ________________________ pSt = 20 - 50 bar
while the pressure remains constant. Please specify the 2nd pressure setting in plain text when
Setting range on pressure-control valve: placing your order.
Sizes 28 to 200 ___________________________ 80 – 400 bar Sizes 28 to 200
Sizes 250 to 1000 ________________________ 80 – 350 bar
Sizes 28 to 200
Sizes 250 to 1000 (EP.D)
Sizes 250 to 1000 Pressure control with 2nd pressure setting provided as
standard with EP.D (see circuit diagram).
Connecting an external pilot pressure to port G2 allows the
pressure regulator setting to be overridden and a second
pressure setting to be used.
Required pilot pressure on port G2:
Sizes 250 to 1000 ________________________ pSt ≥ 100 bar
Please specify the 2nd pressure setting in plain text when
placing your order.

EP.G: Electrical control with pressure control,
remote
Sizes 250 to 1000

When the specified pressure is reached, the remote pressure
control regulates the motor continuously up to the maximum
displacement Vg max. A pressure limiter (not in the scope of
supply) controls the internal discharge stop valve. The pressure
limiter is separate from the motor and is connected to X3.
If the specified pressure value is not reached, the valve is
subjected to even pressure from both sides, in addition to the
spring force, and remains closed. The pressure setpoint lies
between 80 bar and 350 bar. When this pressure is reached
on the separate pressure limiter, the limiter opens and the
pressure on the reservoir side of the spring reduces. The
internal control valve switches and the motor swivels to maxi-
mum
displacement Vg max. The default value for the differential
pressure on the control valve is 25 bar. We recommend the
following external pressure limiter:
DBD 6 (hydraulic) to RE 25402
The max. line length must not exceed 2 m.
Sizes 250 to 1000

EZ - Electrical Two-Point Control, With Solenoid

Electrical two-point control with a solenoid allows the EZ1, EZ2: Electrical two-point control
displacement to be set to Vg min or Vg max by switching the
Sizes 28, 140, 160, 200
electrical current to the solenoids on or off.
Please note:
- The required charge oil is taken from the high pressure, so
a ∆p of at least 15 bar on the supply pressure is needed.
If the ∆p on the supply pressure is < 15 bar (when idle),
an auxiliary pressure of at least 15 bar above the supply
pressure must be applied on port G via an external non-
return valve.
Technical data, EZ1 EZ2

solenoid in EZ1, EZ2
Voltage 12 V (± 20 %) 24 V (± 20 %)
Neutral position Vg max de-energized de-energized
Vg min position Current on Current on
Nominal resistance (at 20°C) 5.5 Ω 21.7 Ω
EZ3, EZ4: Electrical two-point control
Nominal output 26.2 W 26.5 W
Sizes 55, 80, 107
Active current, minimum required 1.32 A 0.67 A
Technical data, EZ3 EZ4

solenoid in EZ3, EZ4
Voltage 12 V (± 20 %) 24 V (± 20 %)
Neutral position Vg max de-energized de-energized
Vg min position Current on Current on
Nominal output 30 W 30 W EZ1, EZ2: Electrical two-point control
Sizes 250 to 1000
HA - Automatic Control, High-Pressure Dependent

In the case of automatic high-pressure dependent control, the - The required charge oil is taken from the high pressure, so a
displacement is set automatically according to the operating ∆p of at least 15 bar on the supply pressure is needed. If the
pressure. ∆p on the supply pressure is < 15 bar (when idle), an auxil-
iary pressure of at least 15 bar above the supply pressure
The control unit measures the internal operating pressure at
must be applied on port G via an external non-return valve.
A or B (no control line required) and, when the pressure
reaches the setpoint value of Vg min set on the controller, swiv- - The start of control and the HA characteristic are influenced
els with increasing operating pressure to Vg max. by the pressure in the case. A rise in pressure in the case
causes an increase in the start of control and a corres-
Normal version HA1, HA2:
ponding parallel movement of the performance curve. Only
Start of control at Vg min (min. torque, max. speed) with HA1, HA2, HA.T (sizes 250 to 1000) and HA1T (sizes
End of control at Vg max (max. torque, min. speed) 28 to 200), see page 5.
Please note: - Fluid will escape from port X at the rate of 0.3 l/min due to
internal leakage (operating pressure > pilot pressure).
- For safety reasons, winch drives are not permitted with start
The actuation must be designed appropriately to ensure
of control at Vg min (default with HA).
correct control pressure.
Only with HA.T control.
HA1: approximate with no pressure rise Sizes 28 to 200

A rise in operating pressure of ∆p ≤10 bar causes an increase
in the displacement from 0 cm3 to Vg max (sizes 28 to 200) or
from 0,2 Vg max to Vg max (sizes 250 to 1000).
Start of control, setting range

Sizes 28 to 200 ___________________________ 80 – 350 bar
Sizes 250 to 1000 ________________________ 80 – 340 bar
Please state the required start of control in plain text when
placing your order, e.g.: start of control at 300 bar
350
Sizes 250 to 1000
Operating pressure ∆p in bar
300
250
Pressure rise
200
≤ ∆p 10 bar
150
100
80
50
sizes 28 to 200
sizes 250 to 1000
0
0 0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8 1,0
Vg
Vg 0 Vg max
Vg max
Displacement
HA - Automatic Control, High-Pressure Dependent

HA2: pressure rise ∆p = 100 bar Sizes 28 to 200
A rise in operating pressure of ∆p = 100 bar causes an
increase in the displacement from 0 cm3 to Vg max (sizes 28 to
200) or from 0.2 Vg max to Vg max (sizes 250 to 1000).
Sizes 28 to 200 ___________________________ 80 – 350 bar
Sizes 250 to 1000 ________________________ 80 – 250 bar

Please state the required start of control in plain text when
placing your order, e.g.: start of control at 200 bar
Operating pressure ∆p in bar
350 Sizes 250 to 1000
300
Pressure rise
∆p 100 bar
250
200
150
100
80
50
sizes 28 to 200
sizes 250 to 1000
0
0 0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8 1,0
Vg
Vg 0 Vg max
Vg max
Displacement
HA - Automatic Control, High-Pressure Dependent (override)

HA.T: Hydraulic override of pressure HA.U1, U2: Electrical override of pressure
setpoint setpoint
In the case of HA control, the start of control can be influenced With the HA control, high-pressure dependent control can be
by applying a pilot pressure to port X. overridden by an electrical signal on a solenoid. In the case
of an override, the variable displacement motor swivels to the
For each 1 bar of pilot pressure, the start of control is reduced
maximum swivel angle.
by 17 bar (sizes 28 to 200) or 8 bar (sizes 250 to 1000).
The start of control can be set to between 80 and 300 bar
Examples (sizes 28 to 200): (specify value in plain text when placing your order).
Start of control setting 300 bar 300 bar Technical data solenoid b U1 U2
(electrical override)
Pilot pressure on port X 0 bar 10 bar
Voltage 12 V (± 20 %) 24 V (± 20 %)
gives start of control at 300 bar 130 bar No override de-energized de-energized
If the override is only intended to set the max. displacement Position at Vg max Current on Current on
(motor swivels to Vg max), a maximum pilot pressure of 100 bar Nominal resistance (at 20°C) 4.8 Ω 19.2 Ω
is permitted. Nominal output 30 W 30 W
Sizes 28 to 200 Operating time 100 % 100 %
HA1U1, HA1U2: Sizes 28 to 200
Sizes 250 to 1000
HA2U1, HA2U2: Sizes 28 to 200

HA - Automatic Control, High-Pressure Dependent (override)

HA.R1, R2: Electrical override of pressure HA1R1, HA1R2: Sizes 28 to 200
setpoint using electrical travel
direction valve
With the HA control, high-pressure dependent control can be
overridden by an electrical signal on solenoid b. In the case of
an override, the variable displacement motor swivels to the
maximum swivel angle.
The travel direction valve ensures that the preselected pressure
outlet of the hydraulic motor always controls the swivel angle,
even if the high pressure side changes (e.g. during a descent).
This therefore prevents an undesirable swiveling of the variable
displacement motor to a greater displacement.
Depending on the direction of rotation (direction of travel), the
travel direction valve (see page 21) can be actuated through
the compression spring or solenoid a.
Technical data, solenoid a R1 R2

(travel direction valve)
HA2R1, HA2R2: Sizes 28 to 200
Voltage 12 V (± 20 %) 24 V (± 20 %)
Direction Operating Solenoid a
of rotation pressure in
counter-clockwise B actuated actuated
clockwise A de-energized de-energized
Technical data, solenoid b R1 R2

(electrical override)
Voltage 12 V (± 20 %) 24 V (± 20 %)
No override de-energized de-energized
Position at Vg max Current on Current on
Nominal output 30 W 30 W
DA - Hydraulic Control, Speed Dependent

The A6VM variable displacement motor with speed-dependent DA, DA1, DA4:
hydraulic control is best used for hydrostatic transmissions in Hydraulic control, speed dependent with
combination with the A4VG variable displacement pump with
DA control.
hydraulic travel direction valve
The pilot pressure derived from the driving speed of the A4VG The travel direction valve is operated according to the
variable displacement pump, together with the operating pres- direction of rotation (direction of travel) using the control
sure, regulate the swivel angle of the hydraulic motor. pressures X1 or X2).
Increasing driving speed, i.e. rising pilot pressure, causes the Direction of rotation Operating pressure in Pilot pressure in
motor to swivel to a lower displacement (lower torque, higher clockwise A X1
speed), depending on the operating pressure.
counter-clockwise B X2
If the operating pressure rises above the value set on the
controller, the motor swivels to a higher displacement (higher
torque, lower speed). Sizes 28 to 200
The design of a drive with DA control must be carried out using
the technical data relating to the A4VG variable displacement
pump with DA control.
Detailed Information can be obtained from our sales departments
and on the Internet at www.boschrexroth.com/da-control.
Please note:
- The start of control and the DA characteristic are influenced
by the pressure in the case. A rise in pressure in the case
causes a drop in the start of control and a corresponding
parallel movement of the performance curve (see page 5).
Sizes 250 to 1000

DA - Hydraulic Control, Speed Dependent

DA2, DA3, DA5, DA6: Electrical travel direction valve (for DA, HA.R)
Hydraulic control, speed dependent with The travel direction valve of the motor is switched using the
electrical travel direction valve + electrical 4/3 directional-control valve on the control unit of the driving
Vg max switch pump. Usually, this provides trouble-free drivability of the driven
machine.
Depending on the direction of rotation (direction of travel), the
travel direction valve can be actuated through the compression However, with unfavorable operating parameters this can lead
spring or solenoid a. to undesired conditions (jerky, uncontrolled braking when
switching the drive lever into neutral). The reason is that the
By connecting an electrical current to solenoid b, the controller travel direction valve of the motor operates as soon as the
can be overridden and the motor adjusted to max. displace- pump is in the
ment (high torque, low speed) (so called “electrical Vg max neutral position, causing the motor controller to detect a brak-
switch”). ing pressure, which is then used to control the swivel angle.
Technical data, DA2, DA5 DA3, DA6 To prevent this, the existing switching position on the travel
solenoids a and b direction valve must be retained while the pump is being put
into the neutral position, i.e. an energized valve must remain
Voltage 12 V (± 20 %) 24 V (± 20 %) energized. This can be done using the circuit shown below.
Direction Operating Solenoid a
of rotation pressure in
counter-clockwise B de-energized de-energized K2
clockwise A actuated actuated
24 V DC
Nominal resistance (at 20°C) 5.5 Ω 21.7 Ω V
N
R
Drive switch
K1.1
Solenoid
Active current, minimum required 1.32 A 0.67 A V1 Pump
Operating time 100 % 100 % K2.1
Degree of protection see connector design, page 60 reverse forwards
K1.2 24 V DC
Sizes 28 to 200 A3 B3
Travel
K1
A2
direction
valve
The motor should swivel more slowly than the pump.
We therefore recommend that actuation be delayed by
approximately 0.8s. This prevents too long a delay when
reversing lightweight units.
DA2, DA3, DA5, DA6 control
HA1R.,HA2R. control (see page 19)
Solenoid a on travel direction valve

Before finalizing your design, please

Unit Dimensions, Size 28 request approved installation drawing.
Hydraulic control, pilot pressure dependent HD1, HD2

Hydraulic two-point control HZ1
Service line ports A/B lateral, opposite (02)
View Z
Service line ports A/B lateral, Service line ports A/B
Shaft ends opposite (02) at rear (01)
A Splined shaft Z Splined shaft
DIN 5480 DIN 5480
W30x2x30x14x9g W25x1.25x30x18x9g
1)
1)
1) DIN 332 center hole
Ports Tightening torque, max

A, B Service line ports (high pressure series) SAE J518, 3/4 in
Threaded fitting A/B DIN 13 M10x1.5; 17 deep see safety instructions
T1 Leakage-fuel port DIN 3852 M18x1.5; 12 deep 140 Nm
T2 Leakage fluid/oil drain 2) DIN 3852 M18x1.5; 12 deep 140 Nm
X, X1, X3 Pilot pressure port DIN 3852 M14x1.5; 12 deep 80 Nm
G Port for synchronous control of several DIN 3852 M14x1.5; 12 deep 80 Nm
units and for remote charge pressure 2)
G2 Port for 2nd pressure setting 2) DIN 3852 M14x1.5; 12 deep 80 Nm
U Flow port 2) DIN 3852 M16x1.5; 12 deep 100 Nm
M1 Measuring port for charge pressure 2) DIN 3852 M14x1.5; 12 deep 80 Nm
2) closed

Hydraulic control, pilot pressure dependent, Hydraulic control, pilot pressure dependent, with
with pressure control, direct HD.D pressure control, direct and 2nd pressure setting HD.E
Electrical control with proportional solenoid

EP1, EP2
Electrical control (proportional solenoid) Electrical control (proportional solenoid) with

with pressure control, direct EP.D pressure control, direct and 2nd pressure setting EP.E

Electrical two-point control with solenoid Automatic control, high-pressure dependent HA1, HA2,
EZ1, EZ2 and hydraulic override HA1T, HA2T
HA1 and HA2, X closed

HA1T and HA2T, X open
Automatic control, high-pressure dependent and Automatic control, high-pressure dependent, electric
electric override HA1U1, HA2U2 override and elec. travel direction valve HA1R1, HA2R2
Hydraulic control, speed dependent and Hydraulic control, speed dependent, elec. travel direction
hydraulic travel direction valve DA1, DA4 valve and elec. Vg max switch DA2, DA3, DA5, DA6
X1, X2 with 8B-ST threaded connection to DIN 2353-CL



View Z
Service line ports A/B Service line ports A/B
Shaft ends lateral, opposite (02) at rear (01)
DIN 5480 DIN 5480
W35x2x30x16x9g W30x2x30x14x9g
1)
1)
) DIN 332 center hole

1

A, B Service line port (high pressure series) SAE J518, 3/4 in
2) closed

Hydraulic control Electrical control with proportional solenoid

HZ3 EP1, EP2






View Z
DIN 5480 DIN 5480
1)
1)
1) DIN 332 center hole

A, B Service line port (high pressure series) SAE J518, 1 in
2) closed


HZ3 EP1, EP2






View Z
DIN 5480 DIN 5480
1)
1)
) DIN 332 center hole

1

A, B Service line port (high pressure series) SAE J518, 1 in
) closed
2


HZ3 EP1, EP2

Low Pressure Filter
Pi 2000
Operating pressure 25 (63) bar, Nominal size up to 400
according to DIN 24550
1. Features
Efficient filters for modern

hydraulic systems Quality filters, easy to service
• Modular design • Highly efficient Sm-xfilter elements
• Minimal pressure loss • ß-rated elements per ISO 4572
• Compact design • Large dirt holding capacity and high differential pressure
• Visual / electrical / electronical differential pressure stability providing optimal element service life
indication
• Threaded ports
World-wide sales
MAHLE Filtersysteme GmbH · Bereich Industriefilter · Postfach 13 09 · 74603 Öhringen · Telefon (0 79 41 ) 67-0 · Telefax (0 79 41 ) 67-429
190 mm/s (25˚ E)
2. Flow rate / pressure drop curve compl. filter 33 mm/s (4,5˚ E)
4 4 4
Differential pressure# p [bar]

3 3 3
2 2 2
1 1 1
0 0 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 0 20 40 60 80 100 0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Flow rate * [l/min] Flow rate * [l/min] Flow rate * [l/min]
Pi 20004 Sm-x Pi 20006 Sm-x Pi 20010 Sm-x
4 4 4

3 3 3
2 2 2
1 1 1
0 0 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 0 20 40 60 80 100 0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Volumenstrom * [l/min] Flow rate * [l/min] Flow rate * [l/min]
Pi 20004 Sm-xvst Pi 20006 Sm-xvst Pi 20010 Sm-xvst
4 4 4
3 3 3
2 2 2
1 1 1
0 0 0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 0 100 200 300 400 500
Pi 20016 Sm-x Pi 20025 Sm-x Pi 20040 Sm-x
4 4 4
3 3 3
2 2 2
1 1 1
0 0 0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 0 100 200 300 400 500
Pi 20016 Sm-xvst Pi 20025 Sm-xvst Pi 20040 Sm-xvst

3. Separation characteristics 4. Filter performance data
tested according to ISO 4572 (Multi-Pass-Test)
determined by multi-pass-tests (ISO 4572)
5000 99,98
Sm-x elements Sm-xvst elements
with' p 20 bar with' p 210 bar
Sm-x 3 ( ) 75 Sm-xvst 3 ( ) 75
1000 99,9 3 3
Sm-x 6 ( ) 75 Sm-xvst 6 ( ) 75
6 6
Degree of separation (%)

Sm-x 10 ( ) 75 Sm-xvst 10 ( ) 75
10 10
99,5
Sm-x 25 ( ) 75 Sm-xvst 25 ( ) 75
Beta-ratio
25 25
100
75 98,6
98,0
at 7 bar differential pressure at 16 bar differential pressure
95,0
10 90,0
Example for ordering filters:

75,0
1. Housing design 7 = 100 l/min, electrical indication

2 50,0
Type-no. Pi 20010-069 Order-no. 826.503.5

1 0,0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
+ 2. Filter element Sm-xvst 3

Particle size (2m)
Type-no. Pi 71010 DN Order-no. 822.748.0
7. Order numbers
7.1 Housing design

T U V W X Y
Part Type Nominal With With bypass With bypass With bypass With With
number number size indicator valve and valve and valve and visual electrical
(NG) cavity indicator visual electrical indicator indicator
cavity indicator indicator
61 1 ‡697‡4 Pi 20 004-060
40
61 1 ‡698‡2 Pi 20 004-056
932‡839‡4 Pi 20 004-057
932‡840‡2 Pi 20 004-058
932‡841 ‡0 Pi 20 004-068
932‡842‡8 Pi 20 004-069
61 1 ‡699‡0 Pi 20 006 -060
63
61 1 ‡700‡6 Pi 20 006 -056
61 1 ‡701 ‡4 Pi 20 006 -057
61 1 ‡702‡2 Pi 20 006 -058
61 1 ‡703‡0 Pi 20 006 -068
61 1 ‡704‡8 Pi 20 006 -069
61 1 ‡705‡5 Pi 20 010-060
100
61 1 ‡706‡3 Pi 20 010-056
932‡843‡6 Pi 20 010-057
795‡870‡5 Pi 20 010-058
932‡844‡4 Pi 20 010-068
826‡503‡5 Pi 20 010-069
61 1 ‡707‡1 Pi 20 01 6 -060
160
61 1 ‡708‡9 Pi 20 01 6 -056
61 1 ‡709‡7 Pi 20 01 6 -057
97 1 ‡352‡0 Pi 20 01 6 -058
61 1 ‡410‡2 Pi 20 01 6 -068
61 1 ‡41 1 ‡0 Pi 20 01 6 -069
61 1 ‡41 2‡8 Pi 20 025 -060
250
61 1 ‡41 2‡6 Pi 20 025 -056
932‡845‡1 Pi 20 025 -057
795‡887‡9 Pi 20 025 -058
932‡846‡9 Pi 20 025 -068
932‡847‡7 Pi 20 025 -069
61 1 ‡414‡1 Pi 20 040-060
400
61 1 ‡41 5‡1 Pi 20 040-056
97 1 ‡439‡5 Pi 20 040-057
61 1 ‡41 6‡9 Pi 20 040-058
61 1 ‡41 7‡7 Pi 20 040-068
61 1 ‡41 8‡5 Pi 20 040-069
When filter with non bypass configuration is selected the collapse pressure of the element may not be exceeded.
5. Test regulations
MAHLE filter elements are manufactured respectively, tested in accordance with the following international standards:
Norm Designation
ISO 2941 Hydraulic-fluid power-Filter elements-Verification of collapse / burst resistance
ISO 2942 Hydraulic-fluid power-Filter elements-Verification of fabrication integrity and determination of the first bubble point
ISO 2943 Hydraulic-fluid power-Filter elements-Verification of material compatibilitywith fluids
ISO 3723 Hydraulic fluid power-Filter elements-Method for end load test
ISO 3724 Hydraulic fluid power-Filter elements-Verification of flowfatigue characteristics
ISO 3968 Hydraulic fluid power-Filters-Evaluation of pressure drop versus flow characteristics
ISO 10 771.1 Fatigue pressure testing of metal containig envelopes in hydraulic fluid applications.
ISO 16 889 Hydraulic Fluidpower filters-Multi-pass method for evaluation filtration performance of a filterelement
6. Symbols
7.2 Filter elements* ( ) = Filter sureface area [ ] = Type number
Sm-x 3 Sm-x 6 Sm-x 10 Sm-x 16 Sm-x 25 Sm-xvst 3 Sm-xvst 6 Sm-xvst 10 Sm-xvst 16 Sm-xvst 25
p 20 bar p 20 bar p 20 bar p 20 bar p 20 bar p 210 bar p 210 bar p 210 bar p 210 bar p 210 bar
( 540 cm) ( 540 cm) (540 cm) (540 cm) ( 540 cm) ( 440 cm) ( 440 cm) (440 cm) (440 cm) (440 cm)
[Pi 7 1 004 DN] [Pi 72 004 DN] [Pi 73 004 DN] [Pi 74 004 DN] [Pi 75 004 DN]
821 ‡607‡9 796‡01 5‡6 792.565.4 821.608.7 821.609.5
[Pi 21 004 DN] [Pi 22 004 DN] [Pi 23 004 DN] [Pi 24 004 DN] [Pi 25 004 DN]
826‡092‡9 796‡085‡9 792.557.1 826.093.7 826‡094‡5

821 ‡61 3‡7 796‡014‡9 792.566.2 821.614.5 821.615.2
826‡096‡0 796‡086‡7 792.558.9 826.097.8 826‡098‡6

( 1490 cm) ( 1490 cm) (1490 cm) (1490 cm) ( 1490 cm) ( 1 270 cm) ( 1 270 cm) (1270 cm) (1270 cm) (1270 cm)
822‡748‡0 796‡01 3‡1 792.567.0 826.128.1 821.616.0
822‡747‡2 796‡087‡5 792.559.7 826.100.0 826‡101 ‡8

( 2420 cm) ( 2420 cm) (2420 cm) (2420 cm) ( 2420 cm) ( 2030 cm) ( 2030 cm) (2030 cm) (2030 cm2) (2030 cm)
[Pi 7 1 01 6 DN] [Pi 72 01 6 DN] [Pi 73 01 6 DN] [Pi 74 01 6 DN] [Pi 75 01 6 DN]
794‡063‡8 796‡01 2‡3 792.568.8 826.979.7 821.617.8
[Pi 21 01 6 DN] [Pi 22 01 6 DN] [Pi 23 01 6 DN] [Pi 24 01 6 DN] [Pi 25 01 6 DN]
826‡103‡4 796‡082‡6 792.560.5 826.104.2 826‡105‡9

794‡064‡6 796‡01 1 ‡5 792.569.6 826.981.3 821.618.6
822‡751 ‡4 796‡083‡4 792.561.3 826.107.5 826‡108‡3

794‡065‡3 796‡010‡7 793.082.9 826.982.1 826.090.3
822‡752‡2 796‡084‡2 792.562.1 826.110.9 826‡1 1 1 ‡7
*Further elements available upon request.

8. Specifications
Design: line mounting filter
Operating pressure: 25 bar*
Test pressure: 33 bar
Temperature range: -10 ˚C to +120 ˚C
(other temperature ranges on request)
Bypass opening pressure: = p 3,5 bar ±10 %
Filter head material: GDAL
Filter bowl material: AL/ St
Material of seals: NBR / AL
Activating pressure of visual / electrical
differential pressure indicator: = p 2,2 bar ±0,3 bar
Electrical data of
contamination indicator:
Maximum voltage: 230 V~/=
Maximum current on contact: 2,5 A
Maximum contact load: 60 VA/ 40 W
Inrush current: 70 VA
Type of protection: IP 65 when inserted and secured
Contact: bistable
Cable connection: PG 11 Ø 6–10
The electrical indicator function can be changed from the

Normally Open position to the Normally Closed position or visa
versa by inverting the electrical section.
With the inrush current of 70 VA the indicator can trigger small
contactors or contactor relays.
Inductivity in the direct current may require the use of a signal
eraser.
For further information and executions please see our leaflet
Contamination indicators.
Filters compatible with standard mineral oils.
Please contact us in case of using other media. Pos 1 -Visual contamination indicator
Pos 2 - El. upper section connector

according DIN 43650
*Types Pi 20004.. − Pi 20010.. have an operating pressure Execution: Pis 3097, 3116, 3119
of 63 bar, test pressure 82 bar.
according DIN 43651
Execution: Pis 3012, 3124, 3110
9. Dimensions
All dimensions (except “C“) in mm
Dimen-
sion
A B C D E F G H I K L M N O P Weight
SW
Type
M8
Pi 20004 78 19 G 182 240 80 27 66 80 − 109 45 13 37,5 0,9 kg
x 10
M8
Pi 20006 78 19 G 242 300 80 27 66 80 95 − 45 13 37,5 1 kg
x 10
M8
Pi 20010 78 19 G 335 393 80 27 66 80 95 − 45 13 37,5 1,1 kg
x 10
M 12
Pi 20016 78 30 G 1 268 326 110 32 109 128 150 − 60 24,5 43,5 2,3 kg
x 15
M 12
Pi 20025 78 30 G 1 363 421 110 32 109 128 150 − 60 24,5 43,5 2,5 kg
x 15
M 12
Pi 20040 78 30 G 1 508 566 110 24 109 128 150 − 60 24,5 43,5 7,4 kg
x 15
10. Installation, operating and
maintenance instructions
2
10.1 Filter installation
When installing the filter make sure that sufficient space is
available to remove filter element and filter bowl.
3
Preferable the filter should be installed with the filter bowl
pointing downwards.
The contamination indicator must be visible.
10.2 Connecting the electrical contamination indicator

The electrical indicator is connected via a 2-pole appliance plug
according DlN 43650 with poles marked 1 and 2.
The electrical section can be inverted to change from Normally
Open position to Normally Closed position or visa versa.
10.3 When must the filter element be replaced?

1. Filters equipped with visual and electrical contamination
indicator:
During cold starts, the indicator may give a warning signal.
Depress the red button of the visual indicator once again only
after operating temperature has been reached. lf the red
button immediately pops out again and/or the electrical signal
has not switched off after reaching operating temperature,
the filter element must be replaced after the end of the shift.
2. Filters without contamination indicator:
1
The filter element should be replaced after the trial run or
flushing of the system. Afterwards follow instructions of the
manufacturer.
3. Please always ensure that you have original MAHLE-replace-
ment elements in stock: disposable elements (Sm-x) cannot be
cleaned.
10.4 Element replacement

1. Stop system and relieve filter from pressure.
2. Unscrewthe filter bowl by turning counter-clockwise.
Clean the bowl using a suitable cleaning solvent.
3. Remove filter element with a side-to-side motion.
4. Check O-ring on the filter bowl and spigot for damage.
Replace, if necessary.
5. Make sure that the part number an the spare element
corresponds with the part number of the filter label.
Open the plastic bag and push element over the spigot
in the filter head.
Now remove plastic bag.
11. Spare parts list 6. Complete installation by screwing on the bowl, turning
clockwise until it comes to a full stop.
Back off the bowl Bto Cturn.
part number/ housing
Pos.
Pi 20004−Pi 2001 0 Pi 2001 6−Pi 20040
Seal kit Seal kit
07/03 Ba 3000 978.445.5
NBR 932‡848‡5 NBR 935‡761 ‡7

1
FPM 932‡849‡3 FPM 935‡762‡5
EPDM 935‡760‡9 EPDM 935‡763‡3
Contamination indicator
visual electrical electrical upper
2
766‡997‡1 766‡994‡8 section only
Pis 3098/22 bar Pis 3097/22 bar 753‡655‡0
Seal kit for contamination indicator

NBR 776‡030‡9
3
FPM 776‡031 ‡7
Printed in Germany/Imprimé en Allemagne
EPDM 776‡032‡5
Subject to technical alteration without prior notice.
MAHLE Filtersysteme GmbH

Bereich Industriefilter · Schleifbachweg 45 · D-74613 Öhringen · Postfach 13 09 · D-74603 Öhringen
Telefon (0 79 41 ) 67-0 · Telefax (0 79 41 ) 67-429 · Internet: http://www.mahle.com · E-mail: ub2.industrie@mahle.com
Electric Drives Linear Motion and
and Controls Hydraulics Assembly Technologies Pneumatics Service
Axial Piston Variable Pump RE 92 012/08.06

Replaces: 04.00
1/20
A4VTG
Technical data sheet
Series 3
Sizes 71, 90
Nominal pressure 400 bar
Peak pressure 450 bar
Closed circuit
For drum drives on mobile concrete mixers
Contents Features
Ordering Code / Standard Program 2 – Variable axial piston pump with swashplate design for hydro
static closed circuit transmissions
Technical Data 4
– Flow is proportional to drive speed and displacement and is
High-Pressure Relief Valves 7
infinitely variable
HW - Hydraulic Control, Mechanical Servo 8
– Output flow increases with the swivel angle of the swash
EP - Electric Control, With Proportional Solenoid 9 plate from 0 to its maximum value
Unit Dimensions, Size 71 10 – Flow direction changes smoothly when the swashplate is
moved through the neutral position
Unit Dimensions, Size 90 12
– Two pressure-relief valves for each high-pressure side to
Through Drive Dimensions 14
protect the hydrostatic transmission (pump and motor) from
Mechanical Stroke Limiter 15 overload
Ports X3 and X4 for Positioning Pressure 15 – The pressure-relief valves also function as boost valves
Filtration Type 16 – The integrated boost pump acts as a feed and control oil
pump
Installation Situation for Coupling Assembly 17
– The maximum boost pressure is limited by a built-in boost
Installation Notes 18
pressure-relief valve
General Notes 20
/20 Bosch Rexroth AG A4VTG | RE 92 012/08.06

A4VT G / 32 – N D 1 S
01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15
Axial piston unit

01 Variable swashplate design, nominal pressure 400 bar, peak pressure 450 bar A4VT
Operation mode
02 Pump in closed circuit G
Size
03 ≈ Displacement Vg max in cm3 71 90
Control device 71 90
Hydraulic control mechanical servo l l HW
Electric control with proportional solenoid U = 12 V s s EP1
04 without supply filtration U = 24 V s s EP2
with proportional solenoid U = 12 V l l EP3
with supply filtration U = 24 V l l EP4
Mechanical stroke limiter

Without mechanical stroke limiter (no code)
05
With mechanical stroke limiter, external variable M
Ports X3, X4 for positioning pressure

Without ports X3, X4 (no code)
06
With ports X3, X4 T
Series
07 Series 3, Index 2 32
Viewed from shaft end cw R
08
ccw L
Seals
09 NBR (nitrile-caoutchouc), shaft seal ring in FKM (fluor-caoutchouc) N
Shaft end
Splined shaft without coupling flange S
10
ANSI B92.1a–1976 with coupling flange L
Mounting flange 71 90
11 SAE J744 – 4-bolt l l D
Service line ports (metric fixing thread) 71 90

SAE flange ports right suction port S at top l l 10
12
A and B same side left suction port S bottom m m 13
RE 92 012/08.06 | A4VTG Bosch Rexroth AG /20

A4VT G / 32 – N D 1 S
01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15
Boost pump
With integrated boost pump without through drive F00
with through drive F..
13 Through drive
Flange SAE J744 1) Hub for splined shaft
82-2 (A) 5/8 in 9T 16/32DP 2) .01
101-2 (B) 7/8 in 13T 16/32DP 2) .02
Valves 71 90
14 With high-pressure relief valve, pilot operated with bypass l l 1
Filtration
15 Filtration in the suction line of boost pump (filter not included in supply) S
1) 2 = 2-bolt
2) Hub for splined shaft acc. to ANSI B92.1a-1976 (splined shaft assignment acc. to SAE J744, see page 14)
= available m = on request s = not for new projects – = not available
Technical Data
Hydraulic fluid Selection diagram
Before starting project planning, please refer to our data sheets 40° 20° 0° 20° 40° 60° 80° 100°
1600 1600
RE 90220 (mineral oil), RE 90221 (environmentally acceptable 1000
hydraulic fluids) and RE 90223 (HF hydraulic fluids) for detailed 600
400
information regarding the choice of hydraulic fluid and applica
200
VG 68
VG
VG 32
VG 46
VG 2
tion conditions.
10
2
0
100
The variable pump A4VTG is unsuitable for operation with
60
HFA, HFB and HFC. If HFD or environmentally acceptable hy
40 36
draulic fluids are being used, the limitations regarding technical
data and seals mentioned in RE 90221 and RE 90223 must νopt.
Viscosity ν in mm2/s
20
be observed. 16
When ordering, please indicate the used hydraulic fluid. 10
Operating viscosity range

For optimum efficiency and service life, select an operating vis 5 5
40° 25° 10° 0° 10° 30° 50° 70° 90° 115°
cosity (at operating temperature) within the optimum range of Temperature t in °C
νopt = opt. operating viscosity 16...36 mm2/s tmin = 40°C tmax = +115°C
Hydraulic fluid temperature range
depending on the circuit temperature (closed circuit).
Limits of viscosity range Details regarding the choice of hydraulic fluid
The limiting values for viscosity are as follows: The correct choice of hydraulic fluid requires knowledge of the
operating temperature in relation to the ambient temperature: in
νmin = 5 mm2/s a closed circuit the circuit temperature.
short term (t < 3 min)
at max. perm. temperature of tmax = +115 °C. The hydraulic fluid should be chosen so that the operating vis
cosity in the operating temperature range is within the optimum
νmax = 1600 mm2/s range (νopt) - the shaded area of the selection diagram. We
short term (t < 3 min) recommended that the higher viscosity class be selected in
at cold start (p ≤ 30 bar, n ≤ 1000 rpm, tmin = -40 °C). each case.
Only for starting up without load. Optimum operating Example: At an ambient temperature of X °C an operating tem
viscosity must be reached within approx. 15 minutes. perature of 60 °C is set in the circuit. In the optimum operating
Note that the maximum hydraulic fluid temperature of 115 °C viscosity range (νopt; shaded area) this corresponds to the
must not be exceeded locally either (e.g. in the bearing area). viscosity classes VG 46 or VG 68; to be selected: VG 68.
The temperature in the bearing area is - depending on pressu Please note: The case drain temperature, which is affected by
re and speed - up to 5 K higher than the average case drain pressure and speed, is always higher than the circuit tempera
temperature. ture. At no point in the system may the temperature be higher
Special measures are necessary in the temperature range from than 115 °C.
-40 °C to -25 °C (cold start phase), please contact us. If the above conditions cannot be maintained due to extreme
operating parameters, please consult us.
For detailed information about use at low temperatures, see
RE 90300-03-B.
Technical Data
Filtration Shaft seal ring
The finer the filtration, the higher the cleanliness level of the
Permissible pressure loading
hydraulic fluid and the longer the service life of the axial piston
unit. The service life of the shaft seal ring is affected by the speed
of the pump and the case drain pressure. It is recommended
To ensure functional reliability of the axial piston unit the hy
that the average, continuous case drain pressure at operating
draulic fluid must have a cleanliness level of at least
temperature 3 bar absolute not be exceeded (max. permissible
20/18/15 according to ISO 4406. case drain pressure 6 bar absolute at reduced speed, see
diagram). Short term (t < 0.1 s) pressure spikes of up to 10
Depending on the system and the application, for the A4VTG,
bar absolute are permitted. The service life of the shaft seal
we recommend
ring decreases with an increase in the frequency of pressure
Filter elements β20 ≥ 100 spikes.
With a rising differential pressure at the filter elements, the The case pressure must be equal to or greater than the exter
β‑value must not deteriorate. nal pressure on the shaft seal ring.
At very high hydraulic fluid temperatures (90 °C to max. 115 °C)
at least cleanliness level Sizes 71,90
6
19/17/14 according to ISO 4406 is required.
If the above classes cannot be observed, please contact us. 5
For notes on filtration type, see page 16.
Perm. pressure pabs. max. in bar 4
Operating pressure range
3
Input Size 71
Variable pump: Size 90
2
For control EP and HW
boost pressure (at n = 2000 rpm) pSp_ ______________ 22 bar
1
Boost pump: 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000
suction pressure ps min (ν ≤ 30 mm2/s) ______≥ 0,8 bar absolute
Speed n in rpm
at cold starts, short term (t < 3 min)________≥ 0,5 bar absolute
Output Temperature range
Variable pump: The FKM shaft seal ring is permissible for case temperatures of
pressure at port A or B -25 °C to +115 °C.
Nominal pressure pN_____________________________ 400 bar Note:

Peak pressure pmax_ _____________________________ 450 bar For application cases below -25 °C, an NBR shaft seal ring is
Total pressure (pressure A + pressure B) pmax________ 700 bar necessary (permissible temperature range: -40 °C to +90 °C).
Please state NBR shaft seal ring in plain text when ordering.
Boost pump: Please contact us.
peak pressure pSp max_ ____________________________ 40 bar
(pressure data according to DIN 24312)
Technical Data
Table of values (theoretical values, without efficiencies and tolerances; values rounded)
Size 71 90
Displacement variable pump Vg max cm3 71 90
boost pump (at p = 20 bar) Vg Sp cm3 19,6 28,3
Speed maximum at Vg max nmax continuous rpm 3300 3050
minimum nmin rpm 500 500
Flow at nmax continuous and Vg max qv max L/min 234 275
Power 1) at nmax continuous and Vg max ∆p = 400 bar Pmax kW 156 183
Torque 1) at Vg max ∆p = 400 bar Tmax Nm 451 572
∆p = 100 bar T Nm 112,8 143
Moment of inertia (of the turning parts) J kgm2 0,0097 0,0149
Filling capacity V L 1,3 1,2
Weight approx. (without through drive) m kg 46 48
1) Without boost pump
Permissible input and through-drive torques

Size 71 90
Torque
Tmax Nm 451 572
(at Vg max and Δp = 400 bar) 1)
Input torque, max. 2)
at shaft end S TE perm. Nm 970 1305
ANSI B92.1a-1976 (SAE J744) 1 3/8 in 1 1/2 in
Through-drive torque, max. TD perm. Nm 660 822
1) Efficiency not considered
2) For drive shafts with no radial force
Vg • n • ηv Vg = displacement volume per revolution in cm3

Flow qv = L/min
1000 Δp = differential pressure in bar
n = speed in rpm
Vg • Δp
Torque T = Nm ηv = volumetric efficiency
20 • π • ηmh
ηmh = mechanical-hydraulic efficiency
2π•T•n qv • Δp ηt = total efficiency
Power P = = kW
60000 600 • ηt
High-Pressure Relief Valves

The two high pressure relief valves are protecting the hydrosta
tic transmission (pump and motor) against overcharge. They
are limiting the max. pressure of the respective high pressure
line and are serving at the same time for boost valves.
Standard setups:
- boost pressure valve pSp_ ________________________ 22 bar
- high pressure valve pmax abs.______________________ 420 bar
Setting diagram
pmax
≥ 10 bar
Safety
Differential pressure ΔpHD

Operating pressure pA, B
HD valve setting
at port A, B
Δp -Drive
design
pSp
pSp
Boost
pressure qv1 qv max
(n = 1000 rpm) (n= nmax)
Note: valve is set at

n = 1000 rpm and Vg max (qv 1)
Example: boost pressure 22 bar; operating pressure 420 bar

Operating press. pA,B – boost press. pSp = differential press. DpHD
420 bar – 22 bar = 398 bar
High pressure relief

valve
R PS MB B
T1 T2 X1 X2 S MA A
Boost pressure valve
Bypass function
The bypass function can only be used for short periods with
reduced displacement.
HW - Hydraulic Control, Mechanical Servo

Depending on the actuation direction a or b of the control
lever, the stroke cylinder of the pump is supplied with control Assignment
pressure via the HW control unit. Thus, the swashplate – and, Direction of rotation - Control - Direction of through put flow
therefore, the displacement – to be infinitely adjustable. A Lever Control Through Operating
different through put flow direction is associated with each direction pressure put flow pressure
direction of control lever actuation.
a X2 B to A MA
β in °
cw
40
35
b X1 A to B MB
30
25 a X2 A to B MB
ccw
20
15 b X1 B to A MA
10
5
0
Vg 1,0 0,8 0,6 0,4 0,2 5 0 0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8 1,0 V
g MA
Vg max 10 Vg max
15 A
20
25
30 B
35
40 X1 MB
β in °
b
Swivel angle β at the control lever for deflection: ccw
Start of control at β = 3° cw
End of control at β = 29° (max. displacement Vg max)
a
MA
Mech. stop: ±40° X2 A,B
The torque necessary at the control lever max. 170 Ncm.
Deflection of the HW control lever must be limited in the exter
R PS MB B
nal position sensor (setpoint device).
Note:
Spring centering enables the pump to move automatically into
neutral position (Vg = 0) as soon as there is no longer any
torque on the control lever of the HW control unit (regardless
of deflection angle).
T1 T2 X1 X2 S MA A
EP - Electric Control, With Proportional Solenoid

Depending on the preselected current I at the two proportional
solenoids (a and b), the stroke cylinder of the pump is sup Assignment
plied with control pressure via the EP control unit. Thus, the Direction of rotation - Control - Direction of through put flow
swashplate – and, therefore, the displacement – to be infinitely Actuation of Control Through Operating
adjustable. One direction of through put flow is assigned to solenoid pressure put flow pressure
each proportional solenoid.
b X2 B to A MA
EP3/4: with supply filtration (standard)
cw
EP1/2: without supply filtration (not permissible for new projects!) a X1 A to B MB
I in mA (solenoid a) b X2 A to B MB
ccw
1200 EP3
1000 EP1 a X1 B to A MA
800
600 EP4 MA
400 EP2
200
0
A
Vg 1,0 0,8 0,6 0,4 0,2 0 0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8 1,0 V
g
Vg max 200 Vg max B
400
EP4 600 MB
EP2 800
1000 Proportional solenoid a
X1
EP3 1200
EP1
I in mA (solenoid b) ccw
Solenoid technical data EP3/EP1 EP4/EP2 cw

Voltage 12 V (±20%) 24 V (±20%) MA
Control current X2 A,B
Start of control at Vg 0 400 mA 200 mA Proportional solenoid b
End of control at Vg max 1200 mA 600 mA Standard: proportional solenoid with manual emergency operation
Limiting current 1,54 A 0,77 A (without spring reset available)
Nominal resistance (at 20°C) 5,5 Ω 22,7 Ω
a b
Dither frequency 100 Hz 100 Hz R PS MB B
Actuated time 100 % 100 %
The following electronic controllers and amplifiers are available
for actuating the proportional solenoids (details also available
at www.boschrexroth.com/mobile-electronics):
– BODAS controller RC (see RE 95200) and application
software
– RA analog amplifier (refer to RE 95230) T1 T2 X1 X2 S MA A
Connector for Solenoids

CAUTION DEUTSCH DT04-2P-EP04, 2-polig
The spring centering in the pilot control unit is not a Molded, without bi-directional suppressor diode
safety device Type of protection according to DIN/EN 60529: IP67 and IP69K
Through contamination in the control unit – e.g. in hydraulic Mating connector

fluid, wear particles, or particles out of a system –the valve
spool can get stuck in an undefined position. In this case, the DEUTSCH DT06-2S-EP04
pump flow does not follow the command inputs of the machi Rexroth Mat.-No. R902601804
ne operator anymore . consisting of: DT designation
– Make sure that a proper emergency shut down function – 1 case _________________________________DT06-2S-EP04
can bring the driven machine movements to a safe position
immediately (e.g. stop). – 1 wedge ________________________________________W2S
– Adhere to the specified cleanliness level 20/18/15 (< 90 °C) – 2 sockets _____________________________ 0462-201-16141
or 19/17/14 ( > 90 °C) to ISO 4406. The mating connector is not included in supply.
This can be supplied by Rexroth on request.
10/20 Bosch Rexroth AG A4VTG | RE 92 012/08.06
Unit Dimensions, Size 71 Before finalizing your design, please request a

binding installation drawing. Dimensions in mm.
Hydraulic control, mechanical servo, HW
163.5
63
135.9 118.5
12.7 86.3 50
83
ø8 27 HD valve
X1 R
8
X2
PS MA T1 S
165.9
152.5
103
77
A
53
T1 W
146.5
114.5
ø127
B
53
89
14.4
15 Boost
T2 MB pressure valve MB T2
Flange SAE J744 152.5 114.5
127-2 (C) 157.3 146
268 HD valve 83
293.6
233.5
X1 Detail W
A
S
42 42
R
4.5
40º
b
ø25
57.2
40º
80
90
B 27.8
X2 PS MA
15 35.5 A,B
229
Electric control with proportional solenoid, EP

152.4
158.5
122.5
123.7
123.7
Suction Filter
Pi 1710
Nominal size up to 480
1. Description
Pumps incorporated in hydraulic systems must be

protected from coarse contaminants which when
not removed by any other filtering devices and may
gain acess to the tank.
MAHLE suction filters, series Pi 1710, stand out for
their rugged construction and large filter surface
area.
The filter surface area is dimensioned to ensure long
life at the proper corresponding flow rate.
The installation should be ahead of the pump in the
tankfor otimal protection.
The standard filter material is a 100 micron stainless
steal wire mesh.
• rugged construction
• large filtering surface area
• world-wide sales activities
2. Specifications
Flow capacity: 10 to 480 l/min at 33 mm3/s

vicosity and 0,1 bar4 p
Temperature range: −10 bis +120˚C
(other temperatures on request)
Degree of filtration: 100 micron
Other ratings: on request
Connecting port+end cap GD − Z 410,
material of: up NG 150: PA 6 GF 30
Material of end cap: galvanized steel
Material of inner tube: galvanized steel
Material of wire mesh: stainless steel 1.4301
3. Flow rate/pressure drop curve
p [bar]
4. Dimensions
500 mm# / s 190 mm# / s 33 mm# / s
0,25
0,2
0,15
0,1
0,05
Q [l / min]
0
Pi 1710 / 1 3 6 9 12
Pi 1710 / 2 5 10 15 20
Pi 1710 / 3 8 16 24 32
Pi 1710 / 4 15 30 45 60
Pi 1710 / 51 40 80 120 160
Pi 1710 / 5 40 80 120 160
Pi 1710 / 52 37.5 75 112,5 150
Dimension
Dimensions [mm]
p [bar]
Weight
500 mm# / s 190 mm# / s 33 mm# / s
Typ d d h h SW [kg]
1 2 1 2
0,25
Pi 1710/1 46 G 60 18 22 0,05
0,2
Pi 1710/2 46 G/
38
60 18 22 0,10
Pi 1710/3 61 G 53 13 27 0,15
0,15
Pi 1710/4 61 G 89 16 36 0,20
0,1 Pi 1710/51 87 G1 87 21 41 0,30
Pi 1710/5 87 G1 108 21 41 0,40
Pi 1710/52
0,05
87 G1 152 21 41 0,45
0 Q [l / min]
Pi 1710/6 98 G 1 122 21 46 1,05
Pi 1710 / 6 45 90 135 180 Pi 1710/7 98 G 1 159 28 50 1,05
Pi 1710 / 7 75 150 225 300
Pi 1710/71 98 G 1 189 28 50 1,10

Pi 1710 / 71 87,5 17.5 262,5 350
Pi 1710 / 8 110 220 330 440
Pi 1710 / 81
Pi 1710/8 131 G2 161 30 65 1,2
125 250 375 500
Pi 1710 / 9 150 300 450 600
Pi 1710/81 131 G2 191 30 65 1,4
5. Order numbers
Pi 1710/9 131 G 2 198 37 80 1,5
Order Type Nominal Filter

number number Size surface area 6. Cleaning Methods
NG [cm#]
Ultrasonic cleaning
766.159.8 Pi 1710/1 10 90 Insert the contaminated suction filter element into an ultrasonic
bath for approx. 3 minutes; then rinse in clean liquid. Afterwards,
blow air into the filter from the clean side outward. The cleaning
766.160.6 Pi 1710/2 15 115 effect is approx. 80−90%.
766.161.4 Pi 1710/3 30 170

Manual cleaning
766.162.2 Pi 1710/4 50 420 1. Remove coarse external contamination in a separate cleaning

tank using a brush and cleaning agent.
766.169.7 Pi 1710/51 60 500 2. Place filter in unused cleaning liquid (approx. 20 min.)
3. Wash filter with cleaning liquid from the inside to the outside.
766.163.0 Pi 1710/5 80 670 The cleaning effect is approx. 60−70%.
Using either method be sure that no dirt gaind access to the inside
835.728.7
766.170.5 Pi 1710/52 120 900 of filter.
766.164.8 Pi 1710/6 150 1120

06/02 Ba 2000
Subject to technical alteration.
766.165.5 Pi 1710/7 240 1500

766.168.9 Pi 1710/71 290 1800
766.166.3 Pi 1710/8 360 2800
766.171.3 Pi 1710/81 410 3500 MAHLE Filtersysteme GmbH

Bereich Industriefilter · Schleifbachweg 45 · D-74613 Öhringen
Postfach 13 09 · D-74603 Öhringen
766.167.1 Pi 1710/9 480 3500 Telefon (0 79 41 ) 67-0 · Telefax (0 79 41 ) 67-429
Internet: http://www.mahle.com · E-mail: ub2.industrie@mahle.com
Electric Drives Linear Motion and
and Controls Hydraulics Assembly Technologies Pneumatics Service
Axial Piston RA 91 001/07.05

Replaces: 11.04
1/36
Fixed Displacment Motor AA2FM

(A2FM)
Technical data sheet
Series 6
Sizes Nominal pressure/Peak pressure
5 4600/5100 psi (315/350 bar)
10...200 5800/6500 psi (400/450 bar)
250...1000 5100/5800 psi (350/400 bar)
open and closed circuits
Contents Features
Ordering Code / Standard Program 2...3 – Fixed displacement motor AA2FM of axial piston, bent axis
Technical Data 4...7 design, suitable for hydrostatic drives in open and closed
circuits
Ordering Code / Unit Dimensions, Size 5 8
Unit Dimensions, Sizes 10, 12, 16 9 – Use in mobile and industrial applications
Unit Dimensions, Sizes 23, 28, 32 10...11 – The output speed depends on the flow capacity of the pump
Unit Dimensions, Size 45 12...13 and the displacement of the motor
Unit Dimensions, Sizes 56, 63 14...15 – The torque increases with the pressure differential between
Unit Dimensions, Sizes 80, 90 16...17 the high and low pressure side and with increasing displace-
ment
Unit Dimensions, Sizes 107, 125 18...19
Unit Dimensions, Sizes 160, 180 20...21 – Careful selection of the displacements offered, permit sizes
to be matched to practically every application
Unit Dimensions, Size 250 23 – High power density
Unit Dimensions, Size 355 24 – Compact design
Unit Dimensions, Size 500 25 – High overall efficiency
Unit Dimensions, Size 710 26 – Excellent starting torque efficiency
– Economical conception
Flushing and Boost Pressure Valve 28
Pressure Relief Valve 29 – One piece pistons with piston rings
Counterbalance Valve BVD 30...31

Speed Measurement 32
Installation and Commissioning Notes 33
General Notes 36
2/36 Bosch Rexroth Corp. AA2FM RA 91 001/07.05
Ordering Code / Standard Program (ordering code size 5 see page 10)
M / 6 W – V
01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14
Hydraulic fluid
Mineral oil, HFD for sizes 250...1000 only in combination with long-life bearing “L“ (no code)
01 HFB-, HFC hydraulic fluid Sizes 10...200 (no code)
Sizes 250...1000 (only in combination with long-life bearing “L“) E-
Axial piston unit 10...180 200 250 355...1000

Bent axis design, Version SAE – – AA2F
02
fixed displacement Version ISO – – A2F
Drive shaft bearing 10...200 250...500 710...1000

Mechanical bearing (no code) –
03
Long-life bearing – L
Mode of operation
04 Motor (plug-in motor A2FE see RE 91008) M
Size
Size ≈ displacement Vg (cm3)
Size 10 12 16 23 28 32 45 56 63 80
05 in3/rev. 0.63 0.73 0.98 1.40 1.71 1.95 2.78 3.42 3.84 4.91
Size 90 107 125 160 180 200 250 355 500 710 1000
in3/rev. 5.49 6.51 7.63 9.79 10.98 12.20 15.25 21.66 30.51 43.33 61.02
Series
06 6
Index
sizes 10...180 1
07 size 200 3
sizes 250...1000 0
08 Viewed on shaft end alternating W
Seals
09 FKM (flour-caoutchouc) V
Shaft end 10 12 16 23 28 32 45 56 63 80 90 107 125 160 180 250

SAE Version SAE – – S
(AA2F) Splined shaft – – – – – – – – – – – – – – T
– – – – – – – – – – – – U
– – – – – – – – – – – – – – Q
Parallel keyed shaft – – – – B
DIN 6885 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – P
10
SAE parallel keyed shaft – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – K
200 355 500 710 1000
ISO Version Splined shaft – – – – A
(A2F) DIN 5480 – Z
Parallel keyed shaft – – – – B
DIN 6885 – P
RA 91 001/07.05 AA2FM Bosch Rexroth Corp. 3/36
Ordering Code / Standard Program (ordering code size 5 see page 10)
M / 6 W – V
01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14
Mounting flange 10 12 16 23 28 32 45 56 63 80 90 107 125 160 180 250

SAE Version 2-bolt – SAE – – – – – – – – – – – – – C
(AA2F) 4-bolt – SAE – – – – – D
– – – – – – – – – – – – – – DN
11
200 355 500 710 1000
ISO Version 4-bolt – ISO – – – – B
(A2F) 8-bolt – ISO – H
Service line ports

AA2F 1) 10 12 16 23 28 32 45 56 63 80 90 107 125 160 180 250
SAE flange ports A and B, rear 51 0 – – – 510
SAE flange ports A and B, 52 0 – – – 520
at side, opposite side 7 – – – – – – 527
Threaded ports A and B, 53
0 – – – – – – – – – – 530
at side, opposite side
Threaded ports A and B, 54
0 – – – – – – – – – – – – – 540
at side and rear 2)
SAE flange ports A and B, 60
12 0 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 600
bottom 2)
Port plate for fitting a counterbalance 18
1 – – – – – 181
valves 3)
Port plate with integrated pressure 19 1 – – – – – 191
relief valve 3) 2 – – – – – 192
A2F 3) 200 355 500 710 1000
SAE flange ports A and B, rear 01 0 010
7 – m m 017
SAE flange ports A and B, bottom 10 0 – – – – 100
Valves
Without valve 0
With pressure relief valves (without pressure sequence range) 1
With pressure relief valves (with pressure sequence range) 2
With flushing and boost pressure valve 7
Speed measurement 10...16 23...180 200 250 355...1000

Without speed measurement (no code)
13 Prepared for speed measurement with ID sensor 4) – – – – D
Prepared for speed measurement with HDD sensor 4) – – 5) m F
Special design
Standard version (no code)
14
Specific version for slew drive applications (standard for port plate 19) J
1) threads of fastening screws and service lines are SAE (UN/UNF)
2) threaded ports at side are plugged with locking screw
3) threads of fastening screws are metric
4) complete order recommended (AA2FM inc. speed sensor)
5) see RE 91001 (ISO-Version)
= available m = in preparation (on request) – = not available

Technical Data
Hydraulic fluid Selection diagram
(-40°) (-20°) (0°) (20°) (40°) (60°) (80°) (100°) 7400
Before starting project planning, please refer to our data 7000 (1600)
(1600)
5000 (1000)
sheets RE 90220 (mineral oil), RE 90221 (environmentally 3000 (600)
2000 (400)
acceptable hydraulic fluids) and RE 90223 (HF hydraulic
fluids) for detailed information regarding the choice of hydraulic 1000 (200)
VG 46
VG 68
VG
VG 32
VG 2
viscosity ν SUS (mm2/s)
10
2
fluids and conditions of use.
0
500 (100)
300 (60)
The AA2FM fixed displacement motor is not suitable for use 200 (40) 170 (36)
with HFA. If HFB, HFC and HFD or environmentally accep- 150
νopt.
table hydraulic fluids are being used, the limitations regarding 100 (20)
technical data and seals mentioned in RE 90221 and 80 80 (16)
70
RE 90223 must be observed. When ordering please indicate 60 (10)
hydraulic fluid used. 50
Viscosity range 40 (5) 42 (5)

(-40°) (-25°) (-10°) (0°) (10°) (30°) (50°) (70°) (90°) (115°)
We recommend that a viscosity (at operating temperature) for -40° -13° 0° 20° 40° 60° 80° 120° 160° 195° 240°
optimum efficiency and service life purposes of
νopt = optimum viscosity 80...170 SUS (16...36 mm2/s) tmin = -40°F fluid temperature range t in °F (°C) tmax = +240°F
(-40°C) (+115°C)
selected, taken into consideration the circulation temperature
(closed circuit) and tank temperature (open circuits). Details regarding the choice of hydraulic fluid
Limits of viscosity range To select the correct hydraulic fluid in open circuit applications,
the temperature in the tank in relation to the ambient tempera-
The following values apply in extreme cases: ture must be considered.
Sizes 5...200: The hydraulic fluid should be selected so that within the
νmin = 42 SUS (5 mm2/s) operating temperature range, the operating viscosity lies within
short term (t < 3 min) at max. permitted temperature of the optimum range (νopt) (see shaded section of the selection
tmax = +240°F (+115°C). diagram). We recommend that the highest possible viscosity
νmax = 7400 SUS (1600 mm2/s), range should be selected in each case.
short term (t < 3 min) with cold start (p ≤ 435 psi / 30 bar, Example: At an ambient temperature of X°F (X°C) an opera-
n ≤ 1000 rpm, tmin = -40°F / -40°C). ting temperature of 140°F (60°C) is set in the circuit. In the
optimum operating viscosity range (νopt; shaded area) this
Sizes 250...1000: corresponds to the viscosity classes VG 46 or VG 68; to be
νmin = 60 SUS (10 mm2/s), selected: VG 68.
short term (t < 3 min) at max. permitted temperature of Please note: The leakage fluid temperature, which is affected
tmax = +195°F (+90°C) by pressure and rotational speed, is always higher than the cir-
νmax = 4600 SUS (1000 mm2/s), cuit temperature or tank temperature. At no point in the system
short term (t < 3 min) with cold start (p ≤ 435 psi / 30 bar, may the temperature be higher than 240°F (115°C) for sizes 5
n ≤ 1000 rpm, tmin = -13°F / -25°C). to 200 or 195°F (90°C) for sizes 250 to 1000.
Note that the maximum hydraulic fluid temperature must not be If this cannot be achieved due to unusual operating parameters
exceeded locally either (e.g. bearing area). The temperature in or high ambient temperatures, we recommend to apply bearing
the bearing area is - depending on pressure and speed - up to flushing at port U (sizes 250 ... 1000) or the use of a flushing
22 °F (12 K) higher than the average case drain temperature. and boost pressure valve (see page 30).
Special measures are necessary at temperatures between

-40°F and -13°F (-40°C and -25°C). Please contact us. Filtration
See RE 90300-03-B for detailed information about operation The finer the filtration, the cleaner the fluid, the longer the ser-
at low temperatures. vice life of the axial piston unit.
To ensure proper function of the axial piston unit, the Hydraulic
fluid must have a cleanliness level of at least
20/18/15 according to ISO 4406.
At very high hydraulic fluid temperatures (90°C to max. 115°C, not
permitted for sizes 250 to 1000), a cleanliness level of at least
19/17/14 according to ISO 4406 is required.
Please contact us if these cleanliness leveles cannot be achieved.
Technical Data
Operational pressure range
Maximum pressure on port A or B (pressure data according to DIN 24312)
AA2F Sizes 10 12 16 23 28 32 45 56 63 80 90 107 125 160 180 250 Nominal pressure Peak pressure
Shaft end: S 5800 psi (400 bar) 6500 psi (450 bar)
S 5100 psi (350 bar) 5800 psi (400 bar)
Q 4350 psi (300 bar) 5100 psi (350 bar)
Q 4000 psi (280 bar) 4600 psi (315 bar)
T 5800 psi (400 bar) 6500 psi (450 bar)
U 5800 psi (400 bar) 6500 psi (450 bar)
B 5100 psi (350 bar) 5800 psi (400 bar)
P 5100 psi (350 bar) 5800 psi (400 bar)
K 5100 psi (350 bar) 5800 psi (400 bar)
A2F Sizes 5 200 355 500 710 1000 Nominal pressure Peak pressure
Shaft end: Z 5100 psi (350 bar) 5800 psi (400 bar)
A 5800 psi (400 bar) 6500 psi (450 bar)
P 5100 psi (350 bar) 5800 psi (400 bar)
B 5100 psi (350 bar) 5800 psi (400 bar)
B 3000 psi (210 bar) 3600 psi (250 bar)
C 4600 psi (315 bar) 5100 psi (350 bar)
With pulsating loads over pN = 4600 psi / 315 bar (pmax = 5100 psi / 350 bar);
we recommend the use of a splined shaft (AA2FM 10...250: S, T or U / A2FM 200: A / A2FM 355...1000: Z)
The sum of the pressure at ports A and B may not exceed 10000 psi / 700 bar (A2F5: 9000 psi / 630 bar)
Attention: shaft end with drives of radial force loads at the drive shaft (pinion, V-belt drives) necessitate reduction of the nominal
pressure to pN = 4600 psi (315 bar)! Sizes 250...1000 please contact us.
Minimum inlet pressure, see page 8
Direction of flow
Direction of rotation, viewed on shaft end
clockwise counter-clockwise
A to B B to A
Speed range
No limit to minimum speed nmin. If uniform motion is required,
nmin must not be less than 50 rpm. See table on page 7 for
maximum speed.
Long-life bearing (sizes 250...1000)

For long service life and use with HF hydraulic fluids. Same ex-
ternal dimensions as the motor with standard long-life bearing
can be supplied. Flushing of bearing and case via the U-port is
recommended.
Flow (recommended)
Size 250 355 500 710 1000

qv flow gpm 2.6 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2
L/min 10 16 16 16 16
Technical Data
Shaft seal ring
Permissible pressure load
The service life of the shaft seal ring is affected by the speed of
the motor and the case drain pressure. The permitted loading
with intermittent case drain pressure depends on the rotational
speed (see chart). Short-term (t < 5 min) pressure spikes of up
to 145 psi (10 bar) absolute are permitted.
The average permanent case drain pressure must not exceed
43.5 psi (3 bar) absolute.
The pressure in the case must be equal to or greater than the
external pressure on the shaft seal.
Sizes 10...200
bar psi
10 140
9
8 sizes 10, 12, 16 120
perm. pressure pabs. max. (bar)
7 100
sizes 23, 28, 32
6
size 45 80
5
sizes 80, 90 sizes 56, 63
4 60
sizes 107, 125
3 40
sizes 160, 180
2
size 200 20
1 15
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000
speed n (rpm)
Sizes 250...1000
bar psi
6
size 250 80
5
70
perm. pressure pabs. max. (bar)
sizes 710, 1000 size 355

60
4
50
size 500
3 40
30
2
20
1 15
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500
speed n (rpm)
Temperature range
The FKM shaft seal is admissible for a housing temperature
range from
-13°F to +240°F (-25°C to +115°C) at sizes 5...200 and
-13°F to +195°F (-25°C to +90°C) at sizes 250...1000
Note:
For applications below -13°F (-25 °C) a Buna-N (NBR) shaft
seal is necessary (admissible temperature range -40 °F to
+195 °F / -40 °C to +90 °C). Please contact us.
Technical Data
Table of values (theoretical values, ignoring ηmh and ηv; values rounded)
Size 5 10 12 16 23 28 32 45 56 63 80
Diplacement Vg in3 0.30 0.63 0.73 0.98 1.40 1.71 1.95 2.78 3.42 3.84 4.91
cm3 4.93 10.3 12 16 22.9 28.1 32 45.6 56.1 63 80.4
Speed max. nmax rpm 10000 8000 8000 8000 6300 6300 6300 5600 5000 5000 4500
nmax intermit.1)rpm 11000 8800 8800 8800 6900 6900 6900 6200 5500 5500 5000
Flow max. qV max gpm 13 21.8 25.3 33.9 38.2 46.6 52.2 67.4 74.0 83.1 95.6
L/min 49 82 96 128 144 176 201 255 280 315 360
Torque constants TK lb-ft/psi 0.004 0.0084 0.0097 0.013 0.019 0.023 0.026 0.037 0.045 0.051 0.065
Nm/bar 0.076 0.164 0.19 0.25 0.36 0.445 0.509 0.725 0.89 1.0 1.27
Torque at Δp = 5100 psi T lb-ft 18 2) 42 49 66 94 115 132 188 231 259 332
Δp = 350 bar T Nm 24,7 2) 57 67 88 126 156 178 254 312 350 445
Δp = 5800 psiT lb-ft – 48 56 75 107 131 150 213 263 295 377
Δp = 400 bar T Nm – 65 76 100 144 178 204 290 356 400 508
Mass moment of inertia J lbs-ft2 0.0019 0.00 95 0.0095 0.0095 0.0285 0.0285 0.0285 0.0569 0.0997 0.0997 0.1708
around output shaft kgm2 0.00008 0.0004 0.0004 0.0004 0.0012 0.0012 0.0012 0.0024 0.0042 0.0042 0.0072
Filling capacity gal 0.045 0.045 0.045 0.053 0.053 0.053 0.087 0.119 0.119 0.145
L 0.17 0.17 0.17 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.33 0.45 0.45 0.55
Mass (approx.) m lbs 5.5 12 12 12 21 21 21 30 40 40 51
kg 2.5 5.4 5.4 5.4 9.5 9.5 9.5 13.5 18 18 23
Size 90 107 125 160 180 200 250 355 500 710 1000
Displacement Vg in3 5.49 6.51 7.63 9.79 10.98 12.20 15.25 21.66 30.51 43.33 61.02
cm3 90 106.7 125 160.4 180 200 250 355 500 710 1000
Speed max. nmax rpm 4500 4000 4000 3600 3600 2750 2700 2240 2000 1600 1600
nmax intermit.1)rpm 5000 4400 4400 4000 4000 3000 – – – – –
Flow max. qV max gpm 106.9 112.7 132.1 152.5 171.1 145.2 178 210 264 300 422
L/min 405 427 500 577 648 550 675 795 1000 1136 1600
Torque constants TK lb-ft/psi 0.073 0.086 0.101 0.130 0.146 0.162 0.202 0.287 0.405 0.575 0.809
Nm/bar 1,43 1,70 1,99 2,54 2,86 3,18 3,98 5,65 7,96 11,3 15,9
Torque at Δp = 5100 psi T lb-ft 371 440 516 662 742 825 1030 1465 2063 2930 4127
Δp = 350 bar T Nm 501 595 697 889 1001 1114 1393 1978 2785 3955 5570
Δp = 5800 psi T lb-ft 422 500 587 753 844 938 – – – – –
Δp = 400 bar T Nm 572 680 796 1016 1144 1272 – – – – –
Mass moment of inertia J lbs-ft2 0.1708 0.2753 0.2753 0.5221 0.5221 0.8970 1.4475 2.4205 4.2240 13.052 13.052
around output shaft kgm2 0.0072 0.0116 0.0116 0.0220 0.0220 0.0378 0.061 0.102 0.178 0.55 0.55
Filling capacity gal 0.145 0.211 0.211 0.291 0.291 0.713 0.660 0.925 1.110 2.113 2.113
L 0.55 0.8 0.8 1.1 1.1 2.7 2.5 3.5 4.2 8 8
Mass (approx.) m lbs 51 71 71 99 99 145 161 242 342 715 741
kg 23 32 32 45 45 66 73 110 155 325 336
1) intermittent maximum speed: overspeed at discharge and over-running travel operations, t < 5 sec. and Δp < 2200 psi (150 bar)
2) Δp = 4600 psi (315 bar)
Technical Data
Flow qv =
Vg • n
231 • ηv
gpm
( qv =
Vg • n
1000 • ηv
L/min
)
Speed n =
qv • 231 • ηv
Vg
rpm
( n =
qv • 1000 • ηv
Vg
rpm
)
Torque T =
Vg • Δp • ηmh
24 • π
lb-ft
( T =
Vg • Δp • ηmh
20 • π
Nm
)
Power P =
2π•T•n
33 000
=
qv • Δp • ηt
1714
HP
( P =
2π•T•n
60 000
=
qv • Δp • ηt
600
kW
)
Vg = Diplacement per revolution in in3 (cm3)
Δp = Differential pressure in psi (bar)
n = Speed in rpm
ηv = Volumetric efficiency
ηmh = Mechanical-hydraulic efficiency
ηt = Overall efficiency
Minimum inlet pressure on service line port A (B)

In order to avoid damage of the motor a minimum inlet pressure
at the inlet zone must be assured. The minimum inlet pressure
is related to the rotational speed of the fixed motor.
bar psi
inlet pressure pabs. min in bar
12
160
10 140
8 120
100
6
80
4 60
40
2
20
1
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0
speed n/nmax
Please contact us if these conditions cannot be satisfied

Technical Data
Permissible radial and axial loading on the drive shaft
The values given are maximum values and do not apply to continous operation.
Size 5 10 12 16 23 28 32 45 56 63 80
Radial force, max. 1) Fq max lbf 160 472 562 730 865 1079 1214 1630 1832 2057 23042)
Fq
at distance a N 710 2100 2500 3250 3850 4800 5400 7250 8150 9150 10250
a
(from shaft collar) a in 0.47 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.71 0.71 0.71 0.79
mm 12 16 16 16 16 16 16 18 18 18 20
Axial force, max. 3) +Fax max lbf 40 72 72 72 112 112 112 142 180 180 225
–
Fax N 180 320 320 320 500 500 500 630 800 800 1000
+
–Fax max lbf 40 72 72 72 112 112 112 142 180 180 225
N 180 320 320 320 500 500 500 630 800 800 1000
Permissible axial force/psi (bar) ±Fax per./psi lbf/psi 0.023 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.08 0.08 0.08 0.11 0.13 0.13 0.16
operating pressure (bar) N/bar 1.5 3.0 3.0 3.0 5.2 5.2 5.2 7.0 8.7 8.7 10.6
Size 90 107 125 160 180 200 250 355 500 710 1000
Radial force, max. 1) Fq max lbf 25742) 2720 3170 3664 4114 5148 270 337 427 674 584
at distance a N 11450 12100 14100 16300 18300 22900 12004) 15004) 19004) 30004) 26004)
(from shaft collar) Fq
a in 0.79 0.79 0.79 0.98 0.98 0.98 1.61 2.07 2.07 2.66 2.66
a
mm 20 20 20 25 25 25 41 52.5 52.5 67.5 67.5
Axial force, max. 3) +Fax max lbf 225 281 281 360 360 360 450 562 674 989 989
N 1000 1250 1250 1600 1600 1600 2000 2500 3000 4400 4400
–
Fax –Fax max lbf 225 281 281 360 360 360 450 562 674 989 989
+
N 1000 1250 1250 1600 1600 1600 2000 2500 3000 4400 4400
5) 5) 5) 5) 5)
Permissible axial force/psi (bar) ±Fax per./psi lbf/psi 0.16 0.20 0.20 0.26 0.26 0.26
operating pressure (bar) N/bar 10.6 12.9 12.9 16.7 16.7 16.7
1) during intermittent operation (sizes 5...200)
2) value for Q-shaft: Fq max = 2023 lbf (9000 N)
3) max. permissible axial force when stopped or when axial piston unit working in pressureless conditions.
4) when stopped or when axial piston unit working in pressureless conditions. Higher forces are permitted when under pressure,
please contact us.

5) please contact us
When considering the permissible axial force, the force-transfer direction must be taken into account.
– Fax max = increase in sevice life of bearings
+ Fax max = reduction in service life of bearings (avoid if at all possible)
Gear drive V-belt drive
Effect of radial force Fq on the service life of the bearings
Direction Motor
of rotation ϕo
By selecting a suitable force-transfer direction of Fq, the stress bei ϕ opt pt
wechselnder
on the bearing caused by the internal transmission forces can alternating
Drehrichtung
be reduced, thus achieving the optimum service life for the t ϕo

bearing. Recommended position of mating gear depending on ϕ op pt
direction of rotation. Examples:
Gear drive V-belt drive

Size ϕopt. ϕopt.
10-180 ± 70° ± 45° A B A B
200-1000 ± 45° ± 70° Motor Linkslauf Motor Rechtslauf Motor Linkslauf

Counter-clockwise
Druck am Clockwise
Druck am Counter-clockwise
Druck am
Anschluß B Anschluß A Anschluß B
direction of rotation direction of rotation direction of rotation
Pressure on port B Pressure on port A Pressure on port B
Ordering Code / Standard Program – Size 5

A2F 5 / 60 W – 3
01 02 03 04 05 06
Axial piston unit

01 Bent axis design, fixed displacement A2F
Size
Size 5
02 ≈ Displacement Vg in3/rev. 0.30
cm3/rev. 4.93
Additional instructions in text form
Series
03 60 Seals
The fixed motor A2F5 is equipped with
Direction of rotation Buna-N (NBR) seals in standard design.
04 Viewed on shaft end alternating W
In case of need FKM- (fluor-caoutchouc)
Shaft end seals please indicate when ordering in
clear text:
Parallel keyed shaft DIN 6885 B
05
Tapered shaft with threaded end and woodruff key per DIN 6888 C "with FKM-seals"
Service line ports

06 Threaded ports A und B at side, metric 3
Please request a certified installation drawing

Unit Dimensions, Size 5 – ISO Design before finalizing your design.
Dimensions in inches and (millimeters)
2.05 (52) Y
0.32 2.9
2.3 3( R0 2.76 (70)
(8) 74. . Detail Y
0 (5
8.5
5) (R 624
0 ) ) T2
(6.4) 2.76 (70)
(17 .69
A
(DIA 60–0.046)
.5)
DIA 2.362
DIA 2.360
6
2.995 )
DIAIA 2. 5 ±0,1
25°
0.25
(DIA 48.5)
DIA 1.91
D IA 7
(D 62)
4 (
2.4
0.16
(4) T1 T1
2.00 (51) 3.15 (80)
B
Shaft ends Ports
B Parallel keyed shaft C Tapered shaft with threaded end and A, B Service line ports M18x1,5; 100 lb-ft 3)
DIN 6885 – A4x4x20 (mm) woodruff key (3x5 mm) DIN 6888 DIN 3852 0.47 (12) deep (140 Nm)
pN = 3000 psi (210 bar) (taper 1:10) pN = 4600 psi (315 bar)
T1, T2 Case drain ports M10x1; 20 lb-ft 3)
+0.001)
0.39
(DIA 12 +0.012
(DIA 12.8)
M10x1 2) 3)
1.30 (33) DIN 3852 0.31 (8) deep (30 Nm)

DIA 0.50
(10)
(13.5) DIA 0.473
DIA 0.472
M4x0.71) 3)
0.13 0.87
(3.2) (22) 1) centering bore according to DIN 332
DIA 0.59
(DIA 15)
(thread according to DIN 13)

DIA 0.59
(DIA 15)
0.53
2) thread according to DIN 3852,

0.16 max. tightening torque: 20 lb-ft (30 Nm)
(R 0.02
(7.3)
0.29
)
0.4
(4) 3) please observe the general notes for the max.

R
0.95 tightening torques on page 36

(24)

Unit Dimensions, Sizes 10, 12, 16 – SAE Design before finalizing your design.
Port plate 53: Threaded ports, at side
4.25 (108)
6.85 (174)
0.31 (7.9)
0.47 (12) 5.75 (146)
T1
(DIA 101.6 -0.05 )
4.76 (121)
(29)
2.20 (56) 1.14
40°
DIA 4.000
DIA 3.999
(54)
2.13
3.62 (92)
0.55
(14)
0.38 2.83 (72)
(9.7)
T2
IA 35
5.63 (143)
)
( D A 3.
85
7.01 (178) DI Detail Y
Flange SAE J744 Y

B A
3.35 (85)
Shaft ends
S Splined shaft 7/8 in 13T 16/32 DP 1) B Parallel keyed shaft
(SAE J744 – 22-4 (B)) DIN 6885 – AS8x7x32 (mm)
pN = 5800 psi (400 bar) pN = 5100 psi (350 bar)
5/16-18UNC-2B 2) 4)
+0.002 )
M10x1.5 3) 4) (DIA 25 +0.015
DIA 0.9848
DIA 0.9843
0.87 (22)
DIA 1.10
0.75
DIA 1.10
(DIA 28)
0.27 (7)
(DIA 28)
0.3150
0.24 (19) 0.3135 0.30 (7.5)
(6) (8h9)
1.10
(28)
0.31
(8) 1.57
1.32 (40) E1x0.2
(33.5) DIN 509
Ports
A, B Service line ports ISO 11926 1 1/16 in -12 UN-2B; 0.79 (20) deep 265 lb-ft (360 Nm) 4)
T1, T2 Case drain ports (T2 plugged) ISO 11926 9/16 in -18 UNF-2B; 0.51 (13) deep 60 lb-ft (80 Nm) 4)
1) 30° pressure angle, flat root side fit, tolerance class 5
2) thread according to ISO 68
3) centering bore according to DIN 332 (thread according to DIN 13)
4) please observe the general notes for the max. tightening torques on page 36

4.92 (125) ° 45°

45
0.31 (7.9)
0.79 (20) 5.75 (146)
T1
(DIA 127-0.05 )
(146)
1.06
DIA 5.000
DIA 4.998
(27)
0.56 14.3
°
5.75
40
2.28
IA 38
(58)
2)
( D IA 6 .
16
D
IA .17
0.50 2.32
6)
T2 (D IA 4
10
(12.7) (59)
D
Flange SAE J744
Shaft ends
S Splined shaft 1 1/4 in 14T 12/24 DP 1) B Parallel keyed shaft
(SAE J744 – 32-4 (C)) DIN 6885 – AS8x7x40 (mm)
7/16-14 UNC-2B 2) 4)
+0.002 )
(DIA 30 +0.015
1.10 (28)
0.87 (22)
DIA 1.182
DIA 1.181
0.27 (7)
0.37 (9.5) 0.3150

0.3135 0.30 (7.5) E1x0.2
(8h9) DIN 509
(DIA 35)
DIA 1.38
1.30 (33)
DIA 1.38
(DIA 35)
M10x1.5 3) 4)
0.31 (8)
1.97
1.89 (48) (50)
Ports
A, B Service line ports (see port plates)

Port plates
51 SAE flange ports, rear 52 SAE flange ports, at side
Detail Y
0.7
2
2.32 (59) (18 Detail Y
.2 )
0.51 (13)
2.76 (70)
3.07 (78)
4.09 (104)
(18.2)
(40 .59
0.72
4.61 (117)
.5)
1
B A
Y B A
6.69 (170) 1.59 (40.5) 6.34 (161) B Y
7.44 (189) 4.53 (115) 8.15 (207) 4.72 (120)
A, B Service line ports SAE J518 1/2 in A, B Service line ports SAE J518 1/2 in
(high pressure series) (high pressure series)
Fastening threads ISO 68 5/16 in-18 UNC-2B; Fastening threads ISO 68 5/16 in-18 UNC-2B;
0.71 (18) deep 1) 0.71 (18) deep 1)
53 Threaded ports, at side 54 Threaded ports, at side and rear
Detail Y Detail Y
2.76 (70)
3.50 (89)
4.61 (117)
4.65 (118)
B A B A
6.34 (161) Y Y
8.15 (207) 4.72 (120) 7.24 (184) 2.28 (58)
8.23 (209) 4.92 (125)
A, B Service line ports 1 5/16 in -12 UN-2B; 400 lb-ft 1) A, B Service line ports 1 5/16 in -12 UN-2B; 400 lb-ft 1)
ISO 11926 0.79 (20) deep (540 Nm) ISO 11926 0.79 (20) deep (540 Nm)
once plugged each
Note: port plates 18 and 19 see pages 31, 32


Unit Dimensions, Size 45 – SAE Design before finalizing your design.
5.24 (133)
0.79 (20)
° 45°
0.51 (13) 45
0.31 (7.9) 5.75 (146)
T1
(DIA 127 -0.025 )
DIA 5.000
DIA 4.999
1.18
(30)
5.75 (146)
0.56 (14.3)
40°
16 8
2.56
(65)
3
2)
( D A 6.
DI
IA
2.60 IA 65
(66) T2 8)
( D A 4.
11
Flange SAE J744
DI
Shaft ends
S Splined shaft 1 1/4 in 14T 12/24 DP 1) P Parallel keyed shaft
(SAE J744 – 32-4 (C)) DIN 6885 – AS8x7x50 (mm)
M12x1.75 3) 4) (DIA 30 +0.002)
7/16-14 UNC-2B 2) 4)
+0.015
1.10 (28)
DIA 1.181
DIA 1.182
1.10 (28)
0.27 (7)
0.37 (9.5) 0.3150

0.3135 0.37 (9.5) E1x0.2
(8h9) DIN 509
(DIA 35)
DIA 1.38
1.30 (33)
DIA 1.38
(DIA 35)
0.31 (8) 2.36

1.89 (48) (60)
Ports

Unit Dimensions, Size 45 – SAE Design before finalizing your design.
Port plates
Detail Y
2.95 (75) 0.9
4( Detail Y
2.00 23
.8)
(50.8)
0.75
3.50 (89)
3.15 (80)
A
4.80 (122)
(5 .00
(19)
5.24 (133)
)
0.8
2
B B A
7.48 (190) 0.94 (23.8) 7.05 (179)

8.58 (218) Y 5.79 (147) 9.09 (231) B Y 5.04 (128)
A, B Service line ports SAE J518 3/4 in A, B Service line ports SAE J518 3/4 in
Fastening threads ISO 68 3/8 in -16 UNC-2B; Fastening threads ISO 68 3/8 in -16 UNC-2B;
0.82 (21) deep 1) 0.82 (21) deep 1)


Unit Dimensions, Sizes 56, 63 – SAE Design before finalizing your design.
5.63 (143) 45° 45°

0.50 (12.7) 0.79 (20)
5.75 (146)
0.31 (7.9)
T1
(DIA 127 -0.05 )
1.30
(146)
(33)
DIA 5.000
DIA 4.998
0.56 (14.3)
5.75
40°
IA .38
2.83
2)
(72)
(D IA 6
18
D
2.91
IA 04
(74)
8)
( D A 5.
12
T2 DI
Flange SAE J744
Shaft ends
S Splined shaft 1 1/4 in 14T 12/24 DP 1) T Splined shaft 1 3/8 in 21T 16/32 DP 1) B Parallel keyed shaft
(SAE J744 – 32-4 (C)) pN = 5800 psi (400 bar) DIN 6885 – AS10x8x50 (mm)
+0.002 )
7/16-14 UNC-2B 2) 4)
7/16-14 UNC-2B 2) 4)
M12x1.75 3) 4) (DIA 35 +0.018

DIA 1.379
DIA 1.378
1.10 (28) 1.10 (28) 1.10 (28)

0.3937
0.31(8)
0.3923 E1x0.2
0.37 (9.5) 0.37 (9.5) 0.37 (9.5)
(10h9) DIN 509
DIA 1.57
(DIA 40)
DIA 1.57
(DIA 40)
1.50 (38)
DIA 1.57
(DIA 40)
0.31 (8) 0.31 (8) 2.36
1.89 (48) 1.89 (48) (60)
Ports

Port plates
Detail Y
1.
09 Detail Y
(2
5.79 (147) 7.8
0.94 (23.8)
)
0.75 (19)
3.58 (91)
3.78 (96)
(57 .25
5.12 (130)
.2)
B A B A
5.91 (150)
2
8.11 (206) Y 2.00 (50.8) 7.87 (200)
B Y
9.06 (230) 2.95 10.16 (258) 5.91 (150)
(75)
A, B Service line ports SAE J518 3/4 in A, B Service line ports SAE J518 1 in
Fastening threads ISO 68 3/8 in -16 UNC-2B; Fastening threads ISO 68 7/16 in -14 UNC-2B;
0.82 (21) deep 1) 0.87 (22) deep 1)


6.34 (161) 45° 45°

0.50 (12.7) 0.79 (20)
0.31 (8) 5.75 (146)
T1
(DIA 127 -0.05 )
1.61
(41)
5.75 (146)
DIA 5.000
DIA 4.998
0.56 (14.3)
40°
I A . 38
2)
3.27
(83)
( D IA 6
16
D
3.66
IA .43
8)
(93) T2
(D IA 5
13
D
Flange SAE J744
Shaft ends
U Splined shaft 1 3/8 in 21T 16/32 DP 1) Q Splined shaft 1 1/4 in 14T 12/24 DP 1)
pN = 5800 psi (400 bar) (SAE J744 – 32-4 (C))
Size 80: pN = 4350 psi (300 bar)
7/16-14 UNC-2B 2) 3)
Size 90: pN = 4000 psi (280 bar)

1.10 (28)
7/16-14 UNC-2B 2) 3)
0.37 (9.5) 1.10 (28)

0.37 (9.5)
DIA 1.77
(DIA 45)
DIA 1.77
(DIA 45)
0.31 (8)
0.31 (8)
1.89 (48)
1.89 (48)
Ports
Nome/Name Reparto/Departement Firma/Signature
Redatto da / Prepared by: __________________ _____________________ ___________________
Verificato da / Checked by:_________________ _____________________ ___________________
Approvato da / Approved by________________ _____________________ ___________________
Rev. B0.01 10/07/2006 Pag. 1

. " (&
" "
In caso di richiesta ricambi, identificare e It is necessary to identify the model code

specificare il modello del prodotto ed il N° and the serial number on the name-plate of
di serie rilevabili sulla targhetta del ridutto- the gearbox (see fig 14) while asking for
re (vedi fig 14). spare parts.
Fig. 14
Rev. B0.01 10/07/2006 Pag. 16

. " (&
" "
Versione senza attacco pompa acqua

Without water pump connection version
Rev. B0.01 10/07/2006 Pag. 17

. " (&
" "
Lista ricambi: Riduttore senza attacco pompa acqua

tab. A Spare parts list: Gearbox without water pump connection
Part N° Ref. N° Designation Q.ty Spare part KIT
Pos. N. de commande Dèsignation Q.te
Teil-Nr Bestell-Nr Bezeichnung M.ge
Posiz. Codice Descrizione Q.tà KIT ricambi
1 383.0009.4 Output flange / Bride de sortie / Abtriebflansch / Flangia di uscita 1
2 AT9.0004.0 Sealing collar / Manchon étanche / Dichtmanschette / Cuffia paraolio 1 K6B.0301.0
3 040.0001.1 Ring / Bague / Ring / Anello 1 K6B.0301.0
4 AE1.0012.0 Retaining Ring / Bague d’ arrêt / Sicherungsring / Anello di arresto 1

D165 UNI7437
5 COR.0005.1 Roller Bearing / Palier / Pendelrollenlager / Cusc. orientabile a rulli 1

BS2B248180
6 TAP.0004.0 Breather plug / Bouchon a vis / Verschraubung / Tappo sfiato 1

M22x1.5 (TSS5M)
7 TAP.0011.0 Level plug / Bouchon niveau / Verschraubung / Tappo livello 1

M22x1.5 (TLA5M)
8 840.0031.0 Housing / Carcasse / Gehäuse / Scatola 1 839.0031
9 CRD.0001.0 O-Ring / Joint torique / O-Ring / O-Ring 1
10 250.0007.1* Planet Crown / Couron / Zahnkranzt / Corona Epicicloidale 1 839.0031
11 460.0001.0 Clutch body / Corps d’embray / Upplungskoerper / Campana di giunzione 1
12 330.0023.0 Ring / Bague / Ring / Anello 1
13 AE0.0011.0 Retaining Ring / Bague d’arrêt / Sicherungsring / Anello di arresto 1

D85 UNI 7435
14 750.0002.0 Planet carrier / Porte planétaire / Planetentraeger / Porta planetario 1
15 AE1.0004.0 Retaining Ring / Bague d’ arrêt / Sicherungsring / Anello di arresto 6 K6B.0202.0

D110 UNI7437
16 835.0002.2 Planet gear / Satellite / Planetenrad / Satellite 3 K6B.0202.0
17 COR.0003.0 Roller Bearing / Palier / Pendelrollenlager / Cusc. orientabile a rulli 3 K6B.0202.0

22310 C3
18 810.0002.1 Washer / Rondelle / Scheibe / Rondella 3
19 VT2.0001.0 Screw / Vis / Schraube / Vite 3

(Verbus M12x25)
20 RAL.0001.0 Thrust washer / Butée / Umbördelung / Ralla 1

GS 81106 SWF
21 GAR.0003.0 Needle cage / Cage à cylinders / Nadelkranz / Gabbia a rullini 1
22 735.0008.0 Driving pinion / Pignon / Ritzel / Pignone 1
Rev. B0.01 10/07/2006 Pag. 18

. " (&
" "
Lista ricambi: Riduttore senza attacco pompa acqua

tab. A Spare parts list: Gearbox without water pump connection
24 AE1.0006.0 Retaining ring / Bague d’arrét / Sicherungsring / Anello di arresto 6 K6B.0201.0

(D80 UNI 7437)
26 CR1.0011.0 Ball bearing / Palier a billes / Kugellager /Cuscinetto a sfere 3 K6B.0201.0

(6307 C4)

(Verbus M8x25)

D56 UNI7435
30 CR1.0008.1 Ball bearing / Palier a billes / Kugellager / Cuscinetto a sfere 1

(16011)
31 RO1.0008.0 Washer / Rondelle / Scheibe / Rosetta metallica 4

(M22/28/1.5)
32 TAP.0007.0 Screw plug / Bouchon à vis / Verschraubung / Tappo a vite 2

(M22x1.5 DIN 908)
33 GRA.0001.0 Grub screw / Grain / Dübel / Grano 1
34 AT5.0062.0 O-Ring / Joint torique / O-Ring / O-Ring 1

(OR 4500)
35 VC1.0010.0 Screw / Vis / Schraube / Vite 30

M10x40
40 735.0102.0 Input pinion / Pignon d’entrée / Antriebswelle / Pignone d’entrata 1
41 215.0056.2 Housing / Carter / Gehäuse / Campana 1
*INSERITA A PRESSIONE CON ATTREZZATURA SPECIALE * MOUNTED USING A SPECIAL EQUIPMENT

(NON MODIFICABILE DAL CLIENTE) (CANNOT BE REMOVED BY THE CUSTOMER)
Rev. B0.01 10/07/2006 Pag. 19

. " (&
" "
Versione con attacco pompa acqua

With water pump connection version
Rev. B0.01 10/07/2006 Pag. 20

. " (&
" "
Lista ricambi: Riduttore con attacco pompa acqua

tab. B Spare parts list: Gearbox with water pump connection
1 383.0009.4 Output flange / Bride de sortie / Abtriebflansch / Flangia di uscita 1
2 AT9.0004.0 Sealing collar / Manchon étanche / Dichtmanschette / Cuffia paraolio 1 K6B.0301.0
3 040.0001.1 Ring / Bague / Ring / Anello 1 K6B.0301.0
4 AE1.0012.0 Retaining Ring / Bague d’ arrêt / Sicherungsring / Anello di arresto 1

D165 UNI7437
5 COR.0005.1 Roller Bearing / Palier / Pendelrollenlager / Cusc. orientabile a rulli 1

BS2B248180
6 TAP.0004.0 Breather plug / Bouchon a vis / Verschraubung / Tappo sfiato 1

M22x1.5 (TSS5M)
7 TAP.0011.0 Level plug / Bouchon niveau / Verschraubung / Tappo livello 1

M22x1.5 (TLA5M)
8 840.0031.0 Housing / Carcasse / Gehäuse / Scatola 1 839.0031
9 CRD.0001.0 O-Ring / Joint torique / O-Ring / O-Ring 1
10 250.0007.1* Planet Crown / Couron / Zahnkranzt / Corona Epicicloidale 1 839.0031
11 460.0001.0 Clutch body / Corps d’embray / Upplungskoerper / Campana di giunzione 1
12 330.0023.0 Ring / Bague / Ring / Anello 1

D85 UNI 7435
15 AE1.0004.0 Retaining Ring / Bague d’ arrêt / Sicherungsring / Anello di arresto 6 K6B.0202.0

D110 UNI7437
17 COR.0003.0 Roller Bearing / Palier / Pendelrollenlager / Cusc. orientabile a rulli 3 K6B.0202.0

22310 C3

(Verbus M12x25)
20 RAL.0001.0 Thrust washer / Butée / Umbördelung / Ralla 1

GS 81106 SWF
21 GAR.0003.0 Needle cage / Cage à cylinders / Nadelkranz / Gabbia a rullini 1
22 735.0008.0 Driving pinion / Pignon / Ritzel / Pignone 1
Rev. B0.01 10/07/2006 Pag. 21

. " (&
" "

24 AE1.0006.0 Retaining ring / Bague d’arrét / Sicherungsring / Anello di arresto 6 K6B.0201.0

(D80 UNI 7437)
26 CR1.0011.0 Ball bearing / Palier a billes / Kugellager /Cuscinetto a sfere 3 K6B.0201.0

(6307 C4)

(Verbus M8x25)

D56 UNI7435

(16011)

(M22/28/1.5)

(M22x1.5 DIN 908)
33 GRA.0001.0 Grub screw / Grain / Dübel / Grano 1
34 AT5.0062.0 O-Ring / Joint torique / O-Ring / O-Ring 1

(OR 4500)
35 VC1.0010.0 Screw / Vis / Schraube / Vite 30

M10x40
51 215.0054.2 Housing / Carter / Gehäuse / Campana 1

(Verbus M8x20)
54 AE2.0001.0 Retaining ring / Bague d’arrét / Sicherungsring / Anello di arresto 1

SB62

(6006 NR)
56 520.0024.0 Idle gear / Pignon intermédiaire / Zwischenrad / Oziosa 1

(M18)

(M18x1.5 DIN 908)
Rev. B0.01 10/07/2006 Pag. 22

. " (&
" "

59 CR1.0009.0 Ball bearing / Palier a billes / Kugellagerù / Cuscinetto a sfere 1

(16002)
61 LIN.0001.1 Fitting Key / Clavette / Passfeder / Linguetta 1

(6x6x20)

(16005)
63 AE1.0009.0 Retaining ring / Bague d’arrét / Sicherungsring / Anello di arresto 1

(D47 UNI 7437)
64 AT4.0001.0 Shaft seal / Bague d’étanchéité / Wellendichtring / Anello di tenuta 1

(A 25x47x7 DIN 3760)
*INSERITA A PRESSIONE CON ATTREZZATURA SPECIALE * MOUNTED USING A SPECIAL EQUIPMENT

(NON MODIFICABILE DAL CLIENTE) (CANNOT BE REMOVED BY THE CUSTOMER)
Rev. B0.01 10/07/2006 Pag. 23

. " (&
" "
Lista ricambi: kit disponibili

tab. C Spare parts list: available kits
Kit N° Ref. N° Designation Part N° Ref. N° Q.ty
Kit-Nr Bestell-Nr Bezeichnung Teil-Nr Bestell-Nr M.ge
Kit Codice Descrizione Posiz. Codice Q.tà
839.0031 Casing + Planet crown 8 840.0031.0 1

Scatola con corona 10 250.0007.1 1
K6B.0201.0 Assembled planet gears 24 AE1.0006.0 2

Satelliti preassemblati 25 835.0001.1 1
I° Trasm. 26 CR1.0011.0 1
K6B.0202.0 Assembled planet gears 15 AE1.0004.0 2

Satelliti preassemblati 16 835.0002.2 1
II° Trasm. 17 COR.0003.0 1
K6B.0301.0 Assembled sealing collar 2 AT9.0004.0 1

Cuffia paraolio assembl. 3 040.0001.1 1
Rev. B0.01 10/07/2006 Pag. 24

External Gear Pumps RE 10 089/02.07
Replaces: Series F
Issue 04.04
Series F
AZPF-...
Fixed pumps
V = 4.0...28 cm3/rev
Overview of contents Features

Contents Page – Nominal pressure 280 bar
General 2 – Slide bearings for heavy duty applications
Product overview 3 – Drive shafts to ISO or SAE
Ordering code single pumps 4 – Combination of several pumps possible
Ordering code multiple pumps 5 – Line ports:
Drive shaft 6 connection flange or screw thread
Front cover 7 – Consistent high quality thru mass production
Line ports 9 – Numerous configuration variants available
Pumps with integral valves 10
Design calculations for pumps 10
Performance charts 11
Noise charts 14
Specifications 16
Drive arrangements 17
Multiple pumps through drives 19
Unit dimensions 20
Notes for commissioning and maintenance 59
Service parts 60
Fittings 62
Ordering-No. 64
2/68 Bosch Rexroth AG Hydraulics AZPF RE 10 089/02.07
General
Rexroth external gear pumps are available as standard gear
pumps in the 4 series of B, F, N and G and as SILENCE gear
pumps in the series of S, T and U, in which the displacements
are graded by different gear widths. Further configuration
variants are given by different flanges, shafts, valve arrange-
ments and multiple pump combinations.
Construction
The external gear pump consists essentially of a pair of gears The internal sealing is achieved by forces which are propor-
supported in bearing bushings and the case with a front and tional to delivery pressure. This ensures optimum efficiency. The
a rear cover. The drive shaft protrudes from the front cover bearings provide the seal at the ends of the gaps between the
where it is sealed by the shaft seal ring. The bearing forces are teeth which carry the pressurized oil. The sealing zone between
absorbed by special bearing bushings with sufficient elasticity the gear teeth and the bearing is controlled by the admission of
to produce surface contact instead of line contact. They also operating pressure to the rear of the bearing bushings. Special
ensure excellent resistance to galling – especially at low speed. seals form the boundary of the zone. The radial clearance at the
The gears have 12 teeth. This keeps both flow pulsation and tips of the gear teeth is sealed by internal forces pushing them
noise emission to a minimum. against the case.
Gear pump axial compensation

Axial seal External pressure zone Internal pressure zone Radial seal
Sealing zone
Cover Flange Compensation forces
1 Retaining ring 8 Case seal

2 Shaft seal ring 9 Pump case
3 Front cover 10 Bearing
4 Slide bearing 11 Axial zone seal
5 Centering pin 12 Support
6 Gear 13 End cover
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 7 Gear (frictional) 14 Fixing screws
AZPF RE 10 089/02.07 Hydraulics Bosch Rexroth AG 3/68
Product overview of “Series F” standard types
Version Page Version Page Version Page Version Page

20 29 38 52
21 30 40 53
22 31 42 54
23 32 44 55
24 33 46 56
25 34 48 57
26 35 49 58
27 36 50
28 37 51
Ordering code
External gear units, single pumps, standard
AZ P F – x x – 016 R C B 20 M B 18009 S xxxx
Function Special
P = Pump design *)
Series
1 = Standard bearing Valve adjustment
2 = Reinforced bearing 200 xx = PRV 200 bar
Version xxx 11 = FCV 11 l/min
0 = Phosphatized 18009 = PRV + FCV
1 = Phosphatized, pinned 180 bar, 9 l/min
2 = Chromatized, pinned
Rear cover
Size (F)
B = Standard
004 = 4.0 cm3/rev
005 = 5.5 cm3/rev D = PRV residual flow
008 = 8.0 cm3/rev internal
011 = 11.0 cm3/rev E = FCV residual flow
014 = 14.0 cm3/rev external
016 = 16.0 cm3/rev S = FCV residual flow
019 = 19.0 cm3/rev internal
022 = 22.5 cm3/rev V = PRV + FCV
025 = 25.0 cm3/rev
Seals
028 = 28.0 cm3/rev
M = NBR
P = FPM
R = Clockwise
L = Counterclockwise K = NBR, SSR in FPM
*) Some of the special designs shown on

pages 18–55 are not covered in the
illustration of the ordering code.
Drive shafts Front cover Line ports

Suitable front cover
Tapered key shaft Square flange
C 1: 5
B P B Centering Ø 80 mm
20 Rectangular flange
SAE J 744 82-2 A Thread (UNF-2B)

Tapered key shaft
H 1: 8
O R 2-bolt flange 12 SAE
Ø 82.55 mm Seal ring BOSS
2-bolt mounting
N Dihedral claw M P Centering Ø 50 mm
Straight keyed shaft Square flange Pipe thread

Q SAE J 744 16-1 A
R O Centering Ø 36.47 mm
01 ISO 228/1
SAE J 744 101-2 B Thread, metric
Splined shaft
R SAE J 744 16-4 9T
R C C 2-bolt flange 03 ISO 6149
Ø 101.6 mm with seal ring
2-bolt mounting
Splined shaft
P SAE J 744 19-4 11T
R C M Centering Ø 52 mm
with seal ring
Splined shaft Outboard bearing
F DIN 5482 B 17 x 14
B P A Ø 80 mm, Type 1
Tapered key shaft 2-bolt mounting

S 1: 5 for flange A
A N Centering Ø 50 mm
Straight keyed shaft 4-bolt mounting

A ISO Ø 18 mm
B T Ø 52 mm with seal ring
Outboard bearing
G Ø 80 mm, Type 2
Not all variants can be selected by using ordering code!

Please select the required pump by using the selection tables (standard types) or after consultation with Bosch Rexroth!
Special options are possible upon request.
Ordering code
External gear units, multiple pumps, standard
AZ P GGFF – x x – 032/022/016/005 R C B 20 20 20 20 K B
Function
P = Pump
Series Rear cover
B = 1.0... 7.1 cm3/rev relates to last pump section
S = 4.0...28.0 cm3/rev B = Standard
F = 4.0...28.0 cm3/rev Seals
N = 20.0...36.0 cm3/rev
M = NBR
G = 22.5...56.0 cm3/rev
P = FPM
Series,
K = NBR, SSR in FPM
relates to pump section 1
1 = Standard bearing Shaft seal relate to pump
2 = Reinforced bearing section 1
Version,
relates to pump section 1
0 = Phosphatized
1 = Phosphatized, pinned
2 = Chromatized, pinned
Size
corresponding to each
series
R = Clockwise
L = Counterclockwise
Drive shafts Front cover Line ports

relates to pump part 1 relates to pump part 1 every pump parts
Series B: Suitable front cover
Tapered key shaft Square flange Thread, metric
H 1: 8 O O Centering Ø 25.38 mm 02 DIN 3852 T1
Series F, S:
C 1: 5 B B Centering Ø 80 mm 20 Rectangular flange

H 1: 8 O O Centering Ø 36.47 mm
Splined shaft SAE J 744 82-2 A

R SAE J 744 16-4 9T R R Centering Ø 82.55 mm
2-bolt mounting
Series N, T:
Tapered key shaft Square flange Square flange SAE
C 1: 5 B B Centering Ø 100 mm 07 Thread, metric
Splined shaft SAE J 744 101-2 B

D SAE J 744 22-4 13T C C Centering Ø 101.6 mm 20 Rectangular flange
2-bolt mounting
Centering Ø 52 mm
N Dihedral claw M M with seal ring
Series G, U:
Tapered key shaft Square flange Square flange SAE
C 1: 5 B B Centering Ø 105 mm 07 Thread, metric
Splined shaft SAE J 744 101-2 B

D SAE J 744 22-4 13T C C Centering Ø 101.6 mm 20 Rectangular flange
2-bolt mounting
H 1: 8 O O Centering Ø 50.78 mm
Not all variants can be selected by using ordering code!

Please select the required pump by using the selection tables (standard types) or after consultation with Bosch Rexroth!
Special options are possible upon request.
Drive shafts
C 38±0,6 DIN 128-A12-FSt H 39,5±0,6 DIN 128-A12-FSt

7,8±0,35 3x5 DIN 6888 27,4±0,5 3x5 DIN 6888
17
9,5–0,2
'38
Ø17–0,027
5°42
1,8
Ø16,65
1:5 DIN 936- DIN 936- 1:8
M12x1,5-m-06 M12x1,5-m-06
12±0,35
6,5+0,3 32±0,5 8±0,4

N Q
Ø17–0,027
2,7+0,5
15,875–0,025
8–0,025
–0,083
Ø17–0,027
17,73–0,13
Pump without shaft seal,
see page 17
4x20 DIN 6885
31,5±0,4 31,5±0,4
R 8±0,5 P 8±0,5
Ø15,456–0,127
Ø18,62–0,13
Ø17–0,027
Ø20–0,33
Min. 21.8 ANSI B 92.1 Min. 21 ANSI B 92.1
usable shaft 9T 16/32 SP usable shaft 11T 16/32 SP
length Tooth thickness s = 2.357–0.030 length 30° pressure angle
23,5–0,8
F 2±0,5 S 45+0,5
–1
9,5±0,7 for
Ø16,5–0,27
reference-Ø 20,00 DIN 128-A14-FSt

19,2 4x6,5 DIN 6888
'
" ±1
Ø20–0,0265
–0,117
'38
5°42
2
Min. 14.9 B 17x14

usable shaft DIN 5482 1:5 DIN 934-
length Tooth thickness sw = 3.200 –0.030 M14x1,5-8-A
A 7.2± 0.1
22
3
20.5
6–0.03
Ø18–0.016
–0.027
36±0.4
Front cover
B R 12,5–0,5
1
R47 ±
6,2±0,1
7,2±0,1 ±5 SAE-A
R9
Ø21
11+0,27 ±1
2
34,5±0,1
44,5±1,5
R1
Ø82,55–0,05
Ø80–0,060
–0,106
15,7±1
10°10°
15,7±1
120±1,5
100± 0,2
9± 0,11
Ø18
12,5–0,4 72±0,2 106,4±0,15

90±1,5 127±1,5
60±0,2
P O
min. 10,6
4,8±0,1 71,4±0,2
8,5±0,11
R8
7,2±0,1 30±0,1
Ø36,47–0,05
34,3±1,5
Ø50–0,020
–0,064
15,7±1
15,7±1
96,1±0,2
32,5±0,1
112+1,5
14,3±0,1
–1
60±0,2
19±0,1 87+1,5
–1
2xM10–10.9
C M
14,5–0,5 172±1,3 60±0,2
9,5± 0,1 7,2±0,1 min. 10,6
146±0,15 30±0,1
max. 3
14,3±0,1
9,9±0,2
1
R58 ±
Ø26
34,3±1,5
Ø47,8–0,2
Ø32+0,16
–0,076
Ø52–0,030
15,7±1
R1
3 ±1
60±0,2
Ø101,6
25±0,2
15,7±1
Ø41
2±0,2
3,2±0,2
Pump without 2xM10–10.9
shaft seal,
SAE - B 14,3±0,27 see page 17
A 4x6,5 DIN 6888 N

DIN 128-A14-FSt 60±0,2
min. 10,6
±5
8–0,2 R9 7,2±0,1 30±0,1
34,3±1,5
34,5±0,1
Ø50–0,020
–0,064
Ø80–0,060
–0,106
15,7±1
15,7±1
100±0,2
120±1,5
60±0,2
14,3±0,1
DIN 934-
M14x1,5-8-A
9,5±0,2
72±0,2 2xM10–10.9
12,5+1 90±1,5
Front cover (continued)
T 10.3+0.3
G 53.8±0.3 for reference-
min. 10.6
60±0.2
7.2±0.1 30±0.1 50±1.5 Ø 20.00 . 5
±0
34.3±1.5
13.5±1.5 90±1.5
8–0.025
–0.083
9
15.7±1
Ø17–0.027
R
Ø47.9–0.1
Ø52–0.030
–0.076
44.5±1.5
36–0.5
9±0.11 34.5±0.1
60±0.2
2
14.3±0.1
–0.106
Ø80–0.060
15.7±0.1
100±0.2
120±1.5
Ø20–0.065
–0.117
1.8+0.2 4xM10–10.9
3+0.2
2.7+0.5 20–0.2 72±0.2
6.5+0.2
Line ports
G Pipe thread At pressures p2 > 210 bar

01 ISO 228/1 limited fatigue strength
F
Ordering Size Pressure side Suction side
code G F G F
01 4...16 cm3 G 1/2 16 G 3/4 16
19...28 cm3 G 3/4 G1 19
D Thread, metric At pressures p2 > 210 bar

M
03 ISO 6149 limited service life
E
with seal ring

F

code M D E F M D E F
03 4...5.5 cm3 M 18 x 1.5 29 0.5 16 M 18 x 1.5 29 0.5 16
8...16 cm3 M 22 x 1.5 34 18 M 27 x 2 40 19
19...28 cm3 M 33 x 2 46 22
Thread At pressures p2 > 210 bar

D 12 (UNF-2B) SAE limited service life
G
E
seal ring BOSS

F

code G D E F G D E F
12 4...5.5 cm3 9/16–18 UNF-2B 25 0.5 13 9/16–18 UNF-2B 25 0.5 13
8 cm3 7/8–14 UNF-2B 35 16 7/8–14 UNF-2B 35 16
11...28 cm3 1 1/16–12 UNF-2B 45 19
45° 5°
20
C E
D

code C D E C D E
20 4...5.5 cm3 15 35 M 6, depth 13 15 40 M 6, depth 13
8...16 cm3 20
19...28 cm3 20 40 M 8, depth 13
Rectangular flange
30
C E
D

code C D E C D E
30 4...8 cm3 13.5 30.2 M 6, depth 13 13.5 30.2 M 6, depth 13
11...28 cm3 20.0 39.7 M 8, depth 13
Gear pumps with

integral valves
In order to reduce external pipework it is possible to incor-
porate a flow-control valve or pressure-relief valve in the rear
cover of the gear pump. A typical application of this is in the
supply of hydraulic oil in power steering systems. The pump
delivers a constant flow irrespective of the speed at which it is
driven. The excess flow is either returned internally to the suc- upon request
tion port or distributed externally to other items of equipment.
3const. 3const. Qconst.
p1
p1
3-way flow-control valve. 3-way flow-control valve. 3-way flow-control valve with Pressure-relief valve.
Excess flow returned to Excess flow distributed externally; pressure-relief valve. Discharge returned to
suction line loadable Excess flow returned to suction line
Qconst. = 2...30 l/min Qconst. = 2...30 l/min suction line p1 = 5...250 bar
Qconst. = 2...30 l/min
p1 = 100...180 bar
Ordering code
S xxx17 E xxx12 V 15011 D 180xx
Design calculations for pumps

The design calculations for pumps It is also necessary to allow for different The following formulas describe the
are based on the following parameters: efficiencies such as: various relationships.
They include correction factors for
V [cm3/rev] Displacement ηv Volumetric efficiency adapting the parameters to the usual
Q [l/min] Delivery ηhm Hydraulic-mechanical units encountered in practice.
p [bar] Pressure efficiency
M [Nm] Drive torque ηt Overall efficiency Caution: Diagrams providing approxi-
n [rev/min] Drive speed mate selection data will be found on
P [kW] Drive power subsequent pages.
Q Q = V · n · ηv · 10–5
Q Q
V = n · η · 105 n= · 105
v V · ηv
p M · ηhm
p= M · ηhm
1.59 · V 1.59 · V · p
V= M= ηhm
n
P M 159 · p
V
p·Q
P= 6 · P · ηt 6 · P · ηt
6 · ηt
Q= p=
p Q
[%]
n ηv Q V [cm3/rev] Q [l/min] p [bar] Caution: η [%] e.g. 95 [%]
M ηhm p
P ηt p·Q n [rev/min] P [kW] M [Nm]
Performance charts
ν = 32 mm2/s, ϑ = 50 °C
90
p = 20 bar
v
/ reU
p2 = max. intermittent
cm 3
80
28
25
Q=
70
.5
22
60
19
50
Q [l/min]
16
40 14
11
30
8
20
5.5
4
10
0 Q = f ( n,V ) incl. ηv
0 1000 2000 3000 4000
P = f ( n, p) incl. ηt
n [rpm] M = f ( n, p) incl. ηhm
V = 4 cm3/ Urev V = 5.5 cm3/ Urev
10 13 30
r
p = 280 ba
r
12 p = 280 ba
9 20
ar
0b
250 11 250 25
28
8
ar
0b
p=
10
0
28
25
7
p=
200 15 9 200 20
0
25
8
0
6
20
M [Nm]
M [Nm]
P [kW]
P [kW]
150 7 150 15
0
20
5 10
0
6 15
100 0
4 15 5 100 10
0
3 5 4 10
0
50 10
50
3 5
2 50
50
2
1 0
1 0
0 0
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 0 1000 2000 3000 4000
n [rpm] n [rpm]
Performance charts (continued)
V = 8 cm3/ Urev V = 11 cm3/ Urev
20 25 60
p = 280 bar
18 p = 280 bar 40 50
250
16 250
ar
20 200 40
ar
0b
25 80 b
28
2
14 150 30
p=
30
p=
0
200
0
25
12 15 100 20
M [Nm]
0
M [Nm]
P [kW]
P [kW]
20
0
150
20
10 50 10
20
0
15 0
8 100 10 15 0
0
6 10 10 0
50 10
4 5
50 50
2 0
0 0
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 0 1000 2000 3000 4000
n [rpm] n [rpm]
25 80 30 90
p = 280 bar 80
p = 280 bar 70
bar
25 250
250 70
0
ar
20 60
28
0b
p=
60
28
200
p=
200 50
0
20 50
0
25
25
15 40 150
150
M [Nm]
M [Nm]
40
P [kW]
P [kW]
0
0
20
20
30 15 100 30
100
0 0 20
10 15 20 50 15
50 10 10
0 10 0
10 10
0
5 0
50 5 50
0 0
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 0 1000 2000 3000 4000
n [rpm] n [rpm]
V = 19 cm3/ Urev V = 22.5 cm3/Urev
30 90 30 100
80 90
p = 230 bar
p = 210 bar
25 70 25 80
ar
200
b
ar
210
0b
60 70
23
p=
p=
20 150 0
50 20 150 60
20
M [Nm]
M [Nm]
40 50
P [kW]
P [kW]
0
15
100
15 30 15 100 40
0
15
50 20 30
0
50 10
10 0 10 10 20
10
0 10
50
5 50 5 0
0 0
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 0 1000 2000 3000 4000
n [rpm] n [rpm]
V = 25 cm3/Urev V = 28 cm3/ Urev
35 35
p = 225 bar 100

p = 200 bar 100
ar
r
30 90
a
200 30 90
0b
5b
20
22
80 80
p=
p=
150
0
25 70 25 70
20
150
60 60
0
15
M [Nm]
M [Nm]
P [kW]
P [kW]
20 50 20 100 50
0
100
15
40 40
15 30 15 0 30
50 10
50 0
10 20 20
10 10 10 10
0 50 0
50
5 5
0 0
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 0 1000 2000 3000 4000
n [rpm] n [rpm]
Noise charts
Noise level dependent on rotational speed, pressure range These are typical characteristic values for the respective model.
between 10 bar and pressure value p2 (see page 16 Speci- They describe the airborne sound emitted solely by the pump.
fications table). Environmental influences (installation site, piping, further
Oil data: ν = 32 mm2/s, ϑ = 50 °C. system components) are not taken into consideration.
Sound pressure level calculated from noise measurements Each value applies for a single pump.
made in the sound absorbent measuring room compliant with
DIN 45 635, Part 26.
Spacing between measuring sensor – pump: 1 m.
V = 4 cm3/ Urev V = 5.5 cm3/ Urev

75 75
70 70
65 65
60 60
55 55
50 50
LpA [dB(A)]
LpA [dB(A)]
45 45
40 40
35 35
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 0 1000 2000 3000 4000
n [rpm] n [rpm]

75 75
70 70
65 65
60 60
55 55
50 50
LpA [dB(A)]
LpA [dB(A)]
45 45
40 40
35 35
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 0 1000 2000 3000 4000
n [rpm] n [rpm]
Noise charts (continued)

75 75
70 70
65 65
60 60
55 55
50 50
LpA [dB(A)]
LpA [dB(A)]
45 45
40 40
35 35
0 1000 2000 3000 0 1000 2000 3000
n [rpm] n [rpm]
V = 19 cm3/Urev V = 22.5 cm3/Urev

75 75
70 70
65 65
60 60
55 55
50 50
LpA [dB(A)]
LpA [dB(A)]
45 45
40 40
35 35
0 1000 2000 3000 0 1000 2000 3000
n [rpm] n [rpm]
V = 25 cm3/Urev V = 28 cm3/ Urev

75 75
70 70
65 65
60 60
55 55
50 50
LpA [dB(A)]
LpA [dB(A)]
45 45
40 40
35 35
0 1000 2000 3000 0 1000 2000 3000
n [rpm] n [rpm]
Specifications
General *) During the application of
Construction External gear pump control systems or devices with
Mounting Flange or through-bolting with spigot critical counter-reaction, such
Line ports Screw, flange as steering and counterbalance
Direction of rotation Clockwise or counterclockwise, valves, the type of filtration
(looking on shaft) the pump may only be driven in the direction indicated selected must be adapted to
Installation position Any the sensitivity of these devices/
Load on shaft Radial and axial forces after consulting systems.
Ambient temperature range –30 °C...+80 °C or max. 110 °C with Viton seals
Fluids – Mineral oil compliant with DIN 51 524, 1–3, Safety requirements pertaining
however under higher load at least HLP compliant to the whole systems are to be
with DIN 51 524 Part 2 recommended. observed.
– Comply with RE 07075
– Further operating fluids possible after consultation In the case of applications
Viscosity 12...800 mm2/s permitted range with high numbers of load cycles
20...100 mm2/s recommended range please consulting.
...2000 mm2/s range permitted for starting
Fluid temperature range –30 °C...+80 °C
–20 °C...+110 °C with FPM seals
Filtration *) At least cleanliness level 21/18/15 compliant with
ISO 4406 (1999)
Definition of direction of rotation Definitions of pressures

Always look on the drive shaft.
Caution: Dimensions drawings always show clockwise-rotation
bar
pumps. On counter-clockwise-rotation pumps the positions of p3
the drive shaft and the suction and pressure ports are different. p2
p1
Pump pressure
max. 20 s
Time t
p1 max. continuous pressure

Clockwise rotation Counter-clockwise rotation p2 max. intermittent pressure
p3 max. peak pressure
AZPF-1x *)
Displacement V cm3/rev 4 5.5 8 11 14 16 19 22.5 22.5
Suction pressure pe 0.7...3 (absolute), with tandem pumps: pe ( p2) = max. 0.5 > pe ( p1)
Max. continuous pressure p1 250 210 180 210
bar
Max. intermittent pressure p2 280 230 210 230
Max. peak pressure p3 300 250 230 250
Min. rotational speed < 100 rpm 600 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500
at bar 12 mm2/s 100...180 1200 1200 1000 1000 800 800 800 800 800
180... p2 1400 1400 1400 1200 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
25 mm2/s p2 700 600 500 450 400 400 400 400 400
Max. rotational speed at p2 4000 3500 3000 3000 3000 2500 3000
*) Version with extended bearings
AZPF-2x
Displacement V cm3/rev 4 5.5 8 11 14 16 19 22.5 25 28
Suction pressure pe 0.7...3 (absolute), with tandem pumps: pe ( p2) = max. 0.5 > pe ( p1)
Max. continuous pressure p1 250 220 195 170
bar
Max. intermittent pressure p2 280 250 225 200
Max. peak pressure p3 300 290 265 240
Min. rotational speed < 100 rpm 600 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500
at bar 12 mm2/s 100...180 1200 1200 1000 1000 800 800 800 800 800 800
180... p2 1400 1400 1400 1200 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
25 mm2/s p2 600 500 400 350 300 300 300 300 300 300
Max. rotational speed at p2 4000 3500 3000 3000 3500 3500 3000 3000
Drive arrangements
1. Flexible couplings
The coupling must not transfer any radial
or axial forces to the pump.
The maximum radial runout of shaft

spigot is 0.2 mm.
Refer to the fitting instructions provided

by the coupling manufacturer for details
of the maximum permitted shaft misalign-
ment.
2. Coupling sleeve Splined Mmax. V

Used on shafts with DIN or SAE splining. 34 shaft [Nm] [cm3/rev]
Caution: There must be no radial or DIN 100 4...28
axial forces exerted on the pump shaft SAE 110
Ø25 h11
or coupling sleeve. The coupling sleeve
must be free to move axially. The dis-
tance between the pump shaft and drive
shaft must be 2+1 . Oil-bath or oil-mist 2+1
lubrications is necessary.
3. Drive shaft with tang

For the close-coupling of the pumps
to electric motor or internal-combustion min. 8 12
engine, gear, etc.
30°
The pump shaft has a special tang and
driver 3 (not included in supply). 1
There is no shaft sealing.
Ø52,7+0,3
Ø52+0,046
The recommended arrangements and

Ø30
dimensions for the drive end and sealing
are as follows.
A
Drive shaft
Case-hardening steel DIN 17 210 2 2,5–0, 5 0,2 A 3
e.g. 20 MnCrS 5
case-hardened 0.6 deep; HRC 60 ±3.
Surface for sealing ring
ground without rifling Rmax. 울 4µm
Drive with tang
Radial shaft seal ring
Rubber-covered seal (see DIN 3760, AZPF-1x AZPF-2x
Type AS or double-lipped ring). Mmax. V pmax. Mmax. V pmax.
Cut 15° chamfer or fit shaft seal ring [Nm] [cm3/rev] [bar] [Nm] [cm3/rev] [bar]
with protection sleeve. 65 4...14 280 85 4...14 280
16 230 16 280
65 19 190 19 250
22.5 160 22.5 210
25 190
28 170
4. V-belts and gearwheels without

outboard bearing
When proposing to use V-belt or gear
drive, please submit details of the
application for our comments (especially
dimensions a, dm, dw and angle α).
0° 0°
α α
dm
dw
180° 180°
a a
5. Outboard bearing
Outboard bearing eliminate possible
problems when the pumps are driven by Mmax. V pmax.
V-belts or gearwheels. The diagrams [Nm] [cm3/rev] [bar]
below show the maximum radial and axial 65 16 230
loads that can be tolerated based on 19 190
a bearing life of LH = 1000 hours. 22.5 160
Type 1 a N
1200
Fr
1000
n=
Fr
15
00
Fa
20
800 00
30
00
40
00
600
400
10 20 30 40 50 mm
a
Type 2 a
Fr
Fa
Multiple gear pumps Standard through drive

Gear pumps are well-suited to tandem combinations of
pumps in which the drive shaft of the first pump is extended to Mmax. = 65 Nm
drive a second pump and sometimes a third pump in the same
manner. A coupling is fitted between each pair of pumps.
In most cases each pump is isolated from its neighbor, i.e. the
suction ports are separate from one another. A common suction
port is also possible as an option.
Caution: Basically, the specifications for the single pumps F F
apply, but with certain restrictions:
Max. speed: This is determined by the highest rated pump
speed in use.
Pressures: These are restricted by the strength of the drive Combinations
shaft, the through drives and the drivers. Appropriate data is Series Mmax. [Nm] Series
given in the dimensional drawings. pump 1 pump 2
F 65 F
Pressure restrictions during standard through drive F 65 S
In the case of series S, the driver for the second pumping F 12 B
stage can carry a load of up to Mmax. = 65 Nm, i.e. there is a
pressure restriction for the second stage and any further stages. Max. transferrable drive torque *
Function Code Designation Max. transferrable
Mmax. [Nm] V [cm3/rev] pmax. [bar] letter drive torque *
65 16 230 [Nm]
19 190
R SAE J744 16-4 9T 110
Splined
shafts
22.5 160
25 140
SAE J744 19-4-
28 130 P 180
11T
If the first stage is driven through a tang (driver) or outboard
C 1:5 155
key shaft
bearing type 1, pressure restrictions apply as indicated in the

Tapered
formula below.
H 1:8 160
Reinforced through drives are available for applications with
higher transfer torques and/or rotational vibrations. Customized
designs available on request. G Shafts Ø 15.875 55
Cylinder
shafts
Reinforced through drive A Shafts Ø 18 75
Mmax. = 160 Nm
Claw
N Dihedral claw 65
* These values only apply when the conditions described

on page 16 are complied with. Bosch Rexroth is to be con-
sulted if the stated values are exceeded.
F F
p1V1 p2V2 p3V3
Mmax. ⭌ ∆p1 · V1 · 0.0177 + ∆p2 · V2 · 0.0177 + ∆p3 · V3 · 0.0177

∆p [bar] V [cm3/rev]
Unit dimensions
Standard range
38±0.6 B±0.7
.5
7.2±0.1 A±0.4 9
±0
44.5±1.5
34.5±0.1
45°
45°
–0.060
Ø80–0.106
15.7±1
1.8
100+1.5
100±0.2
–1
±1.5
120
9±0.11
1:5
Ø18
15
12.5–0.4 72±0.2
35±0.15
M6 90±1.5
7.8±0.35
'
" ±1
38
Ø17–0.027
'
5°42
84–0.2
As shown in drawing
Inlet and outlet port changed

17
D
DIN 128-A12-FSt C
E
DIN 936-
M12x1.5-m-06
A 510 240 021
45°
45°
3x5 DIN 6888
Ordering code
AZPF – 10 – □ □ □ □ C B 20 M B
AZPF – 11 – □ □ □ □ C B 20 M B*
Displace- Ordering-No. Max. Max. kg Dimension
n N
ment operating rotation
pressure speed [mm]
[cm3/rev] L R [bar] [rpm] A B C D E
4 0 510 225 306 0 510 225 006 280 4000 3.2 39.9 85.0 15 40 M6
5.5 0 510 325 306 0 510 325 006 280 4000 3.2 41.1 87.5 15 40 depth 13
8 0 510 425 307 0 510 425 009 280 4000 3.3 43.2 91.6 20 40
11 0 510 525 311 0 510 525 009 280 3500 3.5 47.0 96.6 20 40
14 0 510 525 319 0 510 525 018 280 3000 3.7 47.5 101.6 20 40
16 0 510 625 315 0 510 625 022 280 3000 3.7 47.5 105.0 20 40
19 0 510 625 314 0 510 625 013 230 3500 3.8 47.5 110.0 20 40
22.5 0 510 725 330* 0 510 725 030 210 2500 3.8 55.1 115.4 20 40
Unit dimensions
Standard range
23.5–0.8 B± 0.7
5
7.2± 0.1 0.
A± 0.4 ±
9
R
44.5± 1.5
34.5± 0.1
45°
45°
–0.106
Ø80–0.060
15.7±1
100+1.5
100± 0.2
120± 1.5
–1
9± 0.11
Ø18
15
12.5–0.4 72±0.2
35± 0.15 M6
90±1.5
Ø16.5–0.27
84–0.2
As shown in drawing

Min. 14.8
usable shaft length
D
DIN 5482 B 17 x 14
Tooth thickness C
sw = 3.200–0.030
E
A 510 241 021

45°
45°
Ordering code
AZPF – 10 – □ □ □ □ F B 20 M B
AZPF – 11 – □ □ □ □ F B 20 M B*
n N
pressure speed [mm]
4 0 510 225 307 0 510 225 007 280 4000 3.1 39.9 85.0 15 40 M6
5.5 0 510 325 307 0 510 325 007 280 4000 3.2 41.1 87.5 15 40 depth 13
8 0 510 425 308 0 510 425 010 280 4000 3.3 43.2 91.6 20 40
9 0 510 425 336* – 280 4000 3.4 43.7 92.4 20 40
11 0 510 525 312 0 510 525 010 280 3500 3.5 47.0 96.6 20 40
14 0 510 525 328 0 510 525 030 280 3000 3.6 47.5 101.6 20 40
16 0 510 625 317 0 510 625 015 280 3000 3.65 47.5 105.0 20 40
19 0 510 625 316 0 510 625 014 230 3000 3.8 47.5 110.0 20 40
22.5 0 510 725 349 – 230 3000 4.4 61.1 127.4 20 40
22.5 – 0 510 725 062 210 2500 4.0 55.1 115.4 20 40
Unit dimensions
Standard range
B±0.6 71.4 ±0.2

4.8 ±0.1 A±0.4 8.5 ±0.11
R
8
9.5 –0.2
40.5 ±1.5
32.5 ±0.1
Ø36.47–0.05
96.1 ±0.2
100 +1.5
112 +1.5
–1
–1
15.7 ±0.1
1:8
13.5
19 ±0.1 87 +1.5
–1
30.2 ±0.15
39.5 ±0.6 M6
27.4 ±0.5
3–0.025
As shown in drawing
84 –0.2

Ø16.65
12 ±0.35
D
DIN 128-A12-FSt C E
DIN 936-
M12x1.5-m-06
A 510 840 309 / 315
3x5 DIN 6888
Ordering code
AZPF – 12 – □ □ □ □ H O 30 K B
AZPF – 22 – □ □ □ □ H O 30 K B*
n N
pressure speed [mm]
4 0 510 225 317 0 510 225 022 280 4000 3.1 41.4 84.1 13.5 30.2 M6
5.5 0 510 325 320 0 510 325 025 280 4000 3.2 42.6 86.6 13.5 30.2 depth 13
8 0 510 425 334 0 510 425 043 280 4000 3.3 44.7 92.5 13.5 30.2
11 0 510 525 374 0 510 525 074 280 3500 3.4 48.5 97.5 13.5 30.2 M8
14 0 510 525 375 0 510 525 075 280 3000 3.6 49.0 102.5 13.5 30.2 depth 13
16 0 510 625 381 0 510 625 075 280 3000 3.6 49.0 105.9 13.5 30.2
19 0 510 625 386* 0 510 625 076* 280 3500 4.1 59.9 121.1 20.0 39.7
22.5 0 510 725 410* 0 510 725 112* 250 3500 4.2 62.6 126.5 20.0 39.7
25 0 510 725 411* 0 510 725 113* 225 3000 4.4 64.7 132.5 20.0 39.7
28 0 510 725 412* 0 510 725 114* 200 3000 4.5 67.1 137.3 20.0 39.7
Unit dimensions
Standard range
B± 0.7 71.4± 0.2

4.8± 0.1 A± 0.4 8.5± 0.11
R
8
40.5±1.5
32.5± 0.1
Ø36.47–0.05
96.1± 0.2
100+1.5
112+1.5
–1
–1
±1
15.7
13.5
19± 0.1 87+1.5
–1
30.2± 0.15 M6
22± 0.4
0.5± 0.5
Ø16.5–0.27
As shown in drawing
84–0.2
Min. 14.8
usable shaft length
D
DIN 5482 B 17 x 14 C
Tooth thickness E
sw = 3.200–0.030
A 510 241 101 / 301
Ordering code
AZPF – 10 – □ □ □ □ F O 30 M B
AZPF – 10 – □ □ □ □ F O 30 P B*
n N
pressure speed [mm]
8 0 510 425 315 0 510 425 021 280 4000 3.3 44.7 93.1 13.5 30.2 M 6, depth 13
11 0 510 525 323 0 510 525 024 280 3500 3.4 48.5 98.1 20.0 39.7 M 8, depth 13
11 0 510 525 331* – 210 3500 3.3 48.5 98.1 20.0 39.7
14 – 0 510 525 034* 210 3000 3.4 49.0 103.1 20.0 39.7
16 0 510 625 327* 0 510 625 039* 210 3000 3.5 49.0 106.5 20.0 39.7
19 – 0 510 625 049* 210 3000 3.7 49.0 111.5 20.0 39.7
19 0 510 625 332* – 210 3000 4.0 59.9 123.5 20.0 39.7
22.5 0 510 725 348* 0 510 725 076* 210 3000 4.2 62.6 127.8 20.0 39.7
Unit dimensions
Standard range
B±0.7 71.4 ±0.2

4.8 ±0.1 A±0.4 8.5 ±0.11
R
8
9.5 –0.2
40.5 ±1.5
32.5 ±0.1
Ø36.47–0.05
96.1 ±0.2
100 +1.5
112 +1.5
–1
–1
±0.1
15.7
1:8
19 ±0.1 87 +1.5
–1
G1/2" - ISO 228
39.5 ±0.6
27.4 ±0.5
3–0.025
As shown in drawing
84 –0.2

Ø16.65
12 ±0.35
DIN 128-A12-FSt
DIN 936-
M12x1.5-m-06
A 510 240 335
3x5 DIN 6888

G3/4" - ISO 228
Ordering code
AZPF – 10 – □ □ □ □ H O 01 M B
n N
pressure speed [mm]
[cm3/rev] L R [bar] [rpm] A B G
4 – – – – – – – ISO 228
5.5 – 0 510 325 018 280 4000 3.1 42.6 89.0 depth 16
8 – 0 510 425 027 280 4000 3.15 44.7 93.1
11 – 0 510 525 039 280 3500 3.3 48.5 98.1
14 – 0 510 525 040 280 3000 3.4 49.0 103.1
16 – 0 510 625 047 280 3000 3.58 49.0 106.5
19 – 0 510 625 052 230 3000 3.6 49.0 111.5
22.5 – 0 510 725 084 210 2500 3.8 56.6 116.4
Unit dimensions
Standard range
B± 0.7
.5
7.2± 0.1 A± 0.4 ±0
9
R
34.5± 0.1
100± 0.2
100+1.5
120± 1.5
–1
20.5
–0.027
Ø18–0.016
9± 0.11
Ø18
12.5–0.4 ISO 228 72± 0.2

90±1.5
22
3
84–0.2
As shown in drawing
6–0.03

36± 0.4
ISO 228
15.7± 1
–0.106
Ø80–0.060
Shaft key 1 902 300 287 incl. A 510 840 024
Ordering code
AZPF – 11 – □ □ □ □ A B 01 M B
n N
pressure speed [mm]
[cm3/rev] L R [bar] [rpm] A B G
4 0 510 225 318 0 510 225 023 280 4000 3.3 39.9 84.3 G 1/2 – ISO 228
5.5 0 510 325 321 0 510 325 026 280 4000 3.3 41.1 85.2 depth 16
8 0 510 425 335 0 510 425 044 280 4000 3.4 43.2 89.3
11 0 510 525 376 0 510 525 076 280 3500 3.6 45.6 94.3 G 3/4 – ISO 228
14 – – – – – – – depth 16
16 0 510 625 382 0 510 625 077 250 3000 3.8 49.9 102.7
19 – – – – – – –
22.5 0 510 725 418 0 510 725 120 180 2500 4.1 55.1 114.7
Unit dimensions
Standard range
40.2± 0.6
min. 10.6
7.2± 0.1 A± 0.4 30 30
34.3±1.5
45°
45°
–0.064
Ø50–0.020
14.3
15.7± 1
100+1.5
1.8
–1
45.7
1:5 15
M6 2 x M10 –10.9
35± 0.15
10.3± 0.35 B± 0.5 max. 9
'
" ±1
Ø21
' 38
5°42
As shown in drawing
84–0.2
Ø17–0.027
M12x1.5
17
D
C
A 510 230 021
45°
45°
3 x5 DIN 6888
Ordering code
AZPF – 10 – □ □ □ □ C P 20 M B
AZPF – 10 – □ □ □ □ C P 20 K B*
AZPF – 11 – □ □ □ □ C P 20 M B**
n N
pressure speed [mm]
4 0 510 215 009 0 510 215 309 280 4000 2.5 37.7 73.7 15 40 M6
5.5 0 510 315 307 0 510 315 006 280 4000 2.65 38.6 76.2 15 40 depth 13
8 0 510 415 316** – 280 4000 2.7 40.6 80.3 20 40
11 0 510 515 309 0 510 515 007 280 3500 2.75 44.5 85.5 20 40
14 0 510 515 316 0 510 515 018 280 3000 3.1 45.0 90.3 20 40
16 0 510 515 317 0 510 615 010 280 3000 2.9 45.0 93.7 20 40
19 0 510 615 318 0 510 615 005 230 3000 3.2 45.0 98.7 20 40
22.5 0 510 715 306* – 210 2500 3.3 52.5 104.1 20 40
Unit dimensions
Standard range
40.2±0.6
min. 10.6
7.2±0.1 A±0.4 30 30
34.3±1.5
45°
45°
Ø50–0.020
–0.064
14.3
15.7±1
100+1.5
1.8
–1
45.7
1:5 15
M6 2x M10–10.9
35±0.15
10.3±0.35 B±0.5 max. 9
'
" ±1
Ø21
' 38
5°42
As shown in drawing
84–0.2
Ø17–0.11
17
D
DIN 128-A12-FSt C
E
DIN 936-
M12x1.5-m-06
A 510 230 061

45°
45°
3x5 DIN 6888
Ordering code
AZPF – 10 – □ □ □ □ C N 20 M B
AZPF – 11 – □ □ □ □ C N 20 M B*
n N
pressure speed [mm]
4 0 510 215 306 0 510 215 006 280 4000 2.6 37.4 73.7 15 40 M6
5.5 0 510 315 304 0 510 315 004 280 4000 2.6 38.6 76.2 15 40 depth 13
8 0 510 415 313 0 510 415 005 280 4000 2.8 40.7 80.3 20 40
11 0 510 515 310 0 510 515 004 280 3500 2.9 44.5 85.3 20 40
14 – 0 510 515 015* 280 3000 3.0 45.0 90.3 20 40
16 0 510 615 314 0 510 615 006 280 3000 3.1 45.0 93.7 20 40
19 0 510 615 341 – 230 3000 3.2 45.0 98.7 20 40
Unit dimensions
Standard range
7.2±0.1 A±0.4 30 30
34.3±1.5
45°
45°
–0.020
Ø50–0.064
14.3
15.7±1
100+1.5
–1
45.7
15 2x M10–10.9
M6
35±0.15
26–0.8 B±0.5 max. 9
±0.5
4.5
Ø21
Ø16.5–0.27
As shown in drawing
84–0.2
Min. 14.8
usable shaft length
D
DIN 5482 B 17 x 14
Tooth thickness C
sw = 3.200 –0.030
E
A 510 231 043
45°
45°
Ordering code
AZPF – 10 – □ □ □ □ F N 20 M B
n N
pressure speed [mm]
5.5 – 0 510 315 007 280 4000 2.55 38.6 76.2 15 40 M6
8 – – – – – – – – depth 13
11 – 0 510 515 011 280 3500 2.85 44.5 85.3 20 40
14 – – – – – – – –
16 – – – – – – – –
19 – 0 510 615 009 230 3000 3.2 45.0 98.7 20 40
19 – – – – – – – –
22.5 – – – – – – – –
Unit dimensions
Standard range
min. 10.6
7.2±0.1 A±0.4 30 30
34.3±1.5
45°
45°
–0.020
Ø50–0.064
14.3
15.7±1
100+1.5
–1
45.7
15 2x M10–10.9
M6
35±0.15
26–0.8 B±0.5 max. 9
±0.5
4.5
Ø21
Ø16.5–0.27
As shown in drawing
84–0.2
Min. 14.8
usable shaft length
D
DIN 5482 B 17 x 14
Tooth thickness C
sw = 3.200–0.030
E
A 510 231 101

45°
45°
Ordering code
AZPF – 10 – □ □ □ □ F P 20 P B
AZPF – 12 – □ □ □ □ F P 20 P B*
AZPF – 12 – □ □ □ □ F P 20 P B S xxxx**
n N
pressure speed [mm]
5.5 – – – – – – – – – M6
8 0 510 415 328 – 210 4000 2.7 40.7 80.3 20 15 depth 13
11 0 510 515 337* 0 510 515 012 280 3500 2.8 44.5 85.3 20 15
14 0 510 515 338 0 510 515 013 210 3000 3.0 45.0 90.3 20 15
16 – – – – – – – – –
19 – – – – – – – – –
22.5 0 510 715 320** 0 510 715 008** 210 3000 3.6 58.6 116.1 20 15
Unit dimensions
Standard range
B±0.5 4±0.8 60 ±0.2
min. 10.6
7.2 ±0.1 A±0.4 30 ±0.1
15.7 ±1
–0.083
8–0.025
34.3 ±1.5
45 °
45 °
Ø21
Ø17 –0.027
100 +1.5
–1
60 ±0.2
14.3 ±0.1
2.7 +0.5 15 4 x M10–10.9
6.5 +0.2 35 ±0.15
M6
+0.3
10.3
Ø47.9 –0.02
As shown in drawing
Ø52 –0.030
–0.076
Ø36 +0.3
–0.5
84 –0.2
1.8 +0.2
3+0.2
D
C
E
incl. 1 900 210 145

incl. 1 510 240 000
A 510 232 021
or 1 510 240 009
45 °
45 °
Ordering code
AZPF – XX – □ □ □ □ N T 20 M B
n N
pressure speed [mm]
4 0 510 215 307 0 510 215 007 280 4000 2.5 37.4 73.7 15 40 M6
5.5 0 510 315 305 0 510 315 005 280 4000 2.5 38.6 76.2 15 40 depth 13
8 0 510 415 314 0 510 415 006 280 4000 2.5 40.7 80.3 20 40
11 0 510 515 311 0 510 515 005 280 3500 2.6 44.5 85.3 20 40
14 0 510 515 340 0 510 515 019 280 3000 2.38 45.0 90.3 20 40
16 0 510 615 315 0 510 615 007 230 3000 3.0 45.0 93.7 20 40
19 0 510 615 321 0 510 615 008 190 3000 3.0 45.0 98.7 20 40
22.5 0 510 715 307 0 510 715 004 160 2500 3.2 52.6 104.1 20 40
Unit dimensions
Standard range
7.2± 0.1 B± 0.7 104±0.2

max. 4.9
17–0.027 A± 0.4
11±0.135
8–0.025
–0.083
34.5±1.5
45°
45°
Ø52+0.030
–0.076
15.7±1
Ø41
100+1.5
R
–1
12
–0
1
6.5+0.2
11.9–0.5 15
35± 0.15
M6
11
Ø22.5
As shown in drawing
Ø47.8–0.15
Ø30+0.4
–0.2
8+0.058
84–0.2

12–0.2
2+0.2
3.2+0.2 D
C
E
1 900 210 145 incl.

1 510 000 004 incl.
A 510 232 222

45°
45°
Ordering code
AZPF – 10 – □ □ □ □ N L 20 K B
AZPF – 11 – □ □ □ □ N L 20 K B*
n N
pressure speed [mm]
4 – 0 510 225 012 280 4000 2.8 37.4 81.7 15 40 M6
5.5 0 510 325 312 0 510 325 012 280 4000 2.82 38.6 84.4 15 40 depth 13
8 0 510 425 331* 0 510 425 019 280 4000 3.0 40.7 88.5 20 40
11 – 0 510 525 025 280 3500 3.1 44.5 93.3 20 40
16 0 510 625 358* 0 510 625 027* 230 3000 3.3 45.0 101.9 20 40
19 0 510 625 368 0 510 625 032 190 3000 3.5 45.0 106.9 20 40
22.5 – 0 510 725 044* 160 3000 4.0 58.6 122.5 20 40
Unit dimensions
Standard range
32 ±0.5 B±0.7
±1
±0.1 ±0.4 SAE-A flange
6.2 A
7.5
+0.27
–0.13
11
R4
17.73
–0.05
10 ° 10 °
±1
Ø82.55
100 +1.5
15.7
–1
±1
12
R
±0.15
106.4
12.5 –0.5
G - UNF-2B / F 127 ±1.5
8±0.4
–0.025
Ø21
–0.027
Ø15.875
Ø17
As shown in drawing
84 –0.2
A 510 240 801
KEY.156 SQ x.750 LG
Shaft key 4 x 20 G - UNF-2B / F
DIN 6885
Ordering code
AZPF – 10 – □ □ □ □ Q R 12 M B
n N
pressure speed [mm]
[cm3/rev] L R [bar] [rpm] A B G쒃 G쒆 F쒃 F쒆
4 – 0 510 225 011 260 4000 3.3 39.9 85.0 9/16-18 9/16-18 13 13
5.5 – 0 510 325 011 260 4000 3.3 41.1 87.5 9/16-18 9/16-18 13 13
8 – 0 510 425 016 260 4000 3.4 43.2 91.6 7/8-14 7/8-14 16 16
11 – 0 510 525 015 260 3500 3.6 47.0 96.6 7/8-14 7/8-14 16 16
14 – 0 510 525 031 230 3000 3.65 47.5 101.6 11/16-12 7/8-14 19 16
16 – 0 510 625 021 200 3000 3.7 47.5 105.0 11/16-12 7/8-14 19 16
19 – 0 510 625 041 170 3500 3.9 47.5 110.0 11/16-12 7/8-14 19 16
22.5 – 0 510 725 059 140 2500 4.0 55.1 115.4 11/16-12 7/8-14 19 16
Unit dimensions
Standard range
B± 0.7
.5 ±1
± 0.1
6.2 A± 0.4 SAE-A flange
47
+0.27
11
R
Ø82.55–0.05
10° 10°
15.7±1
100+1.5
–1
±1
12
R
106.4±0.15
31.5± 0.4 12.5–0.5 G - UNF-2B / F 127±1.5
8± 0.5
Ø15.456–0.127
Ø21
Ø17–0.027
As shown in drawing
84–0.2
Min. 21.8
usable shaft length
Splined shaft ANSI B 92.1
9T 16/32 SP
Tooth thickness
sw = 2.357–0.030
G - UNF-2B / F A 510 241 801
Ordering code
AZPF – 10 – □ □ □ □ R R 12 M B
Dis- Ordering-No. Max. Max. kg Dimension
n N
place- operating rotation
ment pressure speed [mm]
[cm3/rev] L R [bar] [rpm] A B G쒃 G쒆 F쒃 F쒆
4 – 0 510 225 010 280 4000 3.15 39.9 82.7 9/16-18 9/16-18 13 13
5.5 – 0 510 325 010 280 4000 3.2 41.4 85.2 9/16-18 9/16-18 13 13
8 – 0 510 425 015 280 4000 3.3 43.2 91.1 7/8-14 7/8-14 16 16
11 0 510 525 315 0 510 525 014 280 3500 3.4 47.0 96.1 11/16-12 7/8-14 19 16
14 – 0 510 525 041 280 3000 3.5 47.5 101.1 11/16-12 7/8-14 19 16
16 – 0 510 625 020 280 3000 3.75 47.5 104.5 11/16-12 7/8-14 19 16
19 0 510 625 346 0 510 625 048 230 3000 3.9 47.5 109.5 11/16-12 7/8-14 19 16
22.5 – 0 510 725 063 210 2500 4.0 55.1 114.9 11/16-12 7/8-14 19 16
Unit dimensions
Standard range
B± 0.7
.5 ±1
± 0.1
6.2 A± 0.4 SAE-A flange
47
+0.27
11
R
45°
45°
Ø82.55–0.05
10° 10°
15.7±1
100+1.5
–1
±1
12
R
15 106.4±0.15
31.5± 0.4 35± 0.15 127±1.5

M6
8± 0.5 12.5–0.5
(7–0.3 / Ø18.5) 4 / 5.5 cm3 / Urev
Ø15.456–0.127
Ø21
Ø17–0.027
As shown in drawing
84–0.2
Min. 21.8
usable shaft length D
C
9T 16/32 SP
Tooth thickness E
sw = 2.357–0.030
A 510 241 201
45°
45°
Ordering code
AZPF – 10 – □ □ □ □ R R 20 M B
AZPF – 11 – □ □ □ □ R R 20 K B*
n N
pressure speed [mm]
4 0 510 225 314 0 510 225 013 280 4000 3.15 39.9 85.0 15 40 M6
5.5 0 510 325 313 0 510 325 013 280 4000 3.2 41.1 87.5 15 40 depth 13
8 0 510 425 314 0 510 425 020 280 4000 3.3 43.2 91.6 20 40
11 0 510 525 324* 0 510 525 019 280 3500 3.5 47.0 96.6 20 40
14 0 510 525 325 0 510 525 020 280 3000 3.6 47.5 101.6 20 40
16 0 510 625 329 0 510 625 028 280 3000 3.8 47.5 105.0 20 40
19 0 510 625 330* 0 510 625 029* 230 3000 3.9 47.5 110.0 20 40
22.5 0 510 725 361 0 510 725 077* 210 2500 4.1 55.1 115.4 20 40
Unit dimensions
Standard range
32±0.5 B±0.7
±1
±0.1 SAE-A flange
6.2 A±0.4
.5
47
17.73 –0.13 11 +0.27
R
45°
45°
Ø82.55–0.05
10 ° 10 °
15.7 ±1
100 +1.5
–1
±1
12
R
15 106.4 ±0.15
35±0.15 127 ±1.5
7–0.3 M6
8±0.4
Ø15.875 –0.025
Ø18.5
Ø17 –0.027
As shown in drawing
84–0.2
D
C
A 510 240 215

45°
45°
KEY.156 SQ x.750 LG
Shaft key 4 x 20
DIN 6885
Ordering code
AZPF – 10 – □ □ □ □ Q R 20 M B
n N
pressure speed [mm]
4 – 0 510 225 014 280 4000 3.2 39.9 84.5 15 40 M6
5.5 – 0 510 325 016 280 4000 3.3 41.1 87.0 15 40 depth 13
8 – 0 510 425 025 280 4000 3.3 43.2 91.1 20 40
11 – 0 510 525 033 280 3500 3.5 47.0 96.1 20 40
16 – 0 510 625 042 200 3000 3.8 47.5 104.5 20 40
19 – 0 510 625 043 170 3000 3.9 47.5 109.5 20 40
22.5 0 510 725 396 0 510 725 060 140 2500 3.9 55.1 114.9 20 40
Unit dimensions
Standard range
45+0.5
–1 B±0.7
. 5
±0
8–0.2 A±0.4 9
R
44.5±1.5
34.5±0.1
2
45° 45°
–0.060
Ø80–0.106
15.7±1
100±0.2
120±1.5
100+1.5
–1
9.9±0.4
1:5
15
12.5+1 72±0.2
35±0.15
M6 90±1.5
9.5±0.7
'
" ±1
38
4–0.03
Ø20–0.065
–0.117
'
5°42
As shown in drawing
84–0.2
19.2
D
DIN 128-A14-FSt C at 4 and 5 cm 3
(15)
E
DIN 936-
M14x1.5-m-06
A 510 243 021
45°
45°
4x6.5 DIN 6888
Ordering code
AZPF – 11 – □ □ □ □ S A 20 M B
AZPF – 11 – □ □ □ □ S A 20 K B*
n N
pressure speed [mm]
4 0 510 245 300 0 510 245 001 280 4000 3.1 71.1 114.2 15 40 M6
5.5 0 510 345 300 0 510 345 001 280 4000 3.1 72.3 116.7 15 40 depth 13
8 0 510 445 300 0 510 445 001* 280 4000 3.3 74.4 120.8 20 40
11 0 510 545 300 0 510 545 001 280 3500 3.5 78.2 125.8 20 40
14 280 3000 78.7 130.8 20 40
16 0 510 645 300 0 510 645 004 230 3000 3.6 78.7 134.2 20 40
19 0 510 645 002 190 3000 3.9 78.7 139.2 20 40
22.5 160 2500 92.3 156.6 20 40
Unit dimensions
Standard range
88.6+0.5
–1 B±0.7 .5
±0
±0.4
13.5 ±1.5 A 90±1.5 9
R
44.5±1.5
34.5±0.1
45°
45°
2
–0.060
Ø80–0.106
15.7±0.1
100±0.2
100+1.5
–1
120±1.5
±0.11
9
1:5
15
20–0.2 72±0.2
35±0.15
M6
53.8±0.3
for reference-Ø 20.00
'
" ±1
38
'
5°42
As shown in drawing
84–0.2
4–0.03
Ø20–0.065
–0.117

19.2
50±1.5 D
DIN 128-A14-FSt
C
E
DIN 936-
M14x1.5-8-A
Ø68±1,5
45°
45°
A 510 243 043
4x6.5 DIN 6888
26.5
Ordering code
AZPF – 10 – □ □ □ □ S G 20 M B
n N
pressure speed [mm]
11 – 0 510 545 003 280 3500 3.8 64.5 113.8 20 40 M6
14 0 510 545 302 0 510 545 002 280 3000 4.0 65.0 118.8 20 40 depth 13
16 – 0 510 645 005 230 3000 4.1 65.0 122.0 20 40
19 – 0 510 645 003 230 3000 4.3 65.0 127.0 20 40
Unit dimensions
Standard range
40.2±0.6 A2±1 60±0.2
min. 10.6
7.2±0.1 A1±0.4 30±0.1
14.3±0.1
34.3±1.5
45°
45°
Ø50–0.020
–0.064
15.7±1
100+1.5
1.8
–1
45.7
1:5 15
35±0.15 M6 2x M10–10.9
10.3±0.35 B+0.5
–1 max. 8.5
Pump section I Pump section II
'
" ±1
Ø21
38
'
5°42
As shown in drawing
84–0.2
Ø17–0.027

M12x1.5
17
D
C E
A 510 234 501
45°
45°
3x5 DIN 6888
Ordering code
AZPFF – 12 – □ □ □ / □ □ □ □ C P 20 20 K B
n N
pressure speed
[cm3/rev] [bar] [rpm] [mm]
PI PII L R PI PII A1 A2 B C 1) D E
5.5 4 0 510 365 305 – 280 280 4000 4.8 38.6 121.6 157.9 15 40 M6
8 4 0 510 465 324 0 510 465 011 280 280 4000 4.4 40.7 125.7 162.0 20 40 depth 13
8 5.5 0 510 465 344 0 510 465 032 280 280 4000 4.4 40.7 126.9 164.5 20 40
8 8 0 510 465 320 0 510 465 023 280 280 4000 5.4 40.7 129.0 168.6 20 40
11 4 0 510 565 387 – 280 280 3500 4.5 44.5 130.7 167.0 20 40
11 5.5 0 510 565 319 0 510 565 095 280 280 3500 4.5 44.5 131.9 169.5 20 40
11 8 0 510 565 389 0 510 565 014 280 280 3500 4.6 44.5 134.0 173.6 20 40
11 11 0 510 565 376 0 510 565 061 280 280 3500 4.8 44.5 137.8 178.6 20 40
14 4 0 510 565 406 – 280 280 3000 4.6 45.0 135.7 172.0 20 40
14 8 0 510 565 335 0 510 565 072 280 280 3000 4.8 45.0 139.0 178.6 20 40
14 11 0 510 565 393 – 280 280 3000 5.0 45.0 142.8 183.6 20 40
14 14 – 0 510 565 417 280 280 3000 5.0 45.0 143.3 188.6 20 40
16 4 0 510 665 348 – 280 280 3000 4.75 45.0 139.1 175.4 20 40
16 5.5 0 510 665 337 – 280 280 3000 4.8 45.0 140.3 177.9 20 40
16 8 0 510 665 328 0 510 665 135 280 280 3000 6.0 45.0 142.4 182.0 20 40
16 11 0 510 665 382 0 510 665 152 280 280 3000 5.0 45.0 146.2 187.0 20 40
16 14 0 510 665 381 0 510 665 144 280 280 3000 5.1 45.0 146.7 192.0 20 40
16 16 0 510 665 330 0 510 665 052 280 230 3000 6.4 45.0 146.7 195.4 20 40
19 4 0 510 665 369 – 230 280 3000 4.9 45.0 144.1 180.4 20 40
19 5 0 510 665 442 – 230 280 3000 4.8 45.0 145.3 183.2 20 40
19 11 0 510 665 368 – 230 280 3000 5.2 45.0 146.2 192.0 20 40
19 14 0 510 665 418 – 230 280 3000 5.0 45.0 151.7 197.0 20 40
19 19 0 510 665 336 – 230 190 3000 6.6 45.0 151.7 205.4 20 40
22 8 0 510 765 345 0 510 765 045 210 280 2500 5.1 52.6 152.8 192.4 20 40
22 11 0 510 765 309 0 510 765 049 210 280 2500 5.2 52.6 156.7 197.7 20 40
22 16 0 510 765 343 0 510 765 028 210 230 2500 5.5 52.6 157.1 205.8 20 40
1) 4 and 5.5 cm3 Ø 15
Unit dimensions
Standard range
B+0.7
–1.2
23.5–0.8 A2±1
± 0.4 .5
± 0.1 A1 ±0
7.2
9
R
44.5± 1.5
34.5± 0.1
45°
45°
–0.106
Ø80–0.060
15.7± 1
100+1.5
100± 0.2
–1
120± 1.5
9± 0.11
Ø18
15
12.5–0.4 36± 0.1
35± 0.15 M6
72± 0.2
90±1.5
2± 0.5 Pump section I Pump section II
Ø16.5–0.27
As shown in drawing
84–0.2
Min. 14.8
usable shaft length
DIN 5482 B 17 x 14 D
Tooth thickness sw = 3.200–0.030 C E
A 510 245 501 / 531
45°
45°
Ordering code
AZPFF – 10 – □ □ □ / □ □ □ □ F B 20 20 M B
AZPFF – 11 – □ □ □ / □ □ □ □ F B 20 20 M B*
Displace- Ordering-No. Max. oper- Max. kg Dimension
n N
ment ating pres- rotation
sure speed
8 5.5 0 510 465 345 – 280 280 4000 5.1 43.2 129.4 174.0 20 40 M6
8 8 0 510 465 326* – 280 280 4000 5.1 43.2 131.5 178.1 20 40 depth 13
11 4 – 0 510 565 032 280 280 3500 6.3 47.0 133.2 176.5 20 40
11 5.5 0 510 565 332 0 510 565 034 280 280 3500 6.35 47.0 134.4 179.0 20 40
11 8 0 510 565 334* 0 510 565 018 280 280 3500 6.4 47.0 136.5 183.1 20 40
11 11 0 510 565 328 0 510 565 035 280 280 3500 6.5 47.0 140.3 188.1 20 40
14 4 0 510 565 367 – 280 280 3000 6.4 47.5 138.2 181.5 20 40
14 5.5 0 510 565 069 – 280 280 3500 6.5 47.5 139.4 183.7 20 40
14 8 0 510 565 356 0 510 565 019 280 280 3000 6.5 47.5 141.5 188.1 20 40
16 4 – 0 510 665 058 280 280 3000 6.7 47.5 141.6 184.9 20 40
16 8 0 510 665 333 0 510 665 064 280 280 3000 6.8 47.5 144.9 191.5 20 40
16 11 0 510 665 347 0 510 665 036 280 280 3000 6.9 47.5 148.7 196.5 20 40
16 16 0 510 665 334 0 510 665 029 280 230 3000 7.3 47.5 149.2 204.9 20 40
19 4 – 0 510 665 115 230 280 3000 5.5 47.5 146.6 189.0 20 40
19 11 0 510 665 375* – 230 280 3000 5.9 47.5 153.7 201.5 20 40
19 19 0 510 665 420 0 510 665 097 230 190 3000 6.3 47.5 154.2 214.9 20 40
22.5 5.5 0 510 765 317 0 510 765 022 210 280 2500 5.8 61.1 165.2 209.8 20 40
22.5 8 0 510 765 331 – 210 280 2500 6.18 61.1 167.3 213.9 20 40
22.5 16 0 510 765 341 – 210 230 2500 6.4 61.1 171.6 227.3 20 40
22.5 22.5 0 510 765 338 – 210 160 2500 7.05 61.1 185.2 249.7 20 40
1) 4 and 5.5 cm3 Ø 15
Unit dimensions
Standard range
B+0.7
–1.2
±0.6
38 A2±1
±0.1 ±0.4 .5
7.2 A1 ±0
9
R
44.5±1.5
34.5±0.1
45°
45°
–0.060
Ø80–0.106
15.7±1
100+1.5
1.8
100±0.2
120±1.5
–1
9±0.11
Ø18
1:5
15
12.5–0.4 72±0.2
35±0.15 M6
90±1.5
7.8±0.35 Pump section I Pump section II

'
" ±1
38
Ø17–0.027
'
5°42
As shown in drawing
84–0.2
17
D
DIN 128-A12-FSt
C E
A 510 244 533 / A 510 844 524

DIN 936-
M12x1.5-m-06
45°
45°
3x5 DIN 6888
Ordering code
AZPFF – 10 – □ □ □ / □ □ □ □ C B 20 20 M B
AZPFF – 11 – □ □ □ / □ □ □ □ C B 20 20 M B*
n N
pressure speed
4 4 0 510 900 002* 0 510 900 001* 280 280 4000 4.5 39.9 121.6 164.4 15 40 M6
5.5 4 0 510 900 005* – 280 280 4000 4.9 41.1 124.1 166.9 15 40 depth 13
5.5 5.5 0 510 900 004* 0 510 900 003* 280 280 4000 5.0 41.1 125.3 169.4 15 40
8 16 – 0 510 900 042* 280 230 3000 5.6 43.2 135.8 191.0 20 40
8 4 0 510 900 008* 0 510 900 051* 280 280 4000 5.1 43.2 128.2 171.0 20 40
8 5.5 0 510 900 009* 0 510 900 007* 280 280 4000 5.1 43.2 129.4 173.5 20 40
8 8 0 510 900 010* 0 510 900 006* 280 280 4000 5.2 43.2 131.5 177.6 20 40
11 4 0 510 900 015* 0 510 900 012* 280 280 3500 5.2 47.0 133.2 176.0 20 40
11 5.5 0 510 900 017* 0 510 900 046* 280 280 3500 5.2 47.0 134.4 178.5 20 40
11 8 0 510 900 016* 0 510 900 044* 280 280 3500 5.4 47.0 136.5 182.6 20 40
11 11 0 510 900 018* 0 510 900 039* 280 280 3500 5.5 47.0 140.3 187.6 20 40
14 4 0 510 900 036* – 280 280 3000 5.3 47.5 138.2 181 20 40
14 5.5 – 0 510 900 060* 280 280 3000 5.4 47.5 139.4 183.5 20 40
14 8 0 510 900 020* 0 510 900 011* 280 280 3000 5.5 47.5 141.5 187.6 20 40
14 8 0 510 565 364 0 510 565 012 280 280 3000 5.6 47.5 141.5 188.1 20 40
14 11 0 510 900 019* 0 510 900 013* 280 280 3000 5.6 47.5 145.3 192.6 20 40
14 11 0 510 565 353 0 510 565 033 280 280 3000 5.7 47.5 145.3 193.1 20 40
14 14 – 0 510 900 014* 280 280 3000 5.8 47.5 145.8 197.6 20 40
14 14 – 0 510 565 037 280 280 3000 5.9 47.5 145.8 198.1 20 40
16 4 0 510 900 059* 0 510 900 021* 280 280 3000 5.5 47.5 141.6 184.4 20 40
16 5.5 0 510 900 028* – 280 280 3000 5.5 47.5 142.8 186.9 20 40
16 8 0 510 900 035* 0 510 900 022* 280 280 3000 5.6 47.5 144.9 191.0 20 40
16 11 0 510 900 029* 0 510 900 023* 280 280 3000 5.7 47.5 148.7 196.0 20 40
16 14 – 0 510 900 061* 280 280 3000 5.9 47.5 149.2 201.0 20 40
16 16 0 510 900 030* 0 510 900 024* 280 230 3000 6.0 47.5 149.2 204.4 20 40
19 4 0 510 900 043* 0 510 900 049* 230 280 3000 5.6 47.5 146.6 189.4 20 40
19 5.5 – 0 510 665 067 230 280 3000 5.6 47.5 147.8 192.4 20 40
19 5.5 – 0 510 900 027* 230 280 3000 5.6 47.5 147.8 191.9 20 40
19 8 0 510 900 031* 0 510 900 047* 230 280 3000 5.8 47.5 149.9 196.0 20 40
19 8 0 510 665 325* 0 510 665 024 230 280 3000 6.7 47.5 149.9 196.5 20 40
19 11 0 510 900 032* 0 510 900 052* 230 280 3000 5.9 47.5 153.7 201.0 20 40
19 11 0 510 665 326 – 230 280 3000 6.9 47.5 153.9 201.5 20 40
19 14 0 510 900 053* – 230 280 3000 6.0 47.5 154.2 206.0 20 40
19 16 0 510 665 327 0 510 665 053 230 230 3000 7.1 47.5 154.2 209.9 20 40
19 16 0 510 900 033* 0 510 900 026* 230 230 3000 6.1 47.5 154.2 209.4 20 40
19 19 0 510 900 034* 0 510 900 025* 230 210 3000 6.2 47.5 154.2 214.4 20 40
19 19 0 510 665 400 0 510 665 025 230 190 3000 6.2 47.5 154.2 214.9 20 40
22.5 4 – 0 510 900 050* 210 280 2500 5.8 55.1 152.0 194.8 20 40
22.5 5.5 0 510 900 055* 0 510 900 045* 210 280 2500 5.8 55.1 153.2 197.3 20 40
22.5 8 0 510 900 057* 0 510 900 040* 210 280 2500 5.9 55.1 155.3 201.4 20 40
22.5 8 – 0 510 765 023 230 280 3000 5.9 61.0 167.3 213.9 20 40
22.5 11 – 0 510 900 054* 210 280 2500 6.0 55.1 159.1 206.4 20 40
22.5 11 0 510 765 320 – 210 250 3000 6.3 61.0 171.1 218.9 20 40
22.5 14 0 510 900 048* 0 510 900 058* 210 280 2500 6.2 55.1 159.6 211.4 20 40
22.5 16 0 510 900 041* 0 510 900 037* 210 230 2500 6.2 55.1 159.6 214.8 20 40
22.5 16 0 510 765 340 – 210 230 3000 6.55 61.0 171.6 227.3 20 40
22.5 22.5 0 510 900 056* 0 510 900 038* 210 180 2500 6.5 55.1 167.2 225.2 20 40
22.5 22.5 – 0 510 765 012 210 160 3000 6.5 61.0 185.2 249.7 20 40
1) 4 and 5.5 cm3 Ø 15
Unit dimensions
Standard range
B+0.7
–1.2
±1
A2
±0.4
4.8 ±0.1 A1 8.5±0.11
R
8
9.5–0.2
40.5±1.5
45°
32.5±0.1
45°
Ø36.47–0.05
96.1±0.2
100+1.5
112+1.5
–1
–1
15.7±1
1:8
15
19±0.1 M6 71.4±0.2
35±0.5 ±1.5
87–1
39.5±0.6
12±0.35
3–0.025
As shown in drawing
84–0.2
Ø16.65
D
DIN 128-A12-FSt
C E
DIN 936-
M12x1.5-m-06
A 510 844 313
45°
45°
3x5 DIN 6888

Ordering code
AZPFF – 10 – □ □ □ / □ □ □ □ H O 20 20 M B
AZPFF – 10 – □ □ □ / □ □ □ □ H O 20 20 K B*
n N
pressure speed
4 4 – 0 510 901 500 280 280 4000 4.7 41.4 123.1 165.9 15 40 M6
8 5.5 0 510 901 512 280 280 4000 4.9 44.7 130.9 175.0 20 40 depth 13
8 8 – 0 510 901 504 280 280 4000 5.0 44.7 133.0 179.1 20 40
11 4 – 0 510 901 509 280 280 3500 5.0 48.5 134.7 177.5 20 40
11 5.5 0 510 565 436* 0 510 901 503 280 280 3500 5.1 48.5 135.9 180.0 20 40
14 5.5 0 510 565 435* – 280 280 3000 5.2 49.0 140.9 185.0 20 40
14 11 – 0 510 901 513 280 280 3000 5.5 49.0 146.8 194.1 20 40
16 5.5 – 0 510 901 510 280 280 3000 5.3 49.0 144.3 188.4 20 40
16 8 0 510 901 514 – 280 280 3000 5.4 49.0 146.4 192.5 20 40
16 14 – 0 510 901 515 280 280 3000 5.7 49.0 150.7 202.5 20 40
16 16 – 0 510 901 501 280 230 3000 5.8 49.0 150.7 205.9 20 40
19 8 – 0 510 901 507 230 280 3000 5.5 49.0 151.4 197.5 20 40
19 11 – 0 510 901 508 230 280 3000 5.6 49.0 155.2 202.5 20 40
19 16 – 0 510 901 502 230 230 3000 5.9 49.0 155.7 210.9 20 40
19 19 0 510 901 506 – 230 190 3000 6.0 49.0 155.7 215.9 20 40
22.5 16 0 510 901 511 – 210 230 2500 6.1 56.6 161.1 216.3 20 40
22.5 19 – 0 510 901 505 210 190 2500 6.2 56.6 161.7 220.3 20 40
1) 4 and 5.5 cm3 Ø 15
Unit dimensions
Standard range
B+0.7
–1.2
A2±1
6.2± 0.1 A1± 0.4 SAE-A flange
1
47 ±
11+0.27
R
45° 45°
Ø82.55–0.05
10° 10°
15.7±1
100+1.5
–1
±1
12
R
15 106.4±0.15
35± 0.15 M6 127±1.5
31.5± 0.4 12.5–0.5
8± 0.5
Ø15.456–0.127

Ø21
Ø17–0.027
As shown in drawing
84–0.2
Min. 21.8 D
A 510 245 201 / 231 / A 510 845 270

usable shaft length C
E
9T 16/32 SP
Tooth thickness
sw = 2.357–0.030
45°
45°
Ordering code
AZPFF – 10 – □ □ □ / □ □ □ □ R R 20 20 M B
AZPFF – 11 – □ □ □ / □ □ □ □ R R 20 20 M B*
AZPFF – 11 – □ □ □ / □ □ □ □ R R 20 20 K B**
n N
pressure speed
5.5 4 0 510 901 029* – 280 280 4000 4.9 41.1 124.1 166.9 15 40 M6
5.5 5.5 – 0 510 901 042* 280 280 4000 5.0 41.1 125.3 169.4 15 40 depth 13
8 4 0 510 901 032* 0 510 901 034* 280 280 4000 5.0 43.2 128.2 171.0 20 40
8 5.5 0 510 901 018* 0 510 901 030* 280 280 4000 5.1 43.2 129.4 173.5 20 40
8 8 – 0 510 901 021* 280 280 4000 5.1 43.2 131.5 177.6 20 40
11 4 – 0 510 901 024* 280 280 3500 5.1 47.0 133.2 176.0 20 40
11 4 – 0 510 565 022 280 280 3500 5.2 47.0 133.2 176.5 20 40
11 5.5 0 510 901 015* 0 510 901 000* 280 280 3500 5.2 47.0 134.4 178.5 20 40
11 5.5 – 0 510 565 023 280 280 3500 5.2 47.0 134.4 179.0 20 40
11 8 0 510 901 031* 0 510 901 037* 280 280 3500 5.3 47.0 136.5 182.6 20 40
11 11 0 510 901 009* 0 510 901 035** 280 280 3500 5.5 47.0 140.3 187.6 20 40
14 5.5 0 510 901 033* – 280 280 3000 5.4 47.5 139.4 183.5 20 40
14 8 – 0 510 901 016* 280 280 3000 5.5 47.5 141.5 187.6 20 40
14 11 0 510 565 346 – 280 280 3000 5.7 47.5 145.3 193.1 20 40
14 11 0 510 901 001* 0 510 901 011* 280 280 3000 5.6 47.5 145.3 192.6 20 40
14 14 – 0 510 901 036* 280 280 3000 5.7 47.5 145.8 197.6 20 40
16 4 – 0 510 901 028* 280 280 3000 5.4 47.5 141.6 184.4 20 40
16 5.5 0 510 901 014* 0 510 901 008* 280 280 3000 5.4 47.5 142.8 186.9 20 40
16 8 0 510 901 006* 0 510 901 005* 280 280 3000 5.5 47.5 144.9 191.0 20 40
16 11 0 510 901 012* 0 510 901 002* 280 280 3000 5.7 47.5 148.7 196.0 20 40
16 11 0 510 665 354 0 510 665 042 280 280 3000 5.8 47.5 148.7 196.0 20 40
16 16 0 510 901 027* 0 510 901 022* 280 280 3000 5.9 47.5 149.2 204.4 20 40
19 4 – 0 510 901 044* 230 280 3000 5.5 47.5 146.6 189.4 20 40
19 5.5 0 510 901 041* 0 510 901 043* 230 280 3000 5.6 47.5 147.8 191.9 20 40
19 8 0 510 901 017* 0 510 901 003* 230 280 3000 5.7 47.5 149.9 196.0 20 40
19 8 – 0 510 665 126** 230 280 3000 5.6 47.5 149.9 196.0 20 40
19 8 – 0 510 665 047 230 280 3000 5.8 47.5 149.9 196.0 20 40
19 11 0 510 665 435 0 510 901 004* 230 280 3000 5.8 47.5 153.7 201.0 20 40
19 14 0 510 901 040* 0 510 901 025* 230 280 3000 5.9 47.5 154.2 206.0 20 40
19 16 0 510 901 039* 0 510 901 045* 230 230 3000 6.0 47.5 154.2 209.4 20 40
19 19 0 510 901 010* – 230 190 3000 6.2 47.5 154.2 214.4 20 40
19 19 – 0 510 665 132 230 190 3000 6.1 47.5 154.2 214.4 20 40
22.5 4 – 0 510 901 023* 210 280 2500 5.7 55.1 152.0 194.8 20 40
22.5 5.5 – 0 510 901 020* 210 280 2500 5.7 55.1 153.2 197.3 20 40
22.5 8 – 0 510 765 016 180 280 2500 7.6 55.1 155.3 201.4 20 40
22.5 11 0 510 901 019* 0 510 901 026* 210 280 2500 5.9 55.1 159.1 206.4 20 40
22.5 14 0 510 901 013* 0 510 901 007* 210 280 2500 6.1 55.1 159.6 211.4 20 40
22.5 22.5 0 510 901 038* – 210 180 2500 6.4 55.1 167.2 225.2 20 40
1) 4 and 5.5 cm3 Ø 15
Unit dimensions
Standard range
A2±1 60±0.2
min. 10.6
±0.4
7.2 ±0.1 A1 30±0.1
15.7±1
–0.025
8–0.083
34.3±1.5
45°
45°
Ø17–0.027
100+1.5
–1
60±0.2
14.3±0.1
2.7+0.5 15
6.5+0.2 35±0.15 M6 4 x M10–10.9
B+0.7
–1.2 max. 9
9.9 ±0.2 Pump section I Pump section II
Ø21
As shown in drawing
Ø47.8–0.2
Ø52–0.030
–0.076
Ø32+0.16
84–0.2
2+0.2
3.2+0.2
D
C E
incl. 1 900 210 145

incl. 1 510 240 000
A 510 236 501
45°
45°
Mmax. = 65 Nm, see page 17
Ordering code
AZPFF – 10 – □ □ □ / □ □ □ □ N M 20 20 M B
n N
pressure speed
5.5 4 0 510 365 314 0 510 365 010 280 280 4000 4.2 38.6 121.6 157.9 15 40 M6
8 4 – 0 510 465 012 280 280 4000 4.4 40.7 125.7 162.0 20 40 depth 13
8 5.5 0 510 465 346 – 280 280 4000 4.4 40.7 126.9 164.5 20 40
8 8 – 0 510 465 008 280 380 4000 5.6 40.7 129.0 168.6 20 40
11 4 0 510 565 329 0 510 565 015 280 280 3500 4.5 44.5 130.7 167.0 20 40
11 5.5 – 0 510 565 016 280 280 3500 4.6 44.5 131.9 169.5 20 40
11 8 0 510 565 379 0 510 565 078 280 280 3500 4.65 44.5 134.0 173.6 20 40
16 16 0 510 665 339 0 510 665 030 280 230 3000 5.2 45.0 146.7 195.4 20 40
22.5 8 0 510 765 312 – 210 280 2500 5.2 52.5 152.8 192.4 20 40
1) 4 and 5.5 cm3 Ø 15
Unit dimensions
Standard range
A2±1 60 ±0.2
min. 10.6
±0.4
7.2 ±0.1 A1 30 ±0.1
34.3 ±1.5
45 °
45 °
Ø50 –0.020
–0.064
15.7 ±1
100 +1.5
–1
60 ±0.2
14.3 ±0.1
15
35 ±0.15 M6 2x M10–10.9
26 –0.8 B+0.7
–1.2 max. 9
4.5 ±0.5 Pump section I Pump section II
Ø21
Ø16.5 –0.27
As shown in drawing
84 –0.2
DIN 5482 B 17 x 14
Tooth thickness sw = 3.200 –0.030 D
Min. 14.8 usable shaft length
C E
A 510 235 501

45 °
45 °
Ordering code
AZPFF – 10 – □ □ □ / □ □ □ □ F P 20 20 M B
AZPFF – 10 – □ □ □ / □ □ □ □ F P 20 20 K B*
n N
pressure speed
8 4 0 510 465 355 – 280 280 4000 4.4 40.7 125.7 162.0 20 40 M6
11 8 0 510 565 385 – 280 280 3500 4.6 44.5 134.0 173.6 20 40 depth 13
16 8 – 0 510 665 071 280 280 3000 4.85 45.0 142.4 182.0 20 40
16 11 – 0 510 665 076 280 280 3000 4.98 45.0 146.2 187.0 20 40
16 14 0 510 665 404* – 280 280 3000 5.12 45.0 146.7 192.0 20 40
16 16 0 510 665 376 0 510 665 062 280 230 3000 5.2 45.0 146.7 195.4 20 40
1) 4 and 5.5 cm3 Ø 15
Unit dimensions
Standard range
B+0.7
–1.2
45+0.5
–1 A2±1
.5
8–0.2 A1±0.4 ±0
9
R
44.5±1.5
34.5±0.1
45°
45°
–0.060
Ø80–0.106
15.7±1
100+1.5
2
100±0.2
120±1.5
–1
±0.2
9.5
1:5
15
12.5+1 35±0.15 M6 72±0.2
90±1.5

'
" ±1
38'
5°42
As shown in drawing
84–0.2
4–0.03
–0.117
Ø20–0.065
19
D
DIN 128-A14-FSt
C E
DIN 936-
M14x1.5-8-A
45°
45° A 510 246 001
4x6.5 DIN 6888
Ordering code
AZPFF – 10 – □ □ □ / □ □ □ □ S A 20 20 M B
n N
pressure speed
4 4 0 510 255 300 – 280 280 4000 4.8 71.3 153.0 197.0 15 40 M6
5.5 4 0 510 355 301 – 280 280 4000 5.0 72.6 155.5 199.5 15 40 depth 13
8 5.5 0 510 455 300 0 510 455 001 280 280 4000 5.2 74.6 160.8 206.1 20 40
8 8 0 510 455 301 0 510 455 002 280 280 4000 5.3 74.6 163.0 210.2 20 40
11 5.5 0 510 555 300 0 510 555 001 280 280 3500 5.3 79.0 165.8 211.1 20 40
11 8 0 510 555 301 0 510 555 002 280 280 3500 5.4 79.0 168.0 215.2 20 40
11 11 0 510 555 302 0 510 555 003 280 280 3500 5.5 79.0 172.3 220.2 20 40
16 4 0 510 655 300 0 510 655 001 280 280 3000 6.4 79.0 173.0 217.0 20 40
16 5.5 0 510 655 301 0 510 655 002 280 280 3000 5.5 79.0 174.2 219.5 20 40
16 8 0 510 655 302 0 510 655 003 280 280 3000 5.6 79.0 176.3 223.6 20 40
16 11 0 510 655 303 0 510 655 004 280 280 3000 5.7 79.0 180.7 228.6 20 40
16 16 0 510 655 304 0 510 655 005 280 230 3000 6.0 79.0 180.7 237.0 20 40
1) 4 and 5.5 cm3 Ø 15
Unit dimensions
Standard range
B+0.7
–1.2
88.6+0.5
–1 A2±1
±0.4 .5
13.5±1.5 A1 ±0
9
R
44.5±1.5
34.5±0.1
45°
45°
–0.060
Ø80–0.106
Ø68±1.5
15.7±1
100+1.5
100±0.2
118±1.5
–1
9±0.11
1:5
15
20–0.2
35±0.15 M6 72±0.2
50±1.5 90±1.5

'
" ±1
' 38
5°42
As shown in drawing
84–0.2
Inlet and outlet port
4–0.03
–0.117
Ø20–0.065
changed
19.2
D
DIN 128-A14-FSt
C E
DIN 936-
M14x1.5-8-A
45°
45°
A 510 246 111
4x6.5 DIN 6888
26.5
Ordering code:
AZPFF – 10 – □ □ □ / □ □ □ □ S G 20 20 P B
n N
pressure speed
16 16 – 0 510 655 007 280 280 3000 6.2 65.0 166.7 221.9 20 40 M6
19 19 – 0 510 655 011 230 190 3000 6.6 65.0 171.7 231.9 20 40 depth 13
1) 4 and 5.5 cm3 Ø 15
Unit dimensions
Standard range
B+0.7
–1.2
±1
7.2± 0.1 A2 104±0.2
max. 4.9 A1± 0.4 11±0.135
–0.083
8–0.025
Ø17–0.27
34.3±1.5
45°
45°
–0.076
Ø52–0.030
Ø41
15.7±1
100+1.5
R
–1
12
–1
6.5+0.2 15
11.9–0.5 35± 0.15 M6
11
Ø22.5
8+0.058
Ø47.8–0.15
As shown in drawing
Ø30+0.4
–0.2
84–0.2
12–0.2 Inlet and outlet port changed
2+0.2 D
3.2+0.2 C E
incl. 1 900 210 145

incl. 1 510 000 004
A 510 246 201
45°
45°
Ordering code
AZPFF – 10 – □ □ □ / □ □ □ □ N L 20 20 K B
n N
pressure speed
5.5 5.5 – 0 510 365 009 280 280 4000 4.65 38.6 122.8 169.2 15 40 M6
11 11 – 0 510 565 043 280 280 3500 5.2 44.5 137.5 187.4 20 40 depth 13
16 8 0 510 665 449 – 280 280 3000 5.2 45.0 142.4 188.4 20 40
16 22.5 0 510 665 068 – 280 160 2500 6.17 45.0 160.3 226.6 20 40
1) 4 and 5.5 cm3 Ø 15
Unit dimensions
Standard range
Version y = B2±1.2
B1±1
23.5–0.8 A2±1
.5
7.2± 0.1 A1± 0.4 ±0
9
R
44.5±1.5
34.5± 0.1
45°
45°
–0.106
Ø80–0.060
15.7± 1
100± 0.2
100+1.5
± 1.5
–1
120
9± 0.11
Ø18
15
12.5–0.4 36± 0.1
35± 0.15
± 0.2
M6 72
90±1.5
Version x = B2±0.2
2± 0.5 Pump section I Pump section II Pump section III

Ø16.5–0.27
As shown in drawing
84–0.2
Min. 14.8
usable shaft length
DIN 5482 B 17 x 14
Tooth thickness sw = 3.200–0.030
D
C E
A 510 245 003 / 051

45°
45°
Ordering code
AZPFFF – 10 – □ □ □ / □ □ □ / □ □ □ □ F B 20 20 20 M B
AZPFFF – 11 – □ □ □ / □ □ □ / □ □ □ □ F B 20 20 20 M B*
Displace- Ordering-No. Max. operating Max. rota- kg Dimension
n N
ment pressure tion speed
Version

PI PII PIII L R PI PII PIII A1 A2 B1 B2 C 1) D E
11 4 4 0 510 565 371 – 280 280 280 3500 6.9 47.0 133.2 214.9 259.0 20 40 M 6 y
14 4 8 0 510 565 408 – 280 280 280 3000 7.2 47.5 138.2 223.2 270.6 20 40 depth 13 x
14 8 8 0 510 565 422 – 280 280 280 3000 7.3 47.5 141.5 229.8 275.9 20 40 x
16 4 4 0 510 665 379 – 280 280 280 3000 7.2 47.5 141.6 223.3 267.4 20 40 x
16 5.5 5.5 0 510 665 416 0 510 665 061 280 280 280 3000 7.4 47.5 142.8 227.0 272.4 20 40 x
16 11 4 0 510 665 372 – 280 210 210 3000 7.5 47.5 148.7 234.9 276.5 20 40 x
16 11 5.5 – 0 510 665 092* 280 210 120 3000 7.6 47.5 148.7 236.1 280.2 20 40 x
16 16 11 0 510 665 371 – 280 120 120 3000 8.1 47.5 149.2 250.4 302.5 20 40 x
19 8 5.5 – 0 510 665 111* 230 250 160 3000 7.5 47.5 149.2 236.1 280.2 20 40 x
19 11 5.5 – 0 510 665 112* 230 230 230 3000 7.6 47.5 153.7 241.1 285.2 20 40 x
1) 4 and 5.5 cm3 Ø 15
Unit dimensions
Standard range
B2±1.2
±1
B1
±0.6 ±1
38 A2
7.2±0.1 A1±0.4 ±0
.5
R9
44.5±1.5
34.5±0.1
45°
45°
–0.106
Ø80–0.060
15.7±1
100±0.2
100+1.5
1,8
120±1.5
–1
±0.11
Ø18
1:5
9
15
12.5–0.4 36±0.1
35±0.15
M6 72±0.2
7.8±0.35 Pump section I Pump section II Pump section III 90±1.5
'
" ±1
38
Ø17–0.011
'
5°42
As shown in drawing
84–0.2

changed
17
D
DIN 128-A12-FSt
C E
DIN 936-
M12x1.5-m-06
A 510 244 042
45°
45°
3x5 DIN 6888
Ordering code
AZPFFF – 11 – □ □ □ / □ □ □ / □ □ □ □ C B 20 20 20 M B
Displacement Ordering-No. Max. operating Max. rota- kg Dimension
n N
pressure tion speed
PI PII PIII L R PI PII PIII A1 A2 B1 B2 C 1) D E
8 8 5.5 – 0 510 465 031 230 230 230 4000 6.5 43.2 119.5 193.7 238.1 20 40 M 6
11 11 8 – 0 510 565 065 230 230 230 3500 6.8 47.0 128.3 205.8 251.9 20 40 depth 13
11 11 8 – 0 510 565 0802) 280 280 280 3500 6.8 47.0 128.3 205.8 251.9 20 40
1) 4 and 5.5 cm3 Ø 15
2) heavy through drive
Unit dimensions
Standard range
Version y = B2±1.2
B1±1
±0.6 ±1
38 A2
7.2±0.1 A1±0.4 ±0
.5
R9
44.5±1.5
34.5±0.1
45°
45°
–0.106
Ø80–0.060
15.7±1
100±0.2
100+1.5
1.8
±1.5
–1
120
9±0.11
Ø18
1:5
15
12.5–0.4 36±0.1
35±0.15
±0.2
M6 72
90±1.5
Version x = B2±0.2
7.8±0.35 Pump section I Pump section II Pump section III

'
" ±1
38
Ø17–0.027
'
5°42
As shown in drawing
84–0.2

changed
17
D
DIN 128-A12-FSt
C E
DIN 936-
M12x1.5-m-06
A 510 244 001

45°
45°
3x5 DIN 6888
Ordering code
AZPFFF – 10 – □ □ □ / □ □ □ / □ □ □ □ C B 20 20 20 M B
AZPFFF – 11 – □ □ □ / □ □ □ / □ □ □ □ C B 20 20 20 K B*
Displace- Ordering-No. Max. operating Max. kg Dimension
n N
ment pressure rotation
Version
[cm3/rev] [bar] speed [mm]

PI PII PIII L R PI PII PIII [rpm] A1 A2 B1 B2 C 1) D E
8 8 4 – 0 510 465 027 280 280 280 4000 7.0 43.2 131.5 216.5 260.6 20 40 M 6 x
11 8 8 – 0 510 565 081 280 230 230 3500 7.2 47.0 136.5 224.8 272.2 20 40 depth 13 x
16 4 4 0 510 665 419* – 280 280 280 3000 7.1 47.5 141.6 223.3 267.4 20 40 x
16 8 4 – 0 510 665 134 280 280 280 3000 7.3 47.5 144.9 229.9 272.7 20 40 x
22.5 8 9 0 510 765 334* – 230 210 210 3000 8.15 61.6 167.3 255.6 307.5 20 40 y
1) 4 and 5.5 cm3 Ø 15
Unit dimensions
Standard range
B2±1.2
B1±1
88.6+0.5
–1 A2±1
.5
13.5±1.5 A1±0.4 9
±0
44.5±1.5
45° 5°
4
34.5±0.1
–0.060
Ø80–0.106
Ø68±1.5
15.7±1
118±1.5
100±0.2
100+1.5
–1
±0.11
9
1:5 15
20–0.2 72±0.2
M6 35±0.15
50±1.5 90±1.5
53.8±0.3 Pump section I Pump section II Pump section III

'
" ±1
'38
5°42
As shown in drawing
84–0.2

4–0.03
–0.117
Ø20–0.065
changed
19.2
DIN 128-A14-FSt D
C E
DIN 936-
M14x1.5-8-A
A 510 846 002

45°
45°
4x6.5 DIN 6888

26.5
Ordering code
AZPFFF – 10 – □ □ □ / □ □ □ / □ □ □ □ S G 20 20 20 M B
Displacement Ordering-No. Max. operating Max. kg Dimension
n N
pressure rotation
8 8 5.5 – 0 510 455 004 280 250 250 4000 7.4 60.7 149.0 235.2 284.0 20 40 M 6
14 14 5.5 – 0 510 555 007 280 210 210 3000 7.9 65.0 163.3 255.3 304.0 20 40 depth 13
1) 4 and 5.5 cm3 Ø 15
Unit dimensions
Standard range
Version y = B2±1.2
B1±1
23.5–0.8 ±1
A2
.5
7.2± 0.1 A1± 0.4 ±0
9
R
44.5±1.5
34.5± 0.1
45°
45°
–0.106
Ø80–0.060
15.7±1
100± 0.2
100+1.5
120± 1.5
–1
9± 0.11
Ø18
15
12.5–0.4 36± 0.1
35± 0.15
M6 72± 0.2
90±1.5
Version x = B2±0.2
2± 0.5 Pump section I Pump section II Pump section III

Ø16.5–0.27
As shown in drawing
84–0.2

changed
Min. 14.8
usable shaft length
DIN 5482 B 17 x 14
Tooth thickness sw = 3.200–0.030
D
C E
A 510 245 018
45°
45°
Ordering code
AZPFFF – 10 – □ □ □ / □ □ □ / □ □ □ □ F B 20 20 20 M B
Displace- Ordering-No. Max. operating Max. kg Dimension
n N
ment pressure rotation
Version

8 8 4 – 0 510 465 019 280 280 280 4000 7.0 43.2 131.5 216.5 260.8 20 40 M 6 x
19 16 4 0 510 665 380 – 230 190 190 3000 7.8 47.5 154.2 248.3 297.5 20 40 depth 13 y
1) 4 and 5.5 cm3 Ø 15
Unit dimensions
Standard range
B2±0.2
B1±1
A2±1
6.2± 0.1 A1± 0.4 SAE-A flange
1
47 ±
+0.27
11
R
45°
45°
Ø82.55–0.05
10° 10°
15.7±1
100+1.5
–1
±1
12
R
15 106.4±0.15
35± 0.15 127±1.5
M6
31.5± 0.4 12.5–0.5
8± 0.5 (7–0.3 / Ø18.5) 4/5.5 cm3 / Urev
Ø15.456–0.127
Pump section I Pump section II Pump section III

Ø21
Ø17–0.027
As shown in drawing
84–0.2
Min. 21.8
usable shaft length
Splined shaft ANSI B 92,1 D
9T 16/32 SP
C
Tooth thickness sw = 2.357–0.030 E
A 510 845 208
45°
45°
Ordering code:
AZPFFF – 10 – □ □ □ / □ □ □ / □ □ □ □ R R 20 20 20 M B
Displacement Ordering-No. Max. operating Max. kg Dimension
n N
pressure rotation
8 5.5 5.5 – 0 510 465 025 280 280 280 4000 7.0 43.2 129.4 213.6 257.7 20 40 M 6
depth 13
1) 4 and 5.5 cm3 Ø 15
Notes for commissioning

– Fill pump with hydraulic fluid before installation. Important notes
– Check direction of rotation. – Assembly, maintenance and repair of the pumps to be per-
– Avoid axial and radial forces when mounting the couplings. formed by authorized, skilled and instructed personnel only.
– Pipelines to be cleaned of dirt, cinders, sand, chips etc. – Pump to be operated at specified data only (see page 16).
Pipes, in particular must be pickled or rinsed. – Pump to be operated in proper working condition only.
– The introduction of external forces through pipe or hose – System to be depressurized when work conducted on
lines is to be avoided. pump.
– During the initial startup the overall hydraulics system is to – Arbitrary conversions and modifications, which affect safety
be carefully vented. Vertical installations, in particular, with a and function are not allowed.
drive shaft pointing upwards may result in air inclusions near – Mount safety devices (e.g. coupling protection) or do not
the shaft seal ring. remove existing ones.
– Cover up radial lip-type shaft seal ring when spraying and – Make sure that all fixing screws are tight (observe specified
painting. tightening torque values).
– Observe parameters, in particular, speeds and pressures as – General safety and accident prevention regulations must be
well as negative pressure in the suction line. adhered to.
– Allow pump to run without load and have it deliver in depres-
surized state for several seconds to ensure it is sufficiently Project planning notes
lubricated. Comprehensive notes and suggestions are available in
– Do not allow pump to run without any oil. Hydraulics Trainer, Volume 3 RE 00 281, “Project planning
– If, after approx. 20 seconds, the pump is still operating notes and design of hydraulic systems”.
without bubbles then the system should be checked again. Where external gear pumps are used we recommend that the
Once the operating values have been reached, check pipe following note be adhered to.
connections for signs of leaks.
Check operating temperature. Technical data
All stated technical data is dependent on production tolerances
Filter recommendation and is valid for specific marginal conditions.
The major share of premature failures in gear pumps is due to Note that scattering is therefore possible, and at certain
contaminated hydraulic fluid. marginal conditions (e.g. viscosity) the technical data may
As a warranty cannot be issued for dirt-specific wear, we recom- change.
mend filtration compliant with cleanliness level 21/18/15 ISO 4406,
which reduces the degree of contamination to a permissible di- Characteristics
mension in terms of the size and concentration of dirt particles: When configuring the engine note the maximum possible ap-
plication data based on the characteristics shown on pages 11
We recommend that a full-flow filter always be used. to 13.
Basic contamination of the hydraulic fluid used may not exceed
class 19/16 as under ISO 4406. You can find further information in our publication:
Experience has shown that new fluid quite often lies above this “General Operating Instructions for External Gear Units”
value. In such instances a filling device with special filter should RE 07 012-B1.
be used.
General
– The pumps supplied by us have been checked for function
and performance. No modifications of any kind may be made
to the pumps; any such changes will render the warranty null
and void!
– Repairs may only be made by the manufacturer or its autho-
rized dealers and subsidiaries. Repairs conducted on their
own will render the warranty null and void.
Service parts
Page Ordering code Seal kit Shaft seal ring
Mate- Dimension Seal ring Mate- Dimen-
Pos. 800 Pos. 3 rial Pos. 31 rial sion
1 517 010 ... 1 510 283 ... 1 900 210 ...
20 AZPF – 1x – 첸첸첸 첸 CB 20 MB 152 NBR 008 NBR 17 x 30 x 7
21 AZPF – 1x – 첸첸첸 첸 FB 20 MB 152 NBR 008 NBR 17 x 30 x 7
22 AZPF – 1x – 첸첸첸 첸 HO 30 KB 152 NBR 044 FPM 18 x 30 x 7
23 AZPF – 1x – 첸첸첸 첸 FO 30 MB 152 NBR 008 NBR 17 x 30 x 7
23 AZPF – 1x – 첸첸첸 첸 FO 30 PB 193 FPM 027 FPM 17 x 30 x 7
24 AZPF – 1x – 첸첸첸 첸 HO 01 MB 152 NBR 008 NBR 17 x 30 x 7
25 AZPF – 1x – 첸첸첸 첸 AB 01 MB 206 FPM 037 NBR 18 x 30 x 6
26 AZPF – 1x – 첸첸첸 첸 CP 20 MB 152 NBR 008 NBR 17 x 30 x 7
26 AZPF – 1x – 첸첸첸 첸 CP 20 KB 152 NBR 027 FPM 17 x 30 x 7
27 AZPF – 1x – 첸첸첸 첸 CN 20 MB 152 NBR 008 NBR 17 x 30 x 7 145 NBR 45 x 2.5
28 AZPF – 1x – 첸첸첸 첸 FN 20 MB 152 NBR 008 NBR 17 x 30 x 7
29 AZPF – 1x – 첸첸첸 첸 FP 20 PB 193 FPM 027 FPM 17 x 30 x 7
30 AZPF – 1x – 첸첸첸 첸 NT 20 MB 152 NBR 008 NBR 17 x 30 x 7 145 NBR 45 x 2.5
31 AZPF – 1x – 첸첸첸 첸 NL 20 KB 152 NBR 027 FPM 17 x 30 x 7 145 NBR 45 x 2.5
32 AZPF – 1x – 첸첸첸 첸 QR 12 MB 152 NBR 008 NBR 17 x 30 x 7
33 AZPF – 1x – 첸첸첸 첸 RR 12 MB 152 NBR 008 NBR 17 x 30 x 7
34 AZPF – 1x – 첸첸첸 첸 RR 20 MB 152 NBR 008 NBR 17 x 30 x 7
34 AZPF – 1x – 첸첸첸 첸 RR 20 KB 152 NBR 027 FPM 17 x 30 x 7
35 AZPF – 1x – 첸첸첸 첸 QR 20 MB 152 NBR 008 NBR 17 x 30 x 7
36 AZPF – 1x – 첸첸첸 첸 SA 20 MB 152 NBR 008 NBR 17 x 30 x 7 145 NBR 45 x 2.5
36 AZPF – 1x – 첸첸첸 첸 SA 20 KB 152 NBR 015 FPM 17 x 30 x 7 145 NBR 45 x 2.5
37 AZPF – 1x – 첸첸첸 첸 SG 20 MB 152 NBR 009 NBR 20 x 40 x 7 145 NBR 45 x 2.5
39 AZPF – 1x – 첸첸첸 첸 CP 20 20 KB 152 NBR 027/008 NBR 17 x 30 x 7 145 NBR 45 x 2.5
41 AZPFF – 1x – 첸첸첸 / 첸첸첸 첸 FB 20 20 MB 152 (2x) NBR 008 (2x) NBR 17 x 30 x 7 145 NBR 45 x 2.5
43 AZPFF – 1x – 첸첸첸 / 첸첸첸 첸 CB 20 20 MB 152 (2x) NBR 008 (2x) NBR 17 x 30 x 7 145 NBR 45 x 2.5
45 AZPFF – 1x – 첸첸첸 / 첸첸첸 첸 HO 20 20 MB 152 (2x) NBR 008 (2x) NBR 17 x 30 x 7 145 NBR 45 x 2.5
45 AZPFF – 1x – 첸첸첸 / 첸첸첸 첸 HO 20 20 KB 152 (2x) NBR 027/008 FPM/ 17 x 30 x 7 145 NBR 45 x 2.5
NBR
47 AZPFF – 1x – 첸첸첸 / 첸첸첸 첸 RR 20 20 MB 152 (2x) NBR 008 (2x) NBR 17 x 30 x 7 145 NBR 45 x 2.5
47 AZPFF – 1x – 첸첸첸 / 첸첸첸 첸 RR 20 20 KB 152 (2x) NBR 027 (2x) FPM 17 x 30 x 7 145 NBR 45 x 2.5
48 AZPFF – 1x – 첸첸첸 / 첸첸첸 첸 NM 20 20 MB 152 (2x) NBR 008 NBR 17 x 30 x 7 145 NBR 45 x 2.5
49 AZPFF – 1x – 첸첸첸 / 첸첸첸 첸 FP 20 20 MB 152 NBR 008 (2x) NBR 17 x 30 x 7 145 NBR 45 x 2.5
49 AZPFF – 1x – 첸첸첸 / 첸첸첸 첸 FP 20 20 KB 152 (2x) NBR 027 FPM 17 x 30 x 7 145 NBR 45 x 2.5
50 AZPFF – 1x – 첸첸첸 / 첸첸첸 첸 SA 20 20 MB 152 (2x) NBR 008/009 NBR 17 x 30 x 7 145 NBR 45 x 2.5
51 AZPFF – 1x – 첸첸첸 / 첸첸첸 첸 SG 20 20 PB 193 (2x) FPM 015/027 FPM 17 x 30 x 7 1 520 210 101 FPM 45 x 2.5
52 AZPFF – 1x – 첸첸첸 / 첸첸첸 첸 NL 20 20 KB 152 (2x) NBR 027 (2x) FPM 17 x 30 x 7 145 NBR 45 x 2.5
53 AZPFFF – 1x – 첸첸첸 / 첸첸첸 / 첸첸첸 첸 FB 20 20 20 MB 152 (3x) NBR 008 (3x) NBR 17 x 30 x 7 145 (2x) NBR 45 x 2.5
54 AZPFFF – 1x – 첸첸첸 / 첸첸첸 / 첸첸첸 첸 CB 20 20 20 MB 152 (3x) NBR 008 (3x) NBR 17 x 30 x 7 145 (2x) NBR 45 x 2.5
55 AZPFFF – 1x – 첸첸첸 / 첸첸첸 / 첸첸첸 첸 CB 20 20 20 MB 152 (3x) NBR 008 (3x) NBR 17 x 30 x 7 145 (2x) NBR 45 x 2.5
55 AZPFFF – 1x – 첸첸첸 / 첸첸첸 / 첸첸첸 첸 CB 20 20 20 KB 152 (3x) NBR 027/008 (2x) FPM/ 17 x 30 x 7 145 NBR 45 x 2.5
NBR
56 AZPFFF – 1x – 첸첸첸 / 첸첸첸 / 첸첸첸 첸 SG 20 20 20 MB 152 (3x) NBR 008 (3x) NBR 17 x 30 x 7 145 (2x) NBR 45 x 2.5
57 AZPFFF – 1x – 첸첸첸 / 첸첸첸 / 첸첸첸 첸 FB 20 20 20 MB 152 (3x) NBR 008 (3x) NBR 17 x 30 x 7 145 (2x) NBR 45 x 2.5
58 AZPFFF – 1x – 첸첸첸 / 첸첸첸 / 첸첸첸 첸 RR 20 20 20 MB 152 (3x) NBR 008 (3x) NBR 17 x 30 x 7 145 (2x) NBR 45 x 2.5
NBR = Perbunan® FPM = Viton®
For further service parts refer to CD-ROM HYparts 1 987 760 010
3
800
800
30 31
3
47. . . 55 Nm
1
Fittings
Fittings can be used for rectangular flange 20 see page 9
Gear pump flange, straight
LA
L4 S1
Ø D3
Ø D1
LA
Ø D1
LK
Ø DB L2
L1
LK D1 D3 L1 L2 L4 LA S1 DB Screws Seal ring Part number p

(metr.)
4x [bar]
35 10L 8 30 23.0 39.0 40 19 6.4 M 6 x 22 20 x 2.5 1 515 702 064 315
35 12L 10 30 23.0 39.0 40 22 6.4 M 6 x 22 20 x 2.5 1 515 702 065 315
35 15L 12 30 23.0 38.0 40 27 6.4 M 6 x 22 20 x 2.5 1 515 702 066 250
40 15L 12 35 28.0 43.0 42 27 6.4 M 6 x 22 24 x 2.5 1 515 702 067 100
40 18L 15 35 27.5 44.0 42 32 6.4 M 6 x 22 24 x 2.5 1 515 702 068 100
40 22L 19 35 27.5 44.5 42 36 6.4 M 6 x 22 24 x 2.5 1 515 702 069 100
40 28L 24 42 27.5 44.5 42 41 6.4 M 6 x 22 24 x 2.5 1 515 702 008 100
Complete fittings with seal ring, metric screw set, nuts and olive.

Gear pump flange, 90° angle
L4
LA L3
Ø DB
LA
S1
L2
L5
L1
LK
Ø D3 Ø D1
Ø D1
LK D1 D3 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 LA S1 DB Screws Seal ring Part number p

2x 2x [bar]
35 10L 8 38 31.0 16.5 26.5 47.0 40 19 6.4 M 6 x 22 M 6 x 35 20 x 2.5 1 515 702 070 315
35 12L 10 38 31.0 16.5 26.5 47.0 40 22 6.4 M 6 x 22 M 6 x 35 20 x 2.5 1 515 702 071 315
35 15L 12 38 31.0 16.5 26.5 46.0 40 27 6.4 M 6 x 22 M 6 x 35 20 x 2.5 1 515 702 072 250
35 16S 12 38 29.5 20.0 31.0 48.0 40 30 6.4 M 6 x 22 M 6 x 40 20 x 2.5 1 515 702 002 315
35 18L 15 38 29.5 20.0 31.0 47.0 40 32 6.4 M 6 x 22 M 6 x 40 20 x 2.5 1 545 702 006 250
35 20S 16 45 34.5 25.0 38.0 56.0 40 36 6.4 M 6 x 22 M 6 x 45 20 x 2.5 1 515 702 017 315
40 15L 12 38 31.0 22.5 36.5 46.0 42 27 6.4 M 6 x 22 M 6 x 22 24 x 2.5 1 515 702 076 100
40 18L 15 38 30.5 22.5 36.5 47.0 42 32 6.4 M 6 x 22 M 6 x 22 24 x 2.5 1 515 702 074 100
40 20S 16 40 29.5 22.5 35.5 50.0 42 36 6.4 M 6 x 22 M 6 x 45 24 x 2.5 1 515 702 011 250
40 22L 19 38 30.5 22.5 36.5 47.5 42 36 6.4 M 6 x 22 M 6 x 22 24 x 2.5 1 515 702 075 100
40 28L 22 40 32.5 28.0 43.0 49.0 42 41 6.4 M 6 x 20 M 6 x 50 24 x 2.5 1 515 702 010 100
40 35L 31 41 30.5 32.0 55.0 52.0 42 50 6.4 M 6 x 22 M 6 x 60 24 x 2.5 1 515 702 018 100
Complete fittings with seal ring, metric screw set, nuts and olive.

Gear pump flange, 3-hole, 90° angle
L4 M6-8.8
LK L3 M8-8.8
LA
Ø DB
L2
L1
L5
Ø D3
Ø D1 S1
LK D1 D3 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 LA S1 DB Screws Seal ring Mass Part number p

3x NBR *) [kg] [bar]
30 12L 10 37 30.0 10 37.5 46 38 22 6.4 M6x22 16x2.5 0.13 1 515 702 146 250
30 15L 12 37 30.0 10 37.5 47 38 27 6.4 M6x22 16x2.5 0.14 1 515 702 147 250
30 18L 15 37 30.0 10 37.5 47 38 32 6.4 M6x22 16x2.5 0.17 1 515 702 148 160
40 22L 19 43 35.5 14 41.0 53 48 36 8.4 M8x30 24x2.5 0.29 1 515 702 149 160
40 28L 24 43 35.5 14 41.0 53 48 41 8.4 M8x30 24x2.5 0.40 1 515 702 150 160
Complete fittings with seal ring, metric screw set, nuts and olive. *) NBR = Perbunan®
Note
You can find the permissible tightening torques in our publication:
“General Operating Instructions for External Gear Units”
RE 07 012-B1.
Ordering-No.
Ordering-No. Page Ordering-No. Page Ordering-No. Page Ordering-No. Page
0 510 215 006 27 0 510 365 314 48 0 510 515 015 27 0 510 555 302 50
0 510 215 007 30 0 510 415 005 27 0 510 515 018 26 0 510 565 012 43
0 510 215 009 26 0 510 415 006 30 0 510 515 019 30 0 510 565 014 39
0 510 215 306 27 0 510 415 313 27 0 510 515 309 26 0 510 565 015 48
0 510 215 307 30 0 510 415 314 30 0 510 515 310 27 0 510 565 016 48
0 510 215 309 26 0 510 415 316 26 0 510 515 311 30 0 510 565 018 41
0 510 225 006 20 0 510 425 009 20 0 510 515 316 26 0 510 565 019 41
0 510 225 007 21 0 510 425 010 21 0 510 515 317 26 0 510 565 022 47
0 510 225 010 33 0 510 425 015 33 0 510 515 337 29 0 510 565 023 47
0 510 225 011 32 0 510 425 016 32 0 510 515 340 30 0 510 565 032 41
0 510 225 012 31 0 510 425 019 31 0 510 525 009 20 0 510 565 033 43
0 510 225 013 34 0 510 425 020 34 0 510 525 010 21 0 510 565 034 41
0 510 225 014 35 0 510 425 021 23 0 510 525 014 33 0 510 565 035 41
0 510 225 022 22 0 510 425 025 35 0 510 525 015 32 0 510 565 037 43
0 510 225 023 25 0 510 425 027 24 0 510 525 018 20 0 510 565 043 52
0 510 225 306 20 0 510 425 043 22 0 510 525 019 34 0 510 565 061 39
0 510 225 307 21 0 510 425 044 25 0 510 525 020 34 0 510 565 065 54
0 510 225 314 34 0 510 425 307 20 0 510 525 024 23 0 510 565 069 41
0 510 225 317 22 0 510 425 308 21 0 510 525 025 31 0 510 565 072 39
0 510 225 318 25 0 510 425 314 34 0 510 525 030 21 0 510 565 078 48
0 510 245 001 36 0 510 425 315 23 0 510 525 031 32 0 510 565 080 54
0 510 245 300 36 0 510 425 331 31 0 510 525 033 35 0 510 565 081 55
0 510 255 300 50 0 510 425 334 22 0 510 525 034 23 0 510 565 095 39
0 510 315 004 27 0 510 425 335 25 0 510 525 039 24 0 510 565 319 39
0 510 315 005 30 0 510 425 336 21 0 510 525 040 24 0 510 565 328 41
0 510 315 006 26 0 510 445 001 36 0 510 525 041 33 0 510 565 329 48
0 510 315 007 28 0 510 445 300 36 0 510 525 074 22 0 510 565 332 41
0 510 315 304 27 0 510 455 001 50 0 510 525 075 22 0 510 565 334 41
0 510 315 305 30 0 510 455 002 50 0 510 525 076 25 0 510 565 335 39
0 510 315 307 26 0 510 455 004 56 0 510 525 311 20 0 510 565 346 47
0 510 325 006 20 0 510 455 300 50 0 510 525 312 21 0 510 565 353 43
0 510 325 007 21 0 510 455 301 50 0 510 525 315 33 0 510 565 356 41
0 510 325 010 33 0 510 465 008 48 0 510 525 319 20 0 510 565 364 43
0 510 325 011 32 0 510 465 011 39 0 510 525 323 23 0 510 565 367 41
0 510 325 012 31 0 510 465 012 48 0 510 525 324 34 0 510 565 371 53
0 510 325 013 34 0 510 465 019 57 0 510 525 325 34 0 510 565 376 39
0 510 325 016 35 0 510 465 023 39 0 510 525 328 21 0 510 565 379 48
0 510 325 018 24 0 510 465 025 58 0 510 525 331 23 0 510 565 385 49
0 510 325 025 22 0 510 465 027 55 0 510 525 374 22 0 510 565 387 39
0 510 325 026 25 0 510 465 031 54 0 510 525 375 22 0 510 565 389 39
0 510 325 306 20 0 510 465 032 39 0 510 525 376 25 0 510 565 393 39
0 510 325 307 21 0 510 465 320 39 0 510 545 001 36 0 510 565 406 39
0 510 325 312 31 0 510 465 324 39 0 510 545 002 37 0 510 565 408 53
0 510 325 313 34 0 510 465 326 41 0 510 545 003 37 0 510 565 417 39
0 510 325 320 22 0 510 465 344 39 0 510 545 300 36 0 510 565 422 53
0 510 325 321 25 0 510 465 345 41 0 510 545 302 37 0 510 565 435 45
0 510 345 001 36 0 510 465 346 48 0 510 555 001 50 0 510 565 436 45
0 510 345 300 36 0 510 465 355 49 0 510 555 002 50 0 510 615 005 26
0 510 355 301 50 0 510 515 004 27 0 510 555 003 50 0 510 615 006 27
0 510 365 009 52 0 510 515 005 30 0 510 555 007 56 0 510 615 007 30
0 510 365 010 48 0 510 515 007 26 0 510 555 300 50 0 510 615 008 30
0 510 365 305 39 0 510 515 011 28 0 510 555 301 50 0 510 615 009 28
Ordering-No. Page Ordering-No. Page Ordering-No. Page Ordering-No. Page
0 510 615 010 26 0 510 655 301 50 0 510 665 382 39 0 510 765 345 39
0 510 615 314 27 0 510 655 302 50 0 510 665 400 43 0 510 900 001 43
0 510 615 315 30 0 510 655 303 50 0 510 665 404 49 0 510 900 002 43
0 510 615 318 26 0 510 655 304 50 0 510 665 416 53 0 510 900 003 43
0 510 615 321 30 0 510 665 024 43 0 510 665 418 39 0 510 900 004 43
0 510 615 341 27 0 510 665 025 43 0 510 665 419 55 0 510 900 005 43
0 510 625 013 20 0 510 665 029 41 0 510 665 420 41 0 510 900 006 43
0 510 625 014 21 0 510 665 030 48 0 510 665 435 47 0 510 900 007 43
0 510 625 015 21 0 510 665 036 41 0 510 665 442 39 0 510 900 008 43
0 510 625 020 33 0 510 665 042 47 0 510 665 449 52 0 510 900 009 43
0 510 625 021 32 0 510 665 047 47 0 510 715 004 30 0 510 900 010 43
0 510 625 022 20 0 510 665 052 39 0 510 715 008 29 0 510 900 011 43
0 510 625 027 31 0 510 665 053 43 0 510 715 306 26 0 510 900 012 43
0 510 625 028 34 0 510 665 058 41 0 510 715 307 30 0 510 900 013 43
0 510 625 029 34 0 510 665 061 53 0 510 715 320 29 0 510 900 014 43
0 510 625 032 31 0 510 665 062 49 0 510 725 030 20 0 510 900 015 43
0 510 625 039 23 0 510 665 064 41 0 510 725 044 31 0 510 900 016 43
0 510 625 041 32 0 510 665 067 43 0 510 725 059 32 0 510 900 017 43
0 510 625 042 35 0 510 665 068 52 0 510 725 060 35 0 510 900 018 43
0 510 625 043 35 0 510 665 071 49 0 510 725 062 21 0 510 900 019 43
0 510 625 047 24 0 510 665 076 49 0 510 725 063 33 0 510 900 020 43
0 510 625 048 33 0 510 665 092 53 0 510 725 076 23 0 510 900 021 43
0 510 625 049 23 0 510 665 097 41 0 510 725 077 34 0 510 900 022 43
0 510 625 052 24 0 510 665 111 53 0 510 725 084 24 0 510 900 023 43
0 510 625 075 22 0 510 665 112 53 0 510 725 112 22 0 510 900 024 43
0 510 625 076 22 0 510 665 115 41 0 510 725 113 22 0 510 900 025 43
0 510 625 077 25 0 510 665 126 47 0 510 725 114 22 0 510 900 026 43
0 510 625 314 20 0 510 665 132 47 0 510 725 120 25 0 510 900 027 43
0 510 625 315 20 0 510 665 134 55 0 510 725 330 20 0 510 900 028 43
0 510 625 316 21 0 510 665 135 39 0 510 725 348 23 0 510 900 029 43
0 510 625 317 21 0 510 665 144 39 0 510 725 349 21 0 510 900 030 43
0 510 625 327 23 0 510 665 152 39 0 510 725 361 34 0 510 900 031 43
0 510 625 329 34 0 510 665 325 43 0 510 725 396 35 0 510 900 032 43
0 510 625 330 34 0 510 665 326 43 0 510 725 410 22 0 510 900 033 43
0 510 625 332 23 0 510 665 327 43 0 510 725 411 22 0 510 900 034 43
0 510 625 346 33 0 510 665 328 39 0 510 725 412 22 0 510 900 035 43
0 510 625 358 31 0 510 665 330 39 0 510 725 418 25 0 510 900 036 43
0 510 625 368 31 0 510 665 333 41 0 510 765 012 43 0 510 900 037 43
0 510 625 381 22 0 510 665 334 41 0 510 765 016 47 0 510 900 038 43
0 510 625 382 25 0 510 665 336 39 0 510 765 022 41 0 510 900 039 43
0 510 625 386 22 0 510 665 337 39 0 510 765 023 43 0 510 900 040 43
0 510 645 002 36 0 510 665 339 48 0 510 765 028 39 0 510 900 041 43
0 510 645 003 37 0 510 665 347 41 0 510 765 045 39 0 510 900 042 43
0 510 645 004 36 0 510 665 348 39 0 510 765 049 39 0 510 900 043 43
0 510 645 005 37 0 510 665 354 47 0 510 765 309 39 0 510 900 044 43
0 510 645 300 36 0 510 665 368 39 0 510 765 312 48 0 510 900 045 43
0 510 655 001 50 0 510 665 369 39 0 510 765 317 41 0 510 900 046 43
0 510 655 002 50 0 510 665 371 53 0 510 765 320 43 0 510 900 047 43
0 510 655 003 50 0 510 665 372 53 0 510 765 331 41 0 510 900 048 43
0 510 655 004 50 0 510 665 375 41 0 510 765 334 55 0 510 900 049 43
0 510 655 005 50 0 510 665 376 49 0 510 765 338 41 0 510 900 050 43
0 510 655 007 51 0 510 665 379 53 0 510 765 340 43 0 510 900 051 43
0 510 655 011 51 0 510 665 380 57 0 510 765 341 41 0 510 900 052 43
0 510 655 300 50 0 510 665 381 39 0 510 765 343 39 0 510 900 053 43
Ordering-No. Page Ordering-No. Page
0 510 900 054 43 0 510 901 500 45

0 510 900 055 43 0 510 901 501 45
0 510 900 056 43 0 510 901 502 45
0 510 900 057 43 0 510 901 503 45
0 510 900 058 43 0 510 901 504 45
0 510 900 059 43 0 510 901 505 45
0 510 900 060 43 0 510 901 506 45
0 510 900 061 43 0 510 901 507 45
0 510 901 000 47 0 510 901 508 45
0 510 901 001 47 0 510 901 509 45
0 510 901 002 47 0 510 901 510 45
0 510 901 003 47 0 510 901 511 45
0 510 901 004 47 0 510 901 512 45
0 510 901 005 47 0 510 901 513 45
0 510 901 006 47 0 510 901 514 45
0 510 901 007 47 0 510 901 515 45
0 510 901 008 47
0 510 901 009 47
0 510 901 010 47
0 510 901 011 47
0 510 901 012 47
0 510 901 013 47
0 510 901 014 47
0 510 901 015 47
0 510 901 016 47
0 510 901 017 47
0 510 901 018 47
0 510 901 019 47
0 510 901 020 47
0 510 901 021 47
0 510 901 022 47
0 510 901 023 47
0 510 901 024 47
0 510 901 025 47
0 510 901 026 47
0 510 901 027 47
0 510 901 028 47
0 510 901 029 47
0 510 901 030 47
0 510 901 031 47
0 510 901 032 47
0 510 901 033 47
0 510 901 034 47
0 510 901 035 47
0 510 901 036 47
0 510 901 037 47
0 510 901 038 47
0 510 901 039 47
0 510 901 040 47
0 510 901 041 47
0 510 901 042 47
0 510 901 043 47
0 510 901 044 47
0 510 901 045 47
The AZ configurator at www.boschrexroth.com/azconfigurator

The AZ configurator
assists you to configure
The AZ configurator assists you to con- your individual external
figure your individual external gear unit gear unit easily and user-
easily and user-friendly. You only need to friendly – all data needed
for project planning are
specify your requirements: From the acquired thru menu guid-
displacement, direction of rotation, drive ance.
shaft, connection flange right up to the
required rear cover. You immediately
receive a project drawing (PDF format) if
a configuration already exists. You receive
the price of the configured external gear
unit upon request.
Selection is made either

on an ordering code or
your technical require-
ments. This means that
you can search for exter-
nal gear units that have
already been configured,
or you specify the con-
figuration variant of the
external gear unit based
upon the operating para-
meters you require.
If the external gear unit

you selected has been
released you will receive
the part number, ordering
code and a detailed
installation drawing. If
your special configuration
is not available please
send your specification
to Rexroth. One of our
employees will then con-
tact you.
Bosch Rexroth AG © This document, as well as the data, specifications and other information
Hydraulics set forth in it, are the exclusive property of Bosch Rexroth AG. It may not
Produktbereich: Mobile Steuerungen be reproduced or given to third parties without its consent.
Robert-Bosch-Straße 2 The data specified above only serve to describe the product. No state-
D-71701 Schwieberdingen ments concerning a certain condition or suitability for a certain application
Fax +49 (0) 711-811 5 11 18 14 can be derived from our information. The information given does not release
info.brh-stf@boschrexroth.de the user from the obligation of own judgement and verification. It must be
www.boschrexroth.com/brm remembered that our products are subject to a natural process of wear and
aging.
Medium Pressure Filter
Pi 360
Operating pressure 210 (315) bar, Nominal size up to 300
1. Features
Efficient filters for modern

hydraulic systems Quality filters, easy to service
• Modular design • Highly efficient Sm-xfilter elements
• Minimal pressure loss • ß-rated elements per ISO 4572
• Compact design • Large dirt holding capacity and high differential pressure
• Visual / electrical / electronic differential pressure indication stability providing optimum element service life
• Threaded ports • 100% bubble-point tested elements
Worldwide sales
2. Flow rate/pressure drop curve compl. filter
Differential pressure & p [bar]

Flow rate [l/min]
Flow rate [l/min]

Differential pressure & p [bar]
Pi 3611 Sm-xvst
Pi 3615 Sm-x
Pi 3630 Sm-x
Flow rate [l/min]
3. Separation characteristics 4. Filter performance data
tested according to ISO 4572 (multi-pass-test)
determined by multi-pass-tests (ISO 4572)
5000 99,98 Sm-x-elements Sm-x-vst-elements
with+ p 20 bar with+ p 210 bar
Sm-x 3
75 Sm-xvst 3
75
3 3
1000 99,9
Sm-x 6
75 Sm-xvst 6
75
6 6
Degree of separation [%]

Sm-x 10
75 Sm-xvst 10
75
10 10
Sm-x 25
75 Sm-xvst 25
75
Beta-ratio
99,5 25 25
100
at 7 bar differential pressure at 16 bar differential pressure

75 98,6
98,0
95,0
10 90,0
Example for ordering filters:

75,0
1. Housing design . = 80 l/min,
2 50,0
electrical indication
1
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
0,0
Type-no. Pi 3608-15 Order-no. 766.628.2
Particle size [9m]
+ 2. Filter element Sm-xvst 3
Type-no. Pi 2208 Order-no. 768.020.0
7. Order numbers
7.1 Housing design
Part Type Nominal

T U V W X Y
Standard * With bypass With bypass With bypass With With
number number size valve valve and valve and visual visual/electrical
and indicator visual visual/electrical indicator indicator
NG
cavity indicator indicator
50
765‡599‡6 Pi 3605-60
766‡621 ‡7 Pi 3605-11
766‡622‡5 Pi 3605-12
765‡604‡4 Pi 3605-13
766‡623‡3 Pi 3605-14
766‡624‡1 Pi 3605-15
80
765‡600‡2 Pi 3608-60
766‡625‡8 Pi 3608-11
766‡626‡6 Pi 3608-12
765‡603‡6 Pi 3608-13
766‡627‡4 Pi 3608-14
766‡628‡2 Pi 3608-15
110
765‡601 ‡0 Pi 3611-60
766‡629‡0 Pi 3611-11
766‡630‡8 Pi 3611-12
765‡602‡8 Pi 3611-13
773‡1 82‡1 Pi 3611-14
766‡631 ‡6 Pi 3611-15
150
764‡784‡5 Pi 3615-60
773‡1 85‡4 Pi 3615-11
766‡632‡4 Pi 3615-12
765‡598‡8 Pi 3615-13
773‡1 86‡2 Pi 3615-14
773‡1 84‡7 Pi 3615-15
300
765‡597‡0 Pi 3630-60
773‡1 89‡6 Pi 3630-11
766‡633‡2 Pi 3630-12
764‡783‡7 Pi 3630-13
773‡1 90‡4 Pi 3630-14
773‡1 88‡8 Pi 3630-15
*When using standard filter (without options) collapse pressure of the element may not be exceeded.
5. Test regulations
MAHLE filter elements are manufactured respectively, tested in accordance with the following international standards:
Norm Designation
ISO 2941 Hydraulic-fluid power-Filter elements-Verification of collapse / burst resistance
ISO 2942 Hydraulic-fluid power-Filter elements-Verification of fabrication integrity and determination of the first bubble point
ISO 2943 Hydraulic-fluid power-Filter elements-Verification of material compatibilitywith fluids
ISO 3723 Hydraulic fluid power-Filter elements-Method for end load test
ISO 3724 Hydraulic fluid power-Filter elements-Verification of flowfatigue characteristics
ISO 3968 Hydraulic fluid power-Filters-Evaluation of pressure drop versus flow characteristics
ISO 10 771.1 Fatigue pressure testing of metal containig envelopes in hydraulic fluid applications.
ISO 16 889 Hydraulic Fluidpower filters-Multi-pass method for evaluation filtration performance of a filterelement
T U V W X Y
6. Symbols
7.2 Filter elements* ( ) = filter surface area [ ] = type number
inorganic paper
Sm-x 3 Sm-x 6 Sm-x 10 Sm-x 25 Sm-xvst 3 Sm-xvst 6 Sm-xvst 10 Sm-xvst 25

p 20 bar p 20 bar p 20 bar p 20 bar p 210 bar p 210 bar p 210 bar p 210 bar
( 590 cm) ( 590 cm) ( 590 cm) ( 590 cm) ( 470 cm) ( 470 cm) ( 470 cm) ( 470 cm)
768‡01 9‡2 794‡353‡3 768‡038‡2 768‡050‡7
768‡01 3‡5 794‡350‡9 768‡032‡5 768‡044‡0
768‡01 3‡5 794‡350‡9 768‡032‡5 768‡044‡0 [Pi 2205] [Pi 5205] [Pi 3205] [Pi 4205]
768‡01 3‡5 794‡350‡9 768‡032‡5 768‡044‡0
[Pi 2105] [Pi 5105] [Pi 3105] [Pi 4105] 768‡01 9‡2 794‡353‡3 768‡038‡2 768‡050‡7
768‡01 9‡2 794‡353‡3 768‡038‡2 768‡050‡7
( 1 1 50 cm) ( 1 1 50 cm) ( 1 1 50 cm) ( 1 1 50 cm) ( 900 cm) ( 900 cm) ( 900 cm) ( 900 cm)
768‡020‡0 794‡354‡1 768‡1 1 9‡0 768‡05 1 ‡5
768‡014‡3 794‡35 1 ‡7 768‡034‡1 768‡045‡7
768‡014‡3 794‡35 1 ‡7 768‡034‡1 768‡045‡7 [Pi 2208] [Pi 5208] [Pi 3208] [Pi 4208]
768‡014‡3 794‡35 1 ‡7 768‡034‡1 768‡045‡7
[Pi 2108] [Pi 5108] [Pi 3108] [Pi 4108] 768‡020‡0 794‡353‡3 768‡1 1 9‡0 768‡05 1 ‡5
768‡020‡0 794‡353‡3 768‡1 1 9‡0 768‡05 1 ‡5
( 1 700 cm) ( 1 700 cm) ( 1 700 cm) ( 1 700 cm) ( 1 31 5 cm) ( 1 31 5 cm) ( 1 31 5 cm) ( 1 31 5 cm)
768‡021 ‡8 794‡355‡8 768‡039‡0 768‡052‡3
768‡01 5‡0 794‡352‡5 768‡033‡3 768‡046‡5
768‡01 5‡0 794‡352‡5 768‡033‡3 768‡046‡5 [Pi 221 1] [Pi 521 1] [Pi 321 1] [Pi 421 1]
768‡01 5‡0 794‡352‡5 768‡033‡3 768‡046‡5
[Pi 21 1 1] [Pi 51 1 1] [Pi 31 1 1] [Pi 41 1 1] 768‡021 ‡8 794‡355‡8 768‡039‡0 768‡052‡3
768‡021 ‡8 794‡355‡8 768‡039‡0 768‡052‡3
768‡022‡6 795‡51 2‡3 768‡040‡8 768‡053‡1
768‡01 6‡8 795‡509‡9 768‡035‡8 768‡047‡3
768‡01 6‡8 795‡509‡9 768‡035‡8 768‡047‡3 [Pi 221 5] [Pi 521 5] [Pi 321 5] [Pi 421 5]
768‡01 6‡8 795‡509‡9 768‡035‡8 768‡047‡3
[Pi 21 1 5] [Pi 51 1 5] [Pi 31 1 5] [Pi 41 1 5] 768‡022‡6 795‡51 2‡3 768‡040‡8 768‡053‡1
768‡022‡6 795‡51 2‡3 768‡040‡8 768‡053‡1
768‡023‡4 795‡51 3‡1 768‡041 ‡6 768‡054‡9
768‡01 7‡6 795‡510‡7 768‡036‡6 768‡048‡1
768‡01 7‡6 795‡510‡7 768‡036‡6 768‡048‡1 [Pi 2230] [Pi 5230] [Pi 3230] [Pi 4230]
768‡01 7‡6 795‡510‡7 768‡036‡6 768‡048‡1
[Pi 21 30] [Pi 51 30] [Pi 31 30] [Pi 41 30] 768‡023‡4 795‡51 3‡1 768‡041 ‡6 768‡054‡9
768‡023‡4 795‡51 3‡1 768‡041 ‡6 768‡054‡9
*further elements upon request

Pos 1 -Visual contamination indicator
8. Specifications
according DIN 43650
Execution: Pis 3092, 3105, 3115
Design: line mounting filter Pos 3 - El. upper section connector

Operating pressure: 210 bar* according DIN 43651
Static test pressure: 275 bar* Execution: Pis 3102, 3122, 3110, 3132
Temperature range: -10˚C to +120˚C

(other temperature ranges on request)
Bypass opening pressure: = p 7 bar ±10 %
Filter head material: GGG
Filter bowl material: St
Material of seals: NBR / PTFE / Cu
Activating pressure of visual / electrical
differential pressure indicator: = p 5 bar ±10 %
Electrical data of contamination indicator:
Maximum voltage: 230 V~/=
Maximum current on contact: 2,5 A
Maximum contact load: 60 VA/ 40 W
Inrush current: 70 VA
Type of protection: IP 65 when inserted and secured
Contact: bistable
Cable connection: PG 11 Ø 6–10
The electrical indicator function can be changed from the

Normally Open position to the Normally Closed position or visa
versa by inverting the electrical section.
With the inrush current of 70 VA the indicator can trigger small
contactors or contactor relays.
NG 300
Inductivity in the direct current may require the use of a signal

with drain plug
G DIN 910
eraser.
For further information and executions please see our leaflet
"contamination indicators".
Filters compatible with standard mineral oils.
Please contact us in case of using other media.
* Types Pi 3605, Pi 3608 and Pi 3611 have an operating pressure

of 315 bar/test pressure 410 bar.
P
O
N
Pi 3605 - Pi 3611 Pi 3615, Pi 3630
9. Dimensions
All dimensions (except “C“) in mm
Dimen-
sion A B C D E F G H I K L M N O P R Weight
Type (SW) [kg]
Pi 3605 78 31 G 189 247 80 27 66 90 92 23,5 54 47 M 8x16 21 8 4,1
Pi 3608 78 31 G 267 325 80 27 66 90 92 23,5 54 47 M 8x16 21 8 5
Pi 3611 78 31 G 343 401 80 27 66 90 92 23,5 54 47 M 8x16 21 8 5,9
Pi 3615 78 32 G 1 259 315 110 30 109 137 142 - 60 80 M 12x16 28 - 9,8
Pi 3630 78 32 G 1 384 440 110 30 109 137 142 - 60 80 M 12x16 28 - 12,5

10. Installation, operating and
maintenance instructions
10.1 Filter installation
When installing the filter make sure that sufficient space is available
to remove filter element and filter bowl.
Preferable the filter should be installed with the filter bowl pointing
downwards.
The contamination indicator must be visible.
10.2 Connecting the electrical contamination indicator

The electrical indicator is connected via a 2-pole appliance plug
according DlN 43650 with poles marked 1 and 2.
The electrical section can be inverted to change from Normally
Open position to Normally Closed position or vice versa.
10.3 When must the filter element be replaced?

1. Filters equipped with visual and electrical contamination
indicator:
During cold starts, the indicator may give a warning signal.
Depress the red button of the visual indicator once again only
after operating temperature has been reached. lf the red button
immediately pops out again and/or the electrical signal has not
switched off after reaching operating temperature, the filter ele-
ment must be replaced after the end of the shift.
2. Filters without contamination indicator: the filter element should
be replaced after the trial run or flushing of the system. Afterwards
follow instructions of the manufacturer.
3. Please always ensure that you have original MAHLE replacement
elements in stock: disposable elements (Sm-x) cannot be cleaned.
10.4 Element replacement

1. Stop system and relieve filter from pressure.
2. Unscrew the filter bowl by turning counter-clockwise. Clean the
bowl using a suitable cleaning solvent.
3. Remove filter element with a side-to-side motion.
4. Check O-ring and back-up ring on the filter bowl for damage.
Replace, if necessary.
5. Make sure that the part number on the spare element corres-
ponds with the part number of the filter label. Open the plastic
bag and push element over the spigot in the filter head.
Now remove plastic bag.
6. Complete installation by screwing on the bowl, turning clockwise
11. Spare parts list until it comes to a full stop. Back off the bowl Cturn.
Part no./housing
Pos.
Pi 3605−Pi 3611 Pi 3615−Pi 3630
Seal kit Seal kit
T 835.683.4
NBR 763‡7 1 5‡0 NBR 763‡7 1 8‡4
−
FPM 763‡7 1 6‡8 FPM 763‡7 1 9‡2
V EPDM 763‡7 1 7‡6 EPDM 763‡720‡0
Contamination indicator
07/03 Ba 3000
visual visual/electrical
W 766‡991 ‡4 766‡986‡4
Pis 3093/5 bar Pis 3092/5 bar
electrical upper part only 753‡655‡0
Seal kit for contamination indicator
NBR 776‡027‡5
X FPM 776‡028‡3
EPDM 776‡029‡1
Subject to technical alteration without prior notice.
MAHLE Filtersysteme GmbH

Bereich Industriefilter · Schleifbachweg 45 · D-74613 Öhringen · Postfach 13 09 · D-74603 Öhringen
Telefon (0 79 41 ) 67-0 · Telefax (0 79 41 ) 67-429 · Internet: http://www.mahle.com · E-mail: ub2.industrie@mahle.com
Steering unit RE 14365/10.07
Replaces: 07.03
1/12
Type LAGC
Sizes 50 to 630
Component series 1X and 2X
Nominal pressure 175 bar
Maximum flow 63 l/min
H6211_d
Table of contents Features

Content Page – LAGC steering units are used in hydraulic steering circuits of
Features 1 vehicles and mobile machines with large axle loads and travel
speeds not exceeding 50 km/h.
Ordering code 2
– With the aid of a steering unit even heavy vehicles can easily
Function, section 3
be steered. The absence of a mechanical connection between
Variants 4 and 5 the steering unit and steering axle allows the designer to re-
Functions in the steering circuit 5 alize solutions, which would be impossible with conventional
Technical data, general 6 steering systems.
Technical data of hydraulic fluid with selection diagram 7 – The steering unit includes all valves required in the hydraulic
steering circuit for the protection of the steering unit and the
Technical data, hydraulic 8
steering cylinder. This eliminates the need for additional pipe-
Determination of steering moment 8 work.
Dimensioning of steering cylinder and steering pump 9 – If the hydraulic pump fails, vehicles can also be steered manu-
Unit dimensions of type LAGC.../LAGC...LD 10 ally with the help of the LAGC; in this case, the LAGC acts as
Unit dimensions of type LAGC... LDA.. 11 hand pump for the steering cylinder.
Information on available spare parts:

www.boschrexroth.com/spc
2/12 Bosch Rexroth AG Hydraulics LAGC RD 14365/10.07
Ordering code
LAG C M *
– = Special specifications
Steering unit Please consult our sales
Design organization
6)Pipe ports
with integrated valves =C
P, T, L, R / LD
Displacement (cm3/rev)
01 = Pipe thread to
Frame size OC; LD R1); LDA2) DIN 3852
50 = 50 06 = Metric ISO thread to
DIN 3852
63 = 63 12 = UNF thread to SAE
80 = 80 40 = Metric ISO thread to
100 = 100 DIN 3852
125 = 125 Seals

M = Suitable for mineral oil (HL, HLP)
160 = 160 to DIN 51524 and fast bio-degradable
200 = 200 hydraulic fluids (HETG, rape seed oil) to
VDMA 24568
250 = 250 (see RE 90221)
320 = 320 7) Pressure relief valve setting
400 = 400 (pressure differential)
500 = 500 90 = 90 bar
140 = 140 bar
630 = 630
175 = 175 bar
Noise characteristics 7) Shock valve setting
Standard 3) =– (pressure differential)
Low 4) =N 150 = 150 bar
Series 200 = 200 bar
Series 10 to 19 = 1X 240 = 240 bar
(10 to 19: Unchanged installation
Reaction
and connection dimensions)
No code = Without reaction
Series 20 to 29 = 2X 5)
R = With reaction
(20 to 29: Unchanged installation
and connection dimensions) Load Sensing
No code = Without load signal in Open Center
= Standard product range (OC) variant
= Extended product range LD = Dynamic load signal
LDA = Dynamic load signal, can be flanged on
1) With reaction
2) Dynamic load signal, can be flanged on Order example:
3) To be specified for LD variant 1. LAGC 200 -1X/LD150-90M01
4) To be specified for Open Center (OC) variant Steering unit with integrated valves
5) Only Open Center design (extended flow: see Technical Frame size 200, dynamic load signal
data - page 8) Shock valves 150 bar, pressure relief function 90 bar
6) For thread dimensions, see Unit dimensions on pages 10 Pipe ports P, T, L, R in G 1/2 , LD in G 1/4
and 11
7) 2. LAGC 200 N1X/150-90M01
The response pressure of shock valves must be 50 bar
higher than the setting of the pressure relief valve, but not Steering unit with integrated valves
exceed 2.2 times the setting of the latter (see §38 StVZO, Frame size 200, low noise characteristics
German Road Traffic Licensing Regulation). Shock valves 150 bar, pressure relief function 90 bar
Preferably: 150 to 90; 200 to 140; 240 to 175. Pipe ports P, T, L, R in G 1/2
RD 14365/10.07. LAGC Hydraulics Bosch Rexroth AG 3/12
Function, section
Pilot spool (1) of the control valve is rotated via the steering col- time, the steering cylinder is in the required position. Centering
umn in relation to control sleeve (2). This opens a cross-section spring (4) brings and holds the spool and sleeve in a neutral po-
between the spool and the sleeve. The pressure oil acts on ro- sition to each other.
tor set (3) and sets the latter into motion. The oil is then fed via Pressure relief valve (5) limits the system pressure of the steer-
the rotor set to the steering cylinder. The rotation of the rotor ing circuit. On the Load-Sensing variants, the pilot valve for the
acts on the sleeve, which then follows the rotary movement of load signal is installed instead (see sectional drawing).
the spool.
Two shock valves (6) protect ports L and R to the steering cyl-
The size of the opened cross-section depends on the turning inder. If one of the shock valve responds, the discharged oil is
speed of the steering wheel and on the steering pressure; on fed via anti-cavitation valve (7) to the opposite side, or missing
Load-Sensing variants, it depends exclusively on the turning leak-oil aspired from the tank.
speed.
In the event of an oil supply failure, the LAGC operates as hand
If the steering movement is interrupted and the spool is at a pump. In this operational state, oil can be withdrawn from the
standstill, the oil, which still flows through the open cross-sec- tank via anti-cavitation valve (8), with check valve (9) preventing
tion to the rotor, causes the rotor and hence the sleeve to con- air to be aspired via the pump port (P). During normal opera-
tinue to rotate. tion, this valve prevents shocks on the steering wheel caused
The rotary movement then causes the cross-section to close by excessive external steering forces.
- now, the rotor also comes to a standstill and, at the same
1
3
7 6
1 Pilot spool 6 Shock valve
2 Control sleeve 7 Anti-cavitation valve
3 Rotor set 8 Anti-cavitation valve
4 Centering spring 9 Check valve
5 Pressure relief valve
Device variants
L R L R
Standard variant
Open Center with Non Reaction = OC / NR
Mainly used in steering systems with fixed displacement hydrau-
lic pumps.
When no steering movement is performed, the connection be-
tween pump port (P) and tank port (T) is open (OC), and the
pump flow is directed to the tank almost at zero pressure. Ports
L1) (left) and R1) (right) are blocked in the neutral position. In
this way, external forces acting via the steering cylinder are sup-
ported without the driver perceiving any resulting reaction forc-
es on the steering wheel (Non Reaction).
1)Contrary to standardization, the actuator lines in steering

systems are usually designated “L” and “R”, not “A” and “B“.
P T P T
L R L R
Standard variant
Open Center with Reaction = OC / R
In the neutral position, the cylinder ports are connected with
each other. External forces acting via the steering cylinder are
perceived as reaction force by the driver on the steering wheel
(Reaction). When the driver releases the steering wheel after
the steering maneuver is completed, the wheels and the steer-
ing wheel automatically return to straight-ahead travel, provided
that the steering geometry is suitable for this.
P T P T
L R L R
Load-Sensing variants
Steering units with Load Sensing provide a load signal that can
be used for controlling a priority valve and/or a pump. They are
designed as Closed-Center steering systems, with the connec-
tion of pump port (P) to tank port (T) being closed in the neutral
position.
If the steering system and working hydraulics are supplied by a
common pump, a priority valve must be installed. This valve en-
LD
sures the preferred supply of the steering unit with oil, with the
valve being controlled by the load signal of the steering unit. If
no steering movement is performed, the entire oil flow from the
pump is available to the working hydraulics. Fixed or variable
displacement pumps can be used as hydraulic pump.
LD
P T P T
Device variants
Load signal, dynamic

The oil flowing in the load signal line transmits the load signal,
with the pilot oil flowing from the priority valve to the steering
unit. Also in the neutral position, a continuous, low pilot oil flow
of ca. 0.5 l/min is provided. Consequently, the steering unit has
approximately the same temperature as the oil.
Thermal shocks are largely prevented.
The LD variant causes the priority valve to react faster. The
hard point at the beginning of the steering movement is usually
no longer perceivable- even under cold start conditions.
Flanged-on priority valve
Steering units with flanged-on priority valve significantly reduce
the piping effort.
L P LD T R L P LD T R
LAGC of LD variant for flanged-on priority valve
Low-noise variant
Steering units of the LAGC Open Center variant are generally
delivered in the low-noise variant “N“.
Functions in the steering circuit

Servo-operation Pressure relief valve
Steering units of type LAGC consist of a manually operated The pressure relief valve is available with three settings:
servo-valve of rotary spool design, a rotor set, which operates 90 bar; 140 bar; 175 bar
according to the gerotor principle, and the required valves for
Note!
the steering circuit.
The pressure in the T-line adds to the set pressure.
The frame size of the rotor set determines the oil volume, which
flows per steering wheel turn to the steering cylinder. The frame size
of the rotor set is selected so that with 3 to 5 turns of the steering Shock and anti-cavitation valves
wheel, it is possible to steer from one limit stop to the other. These valves, which are installed in the LAGC on the cylinder
Emergency operation side, are available with three settings:
During normal operation of the steering unit, when the hydraulic 150 bar; 200 bar; 240 bar
oil displaces a sufficient amount of oil, the torque on the steer- Anti-cavitation valve
ing wheel is less than 5 Nm. In the event of a hydraulic pump
In the event of a hydraulic pump failure, this valve, which is in-
failure, the steering unit operates in the emergency mode; the
stalled between the P and the T port, re-aspires hydraulic fluid
rotor set acts as hand pump, and the vehicle is steered manual-
from the tank.
ly, without power assistance. The pressure that can be generat-
Check valve
ed manually depends on the frame size of the rotor set and the
force applied to the steering wheel. The smaller the rotor set, This valve, which is installed in the P port prevents:
the higher the pressure that can be built up manually. • oil from returning from the steering cylinder into the hydrau-
lic system when the cylinder pressure becomes higher than
During manual steering, the following pressures can be the system pressure due to travel obstructions. Steering
achieved in dependence upon the steering moment: shocks onto the steering wheel are therefore largely sup-
Msteer Frame size 050 063 080 100 125 160 pressed.
120 Nm p in bar 90 85 80 60 50 40 • air from being aspired via the P port in emergency operation.
70 Nm p in bar 52 50 46 35 30 23
Msteer Frame size 200 250 320 400 500 630
120 Nm p in bar 30 25 20 15 12 10
70 Nm p in bar 17 14 11 8 7 6
If a higher pressure is required for steering in emergency op- Attention!
eration at 70 Nm, a steering unit with reduction gear, LAGU to Emergency operation is not intended for continuous op-
RE 11867 or LAGZ to RE 11868, can be installed. eration!
Technical data (for applications outside these parameters, please consult us!)
General
Nominal pressure p bar 175
Ambient temperature range ϑ °C –20 to +80
Hydraulic fluid see below
Hydraulic fluid temperature range ϑ °C –20 to +80
Viscosity range ν mm2/s 10 to 800
Permissible maximum degree of contami-
nation of the hydraulic fluid
Cleanliness class to ISO 4406 (c) Class 19/16/13 1)
Steering moment - standard 2) M Nm ≤5
Steering moment - emergency operation M Nm ≤ 160 permissible
Max. tightening torque for MT Nm 30 - see RE 11874 “Steering column“
mounting screws
1) The cleanliness classes specified for components must be adhered to in hydraulic systems.
Effective filtration prevents malfunction and, at the same time, prolongs the service life of components.
For the selection of filters, see data sheets RE 50070, RE 50076, RE 50081, RE 50086, RE 50087 and RE 50088.
2) Other steering moment variants (e.g. “low”) on request
Technical data of the hydraulic fluid

Hydraulic fluids Explanation regarding the selection of the hydraulic fluid
Before carrying out engineering, please refer to the extensive in- For the selection of the right hydraulic fluid, the operating tem-
formation on the selection of hydraulic fluids and operating con- perature and the ambient temperature must be known.
ditions in our data sheets RE 90220 (mineral oil) and RE 90221 The hydraulic fluid should be selected so that the operating vis-
(environmentally friendly hydraulic fluids). These data sheets cosity νopt is within the optimum range at operating tempera-
refer to axial piston units, but can also be applied by analogy to ture (see selection diagram).
steering units. In the case of hydraulic fluids, which require FPM
We recommend that the next higher viscosity class be selected.
seals, please consult us.
Operating viscosity Example: At an ambient temperature of X °C, the tank temper-
ature reaches 60 °C. Within the optimum viscosity range, this
We recommend that the operating viscosity (at operating temper-
corresponds to viscosity classes VG 46 or VG 68; the class to
ature) be selected within the range of
be selected is: VG 68.
νopt = optimum operating viscosity range of 16 to 46 mm2/s Filtration of the hydraulic fluid
referred to temperature, which is optimal in terms of efficiency The finer the filtration, the better the cleanliness class achieved
and service life. for the hydraulic fluid, and the longer the service life of the
complete hydraulic system.
Limiting viscosity
For limiting conditions, the following values are valid:
νmin = 10 mm2/s at a permissible max. temperature of Note!
ϑmax = 80 °C To ensure functional reliabilty of the steering unit, at least the
νmax = 800 mm2/s cleanliness classes specified for the hydraulic fluid are re-
quired.
Temperature range: (cf. selection diagram)
ϑmin = –20 °C
ϑmax = 80 °C
If temperature differences of more than 20 °C between the
steering unit and the hydraulic fluid are to be expected, either a
LD or LDA variant or an Open-Center variant should be installed
to warm up the steering unit.
Selection diagram
1600 1600
1000
600
400
200
VG
VG 68
VG 32
VG 46
VG
10
22
100
60
Visicosity in mm2/s
40 46
νopt.
20
16
10
5 5
Temperature
Hydraulic fluid temperature range
Technical data, hydraulic
Flow Permissible max. pressure in port

Steering unit Displacement Nom1) max.2) P T L and R
Type cm3 l/min l/min bar bar bar
LAGC 050 50 5.0 15 175 20 240
LAGC 063 63 6.3 20 175 20 240
LAGC 080 80 8.0 25 175 20 240
LAGC 100 100 10.0 30 175 20 240
LAGC 125 125 12.5 35 175 20 240
LAGC 160 160 16.0 50 175 20 240
LAGC 200 200 20.0 50 175 20 240
LAGC 250 250 25.0 50 175 20 240
LAGC 320 320 32.0 63 175 20 240
LAGC 400 400 40.0 63 175 20 240
LAGC 500 500 50.0 63 175 20 240
LAGC 630 630 63.0 63 175 20 240
1) Referred to a steering velocity of 100 steering turns /min.
2) Max. flow for the variant “Open Center, low noise“, series 1X = 40 l/min (values for Standard centering spring
package)

Calculation of the steering moment

1 b
Steering mo- M = 0.05 • FA • e • • [Nm]
ment 1+ b 200 0.7
Steering F = M • 103 [N]

force I h
b
e
Formula symbols
A = required cylinder area [mm2] l = smallest, effective steering leverage [mm]
A1 = cylinder piston area, single-rod cylinder [mm2] M = steering moment [Nm]
A2 = annulus cylinder area, single-rod cylinder [mm2] n = steering speed [min–1]
b = tire width [mm] nidle = motor idling speed [min–1]
d = piston rod diameter [mm] nmotor = operating speed of motor [min–1]
D = cylinder diameter [mm] p = steering pressure [bar]
e = distance swivel bearing - center of tire [mm] qvp = pump flow [l/min]
F = steering force [N] V = displacement of steering unit [cm3/rev]
FA = steering axle load [N] VP = displacement of steering pump [cm3/rev]
h = cylinder stroke length [mm] VCYL = cylinder volume [cm3]
i = number of steering wheel turns μ = friction coefficient
Dimensioning of steering cylinder and steering pump

Steering cylinder Steering pump
F The pump should be dimensioned so that at idling speed of the
Required cylinder area A= p • 10 [mm2] motor, a steering speed of approx. 50 min–1 can be achieved.
π Depending on the steering wheel diameter, the maximum steer-
Cylinder area (piston side) A1 = • D2 [mm2] ing speed is ca. 100 to 150 min–1 .
4
Pump flow
π
Cylinder area (piston rod side) A2 = • (D2–d2) [mm2] qVP = V • (n +10) • 10–3 l/min.
4
The pump displacement ( frame size) required for steering at
If a single-rod cylinder or a double-rod cylinder are used, A2 idling speed and at operating speed of the vehicle must be cal-
must be greater than the required cylinder area. culated.
If two cross-connected single-rod cylinders are used, A1+A2
must be greater than the required cylinder area.
Frame size of the pump at idling speed
The frame size of the steering unit is calculated from the cylin-
der volume and the desired number of steering wheel turns. qVP • 103
VP = [cm3/rev]
Cylinder volume nidle
Frame size of the pump at operating speed

A•h qVP • 103
VZYL = [cm3] VP = [cm3/rev]
103 nMotor
Displacement LAGC
VZYL
V= [cm3/rev]
i
The usual number of steering wheel turns is 3 to 5 from limit

stop to limit stop.
Note!
Further information on suitable steering columns can be found
in RE 11874, and on associated priority valves for steering sys-
tems in load signal circuits in RE 27548.
For general information, see RE 64020-B1.
Product-specific instructions in RE 07015-B2.
Unit dimensions: Type LAGC... / LAGC...LD... (dimensions in mm)
Gear hub profile 16/32 60

Diametral pitch to
ANS B921-1970
34 ±0,5
6,3
15 min.
2,8
30 ±1
T L
63 ±0,5
M10; 15
LD
44
l1
R
P R
1)
l2
Frame size l1 l2
44 050 125 6.8
80 +3
063 127 8.3
080 129 10.5
100 132 13.2
125 135 16.5
160 139 21.1
200 145 26.4
80 +3
250 151 33.0

Imperial, metric thread 320 161 42.3
400 172 52.9
Ød4
500 186 68.0
59 M10; 16 d1 630 202 83.3
3/8-16 UNC; 16 2)
1) LD bore on variant LAGC...LD...
a1
b
2) Only with variant 12 (see pipe ports)
Port Variant d1 Ød2 Ød4 b min. a1 a2 α

UNF, metric - thread
01 G 1/2 – 28+0.4 14 max. 0.2 – – d4
P, T, L, R 06 M18x1.5 19.8+0.1 29+0.4 14.5 max. 0.2 2.4 +0.4 15° ±1° d2
12 3/4-16 UNF 20.6+0.1 30+0.5 14.3 max. 0.2 2.4+0.4 15° ±1° α
d1
40 M18x1.5 – 25+0.4 12 max. 0.2 – –
01 G 1/4 – 25+0.4 12 1 ±0.5 – –
a1
b
a2
LD 06 M12x1.5 13.8+0.1 25+0.4 11.5 1 ±0.5 2.4+0.4 15° ±1°

12 7/16-20 UNF 12.4+0.1 21+0.5 11.5 1 ±0.5 2.3+0.4 12° ±1°
40 M12x1.5 – 25+0.4 12 1 ±0.5 – –
Note!
Variants LAGC...LDA.. are not covered by this table. For more de-
tails, see page 11.
Unit dimensions: Type LAGC...LDA.. (dimensions in mm)

Gear hub 16/32
Diametral pitch to
60
ANS B921-1970
Ø44,4 Ø25,4
6,3
2,8
15 min.
30 ±1
T L
M10; 15
L
44
l1
R
P R
LD
l2
44
80 +3

Frame size l1 l2
050 125 6.8
063 127 8.3
080 129 10.5
100 132 13.2
Ø88 +3
80 +3
125 135 16.5

160 139 21.1
Ø8
2± 200 145 26.4
0,3
59 Metric thread
M10; 16
Ød4
d1
Port Variant d1 Ød2 Ød4 bmin. a1
P, T, L, R 40 M18x1.5 – – 12 –
a1
b
Notes
Bosch Rexroth AG Bosch Rexroth AG © This document, as well as the data, specifications and other
Hydraulics Mobile Hydraulics information set forth in it, are the exclusive property of Bosch
Zum Eisengießer 1 D-19370 Parchim Rexroth AG. It may not be reproduced or given to third parties
97816 Lohr am Main, Germany Ludwigsluster Chaussee 5 without its consent.
Phone +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-0 Phone 0 38 71 / 60 60 The data specified above only serve to describe the product.
Fax +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-23 58 Fax 0 38 71 / 60 63 70 oder 60 62 01 No statements concerning a certain condition or suitability for a
documentation@boschrexroth.de certain application can be derived from our information. The in-
www.boschrexroth.de formation given does not release the user from the obligation of
own judgment and verification. It must be remembered that our
products are subject to a natural process of wear and aging.
4/3, 4/2 and 3/2 directional valve RE 23178/12.05
Replaces: 04.05
1/16
with wet-pin AC or DC solenoid
Type WE 6 …E
Size 6
Component series 6X
Maximum operating pressure 350 bar [5100 psi]
Maximum flow: 80 l/min [21 gpm] – DC
60 l/min [15.8 gpm] – AC
H5909

Contents Page – Direct operated directional spool valve, solenoid actuated, in
Features 1 heavy-duty configuration
Order code 2 – Port pattern as per DIN 24340 form A (without locating bore)
Standard types 3 – Port pattern as per ISO 4401-03-02-0-94, NFPA T3.5.1 MR1
and ANSI B93-7 D03 (with locating bore/anti-rotation pin)
Mating connectors 3
– For subplates, see data sheet RE 45052 (order separately)
Spool symbols 4
– Wet-pin AC or DC solenoids with removeable coil
Function, cross-section 5
– Solenoid coil can be rotated through 90°
Technical data 6, 7
– Pressure-tight chamber need not be opened for coil
Characteristic curves 8
replacement
Power limits 8 to 10
– Electrical connection direct on coil or central via conduit box
Dimensions 11 to 15
– Manual override, optional
– Soft shift version, see RE 23183
– Inductive position indicator, contact-free, see RE 24830
– Other electrical connection see RE 08010

2/16 Bosch Rexroth AG Hydraulics WE 6 …E RE 23178/12.05
Order code
WE 6 6X E *
3 main ports =3 Further

4 main ports =4 details in clear text
NG 6, ISO4401-3, =6 No code = Without
NFPA/ANSI D03 Interface locating bore
Spool symbols, e.g. C, E, EA, EB, etc; /60 2) = With locating bore
for possible versions, see page 4 /62 = With locating
bore and anti-rotation pin
Component series 60 to 69 = 6X ISO 8752-3x8-St
(60 to 69: unchanged installation and
connection dimensions) Seal material
No code = NBR seals
Spring return = No code
V= FKM seals
Without spring return =O
(other seals on enquiry)
Without spring return with detent = OF
Caution!
Heavy-duty solenoid =E Observe compatibilty of seals
wet-pin with removeable coil with the hydraulic fluid used!
24 V DC = G24 Clamping length
230 V AC 50/60 Hz = W230 No code = 42 mm (standard)
120 V oder 110 V AC 50 or 60 Hz = W110 Z= 22 mm
= W + voltage
No code = Without throttle insert
205 V DC = G205 1)
With throttle insert (see table)
Built-in rectifier / DC coils for 50/60 Hz AC voltage = W110R
(only available with central connection, Throttle orifice Ø in mm
a D connector type conduit box, see page 3) Port
0,8 1,0 1,2
For further ordering codes for other voltages
and frequencies, see page 7 P = B08 = B10 = B12
With concealed manual override (standard) = N9 A = H08 = H10 = H12

With manual override =N B = R08 = R10 = R12
Without manual override = No code A and B = N08 = N10 = N12
T = X08 = X10 = X12
1) If a DC solenoid is to be conneced to AC voltage, then a rectifier
For use when the flow is higher than
must be used, suitable AC voltages are defined in the table below.
performance limit of the valve.
When using individual coil connections, a mating connector with (see remark page 5)
integrated rectifier may be used. (order separately)
Electrical connection 3)
2) Requires anti- Rotation pin as per ISO 8752-3x8-St,
Individual connection
material number R900005694. K4 4) = Without mating connector with
(order separately for .../60 option) connector as per DIN EN 175301-803
3) Also available with M12 connector (option ...G24... only) Central connection
For order code and mating connectors, see RE 08010. DL = Strain relief on box, with lights (LED)
4) DIN mating connector, order separately, see page 3. DKL 5) = Central connector on box, with
5) Mating connector, order separately, material number R900005538 lights (LED) (without mating connector)
For electrical connection options see RE 08010
Note!
AC electricity supply Nominal voltage of the DC For standard types, see page 3!
Order
code
system (permissible solenoid when operated

voltage tolerance ± 10%) with rectified AC voltage
110 V - 50/60 Hz 96 V G96
230 V - 50/60 Hz 205 V G205
RE 23178/12.05 WE 6 …E Hydraulics Bosch Rexroth AG 3/16
Standard types
Type Material number Type Material number

4WE 6 J6X/EG12N9K4 R900567496 4WE 6 D6X/EW110N9K4 R900551704
3WE 6 A6X/EG24N9K4 R900561180 4WE 6 D6X/OFEW110N9K4 R900552321
3WE 6 B6X/EG24N9K4 R900561270 4WE 6 E6X/EW110N9K4 R900558641
4WE 6 C6X/EG24N9K4 R900561272 4WE 6 J6X/EW110N9K4 R900551703
4WE 6 C6X/OFEG24N9K4 R900564107 3WE 6 A6X/EW230N9K4 R900915672
4WE 6 D6X/EG24N9K4 R900561274 4WE 6 C6X/EW230N9K4 R900913132
4WE 6 D6X/0FEG24N9K4 R900567512 4WE 6 D6X/EW230N9K4 R900909559
4WE 6 E6X/EG24N9K4 R900561278 4WE 6 D6X/OFEW230N9K4 R900915095
4WE 6 EA6X/EG24N9K4 R900561280 4WE 6 E6X/EW230N9K4 R900912492
4WE 6 EB6X/EG24N9K4 R900561281 4WE 6 H6X/EW230N9K4 R900912494
4WE 6 G6X/EG24N9K4 R900561282 4WE 6 J6X/EW230N9K4 R900911762
4WE 6 H6X/EG24N9K4 R900561286 4WE 6 Y6X/EW230N9K4 R900909415
4WE 6 HA6X/EG24N9K4 R900549534
4WE 6 J6X/EG24N9K4 R900561288
4WE 6 M6X/EG24N9K4 R900577475 For additional standard types and components
please contact Product Support.
4WE 6 Q6X/EG24N9K4 R900561292
4WE 6 R6X/EG24N9K4 R900571012
4WE 6 T6X/EG24N9K4 R900934414
4WE 6 U6X/EG24N9K4 R900572785
4WE 6 W6X/EG24N9K4 R900568233
4WE 6 Y6X/EG24N9K4 R900561276
Mating connectors (DIN EN 175301-803)
For details
and additional
mating connectors,
see RE 08006
Material Numbers
With LED lamp
and
Valve side
With LED lamp Zener diode

Cable With LED lamp and rectifier With rectifier suppressor circuit
gland Color Without circuitry 12 … 240 V 12 … 240 V 12 … 240 V 24 V
a grey R901017010 – – – –
M16 x 1,5 b black R901017011 – – – –
a/b black – R901017022 R901017029 R901017025 R901017026
a red/brown R900004823 – – – –
1/2“ NPT
b black R900011039 – – – –
(Pg16)
a/b black – R900057453 R900057455 R900842566 –
Spool symbols
A B A B A B A B
a b a b a 0 b a 0 b
a b a b
P T P T P T P T
A B A B A B A B
= .A 1)
a b a a b b = …/O.. a 0
a
a 0
P T P T P T P T
A B A B A B A B
= .B
a b a a b b = …/OF.. 0 b 0 b
b
P T P T P T P T
= E 1)
=A = E1- 2)
=C =F
=D =G
=H
A B A B
a b a b
a b
=J
P T P T
=B =L
=Y =M
=P
=Q
=R
=T
=U
1) Example:
Spool symbol E with coil on side a, order code ..EA..
=V
2) Symbol E1-: P – A/B pre-opening,
Be careful with single-rod cylinders due to pressure
intensification! =W
Function, cross-section
Type WE control valves are solenoid operated directional spool Type .WE 6.. 6X/O... (possible only with symbols A, C and D)
valves. They control the start, stop and direction of a flow. This version refers to two position directional spool valves
These directional valves basically consist of a housing (1), one consisting of two solenoids without detent. When de-
or two solenoids (2), a control spool (3) as well as one or two energized, there is no predefined spool position.
return springs (4). Type .WE 6.. 6X/OF... (detent spool, possible only with
In the inactive condition, the control spool (3) is held in the symbols A, C and D)
central or initial position by return springs (4) (except for detent This version refers to two position directional spool valves
spools). Control spool (3) is actuated by wet-pin solenoids (2). consisting of two solenoids and a detent. Detent holds the
The force of solenoid (2) acts via plunger (5) on control spool spool at it‘s most recent position, and continuous solenoid
(3) and shifts it from it´s initial position to the required end excitation is not required.
position. This enables the required direction of flow, P to A and Note!
B to T or P to B and A to T.
Pressure peaks in a tank line connected to two or more
After solenoid (2) is de-energized, control spool (3) is again detent type valves, can cause unintended spool move-
pushed to it´s initial position by return spring (4). ment! In this situation, it is recommended that separate
Manual override (6) allows control spool (3) to be moved return lines be used or a check valve must be installed in
without energizing the solenoid. the tank line.
2 5 1 3 5 2
A B
6 6
"a" "b"
4 A T B 4
(P)
Type 4WE 6 E6X/...E...
Throttle insert (type .WE 6..6X/…/B.. )

The use of throttle inserts is required, when, due to prevailing
operating conditions, flows can occur during valve switching,
that exceed the power limits of the valve. These orifices are
inserted into the valve body‘s P-port.
Technical data (for applications exceeding these parameters, please consult product support!)
General
Weight – Valve with one solenoid kg [lbs] 1.45 [3.2]
– Valve with two solenoids kg [lbs] 1.95 [4.3]
Mounting orientation Unrestricted
Ambient temperature range °C [°F] –30 to +50 [–22 to +122] (NBR seals)
–20 to +50 [–4 to +122] (FKM seals)
Hydraulic
Maximum operating pressure – Ports A, B, P bar [psi] 350 [5100]
– Port T bar [psi] 210 [3050] (DC); 160 [2320] (AC)
For symbols A and B, port T must be used as the drain
port, if the operating pressure is higher than the tank
pressure.
Maximum flow l/min [gpm] 80 [21] (DC); 60 [15.8] (AC)
Flow cross-section – Spool symbol Q mm2 approx. 6 % of nominal cross-section
(centered spool)
– Spool symbol W mm2 approx. 3 % of nominal cross-section
Hydraulic fluid Mineral oil (HL, HLP) to DIN 51524 1); fast bio-de-
gradable hydraulic fluids to VDMA 24568 (see also
RE 90221); HETG (rape-seed oil) 1); HEPG (polygly-
cols) 2); HEES (synthetic esters) 2); other hydraulic
fluids upon request
Hydraulic fluid temperature range °C [°F] –30 to +80 [–22 to +176] (NBR seals)
–15 to +80 [–4 to +176] (FKM seals)
Viscosity range mm2/s [SUS] 2,8 to 500 [35 to 2320]
Max. permissible degree of contamination of the Class 20/18/15 3)
hydraulic fluid - cleanliness class to ISO 4406 (c)
1) Suitable for NBR and FKM seals
2) Suitable only for FKM seals
3) The cleanliness classes specified for components must be
adhered to in hydraulic systems. Effective filtration prevents
malfunction and, at the same time, increases the service life
of components.
For the selection of filters, see data sheets RE 50070,
RE 50076, RE 50081, RE 50086 and RE 50088.
Technical data (for applications exceeding these parameters, please consult product support!)
Electrical
Voltage type DC AC 50/60 Hz
Available voltages 4) V 12, 24, 96, 205 110, 230
(for AC solenoid order codes, see below)
Voltage tolerance (nominal voltage) % ± 10 ± 10
Power consumption W 30 –
Holding current VA – 50
Inrush current VA – 220
Duty cycle 100 % 100 %
Switching time per ISO 6403 ON ms 25 to 45 10 to 20

OFF ms 10 to 25 15 to 40
Maximum switching frequency 1/h 15000 7200
Maximum coil temperature 5) °C [°F] 150 [302] 180 [356]
Type of protection to DIN EN 60529 6) IP 65 IP 65
4) Other voltages upon request

5) Due to the solenoid coil surface temperatures, please
observe European safety standards EN563 and EN982!
6) With mating connector mounted and secured
Note!
AC solenoids can be used only for 2 or 3 voltage/frequency
relationships; e.g. solenoid type W110 for:
110 V, 50 Hz; 110 V, 60 Hz; 120 V, 60 Hz
Order code Power supply

W110 110 V, 50 Hz
110 V, 60 Hz
120 V, 60 Hz
W230 230 V, 50 Hz
230 V, 60 Hz
When connecting wires, properly connect the PE ground

conductor (PE ) .
Characteristic curves (measured with HLP46, oil ( = 190 SUS) = 40 °C ± 5 °C [104 °F ± 9 °F])
Δp-qV characteristic curves
7 8 10 6 5 3 9 1 2
�� 11
Spool Direction of flow
�� 10 4 symbol
Pressure drop in bar [psi] →
P–A P–B A–T B–T

��
8 A; B 3 3 – –
�� C 1 1 3 1
��
6 D; Y 5 5 3 3
E 3 3 1 1
�� 4
F 1 3 1 1
��
T 10 10 9 9
2
�� H 2 4 2 2
�� J; Q 1 1 2 1
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
L 3 3 4 9
�� M 2 4 3 3
Flow in l/min [gpm] → P 3 1 1 1

R 5 5 4 –
7 Spool symbol R in spool position B – A V 1 2 1 1

8 Spool symbol G and T in central position P – T W 1 1 2 2
9 Spool symbol H in central position P – T U 3 3 9 4
G 6 6 9 9
Power limits (measured with HLP46, oil ( = 190 SUS) = 40 °C ± 5 °C [104 °F ± 9 °F])
Caution! only one direction of flow (e.g. from P to A, with port B being
The specified switching performance limits are valid with two blocked)!
directions of flow (e.g. from P to A and simultaneous return In such cases, please consult product support!
flow from B to T).
The switching performance limit was determined with the
Due to the flow forces acting within the valve, the permissible solenoid at operating temperature, at 10 % under-voltage
switching performance limit can be significantly lower with and without tank pre-loading.
Operating pressure in bar [psi] →
�� 350
7 9 10 DC solenoid
300 8
�� Char. curve Spool symbol
1 5
�� 200 1 A; B1)
2 6 3
3 2 V
��
4
100 3 A; B
�� 1 4 F; P
2
�� 5 J
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
6 G; H; T
�� 7 A/O; A/OF; L; U
Flow in l/min [gpm] → 8 C; D; Y

9 M
DC solenoid 10 E; E1–2); R3);
C/O; C/OF
Solenoid voltage D/O; D/OF; Q; W
12; 24; 48; 96; 125; 205 V 1) With manual override
(for other voltages, see page 10) 2) P – A/B pre-opening
3) Return flow from actuator to tank
– see page 8
�� 350 17
AC solenoid – 50 Hz
300
��
15 18 Char. curve Spool symbol
14
�� 200 11 A; B1)
�� 13 16 12 V
100 13 A; B
�� 14
11 12 14 F; P
�� 15 G; T
0 10 20 30 40 50 60
16 H
��
17 A/O; A/OF; C/O; C/OF; D/O; D/OF;
Flow in l/min [gpm] → E; E1–2); J; L; M; Q; R3); U; W
18 C; D; Y
AC solenoid 1) With manual override
Solenoid voltage
2) P – A/B pre-opening
W110 110 V; 50 Hz 3) Return flow from actuator to tank
120 V; 60 Hz
W230 230 V; 50 Hz
(other voltages upon request)
�� 350 AC solenoid – 60 Hz

26
300 28
�� 21 23 Char. curve Spool symbol
22
��
24 19 A; B1)
200
25
20 V
��
100 21 A; B
��
27 22 F; P
19 20
�� 23 G; T
0 10 20 30 40 50 60
24 J; L; U
�� 25 A/O; A/OF; Q; W
Flow in l/min [gpm] → 26 C; D; Y
27 H
AC solenoid 28 C/O; C/OF; D/O; D/OF; E
Solenoid voltage E1–2); M; R3)
W110 110 V; 60 Hz 1) With manual override
W230 230 V; 60 Hz 2) P – A/B pre-opening
(other voltages upon request) 3) Return flow from actuator to tank
– see page 8
�� 350 11
5 9 10 DC solenoid
300 8
�� Char. curve Spool symbol
1 6
�� 3 1 A; B
200
2 4 6 7 2 V
�� 11
100 3 F; P
�� 5
1 4 J; L; U
2
�� 5 G
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
6 T
�� 7 H
Flow in l/min [gpm] → 8 D; C
9 M
DC solenoid 10 C/O; C/OF; D/O; D/OF;
Solenoid voltage E; E1–; R, Q; W
110; 180 V 11 A/O; A/OF
�� 350 5 10 DC solenoid

300
�� 6 11
6 Char. curve Spool symbol
2 1 A; B
�� 200 4
12
1 2 V
�� 3 4
100 3 F; P
�� 7 8 9 5 4 J; L; U
2 1
�� 5 A/O; A/OF
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
6 E
�� 7 T
Flow in l/min [gpm] → 8 G
9 H
10 D; C
DC solenoid 11 M
Solenoid voltage 12 C/O; C/OF; D/O; D/OF;
42; 80; 220 V E1–; R, Q; W
Dimensions: Valve with DC solenoid – individual coil connection

(nominal dimensions in mm [inch])
14 5 11 9 11 5 14 12 12 6
��
15 ��
15
9,4 5,3
��
A B B
97,5 ��
92 ��
23 ��
��
42 (22)
4
3 8,4 �� 8,4 �� 4

3,5 �� 22 �� 64 �� 3,5 ��
14 �� 82 �� 124 �� 14 �� 3
50,5 �� 206 �� 50,5 ��
13 1.1 16 2 15 10 1.2 13
69,2 ��
13,6 ��
F1
T F2
B
45 ��
A
7 ��
F4
P F3
G
0.0004/4.0 in
0,01/100mm
Rzmax 4
Required surface quality of

the valve mounting face
1.1 Solenoid a (ANSI coil designation see RE 08010) 12 Space required to remove mating connector
1.2 Solenoid b (ANSI coil designation see RE 08010) 13 Space required to remove coil
2 Dimension for solenoid with concealed manual 14 Hand nut, tightening torque MT = 4 Nm [2.95 ft-lbs]
override N9 (standard) – the manual override can only 15 Port pattern as per DIN 24340 form A (without locat-
be operated at tank pressures up to approx. 50 bar ing bore), or ISO 4401-03-02-0-94, NFPA T3.5.1 MR1
[725 psi]. Use tool R900024923 to prevent damage to and ANSI B93-7 D03 interface (with locating bore for
override! anti-rotation pin ISO 8752-3x8-St, material number
3 Dimension for solenoid with manual override N R900005694, order separately for …/60 option)
4 Dimension for solenoid without manual override 16 Alternative clamping length (Z): 22 mm [0.87 inch]
5 DIN mating connector without circuitry (order sepa-
rately, see page 3 and RE 08006) Subplates and valve mounting bolts see page 15.
6 DIN mating connector with circuitry order separately,
see page 3 and RE 08006)
9 Nameplate
10 Identical seal rings for ports A, B, P, T
11 Screw plug for valves with one solenoid
Dimensions: Valve with DC solenoid – central coil connection (nominal dimensions in mm [inch])
15 ��
12
8
14
7 11 9 11 14
9,4 5,3
��
131 ��
71 ��
90 ��
71 ��
��
��
42 (22)
23
4 8,4 �� 8,4 �� 4

3 3,5 �� 22 �� 64 �� 3,5 ��
14 �� 82 �� 124 �� 14 �� 3
�� 50,5 206 �� 50,5 ��
13 1.1 16 2 10 15 1.2 13
69,2 ��
13,6 �� 0.0004/4.0 in
0,01/100mm
F1 F2
7
T Rzmax 4
46,5 ��
45 ��
A B
��
F3 Required surface quality of

F4 P the valve mounting face
G
1.1 Solenoid a (ANSI coil designation see RE 08010) 15 Port pattern as per DIN 24340 Form A (without locat-
1.2 Solenoid b (ANSI coil designation see RE 08010) ing bore), or ISO 4401-03-02-0-94, NFPA T3.5.1 MR1
and ANSI B93-7 D03 interface (with locating bore for
2 Dimension for solenoid with concealed manual
anti-rotation pin ISO 8752-3x8-St, material number
override N9 (standard) – the manual override can only
R900005694, order separately for …/60 option)
be operated at tank pressures up to approx. 50 bar
[725 psi]. Use tool R900024923 to prevent damage to 16 Alternative clamping length (Z): 22 mm [0.87 inch]
override!
3 Dimension for solenoid with manual override N Conduit D box:
4 Dimension for solenoid without manual override Terminal assignment for central connection
7 Cable gland Pg 16 [1/2“ NPT] D or DL – 1 solenoid:
Solenoid always to screw terminals 1 and 2,
8 Angled mating connector (color: red, order separately,
Ground to screw terminal PE
Material number R900005538)
– 2 solenoids:
9 Nameplate
Solenoid on a side to screw terminals 1 and 2,
10 Identical seal rings for ports A, B, P, T Solenoid on b side to screw terminals 3 and 4,
11 Screw plug for valves with one solenoid Ground to screw terminal PE
12 Space required to remove mating connector
13 Space required to remove coil Subplates and valve mounting bolts see page 15.
14 Hand nut, tightening torque MT = 4 Nm [2.95 ft-lbs]
Dimensions: Valve with AC solenoid – individual coil connection

14 5 11 9 11 5 14 12 12 6
��
��
15
9,4 5,3
15
��
A B B
98 ��
92 ��
��
��
42 (22)
3
23
�� 17 8,4 �� 8,4 �� 17 ��
22 �� 64 ��
81 �� 123 ��
3
�� 44,5 205 �� 44,5 ��
13 1.1 16 2; 4 10 15 1.2 13
69,2 ��
13,6 ��
F1
7
T
45 ��
F2
A B
��
F3
F4
PG
0.0004/4.0 in
0,01/100mm
Rzmax 4
Required surface quality of

the valve mounting face
1.1 Solenoid a (ANSI coil designation see RE 08010) 10 Identical seal rings for ports A, B, P, T
1.2 Solenoid b (ANSI coil designation see RE 08010) 11 Screw plug for valves with one solenoid
2 Dimension for solenoid with concealed manual 12 Space required to remove mating connector
override N9 (standard) – the manual override can only 13 Space required to remove coil
be operated at tank pressures up to approx. 50 bar
14 Hand nut, tightening torque MT = 4 Nm [2.95 ft-lbs]
[725 psi]. Use tool R900024923 to prevent damage to
override! 15 Port pattern as per DIN 24340 form A (without locat-
ing bore), or ISO 4401-03-02-0-94, NFPA T3.5.1 MR1
3 Dimension for solenoid with manual override N
and ANSI B93-7 D03 interface (with locating bore for
4 Dimension for solenoid without manual override anti-rotation pin ISO 8752-3x8-St, material number
5 DIN mating connector without circuitry (order sepa- R900005694, order separately for …/60 option)
rately, see page 3 and RE 08006) 16 Alternative clamping length (Z): 22 mm [0.87 inch]
6 DIN mating connector with circuitry order separately,
see page 3 and RE 08006)
Subplates and valve mounting bolts see page 15.
9 Nameplate
Dimensions: Valve with AC solenoid – central coil connection

15 ��
12
8 7 11 9 11 14
9,4 5,3
��
131 ��
14
71 ��
90 ��
71 ��
��
��
42 (22)
23
�� 17 8,4 �� 8,4 �� 17 ��
22 �� 64 ��
3 81 �� 123 ��
3
�� 44,5 205 �� 44,5 ��
13 1.1 15 16 2; 4 10 1.2 13
69,2 ��
13,6 �� 0.0004/4.0 in
0,01/100mm
F1
7
T Rzmax 4
46,5 ��
45 ��
F2
A B
��
F3 Required surface quality of

F4 P the valve mounting face
G
1.1 Solenoid a (ANSI coil designation see RE 08010) 14 Hand nut, tightening torque MT = 4 Nm [2.95 ft-lbs]
1.2 Solenoid b (ANSI coil designation see RE 08010) 15 Port pattern as per DIN 24340 Form A (without locat-
2 Dimension for solenoid with concealed manual ing bore), or ISO 4401-03-02-0-94, NFPA T3.5.1 MR1
override N9 (standard) – the manual override can only and ANSI B93-7 D03 interface (with locating bore for
be operated at tank pressures up to approx. 50 bar anti-rotation pin ISO 8752-3x8-St, material number
[725 psi]. Use tool R900024923 to prevent damage to R900005694, order separately for …/60 option)
override! 16 Alternative clamping length (Z): 22 mm [0.87 inch]
3 Dimension for solenoid with manual override N
4 Dimension for solenoid without manual override Conduit D box:
7 Cable gland Pg 16 [1/2“ NPT] D or DL Terminal assignment for central connection
8 Angled mating connector (color: red, order separately, – 1 solenoid:
Material number R900005538) Solenoid always to screw terminals 1 and 2,
Ground to screw terminal PE
9 Nameplate
– 2 solenoids:
10 Identical seal rings for ports A, B, P, T
Solenoid on a side to screw terminals 1 and 2,
11 Screw plug for valves with one solenoid Solenoid on b side to screw terminals 3 and 4,
12 Space required to remove mating connector Ground to screw terminal PE
13 Space required to remove coil
Subplates and valve mounting bolts see page 15.
Dimensions
Subplates to data sheet RE 45052 (order separately)

– without locating bore G 341/01 (G1/4)
G 342/01 (G3/8)
G 502/01 (G1/2)
– with locating bore G 341/60 (G1/4)
G 342/60 (G3/8)
G 502/60 (G1/2)
G 341/12 (SAE-6)
G 342/12 (SAE-8)
G 502/12 (SAE-10)
Valve mounting bolts (order separately)

– Clamping length 42 mm:
4 socket head cap screws (SHCS)
ISO 4762 - M5 x 50 - 10.9-flZn-240h-L or 10-24 UNC x 2”
(friction coefficient µtotal = 0.09 to 0.14);
tightening torque MT = 7 Nm [5.2 ft-lbs] ± 10%,
• material number metric R913000064
• material number UNC R978800693
or
4 socket head cap srews (SHCS)
ISO 4762 - M5 x 50 - 10.9
tightening torque MT = 8.1 Nm [6 ft-lbs] ± 10%,
– Clamping length 22 mm:

ISO 4762 - M5 x 30 - 10.9-flZn-240h-L or 10-24 UNC x 1 1/4”
tightening torque MT = 7 Nm [5.2 ft-lbs] ± 10%,
• material number metric R913000316
• material number UNC R978802879
or
ISO 4762 - M5 x 30 - 10.9
(friction coefficient µtotal = 0,12 to 0,17);
tightening torque MT = 8.1 Nm [6 ft-lbs] ± 10%
Notes
Bosch Rexroth AG © This document, as well as the data, specifications and other
Hydraulics information set forth in it, are the exclusive property of Bosch Rexroth
Zum Eisengießer 1 AG. Without their consent it may not be reproduced or given to third
97816 Lohr am Main, Germany parties.
Phone +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-0 The data specified above only serve to describe the product. No
Fax +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-23 58 statements concerning a certain condition or suitability for a certain
documentation@boschrexroth.de application can be derived from our information. The information given
www.boschrexroth.de does not release the user from the obligation of own judgment and
verification. It must be remembered that our products are subject to a
natural process of wear and aging.
Pressure relief valve, RE 25402/05.06
Replaces: 10.05
/16
direct operated
Type DBD
Nominal sizes 6 to 30
Component series 1X
Maximum operating pressure 630 bar
H5585

Contents Page – As cartridge valve (cartridge)
Features 1 – For threaded connections
Ordering details 2 – For manifold mounting
Preferred types 3, 4 – Adjustment elements for pressure adjustment, optional:
Function, section, symbol 5 • Sleeve with hexagon and protection cap
• Rotary knob / hand wheel
Technical data 6
• Lockable rotary knob
General guidelines 7
Unit dimensions: Threaded connections 8
Unit dimensions: Cartridge valve 9
Unit dimensions: Manifold mounting 10, 11
Design tested safety valves
type DBD../..E, component series 1X,
to directive 97/23/EC
(abbreviated to DGRL in any further text)
Ordering details 12
Unit dimensions 12
Technical data 13
Safety guidelines 14 to 16 For information regarding the available spare parts see:
/16 Bosch Rexroth AG Hydraulics Type DBD RE 25402/05.06
Ordering details
DBD 1X *
Pressure relief valve, direct operated

Adjustment type Nominal size
for pressure adjustment 6 8 10 15 20 25 30
Sleeve with hexagon and =S
protective cap
Rotary knob 1) – – =H
Hand wheel 2) – – – – – =H
Lockable rotary knob 1,3) – – =A
Nominal size =6 = 8 = 10 = 15 = 20 = 25 = 30 e.g.

(connection) G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G3/4 G1 G1 1/4 G1 1/2 = 10
Version
As cartridge valve (cartridge) – – – =K
For threaded connections 4) =G
For manifold mounting – – – =P
Component series 10 to 19 = 1X
(10 to 19: unchanged installation and connection dimensions)
Pressure stage
Pressure setting up to 25 bar = 25
Pressure setting up to 400 bar – – = 400
Pressure setting up to 630 bar – – – – – – = 630
Seal material
NBR seals = No code
FKM seals =V
(other seals on request)
Attention!
The compatibility of the seals and pressure fluid is to be taken into account!
Design testing
Without design testing = No code
Design tested safety valve to DGRL 97/23/EC =E
Further details in clear text
= Available
1) With
nominal sizes 15 and 20 only the pressure stages 25, 50
or 100 bar are available
2) Only available for pressure stages 25, 50 or 100 bar.
3) Keywith Material No. R900008158 is included within the
scope of supply.
4) Nominal sizes 8, 15, and 25 are not available with design
tested „E“ and adjustment element „S“
RE 25402/05.06 Type DBD Hydraulics Bosch Rexroth AG /16
Preferred types (readily available)

DBDA 6 K1X/25 R900423780 DBDH 30 K1X/25 R900445875
DBDA 6 K1X/50 R900425083 DBDH 30 K1X/50 R900424193
DBDA 6 K1X/100 R900425080 DBDS 30 K1X/25 R900422543
DBDA 6 K1X/200 R900425081 DBDS 30 K1X/50 R900424282
DBDA 6 K1X/315 R900425082 DBDS 30 K1X/100 R900424284
DBDA 6 K1X/400 R900428387 DBDS 30 K1X/200 R900424286
DBDH 6 K1X/25 R900427600 DBDS 30 K1X/315 R900424288
DBDH 6 K1X/50 R900424734 DBDA 6 G1X/25 R900432465
DBDH 6 K1X/100 R900424199 DBDA 6 G1X/50 R900424177
DBDH 6 K1X/200 R900424200 DBDA 6 G1X/100 R900425076
DBDH 6 K1X/315 R900424201 DBDA 6 G1X/200 R900426477
DBDH 6 K1X/400 R900424202 DBDA 6 G1X/315 R900426478
DBDS 6 K1X/25 R900420245 DBDA 6 G1X/400 R900428382
DBDS 6 K1X/50 R900423727 DBDH 6 G1X/25 R900426897
DBDS 6 K1X/100 R900423723 DBDH 6 G1X/50 R900424198
DBDS 6 K1X/200 R900423724 DBDH 6 G1X/100 R900424195
DBDS 6 K1X/315 R900423725 DBDH 6 G1X/200 R900424196
DBDS 6 K1X/400 R900423726 DBDH 6 G1X/315 R900424197
DBDA 10 K1X/25 R900430305 DBDH 6 G1X/400 R900424348
DBDA 10 K1X/50 R900425966 DBDH 6 P1X/25 R900430378
DBDA 10 K1X/100 R900425161 DBDH 6 P1X/50 R900428385
DBDA 10 K1X/200 R900425162 DBDH 6 P1X/100 R900424246
DBDA 10 K1X/315 R900425164 DBDH 6 P1X/200 R900427242
DBDA 10 K1X/400 R900425165 DBDH 6 P1X/315 R900424266
DBDA 10 K1X/630 R900426835 DBDH 6 P1X/400 R900434128
DBDH 10 K1X/25 R900435222 DBDS 6 G1X/25 R900423718
DBDH 10 K1X/50 R900424185 DBDS 6 G1X/50 R900423722
DBDH 10 K1X/100 R900423891 DBDS 6 G1X/100 R900423717
DBDH 10 K1X/200 R900424190 DBDS 6 G1X/200 R900423719
DBDH 10 K1X/315 R900424183 DBDS 6 G1X/315 R900423720
DBDH 10 K1X/400 R900424184 DBDS 6 G1X/400 R900423721
DBDH 10 K1X/630 R900433807 DBDS 6 P1X/25 R900429414
DBDS 10 K1X/25 R900420276 DBDS 6 P1X/50 R900423732
DBDS 10 K1X/50 R900424153 DBDS 6 P1X/100 R900423728
DBDS 10 K1X/100 R900424147 DBDS 6 P1X/200 R900423729
DBDS 10 K1X/200 R900424149 DBDS 6 P1X/315 R900423730
DBDS 10 K1X/315 R900424150 DBDS 6 P1X/400 R900423731
DBDS 10 K1X/400 R900424152 DBDH 10 G1X/50 R900424180
DBDS 10 K1X/630 R900427601 DBDH 10 G1X/100 R900424188
DBDH 20 K1X/25 R900423028 DBDH 10 G1X/200 R900424178
DBDH 20 K1X/50 R900424112 DBDH 10 G1X/315 R900424189
DBDH 20 K1X/100 R900424109 DBDH 10 G1X/630 R900423739
DBDS 20 K1X/25 R900422542
DBDS 20 K1X/50 R900424205 Continued onto page 4
DBDS 20 K1X/100 R900424267
DBDS 20 K1X/315 R900424271
DBDS 20 K1X/400 R900424203
Preferred types (readily available)

DBDH 10 P1X/100 R900426901 DBDS 20 G1X/25 R900422544
DBDH 10 P1X/200 R900424186 DBDS 20 G1X/50 R900424276
DBDH 10 P1X/315 R900424187 DBDS 20 G1X/100 R900424170
DBDS 10 G1X/25 R900423743 DBDS 20 G1X/200 R900424172
DBDS 10 G1X/50 R900424745 DBDS 20 G1X/315 R900424174
DBDS 10 G1X/100 R900424738 DBDS 20 P1X/100 R900424274
DBDS 10 G1X/200 R900424140 DBDS 20 P1X/200 R900424277
DBDS 10 G1X/315 R900424742 DBDS 20 P1X/315 R900424278
DBDS 10 G1X/400 R900424744 DBDS 25 G1X/25 R900433929
DBDS 10 P1X/25 R900426905 DBDS 25 G1X/100 R900424263
DBDS 10 P1X/100 R900424155 DBDS 25 G1X/200 R900424264
DBDS 10 P1X/315 R900424158 DBDS 25 G1X/315 R900424265
DBDS 10 P1X/400 R900425660 DBDS 30 G1X/25 R900427243
DBDS 15 G1X/100 R900424162 DBDS 30 G1X/50 R900424262
DBDS 15 G1X/200 R900424163 DBDS 30 G1X/100 R900423763
DBDS 15 G1X/315 R900424165 DBDS 30 G1X/200 R900424281
DBDH 20 G1X/50 R900424108 DBDS 30 G1X/315 R900424261
DBDH 20 G1X/100 R900424103 DBDS 30 P1X/25 R900429711
DBDS 30 P1X/200 R900423714
DBDS 30 P1X/315 R900423715
Further preferred types and standard components

can be found within the EPS (Standard Price List).
Function, section, symbol
The DBD pressure relief valves are direct operated poppet If the pressure in channel P rises above the value set at the
seat valves. spring (2), then the poppet (3) or the ball (4) opens against the
They are used to limit the pressure in a hydraulic system. spring (2). Now pressure fluid flows from channel P into
channel T. The stroke of the poppet (3) is limited by a pin (6).
The valves mainly consist of sleeve (1), spring (2), poppet with
damping spool (3) (pressure stages 25 to 400 bar) or ball (4) In order to obtain good pressure settings over the entire
(pressure stage 630 bar) and adjustment element (5). The pressure range, the pressure range is split into 7 pressure
setting of the system pressure is infinitely variable via the stages. A pressure stage corresponds to a certain spring for a
adjustment element (5). The spring (2) pushes the poppet (3) maximum operating pressure which may be set with it.
or ball (4) onto the seat. The P channel is connected to the
system. The pressure present in the system is applied to the
poppet area (or ball).
Type DBDH..K1X/…
Pressure stages 25 to 400 bar (poppet seat valve) T
P
5 1 2 T 3 6
Type DBDH 10 K1X/…

Pressure stage 630 bar (ball seat valve, only NG10)
T
P
P
T
5 1 2 4
Symbol
T
P
General
Nominal size NG 6 and 8 10 15 and 20 25 and 30
Weight See pages 8, 9 and 11
Installation Optional
Ambient temperature range °C –30 to +80 (NBR seals)
–15 to +80 (FKM seals)
The minimum housing material strength Housing materials are to be so selected that adequate safety
is ensured for all conceivable operating pressures
(e.g. with reference to the compressive strength, thread
strength and tightening torque).
Hydraulic
Maximum operating pressure – Inlet bar 400 630 400 315
– Outlet bar 315 315 315 315
Maximum flow (standard valve) see characteristic curves on page 7
Pressure fluid Mineral oil (HL, HLP) to DIN 51524 1); fast bio-degradable
pressure fluids to VDMA 24568 (also see RE 90221); HETG
(rape seed oil) 1); HEPG (polyglycole) 2); HEES (synthetic
ester) 2); other pressure fluids on request
Pressure fluid temperature range °C –30 to +80 (for NBR seals)
–15 to +80 (for FKM seals)
Viscosity range mm2/s 10 to 800
Maximum permissible degree of pressure fluid contamination. Class 20/18/15 3)
Cleanliness class to ISO 4406 (c)
1) Suitable for NBR and FKM seals For deviating technical data for design tested safety valves see
2) Only suitable for FKM seals page 13.
3) The cleanliness class stated for the components must be
adhered to in hydraulic systems. Effective filtration prevents
faults from occurring and at the same time increases the
component service life.
For the selection of filters see data sheets RE 50070,
RE 50076, RE 50081, RE 50086 and RE 50088.
Characteristic curves (measured with HLP46, ϑoil = 40 °C ± 5 °C)
NG 6
NG 8 and 10
450 450
400 400
Operating pressure in bar →

300 350
200 200
100 100
50 50
1 1
0 10 20 30 40 50 0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Flow in l/min → Flow in l/min →
1 = Lowest settable pressure

NG 15 and 20 NG 25 and 30
450 350
400
300
300
200
200
100
100
50
50
0 50 100 150 200 250 0 100 200 300 350

Attention!
– The characteristic curves are valid for the output pressure – The characteristic curves refer to the given pressure stages
= zero over the entire flow range and are measured without (e.g. 200 bar). The further the pressure setting value is from
consideration of the housing pressure drop! the nominal pressure stage
– The characteristic curves are only valid with the stated (e.g. < 200 bar), the greater the pressure increase with the
ambient and temperature conditions. It has to be taken into flow.
account that the characteristic curve is influenced by the
changes in the boundry conditions!
General guidelines
Any hydraulic back pressures in port T are added 1:1 to the – The valve pressure setting resulting from the spring loading
response pressure set at the adjustment element of the valve. (Pos. 2 on page 5) pspring = 200 bar
Example: – Hydraulic back pressure in port T:
phydraulic = 50 bar
⇒ Response pressure = pspring + phydraulic = 250 bar

Unit dimensions: threaded connections (nominal dimensions in mm)

ØD1 D2 B1
4
(P)
H1
H2
T P
L1 L2
D4; T1
L3 L4
1.1
L5 ØD3
2 3
For types and dimensions of the adjustment

element see page 8
P
(P) B1
L6 B2
T
1.1 Adjustment type „S“ (example) 2 Name plate

Set screw with hexagon and protective cap; 3 4 off threaded fixing holes
Internal hexagon (up to NG20) 4 Connection port (P), optional
External hexagon (NG25 and 30) (e.g. for pressure measuring, dimensions see
dimensions D2, for tightening torques see table below
NG B1 B2 ØD1 D2 ØD3 D4 H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 T1 Weight

6 45 60 25 G1/4 6,6 M6 25 40 80 4 15 55 40 20 10 approx. 1,5 kg
(8) + 10 60 80 (28) 34 (G3/8) G1/2 9 M8 40 60 100 4 20 70 48 21 15 approx. 3,7 kg
(15) + 20 70 100 (42) 47 (G3/4) G1 9 M8 50 70 135 (4) 5,5 20 100 65 34 18 approx. 6,4 kg
(25) + 30 100 130 (56) 65 (G1 1/4) G1 1/2 11 M10 60 90 180 5,5 25 130 85 35 20 approx. 13,9 kg
Tightening torques MA in Nm for fittings 1): Tightening torques MA in Nm for cartridges 2):
Plug Plug Pressue stage in bar
(Pos. 4)
Nom. size Up to 200 Up to 400 Up to 630
G1/4 30 60
6 50±5 80±5 –
G3/8 40 90
10 100±5 150±10 200±10
G1/2 60 130
20 150±10 300±15 –
G3/4 80 200
30 350±20 500±30 –
G1 135 380
G1 1/4 480 500
G1 1/2 560 600
1) The
tightening torques are standard values relating to the 2) The tightening torques are standard values with a friction
maximum operating pressue and the used of the torque co-efficient of approx. 0.12 and the use of a torque wrench.
wrench (tolerance ≤ 10%).
Unit dimensions: Cartridge valve (nominal dimensions in mm)

10 1.2 10 6 7 9 5
ØD19-0,2 1)
3A/F
SW3 SW2 1A/F;
2A/F MA
SW1; M
L28 ØD16 4
4A/F
SW4 SW3
3A/F SW1; MAA
SW2 1A/F;
2A/F 45ϒ
α1
ØD15
ØD17
ØD18
ØD11
ØD13
D14
Rz 16
L17 L24
A
Ø0,05 A
Ø0,1 A
L25 0,5 x 45ϒ
L22 L23 L26
Rz 16
SW5 3A/F
5A/F SW3 2A/F SW1; MAA
SW2 1A/F; L27
L29
Ø2,5 L30
1.1 12 L31
ØD11
1.1 Adjustment type „S“

10 Set screw with hexagon and protective cap;
11 Internal hexagon (up to NG20)
L17
External hexagon (NG30)
L20 6A/F
SW6 1A/F;
SW1;MMA A 1.2 Adjustment type „H“
L21 Rotary knob (up to NG20)
Hand wheel (NG30)
1.3 1.3 Adjustment type „A“
ØD12
Lockable rotary knob

up to NG10 (NG20 to 100 bar)
8
4 Port P, optional about the circumference
10 or at the bottom
L20 L18 L19
5 Port T, optional about the circumference
6 Type code
3A/F
SW3 2A/F SW1; M
SW2 1A/F; MAA
7 Pressure stage (stamped on)
8 Marking (adjustment of zero position after the
1.2 valve has been screwed in; subsequent fixing of
ØD12
the ring is by a horizonal movement until it locks

into place on the 6A/F plug)
10 9 Depth of fit
10 Locknut, tightening torque MA = 10+5 Nm
L18 L19
11 Space required to remove the key
1) Max. dim. 12 Minimum tensile strength of the housing
material, see technical data on page 6
Cartridge valve
NG ØD11 ØD12 ØD13 L17 L18 L19 L20 L21 L22 L23 L24 1A/F 2A/F 3A/F 4A/F 5A/F 6A/F MA Weight
6 34 60 – 72 11 83 28 20 – – 64,5 32 30 19 6 – 30 see approx. 0,4 kg
10 38 60 – 68 11 79 28 20 – – 77 36 30 19 6 – 30 table on approx. 0,5 kg
page 8
20 48 60 – 65 11 77 28 20 – – 106 46 36 19 6 – 30 approx. 1 kg
30 63 – 80 83 – – – – 11 56 131 60 46 19 – 13 – approx. 2,2 kg
Installation cavity
NG D14 ØD15 ØD16 ØD17 ØD18 ØD19 L25 L26 L27 L28 L29 L30 L31 α1
H9 +0,152
6 M28 x 1,5 25 6 15 24,9 –0,2 12 15 19 30 36 45 56,5±5,5 65 15°
H9 +0,162
10 M35 x 1,5 32 10 18,5 31,9 –0,2 15 18 23 35 41,5 52 67,5±7,5 80 15°
H9 +0,162
20 M45 x 1,5 40 20 24 39,9 –0,2 22 21 27 45 55 70 91,5±8,5 110 20°
H9 +0,174
30 M60 x 2 55 30 38,75 54,9 –0,2 34 23 29 45 63 84 113,5±11,5 140 20°
10/16 Bosch Rexroth AG Hydraulics Type DBD RE 25402/05.06
Unit dimensions: manifold mounting (nominal dimensions in mm)
H3
(P)
H2
T P ØD8; T2 ØD10 D9; T3
5
Ø6
L1 L2 L7
15 1.1 L9
L8 L10 L11
L12 L12
L3 L4 ØD3 L17 ØD11; T6
12
13
14 T P
T P
(P) 3
B3
B4
B1
B2
R1
L18 L13
ØD5
L6 L14
2 4 D7; T5 ØD6; T4
L5 L15
L16
For types and dimensions of the adjustment elements see

0,01/100mm page 9
Rzmax 4
Required surface finish of the

valve mounting surface
1.1 Adjustment type „S“ (example) Due to strength (tensile) reasons only use the following
Set screw with hexagon and protective cap; valve fixing screws (separate order):
Internal hexagon (up to NG20) – 4 S.H.C.S. ISO 4762 - flZnnc-240h-L
External hexagon (NG30) (friction co-efficient µtotal = 0.09 to 0.14)
2 Name plate
3 4 off valve threaded fixing holes
Valve fixing screws to ISO 4765 1)
4 Connection port P, optional
(e.g. for pressure measuring, for tightening torques see NG Dim. Tensile MA Material No.
table 8) strength class in Nm 2)
12 Subplate (for type codes see 6 M6 x 50 10.9 12,5 R913000151
page 11) 10 M8 x 70 10.9 28 R913000149
13 Valve contact area 20 M8 x 90 12.9 28 R913000150
14 Panel cut-out 30 M10 x 110 12.9 56 R913000148
15 Locating pin (only for design tested safety valves) 1) As
an alternative appropriatly specified bolts to DIN 912 can
be used.
2) For
tightening a torque wrench with a tolerance of ≤ 10% is
to be used.
RE 25402/05.06 Type DBD Hydraulics Bosch Rexroth AG 11/16
Unit dimensions: manifold mounting (nominal dimensions in mm)

Pressure relief valve
NG B1 B2 ØD3 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L18 Port (P) Weight
6 45 60 6,6 40 80 4 15 55 40 20 15 G1/4 approx. 1,5 kg
10 60 80 9 60 100 4 20 70 45 21 15 G1/2 approx. 3,7 kg
20 70 100 9 70 135 5,5 20 100 65 34 15 G3/4 approx. 6,4 kg
30 100 130 11 90 180 5,5 25 130 85 35 15 G1 1/4 approx. 13,9 kg
Subplates1)
NG Type B3 B4 ØD5 ØD6 D7 ØD8 D9 ØD10 ØD11 H3
6 G300/01 45 60 6,6 11 M6 25 G1/4 6 8 25
10 (G301/01) G302/01 60 80 6,6 11 M8 (25) 34 (G3/8) G1/2 10 8 25
20 (G303/01) G304/01 70 100 11 18 M8 (42) 47 (G3/4) G1 (15) 20 8 40
30 (G305/01) G306/01 100 130 11 18 M10 (56) 65 (G1 1/4) G1 1/2 30 8 40
NG L7 L8 L9 L10 L11 L12 L13 L14 L15 L16 L17 T2 T3 T4 T5 T6 R1 Weight

6 110 8 94 22 55 10 39 42 62 65 15 1 15 9 15 6,0 25+2 1,5 kg
10 135 10 115 27,5 70 12,5 40,5 48,5 72,5 80,5 15 1 (15) 16 9 (12) 15 6,0 30+5 2 kg
20 170 15 140 20 100 20 (45) 42 54 85 (94) 97 15 1 20 13 22 6,0 40+3 5,5 kg
30 190 12,5 165 17,5 130 22,5 42 52,5 102,5 113 15 1 24 11,5 22 6,0 55+4 8 kg
1) Attention!
The stated subplates are not permitted for use with design
tested safety valves in accordance to the pressure
component directive 97/23/EC!
Ordering details: design tested safety valve, type DBD, component series 1X
in accordance to the pressure component directive 97/23/EC
NG Designation Component identification NG Designation Component identification

DBDS 6K1X/ E DBDS 20K1X/ E
DBDH 6K1X/ E DBDH 20K1X/ E
DBDS 6G1X/ E αw .p. DBDS 20G1X/ E
6 TÜV.SV. –849.5.F. 20 TÜV.SV. –361.10.F.αw.p.
DBDH 6G1X/ E G DBDH 20G1X/ E
DBDS 6P1X/ E DBDS 20P1X/ E
DBDH 6P1X/ E DBDH 20P1X/ E
DBDS 10K1X/ E DBDS 25G1X/ E
DBDH 10K1X/ E αw .p. DBDH 25G1X/ E
TÜV.SV. –850.6.F.
DBDS 10G1X/ E G DBDS 30K1X/ E
10
DBDH 10G1X/ E TÜV.SV. –390.4,5.F.30.p. 1) DBDH 30K1X/ E
30 TÜV.SV. –362.15.F.αw.p.
DBDS 10P1X/ E DBDS 30G1X/ E
DBDH 10P1X/ E DBDH 30G1X/ E
DBDS 30P1X/ E
Pressure in the type code must be entered by the
DBDH 30P1X/ E
customer; pressure adjustments ≥ 30 bar and in 5 bar
steps are possible.
Details are entered by the manufacturing plant
1) Component identification for DBD. 10.1X/...;
400 bar < p ≤ 630 bar
Unit dimensions: valve panel cut-out for design tested safety valves, type DBD, component
series 1X in accordance to the pressure component directive 97/23/EC (nom. dimensions in mm)
H2
NG B1 B2 H1 H2 ØD1H13 ØD2H13 R1
6 45 12,5 25 22,5 7 40 8
R1 10 60 20,5 40 20,5 9 44 8
20 70 24 50 24 9 55 8
30 100 29,5 60 29,5 11 73 8
ØD
B2
2 Note!
H1
For the valve types DBDH.K..1X/..E the hand wheel has

to be removed, subsequently refitted, before fitting the
ØD1
cartridge valve onto the valve panel.
ØD1
B1
Deviating technical data: design tested safety valve, type DBD,

component series 1X in accordance to the pressure component directive 97/23/EC 1)
Hydraulic
Maximum flow See characteristic curves on pages 13 to 16
Pressure fluid Mineral oil (HL, HLP) to DIN 51524 and DIN 51525
Pressure fluid temperature range °C –20 to +60 (for NBR seals)
–15 to +60 (for FKM seals)
Viscosity value mm2/s 12 to 230
1) For applications outside these parameters, please consult us!
Characteristic curves: design tested safety valves type DBD, component series 1X
Note! Nominal size 10

Values which lie under the charateristic curve, in the 630
dark area cannot be achieved with this valve!
Nominal size 6
400 400
300 300
200 200
171
160
150
111 120
100 100
80 80
60 60
50 50
40 40
30 30
0 12 20 28 36 44 52 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140
Nominal size 20 Nominal size 30

400 400
316 316
300 280 300 280
260
260
240 240
220 220
200 200
180 180
160 160
140 140
120 120
100 100
80 80
60 60
50 50
40 40
30 30
0 30 60 90 120 150 180 0 60 120 180 240 300 360
Safety guidelines: design tested safety valves type DBD, component series 1X
– Before ordering a design tested safety valve, checks have Application notes must be taken into account!
to be carried out to ensure that at the required response
pressure p the maximum permissible flow qVmax of the safety – The response value stated within the component
valve is greater than the maximum possible flow of the identification is set in the manufacturing plant with a flow of
system / accumulators. 2 l/min.
The appropriate regulations must be taken into account! – The maximum permissible flow stated with the component
identification is valid for applications without back pressure
– In accordance to DGRL 97/23/EC the system pressure in the return line (port T).
must not increase, due to the flow, by more than 10 % of the
set response pressure (see component identification). – The removal of the seal from a safety valve invalidates the
DGRL approval!
The maximum permissible flow qVmax stated within the
component identification must not be exceeded. – The requirements of the pressure component directive and the
AD2000-A2 information sheet must be taken into account!
The return lines from safety valves must vent in a safe
manner. Fluid must not be able to gather in a venting system – It is recommended that design tested safety valves are
(see the AD2000 - A2 information sheet). protected from unauthorised removal from the housing/block
by wiring and sealing the cartridge to the housing/block (a
hole is provided in the cartridge hexagon).
Attention!
The system pressure increases with an increase in flow by
the value of the back pressure in the return line (port T). (the
AD2000 - A2 information sheet, point. 6.3 must be taken into
account!)
To ensure that the system pressure does not increase, due

to the flow, by more than 10 % of the set response pressure,
the permissible flow must be reduced in relation to the back
pressure in the return line (port T) (see diagrams on pages 14
to 16).
Maximum permissible flow qVmax in relationship to the back pressure pT in the return line
Type DBD. 6 .1X/...E
pA in bar pT in bar
400 40 Char. Response
curves pressure pA
in bar
31,5
300 30 1 30
8 2 60
7 3 110
21
200 19,5 4 115
17 6
5 170
5
11,5 4 6 210
100 11
7 315
6 2 3
3 1 8 400
0 Characteritic curves for

0 10 20 30 40 50 52 intermediate values can be
14 27
obtained by interpolation.
Flow qVmax in l/min →
For further explanations see
page 16
Safety guidelines: design tested safety valve, type DBD, component series 1X
pA in bar pT in bar
63 Char. Response
600 curves pressure pA
in bar
500 50
10 1 30
40,5 2 60
400 40
3 110
9 8
300 31,5 4 170
7 5 175
21
200 17,5 5 6 210
6
17
11
4 7 315
100
3
6 2 8 400
3
0 1 9 405
0 10 50 100 140
29 42 54 65 10 630
Flow qVmax in l/min → Characteristic curves for
intermediate values can be
obtaineed by interpolation.
For further explanations, see
page 16
pA in bar pT in bar
400 40 Char. Response
curves pressure pA
in bar
32
31,5 1 30
300 30 8
2 60
6 3 110
21 5
200 20 4 170
7
17
5 210
3
4 6 315
11
100 10
2 7 320
6
8 400
3
1 Characteristic curves for
0
0 10 50 100 150 180 intermediate values can be
48 69 97 122 135 165
obtaineed by interpolation.
Flow qVmax in l/min → For further explanations, see
page 16
Safety guidelines: design tested safety valve, type DBD, component series 1X
pA in bar pT in bar
Char. Response
31,5 curves pressure pA
300 30 in bar
1 30
6
2 60
21
200 5 3 110
4
17 4 170
3 5 220
11
100 6 315
2
6 Characteristic curves for
3
intermediate values can be
1 obtaineed by interpolation.
0 For further explanations, see
0 20 100 200 300
81 121 170 213 245 below
Flow qVmax in l/min →
pA = Response pressure in bar

pT = Maximum permissible back pressure in bar (the sum of all of the possible tank pressures; also see AD2000 - A2 information sheet)
qV max = Maximum permissible flow in l/min
DGRL: pT max = 10 % x pA (at qV = 0)
An explanation of the diagram (example: type DBD 6 …E, page 14):

Given: – The flow for which safety has to be provided from the system/accumulator qVmax = 20 l/min
– Safety valve set response pressure pA = 315 bar
Required: pT permissible
Solution: See arrows within the diagram on page 14 (type DBD 6 …E)
pT permissible (20 l/min; 315 bar) = 19,5 bar
Bosch Rexroth AG © This document, as well as the data, specifications and other informations
Hydraulics set forth in it, are the exclusive property of Bosch Rexroth AG. Without their
Zum Eisengießer 1 consent it may not be reproduced or given to third parties.
97816 Lohr am Main, Germany The data specified above only serves to describe the product. No statements
Telefon +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-0 concerning a certain condition or suitability for a certain application can be
Telefax +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-23 58 derived from our information. The details stated do not release you from the
documentation@boschrexroth.de responsibility for carrying out your own assessment and verification. It must
www.boschrexroth.de be remembered that our products are subject to a natural process of wear
and ageing.
Subject to change.
Check valve RE 20375/12.06
Replaces: 01.05
/4
Type S
Sizes 6 to 30
R78_165

Contents page – For threaded connection (screw-in connection)
Features 1 – Leak-free closure in one direction
Ordering code 2 – Various cracking pressures, optional
Preferred types 2 (see ordering code)
Symbols 2
Technical data 3
Characteristic curves 3, 4
Unit dimensions 4

/4 Bosch Rexroth AG Hydraulics S RE 20375/12.06
Ordering code
S A *
Check valve =S Further details in clear text

Size 6 =6 0 = Revision index (is entered in the factory)
Size 8 =8 Cracking pressure (see curves on pages 3 and 4)
Size 10 = 10 0 = Without spring
Size 15 = 15 1 = Standard
Size 20 = 20 2 =
Size 25 = 25 3 =
Size 30 = 30 5 =
For threaded connection =A 8 = (Sizes 25 and 30 only)
Preferred types
Type Material no. Type Material no.

S 6 A0.0/ R900422880 S 20 A0.0/ R900420524
S 6 A1.0/ R900422881 S 20 A1.0/ R900420525
S 6 A5.0/ R900375858 S 20 A2.0/ R900420528
S 8 A0.0/ R900422885 S 20 A3.0/ R900420529
S 8 A1.0/ R900422886 S 20 A5.0/ R900446369
S 8 A3.0/ R900422888 S 25 A1.0/ R900420511
S 8 A5.0/ R900358268 S 25 A3.0/ R900420515
S 10 A0.0/ R900420530 S 25 A5.0/ R900451778
S 10 A1.0/ R900420531 S 30 A0.0/ R900420517
S 10 A2.0/ R900420532 S 30 A1.0/ R900420519
S 10 A3.0/ R900420534 S 30 A2.0/ R900420502
S 10 A5.0/ R900446476 S 30 A3.0/ R900420504
S 15 A0.0/ R900420536 S 30 A5.0/ R900446709
S 15 A1.0/ R900420537
S 15 A2.0/ R900420520 Further preferred types and standard components
S 15 A3.0/ R900420521 are listed in the EPS (standard price list).
S 15 A5.0/ R900446477
Symbols
With spring Without spring

RE 20375/12.06 S Hydraulics Bosch Rexroth AG /4
General
Sizes Size 6 8 10 15 20 25 30
Weight kg 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.5 1.0 2.0 2.5
Hydraulic
Maximum operating pressure bar 315
Cracking pressure bar See characteristic curves below and on page 4
Maximum flow See characteristic curves below and on page 4
Hydraulic fluid Mineral oil (HL, HLP) according to DIN 51524; fast bio-degra-
dable hydraulic fluids according to VDMA 24568 (see also
RE 90221); HETG (rape seed oil); HEPG (polyglycols); HEES
(synthetic esters); other hydraulic fluids on inquiry
Hydraulic fluid temperature range °C –30 to +80
Viscosity range mm2/s 2.8 to 500
Max. permissible degree of contamination of the Class 20/18/15 1)

hydraulic fluid, cleanliness class to ISO 4406 (c)
1) The
cleanliness classes specified for components must be For the selection of filters, see data sheets RE 50070,
adhered to in hydraulic systems. Effective filtration prevents RE 50076, RE 50081, RE 50086, RE 50087 and
malfunction and, at the same time, increases the service life RE 50088.
of components.
∆p-qV curves at cracking pressure – size 6 ∆p-qV curves at cracking pressure – size 8
7 7
Pressure differential in bar →
6 5 6 5
5 5
4 3 4
3
3 3
2
2 2 2
1
1 1 1
0 0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36
7 7
6 6
5
5 5 5
4 4
3 3
3 3
2 2 2 2
1 1 1
0 1
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 150

/4 Bosch Rexroth AG Hydraulics S RE 20375/12.06

7 11
6 5 10 8

5 9
4 8
3
3 7
2 2 6
5
1 1 5
0 4
0 50 100 150 200 250 3
3
Flow in l/min →
2 2
∆p-qV curves at cracking pressure – size 30 1 1
11 0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
10
8 Flow in l/min →
9
8
7
6 5
5
4
3
3
2 2
1 1
0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450
Flow in l/min →
Unit dimensions (nominal dimensions in mm)

Size
L2 6 8 10 15 20 25 30
D1 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G3/4 G1 G1 1/4 G1 1/2
ØD2 19 24 30 36 46 60 65
ØD2
D1
D1
H1
H1 22 28 34,5 41,5 53 69 75
L1 58 58 72 85 98 120 132
T1 T1 SW L1 1) – – – – – 160 1) 168 1)
L1 L2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
T1 12 12 14 16 18 20 22
Pipe thread "G" to ISO 228-1
SW 19 24 30 36 46 60 65
1) Option „A8.0“
Bosch Rexroth AG © This document, as well as the data, specifications and other informa-
Hydraulics tion set forth in it, are the exclusive property of Bosch Rexroth AG.
Zum Eisengießer 1 Without their consent it may not be reproduced or given to third par-
97816 Lohr am Main, Germany ties.
Phone +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-0 The data specified above only serve to describe the product. No
Fax +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-23 58 statements concerning a certain condition or suitability for a certain
documentation@boschrexroth.de application can be derived from our information. The given information
www.boschrexroth.de does not release the user from the obligation of own judgement and
verification. It must be remembered that our products are subject to a
natural process of wear and aging.
RE 66 191/07.03
Replaces: 06.00
Accumulator loading valve

Type LT 06
Series 3X
F 89 005
Flow 70 L/min
Accumulator loading valve, type LT 06
Features
– Pipe line installation
– Simple installation
– Accumulator pressure orientated pump loading during loading process
Function
The accumulator loading valve or pressure switch-off valve has the Switching over the pump flow from neutral circulation into
purpose of keeping a pressure level within certain limiting values accumulator loading
(switch-off pressure, switch-on pressure) in an accumulator circuit. The If the pressure in the accumulator circuit decreases to the lower switching point
switching pressure difference is approx. 18 % of the switch-off pressure. (switch-on pressure), P is connected to the load signal chamber of the pressure
Note: If actuators (N) downstream from the pump produce a higher compensator (2) and the pump delivers again into the accumulator circuit.
pressure than the switch-off pressure of the accumulator loading
valve, then the accumulator circuit is raised to this pressure level.
Symbol
The valve consists mainly of a pilot control with pressure setting
S2
element (1), pressure compensator (2) and check valve valve (3).
Switching over of pump flow from accumulator loading into 1
neutral circulation
The pump delivers into the accumulator circuit via the check valve (3) during S1
the loading procedure. For this the pressure is passed to the load signal side
of the pressure compensator (2) via the control line and pilot control. This
3 T
throttles the pump flow until the pressure, which builds up in the accumulator
N
circuit, overcomes the spring force of the pressure setting element (1). The
pilot control element switches the load signal line of the pressure compensator
(2) from S1 to T. The pressure compensator (2) then switches the pump flow
from P to N and the check valve (3) closes. The loading process is complete
and the pump flow flows with low ∆p through the loading valve.
X P
2
System pressure bar Up to 200
Operating pressure in accumulator circuit bar Up to 200
Flow From P to Sp L/min Approx. 17 (standard)
From P to N L/min Max. 70
Pressure fluid Mineral oil (HL, HLP) to DIN 51 524
Pressure fluid temperature range °C –20 to +80
Viscosity range mm2/s 2.8 to 380
Degree of contamination (maximum permissible) ISO 4406 (C) class 20/18/15
Weight kg 2.0
Notes on installation: Port T must be led separately to the tank.
LT 06 1/2 RE 66 191/07.03
RE 66146/10.03 1/6
2-circuit remotely powered Replaces: 07.03
brake valve
Type LT 07
Series 2X
Nominal braking pressures
60, 80 and 100 bar
H/A 4597

Description Page – Pipe line installation
Features 1 – Small installation dimensions
Function 2 – Integrated maximum pressure limitation of the braking circuit
Symbol 2 – Brake pressure proportional to the operating force
Notes on installation 2 – Synchronisation through low hysteresis
Ordering details 3 – All consumer ports on one side
Unit Dimensions 3; 4 – External brake pressure return (on request)
Brake pedal variations 5 – Weight 5.5 kg
2/6 Bosch Rexroth AG Mobile Hydraulics LT 07 RE 66146/10.03
Function
2-circuit remotely powered brake valve is a direct cont- Firstly the control land closes at channel T, afterwards the flow
rolled pressure relief valve of 3-way design with stepless from SP and BR is released in both braking circuits.
mechanical operation. The pressure building up in the brake lines pushes simulta-
It has a maximum pressure relief of secondary circuits and neously via the pilot oil drillings (7) behind the control spool
infinitely adjustable pressure in the secondary circuits (braking against the main compression spring (3), so that the brake
circuits) which is in proportion to the travel of the operating pressure (secondary pressure) rises in proportion to the
element (4). deflection of the operating element (4). With the deflection
With the failure of one brake circuit the second brake circuit of the operating element kept constant the control spool (2)
remains fully functional due to the mechanical contact of both moves into the control position and holds the defined pressure
spools (2). The operating force at the pedal remains unchan- in channels BR1 and BR2 constant. The operating force of the
ged. operating element is, therefore proportional to its deflection.
The 2-circuit remotely powered brake valve consists mainly of When the main compression spring (3) is unloaded, the pres-
the housing (1) and control spool (2), main compression spring sure springs and control spools move in such a way that they
(3), operating element (4) and the return springs (5) and (6). close SP and BR and open BR towards T and thus closes the
secondary circuits (braking circuits).
The valve is operated via the operating element (4). This pus-
hes the main control spring (3) against both control spools (2).
Symbol
4 2 7 2 1
BR1 BR2
M2
DS1
SP1 T SP2
3 5 6 7
Notes on installation
– Rubber parts must not be painted pressure drop between hydraulic accumulator and brake
– Operating element must not be subjected to direct high cylinder remains at a minimum.
pressure cleaning. – Tank pressure must not exceed the pressure being applied by the
– Damaged seals must be replaced immediately. brake.
– The cross-sections of the hydraulic transfer elements (pipes, – Maximum permissible degree of contamination of the pressu-
hoses) must be selected so that with low temepratures the re fluid is to ISO 4406 (C) class 20/18/15.
Ordering details
LT 07 MK A 2X 02 M *
Further details in clear text e.g. 12:
Series 20 to 29 = 2X fitted with a standard brake pedal 1))
(20 to 29: unchanged installation and connection dimensions) M= NBR seals, suitable for
Nominal braking pressure 60 bar = 060 mineral oil (HL, HLP) to DIN 51 524
Nominal braking pressure 80 bar = 080 Connection thread (see table page 3)
Nominal braking pressure 100 bar = 100 02 = Metric thread
1) Standard brake pedal, Material No.: R900412419
RE 66146/10.03 LT 07 Mobile Hydraulics Bosch Rexroth AG 3/6
Unit dimensions: without pedal (in mm)

Ø15
ca. 4242
ca. 1111
approx.
approx.
98,4
95,4
134,4
144,4
180,4
BR1
180,4
T
212,4
BR2
SP1
M2 SP2
1 Name plate 1
2 Operating stroke DS1
SP1 = Accumulator operating brake 20 27 30 32
(operating circuit 1) 29 34
SP2 = Accumulator operating brake 95
,1
±0
(operating circuit 2)
,2
46
0,1
,4 ±
M8
M2 = Brake pressure connection
Ø
feedback (brake circuit 2) Ø 59
DS1 = Pressure switch connection
42
(brake light)
T = Tank
Ø9
BR1 = Operating brake
(brake circuit 1) 42
Assembly interface
BR2 = Operating brake
(brake circuit 2)
90°
Ød3
Port d1 Ød2±0,1 Ød3 t1 t2 z
Ød2 ±0,1
BR1; BR2 M16x1.5 16.4 26 1.5 12 0.05
d1 SP1; SP2 M16x1.5 16.4 26 1.5 12 0.05
Z
T M16x1.5 16.4 26 1.5 12 0.05
t2+0,5
DS1 M12x1.5 12.4 20 0.9 11 0.1

t1
M2 M10x1 10.4 27 1.5 8 0.05

4/6 Bosch Rexroth AG Mobile Hydraulics LT 07 RE 66146/10.03
Unit dimensions: with pedal (in mm)
2-circuit remotely powered

brake valve fitted with a
standard brake pedal
Material No. R900412419
29
8
80
40°
100
31
58
10
50
Base plate
88,5
91,5
137,5
127,5
173,5
BR1 T
173,5
205,5
BR2
SP1
M2 SP2
DS1
4
20 27 30 32
29 34 170
95
150
143
12
4xØ9
65
68
Operating force, direct operated Assembly interface in base plate

2000
1800
Operating force F in N
1600
1400
1200
1000
800
600
400 Note on assembly:
200 When assembling below the base plate it must be taken care
that the movement of the pedal cannot be affected by dirt.
0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Brake pressure BR in bar
Diaphragm-type RE 50150/11.07
Replaces: 02/05
1/24
accumulator
Type HAD
Component series 1X and 2X

Nominal capacity 0.075 to 3.5 liters

Content Page – Hydraulic accumulator according to Pressure Equipment
Features 1 Directive 97/23/EC
Ordering code 2 – Diaphragm material for different applications
Note
Operating instructions and conformity declarations 3
Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC of the European Parlia-
Function, section, symbol 3 ment and the Council of 29th May 1997 on the harmonization
Technical data 4 of the laws of the member states has been in force since 29th
November, 1999. Since 29th May, 2002 hydraulic accumulators
Application, operating principle 5
may exclusively be placed on the market in a accordance with
Calculation 5 to 10 this Directive.
Unit dimensions 70 to 250 bar 11 Diaphragm-type accumulators up to and including 1 liter
Unit dimensions of standard types 70 to 250 bar 12 to 14 The CE Directive has been implemented since November 2001.
The accumulators must, however, not be CE-marked. User in-
Unit dimensions of US standard types 15, 16
structions no. 1 539 929 064 accompany every shipping batch.
Unit dimensions of standard types 350 bar 17, 18
Diaphragm-type accumulators greater than 1 liter
Accessories 19 to 21 The CE Directive has been implemented since November 2001.
Safety notes on hydraulic accumulators 22 The accumulators must be CE-marked. They are shipped with
operating instructions and a conformity declaration for each se-
Legal stipulations 22, 23
ries. The conformity declaration includes technical data of the ac-
Safety equipment 23 cumulators. The documents accompany each shipping batch.
Commissioning, maintenance 23, 24
2/24 Bosch Rexroth AG Hydraulics HAD RE 50150/11.07
Ordering code
Permissible max. Compo- Certification

Capacity
operating pressure nent series Acceptance
0.075 250 1X BA
0.16 250 1X BA
0.35 210 1X BA
160 1X
0.5 BA
250 2X
100 1X
0.7 180 1X BA
250 1X
350 2X
1.0 200 1X BA
140 1X
1.4 250 1X CE
350 2X
100 1X
2.0 250 1X CE
350 2X
70 1X
2.8 250 1X CE
350 1X
250 1X
3.5 CE
350 1X
HAD 1 *
Component series Further details
Component series 10 to 19 = 1X in clear text
Component series 20 to 29 = 2X e.g. special variants
(unchanged installation and Certification (acceptance)
connection dimensions) CE = Acceptance according
Precharge pressure to 97/23/EC
0 to 250 bar BA = Operating instructions
E.g. 10 bar = 10 Surface of the connection side
Connection size for hydraulic fluid 1) 1 = Steel
M14x1.5 = Z04 2 = Galvanized steel
M18x1.5 = Z06 Surface of the tank interior
M22x1.5 = Z08 1 = Steel
G 1/4 = G02 2 = Galvanized steel
G 3/8 = G03 Tank material
G 1/2 = G04 1 = Steel
G 3/4 = G05 Diaphragm material
G 1 = G06 N= NBR
3/4 – 16 UNF = U04 E= ECO
1 1/16 – 12 UNF = U06 I = IIR
3/8 NPTF = F02 F= FKM
1/2 – 14 NPTF = F08 Form of gas connection
Type of mounting (form of oil connection) 1= Standard variant for 0 538 103 012
Mounting cavity =A 2= Gas valve for 0 538 103 011
Mounting cavity with hexagon =C 4= Not re-chargable, gas side welded
Stud ends with female thread =E
1) Further connection sizes on request
Stud ends =F
Stud ends M45x1.5 with female thread = E5
Special variants on request For standard types, see pages 12 to 18
RE 50150/11.07 HAD Hydraulics Bosch Rexroth AG 3/24
Operating instructions and conformity declarations

Material no.
Series Operating instructions Conformity declaration
Up to 1.0 1 539 929 064 –
1.4/140 1 539 929 065 1 539 929 071
1.4/250 1 539 929 066 1 539 929 072
1.4/350 R901067048 R901067054
2.0/100 1 539 929 067 1 539 929 073
2.0/250 1 539 929 068 1 539 929 074
2.0/350 R901067049 R901067055
2.8/70 1 539 929 069 1 539 929 075
2.8/250 1 539 929 070 1 539 929 076
2.8/350 R901067050 R901067057
3.5/250 R901165521 R901165528
3.5/350 R901067051 R901067058
Function, section, symbol

General
One of the main tasks of hydraulic accumulators is, for exam- gas is compressed and fluid gets into the hydraulic accumu-
ple, to absorb a certain volume of a pressurized fluid from a hy- lator. As the pressure falls, the compressed gas expands and
draulic system and return it to the system when required. displaces the accumulated fluid into the circuit.
Because the fluid is pressurized, hydraulic accumulators are
Diaphragm-type accumulators
regarded as pressure vessels and must be rated for the maxi-
mum operating pressure taking account of acceptance stan- Diaphragm-type accumulators consist of a pressure-tight steel
dards valid in the country of installation. vessel (1), which is, in most of the cases, of spherical to cylin-
drical shape. A diaphragm (2) made of an elastic, flexing mate-
In most of the hydraulic systems, hydropneumatic (gas-
rial (elastomer) with closing poppet (3) and plug screw (4) is
charged) accumulators with separating element are used.
provided as separating element in the interior of the accumula-
Depending on the design of the separating element, we distin- tor. These elements comply with Directive 97/23/EC.
guish between bladder-type, piston and diaphragm-type accu-
mulators.
Hydraulic accumulators basically consist of a fluid and a gas
section with a gas-tight separating element. The fluid section is 4
connected with the hydraulic circuit. As the pressure rises, the
1 Vessel
2 Diaphragm
3 Closing poppet
4 Plug screw
(gas filling screw)
5 Fluid connection
2
Symbol 3
5
General
Weight kg See tables on pages 11, 17, 18
Design Diaphragm-type accumulator, welded
Installation position Optional, preferably fluid connection piece pointing downwards
Type of mounting With clamps or threaded connection
Ambient temperature range °C –15 to +65 1)
Pipe connection Female thread
Hydraulic
Capacity l 0.075 0.16 0.35 0.5 0.7 1.0 1.4 2.0 2.8 3.5
Effective gas volume l 0.075 0.16 0.32 0.48 0.75 1.0 1.4 1.95 2.7 3.5
Permissible max. flow l/min 10 40 60 60
Permissible max. operating bar 100 70
pressure p
210 160 180 140 100
250 250 207 207 250 200 250 250 250 250
250 350 350 350 350 350
Permissible max. pressure bar 93 50
fluctuation width ∆p dyn.
90 90 93 80 65
150 120 120 120 140 115 140 140 130 130
100 130 130 130 130 130
Operating pressures and useful capacity See Calculation on pages 5 to 10
Hydraulic fluid Hydraulic oil to DIN 51524; other fluids on request!
Hydraulic fluid temperature range °C –10 to +80 (NBR diaphragm) 1)
Others on request –35 to +80 (ECO diaphragm) 1)
Pneumatic
Charge gas Use only nitrogen!
Charge pressure p0 See Standard types on pages 12 to 18
Usable hydraulic fluids

When selecting the accumulator variant, observe the following phragm material, and the permissible temperature range.
non-binding notes with regard to hydraulic fluid, bladder or dia- No warranty claims may be derived from these recommenda-
tions.
Hydraulic fluids Temperature range Material
In the case of other hydraulic fluids and temperatures, please
Mineral oils –10 to +80 °C NBR consult us.
–35 to +80 °C ECO
HFA, HFB 2) +5 to +50 °C NBR NBR Acrylnitrile butadiene rubber
HFC –10 to +60 °C NBR, IIR (Perbunan)
HFD 3) –10 to +60 °C IIR FKM Fluorine rubber
–10 to +80 °C FKM IIR Butyl rubber
ECO Epichlorhydrin rubber
Water 2) +5 to +50 °C NBR
Diesel, fuel oil –10 to +50 °C NBR
1) The permissible temperature specified in the tank test is also
Heavy fuel oil –10 to +100 °C FKM
revant
Regular-grade gasoline –10 to +40 °C NBR 2) Special variants of tank and connection parts may be re-
Premium gasoline –10 to +40 °C FKM quired
3) Please consult us stating the detailed specification of the
Kerosene –10 to +40 °C NBR
hydraulic fluid
Application, operating principle
Applications Operating principle

Hydropneumatic accumulators can be used in a wide variety of Fluids are almost incompressible and can therefore not store
applications: pressure energy. In hydropneumatic Rexroth accumulators the
– Energy storage for saving pump drive power in systems with compressibility of gases is utilized for storing fluids. Only neu-
intermittent operation. tral gases may be used, usually class 4.0 “nitrogen”.
– Energy reserve for emergency cases, e.g. in the event of a N2 99.99 % by volume
hydraulic pump failure. O2 50 vpm
– Compensation for losses due to leakage. H2O     ca. 30 vpm.
– Impact and vibration damping in the case of periodic oscilla-
tions.
– Volume compensation in case of changes in pressure and
temperature.
– Suspension element on vehicles.
– Shock absorption in the case of mechanical impact.
Charging V2
p2
V0 V1
p0 p1
Calculation
Pressures
For the calculation of an accumulator, the following pressures The smaller the difference between p1 and p2 the longer is the
are of significance: service life of the diaphragm. However, this also reduces the
p0 = gas precharge pressure degree of utilization of the corresponding maximum accumula-
at room temperature and drained fluid chamber tor capacity.
p0T = gas precharge pressure
at operating temperature Diaphragm-type accumulators
p1 = minimum operating pressure p2 4 • p0 (2)
p2 = maximum operating pressure
(pm = average operating pressure)
On request
To achieve the best possible utilization of the accumulator ca- p2 8 • p0
pacity and a long service life, it is recommended that the fol-
lowing values be adhered to:
Note!
p0, tmax 0.9 p1 (1)
Filling piece in diaphragm-type accumulators
To achieve an increased pressure ratio (p0 : p2 > 1 : 4) in the
The highest hydraulic pressure should not exceed the quadru- accumulator, a filling piece can be installed on the gas side of
ple of the precharge pressure; otherwise, the elasticity of the the accumulator.
diaphragm is overstressed and excessive variations in the com- This reduces the usable gas volume V1, but the diaphragm is
pression result in strong heating up of the gas. protected against impermissible deformation.
Calculation
Oil volume
Pressures p0 … p2 determine gas volumes V0 … V2. b) In the case of an adiabatic change of state, that is, with a
rapid change of the gas buffer, in which the temperature of
Here, V0 is also the nominal capacity of the accumulator.
the nitrogen changes as well, the following is valid
The available oil volume V corresponds to the difference be- (4.2)
ween gas volumes V1 and V2: p0 • V χ0 = p1 • V χ1 = p2 • V χ2
χ = ratio of the specific heat of gases (adiabatic exponent)

V V1 – V2 (3) for nitrogen = 1.4
In practice, changes in state rather follow adiabatic laws.
The gas volume, which is variable within a pressure differential,
Charging is often isothermal, discharging adiabatic.
is determined by the following equations:
Taking account of equations (1) and (2), V is 50 % to 70 %
a) In the case of isothermal changes of state of gases, that
of the nominal accumulator capacity. The following can be ap-
is, when the gas buffer changes so slowly that enough
plied as a rule of thumb:
time is available for a complete heat exchange between the
nitrogen and its surroundings and the temperature therefore
remains constant, the following is valid: V0 = 1.5 … 3 x V (5)
p0 • V0 = p1 • V1 = p2 • V2 (4.1)
Calculation diagram Application of the calculation diagrams

To allow a determination on the basis of a
Gas precharge pressure
V in l →
graphic representation, the formulas (4.1)

and (4.2) were translated into diagrams on
pages 7 to 10. Depending on the task at V2
hand, the available oil volume, the accumula- s2
tor size or the pressures can be established. Available oil
po
Correction factors Ki and Ka volume
Equations (4.1) and (4.2) are only valid for ideal gases. In the s1
characteristics of real gases, significant deviations can be ob- V1
served at operating pressures above 200 bar, which must be
p in bar →
taken into account by applying correction factors. These are
shown on the following diagrams. The correction factors which P1 P2
are to be multiplied by the ideal withdrawal volume V are Working pressure range
within the range of 0.6 … 1.
Vreal = Videal • Ki Vreal = Videal • Ka

Isothermal Adiabatic
1,0 1,0
0,9 0,9
p2
=2
00
ba
r
Ka →
Ki K →
0,8 0,8 p
2 =
i
30
0
ba
r
0,7 0,7
p2
=
40
0
ba
r
0,6 0,6
0,1 0,2 0,3 0,4 0,5 0,6 0,7 0,8 0,9 1,0 0,1 0,2 0,3 0,4 0,5 0,6 0,7 0,8 0,9 1,0
P1P / /PP2 → P1 / P2 →
1 2
0,4 0,6 0,8 1,5
0,25
2,0
2,5
0,05 0,7 1,0
0,10
1
0,5
Calculation
RE 50150/11.07
p0 = 1 to 90 bar
2
0,20
3
0,3
4
0,6
5
2,0
6
7
ar →
1,5
HAD
0,04
8
9
0,4 1,0
10
in b
12
0,5
14
0
16
P
Isothermal changes of state
18
0,15
20
25
30
1,5
40
50
0,03
60
0,2 0,3 0,4
70
V in l →
80
1,0
90
0,05 0,5
0,10 0,3
0,02 1,0
0,2 0,5
0,1 0,2
0,5
0,05
0,01 0,1 0,5
0,1
1 2 3 4 5 10 20 30 40 50 100 200 400 0,16 0,35 0,5 0,7 1,0 1,4 2 2,8 3,5
300 0,075
P1, P2 in bar → Accumulator size in l →
Hydraulics Bosch Rexroth AG
7/24
0,4 0,6 0,8 1,5
0,25
8/24
2,0 2,5
0,05 0,7 1,0
0,10 0,5
Calculation
0,20
0,3 0,6
2,0 p0 = 100 to 300 bar
0,04 1,5
0,4 1,0
0 0,5
10
Isothermal changes of state
Bosch Rexroth AG
0,15
ar→ 1,5
i nb 0,03
0,2 0,3 0,4
P0
V in l →
0 1,0
15 0,05 0,5
0,10
Hydraulics
0,3 1,0
0,02 0,2 0,5
0
20
0,1 0,2
0,5
0,05
0
0,01 0,1 0,5
25
0,1
0
30
100 200 300 400 0,16 0,35 0,5 0,7 1,0 1,4 2 2,8 3,5
P1, P2 in bar → 0,075
Accumulator size in l →
HAD
RE 50150/11.07
0,4 0,6 0,8 1,5
0,25
2,0
2,5
0,05 0,7 1,0
1
0,10 0,5
Calculation
RE 50150/11.07
p0 = 1 to 90 bar
→
0,20
ar
4
0,3 0,6
b
5
2,0
in
6
HAD
0,04 1,5
0
8
P
0,4 1,0
19
Adiabatic changes of state
0,5
120
1
1 4
0,15
1 6
208
25
1,5
30
0,03
40
0,2 0,3 0,4
50
60
V in l →
1,0
70
80
0,05 0,5
90
0,10 0,3
0,02 1,0
0,2 0,5
0,1 0,2
0,5
0,05
0,01 0,1 0,5
0,1
1 2 3 4 5 10 20 30 40 50 100 200 400 0,16 0,35 0,5 0,7 1,0 1,4 2 2,8 3,5
P1, P2 in bar → 300 0,075 Accumulator size in l →
Hydraulics Bosch Rexroth AG
9/24
0,4 0,6 0,8 1,5
0,25
10/24
2,0
2,5
0,05 0,7 1,0
0,10 0,5
Calculation
0,20
p0 = 100 to 300 bar
0,3 0,6
2,0
0,04 1,5
0,4 1,0
Adiabatic changes of state
0,5
Bosch Rexroth AG
100 0,15
1,5
r→ 0,03
ba 0,2 0,3 0,4
V in l →
in 0 1,0
15
P0 0,5
0,05
Hydraulics
0,10 0,3
0,02 1,0
00 0,2 0,5
2
0,1 0,2
0,5
0 0,05
0,01 0,1 0,5
25
0,1
0
30
100 200 300 400 0,16 0,35 0,5 0,7 1,0 1,4 2 2,8 3,5
P1, P2 in bar → 0,075 Accumulator size in l →
HAD
RE 50150/11.07
Unit dimensions: 70 to 250 bar (dimensions in mm)

M 28 x 1,5
1 Gas connection form “1“ 1
2 Lettering
22
Mounting type
h
E5
2
40
20
M45x1,5 50
Ø49
A-F
E
Ød
A C F
M
N
27- 0,16L
16
M 33 x 1,5
N
41 Ø36 41
Ø23 - 0,16L
3
Type/V in pmax in bar Ød h L M N Weight in kg

liters
HAD0.075 250 64 91 20 21.5 12 0.65
HAD0.16 250 75 99.5 20 24 12 1.0
HAD0.35 210 92 114 22 33 18 1.3
160 103 127 22 – – 1.6
HAD0.5
250 106 130 20 27 12 2.0
180 121 144 22 33 18 2.6
HAD0.7
250 123.6 144 22 33 18 3.2
HAD1.0 200 136 158 22 33 18 3.5
140 147 169 22 33 18 4.9
HAD1.4
250 152 173 22 33 18 6.2
100 144 218 22 33 18 4.0
HAD2.0
250 155 229 22 33 18 9.5
70 160 247 21 33 18 5.5
HAD2.8
250 174 247 21 33 18 10.0
HAD3.5 250 174 285 21 33 18 14.0
Unit dimensions of standard types: 160 to 250 bar; 0.075 to 0.5 liters (dimensions in mm)
M28x1,5
22
h
27
12
Ordering code / type Volume in liters Material no. h Ød k

HAD0,075-250-1X/2Z04F-1N111-BA 0.075 R901183242 112.5 65.5 M14x1.5
HAD0,16-250-1X/2Z06F-1N111-BA 0.16 R901183248 123.5 76.5 M18x1.5
d
M28x1,5
22
h
22
41
k
30 +0,4
HAD0,35-210-1X/2Z06C-1N111-BA 0.35 R901183250 136 94.3

HAD0,5-160-1X/2Z06C-1N111-BA 0.5 R901183251 149 104.8 M18x1.5
HAD0,5-250-2X/2Z06C-1N111-BA 0.5 R901183253 152 108.5
d
M28x1,5
22
h
33
41
M33x1,5
Ordering code / type Volume in Material no. h Ød k

liters
HAD0,7-100-1X/2G04E-1N111-BA 0.7 R901164364 172 118.8
HAD0,7-210-1X/2G04E-1N111-BA 0.7 R901164365 177 123.5
HAD1,0-200-1X/2G04E-1N111-BA 1.0 R901164367 191 138.5 G 1/2“
HAD1,4-140-1X/2G04E-1N111-CE 1.4 R901164368 202 149.6
HAD1,4-250-1X/2G04E-1N111-CE 1.4 R901164369 206 152

d
M28x1,5
22
h
40
20
k
50 M45x1,5
Ordering code / type Volume in Material no. h Ød k

liters
HAD2,0-100-1X/2G05E5-1N111-CE 2.0 R901164371 258 147.2
HAD2,0-250-1X/2G05E5-1N111-CE 2.0 R901164372 269 158.6 G 3/4“
HAD2,8-250-1X/2G05E5-1N111-CE 2.8 R901164374 286 177.5
HAD3,5-250-1X/2G05E5-1N111-CE 3.5 R901164376 325 177.5

Unit dimensions of US standard types: 207 to 250 bar; 0.075 to 0.35 liters (in mm)
d
7/8-14 UNF-2A
35
h
20
32
HAD0,075-250-1X/0U12C-2N111-USA 0.075 0531610632 125.8 65.5

9/16-18 UNF-2B
HAD0,16-250-1X/0U12C1-2N111-USA 0.16 0531600611 132.3 76.5
7/8-14 UNF-2A
35
h
16
k
36
d
HAD0,35-207-1X/0U04A-2N111-USA 0.35 0531601572 150.5 96.5 3/4-16 UNF-2B

Unit dimensions of US standard types: 207 bar; 0.07 to 2.8 liters (dimensions in mm)
7/8-14 UNF-2A
35
h
22
41
Volume in
Ordering code / type Material no. h Ød k
liters
HAD0,7-207-1X/0U04C-2N111-USA 0.7 0531602588 186 128.5
HAD1,4-207-1X/0U04C-2N111-USA 1.4 0531603501 212.8 156.5
3/4-16 UNF-2B
HAD2,0-207-1X/0U04C-2N111-USA 2.0 0531623500 265.8 156.5
HAD2,8-207-1X/0U04C-2N111-USA 2.8 0531613503 282.5 175.5
Unit dimensions of standard types: 350 bar; 0.7 to 2.0 liters (dimensions in mm)
d
M28x1,5
22
Mounting type
E
33
18
41
M 33x1,5
39
h
E5
40
20
50
E, E5
M45x1,5
49
Volume in Weight
Ordering code / type Material no. Ød h k
liters kg
HAD0,7-350-2X/2G04E-1N111-BA 0.7 R901164366 128.5 184 E 4.0
HAD1,4-350-2X/2G04E-1N111-CE 1.4 R901164370 156 209 E 7.0
HAD2,0-350-2X/2G05E5-1N111-CE 2.0 R901164373 156 269 E5 9.5

Unit dimensions of standard types: 350 bar; 2.8 and 3.5 liters (dimensions in mm)
M28x1,5
18
h
20
55
M45x1,5
Volume in Weight
Ordering code / type Material no. Ød h
liters kg
HAD2,8-350-1X/2G05E5-1N111-CE 2.8 R901164375 180 285 13.0
HAD3,5-350-1X/2G05E5-1N111-CE 3.5 R901164377 180 325 16.0

Accessories (dimensions in mm)

Adapter for size 20 blocks D1 SW46
Connection A (accumulator)
R2
14
Accumulator Block
D1 D2 ØD3 Material no.
51
M 22 x 1.5 12 1 533 359 012
M 18 x 1.5 M 33 x 2  8 1 533 359 013
18
G 1/2 ISO 228  8 1 533 359 034 R1
Ø D3
D2
Ø 53
Holding clamps, selection table Type Clamp type Material no.

HAD0,075 HY/VGBKS 62– 65 1 551 316 024
HAD0,35 HY/VGBKS 92–97 1 531 316 017
HAD0,50 HY/VGBKS 101–111 1 531 316 018
HAD0,75 HY/VGBKS 119–128 1 531 316 015
HAD0,7 HY/VGBKS 128–136 R901073992
HAD1,0 HY/VGBKS 135–145 1 531 316 019
HAD1,4 HY/VGBKS 145–155 1 531 316 016
HAD2,0/100 HY/VGBKS 135–145 1 531 316 019
HAD2,0/250 HY/VGBKS 145–155 1 531 316 016
HAD2,8/70 HY/VGBKS 160–170 1 531 316 022
HAD2,8–3,5 HY/VGBKS 170–180 1 531 316 020
Charging and test device

Accessory parts
Material no.
to be ordered separately
Pressure gauge 0 to 25 bar R900033955
Pressure gauge 0 to 60 bar 1 537 231 002
Adapter piece
Form  1 533 391 010
Form  1 533 391 011
Test case, complete Material no. Form  1 533 391 012
Bladder 0 538 103 011
Form 
KOR 1 533 391 013
Diaphragm 0 538 103 012
Form 
JAP 1 533 391 014
Bladder and diaphragm consisting of: 0 538 103 014
Case R901070141
Form 
GUS 1 533 391 015
Charging and Bladder 0 538 103 005 Hose l = 5 m

1 530 712 006
with adapter piece form 
test valve Diaphragm 0 538 103 006
Hose l = 2,5 m
1 530 712 005
with adapter piece form 
Dimensions of charging and test valve
1 valve body with check valve,

discharge valve, pressure gauge connection,
and gas hose connection.
D 2
1 2000
W 24,32 x 1/14”
1000
100 150
50 200 3000
bar
psi / in2 250
0 3600
M14 x 1,5
l = 2,5 m
1 Spare part, Material no. 1 537 410 065

M28x1,5
2 Adapter, see page 21
Adapter from nitrogen bottle to cap nut
1 533 391 010 1 533 391 014 1 533 391 013
W 24,32 x 1/14”
W 24,32 x 1/14”
W 24,32 x 1/14”
37 68 52
W 23 x 1/14”
W 22 x 1/14”
W 21,8 x 1/14”
32 32 32
1 533 391 011 W 24,51 x 1/14” 1 533 391 012 1 533 391 015
W 24,32 x 1/14”
W 24,32 x 1/14”
81 81
W 24,32 x 1/14”
45
G 5/8- ISO 228
G 3/4- ISO 228

32 32 36
Country 1 533 391 011 1 533 391 010 1 533 391 012 1 533 391 014 1 533 391 013 1 533 391 015
Brazil x
Bulgaria x
France x
Greece x
Great Britain x
India x
Japan x
Canada x
Korea North x
Korea South x
Malaysia x
Romania x
Russia x
Spain x
Saudi Arabia x
Singapore x
Turkey x
USA x
Other countries on request
Safety notes on hydraulic accumulators
Before commissioning and during operation of hydraulic accu- Warning

mulators, observe the regulations valid at the place of installa- Never carry out any welding, soldering or mechanical work
tion. on the accumulator vessel!
The operator is solely responsible for observing applicable reg- – Risk of explosion during welding and soldering!

ulations. – Risk of bursting and loss of the operating per-
General notes on hydraulic accumulators in hydraulic systems mission in the case of mechanical working!
can be found in EN 982. Never charge hydraulic accumulators with oxy-
gen or air. Risk of explosion!
Documents included in the scope of supply must be proper- Before carrying out any work on hydraulic systems, depressur-
ly kept; they are required by the surveyor for recurring inspec- ize the system and secure it against restarting!
tions.
Improper mounting can lead to severe accidents!
Commissioning must exclusively by carried out by qualified per-
sonnel.
Legal stipulations
Hydraulic accumulators are pressure vessels and are subject to “Technische Regeln Druckbehälter“ (TRB) (technical rules for
the national regulations and ordinances valid at the place of in- pressure vessels.
stallation.
Vessel categories and tests/inspections in Germany
In Germany, the Health and Safety at Work Regulations (BetrSi- According to these German regulations, pressure vessels are
chV) must be complied with. categorized according to their capacity in L, the permissible
Special rules must be observed in the fields of shipbuilding, air- operating pressure in bar, and the product of pressure and ca-
craft construction, mining, etc. pacity p x L. Depending on the category, specific inspections
Dimensioning, manufacture and testing must be carried out in are compulsory.
line with the codes according to AD 2000. Rules with regard to An overview is given in the following table:
the erection, equipment and operation are laid down in the
Vessel class Initial test at the Acceptance test at Recurring inspections

manufacturer‘s end the operator‘s end
Internal Pressure External
II
p > 25 bar; p • L 200
III
X X
p > 1 bar; p • L > 200 1000
IV X X X
X X
p > 1 bar; p • L > 1000 5 1) / 10 2) 10 1) 2 1)
1) Years
Note!
2) Years in the case of non-corroding fluids All vessel categories must be protected by means of a pres-
X By surveyor sure relief valve in accordance with Directive 97/23/EC.
By a technical expert
Legal stipulations
Classification societies
Initial inspections/tests, approvals and acceptances are carried Moreover, there are classification societies (Germanischer
out by surveyors. These are representatives of the following Lloyd, Lloyd‘s Register, Det Norske Veritas, etc.) for ships and
classification societies in the individual countries: offshore applications.
CE accumulators are shipped together with a declaration of
 TÜV  LRIS  D.R.I.R.E. conformity and operating instructions.
 APRAGAZ  LRIS  Stoomwezen Technical experts
 ISPESEL  UDT  SVDB They are appointed by the plant of the operator and must be
qualified accordingly.

 LRS = Lloyd’s Register In Germany, corresponding training courses are offered by
Shipbuilding  DNV = Det Norske Veritas classification societies.
and offshore  GL = Germanischer Lloyd
ABS = American Bureau of Shipping
These bodies are registered with the EU in Bruxelles and, be-

ing “notified bodies”, carry out the tests/inspections according
to the Pressure Equipment Directive.
Safety equipment
In the Federal Republic of Germany, regulations for the equip-
ment, erection and operation of hydraulic accumulators are laid x
down in the “Technische Regeln Druckbehälter“ (TRB) (tech- 7 3 6
nical rules for pressure vessels). These specify the following
safety equipment:
1 Features against excessive pressure (type-tested)

2 Unloading features
3 Pressure measuring instruments A M2
4 Test pressure gauge connection
4 M1
5 Shut-off feature
Option:
6 Electromagnetically operated unloading device 5
7 Safety device against excessive temperatures
These safety devices are combined in a compact Bosch T
Rexroth safety and shut-off block. P
1 2
Commissioning, maintenance
Notes on commissioning Installation position

Precharge pressure
Diaphragm accumulators can be installed in optional orientation.
Diaphragm-type accumulators are usually delivered ready for For the test and charging device, a free installation space of
operation. The precharge pressure (p0) is embossed on the ac- 200 mm must be provided above the gas valve.
cumulator shell.
Mounting
Charging gas
The accumulator must be mounted so that in the case of vibra-
Hydraulic accumulators may only be filled with purest class 4.0 tion caused during operation or a possible rupture of the pipe
nitrogen, N2 99.99 % by volume. or gas pipe, the accumulator is safely held in position.
Permissible operating temperature No holding forces may be introduced above the oil and gas
connection.
In the “standard variant”, Bosch Rexroth hydraulic accumula-
tors are suitable for operating temperatures from –10 to +80 °C. Bosch Rexroth offers corresponding holding clamps (see page
In the case of differing temperatures, please consult us. 19).
Commissioning, maintenance
Charging of the accumulator Measurements on the fluid side

Use the Bosch Rexroth filling and test device for charging the Connect a pressure gauge to the accumulator by means of a
accumulator (see pages 19, 20). line. Alternatively, the pressure gauge can be connected direct-
Observe the relevant notes in operating instructions 1 539 929 010. ly at the vent point.
Proceeding:
Note
– Fill hydraulic fluid into the accumulator.
The precharge pressure changes as the gas temperature chang-
– Close shut-off valve (5).
es. After charging or discharging nitrogen, wait until the temper-
ature has balanced before you check the gas pressure. – Let the hydraulic fluid drain slowly (temperature balancing)
by opening discharge valve (2).
Maintenance – Observe pressure gauge (3) during the draining process. As
General soon has the charging pressure is reached in the accumula-
After having been charged with gas, Bosch Rexroth accumulator, the pointer abruptly falls to zero.
tors are largely maintenance-free. If deviations are measured, first check whether:
To ensure trouble-free operation and a long service life, the fol- – pipes and fittings are leak-free,
lowing maintenance work must be carried out: – these deviations can be traced back to differing ambient and
– Check the gas precharge pressure gas temperatures.
– Check safety equipment and fittings Only when no faults are detected here is an inspection of the
– Check pipe connections accumulator required.
– Check mounting of accumulator. x
Symbol
Checking the gas pre-charge pressure 3
Inspection intervals
After commissioning of the accumulator, the charge pressure
must be checked at least once in the first week. If no loss of
gas is detected, the second inspection must be made after 3
months. If the pressure is still unchanged, you can check the A M2
pressure once a year.
M1
T
P
Bosch Rexroth AG © This document, as well as the data, specifications and other information
Hydraulics set forth in it, are the exclusive property of Bosch Rexroth AG. It may not
Zum Eisengießer 1 be reproduced or given to third parties without its consent.
97816 Lohr am Main, Germany The data specified above only serve to describe the product. No state-
Phone +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-0 ments concerning a certain condition or suitability for a certain application
Fax +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-23 58 can be derived from our information. The information given does not
documentation@boschrexroth.de release the user from the obligation of own judgment and verification. It
www.boschrexroth.de must be remembered that our products are subject to a natural process of
wear and aging.
Product Data Sheet Mobil Delvac MX 15W-40
Extra High Performance Diesel Engine Oil
Product Description
Mobil Delvac MX 15W-40 is an extra high performance diesel engine oil that provides excellent lubrication of
today’s diesel engines operating in severe applications promoting extended engine life. As a result, this product
meets or exceeds the specifications of virtually all major European and American engine manufacturers. This
extra high performance has been proven in the field in a wide variety of industries, applications, and mixed
fleets.
The advanced chemistry of this product provides outstanding performance in both modern, demanding low-
emission diesel engines and older diesel engines. Mobil Delvac MX 15W-40 combines a blend of high quality
base stocks with a progressive additive system to provide superior control of oil thickening due to soot build up
and high temperatures as well as outstanding resistance to oxidation, corrosion, and high temperature varnish
deposits. The multigrade characteristics provide excellent cold cranking capabilities and oil pumpability at low
temperatures.
Features & Benefits
High output, low emission diesel engines significantly increase the demands on engine lubricants. Tighter
engine designs reduce oil consumption, resulting in less fresh oil make-up to replenish depleted additives. Top
piston fire rings are located higher on the piston bringing the oil film closer to the combustion chamber where
higher temperatures increase thermal stress on the lubricant. Increased fuel injector pressure and retarded
timing improve fuel burn efficiency, but also increase engine temperatures and increase soot loads. Mobil
Delvac MX 15W-40 is formulated from high performance base oils and a superior balanced additive system to
provide optimum engine performance in modern diesel and gasoline engines as well as older models. The key
benefits include:
Features Advantages and Potential Benefits

High thermal and oxidation stability Reduced sludge build-up, deposits and viscosity increase
TBN reserves Deposit control and acid neutralisation
Stay-in-grade shear stability Wear protection and viscosity control
Advanced detergency/dispersancy
Improved soot handling Improved viscosity control and used oil pumpability
Excellent low temperature properties Start-up wear protection
Component compatibility Longer gasket and seal life
Meets demanding specifications of key OEMs One engine oil for mixed fleet operations
Applications
• Naturally aspirated and turbo-charged diesel powered equipment from leading Japanese European and
American manufacturers
• On-highway light and heavy duty trucking
• Off-highway industries including: construction, mining, quarrying and agriculture
• Mixed fleet applications
9429 08/2004
Specifications & Approvals
Mobil Delvac MX 15W-40 meets the following industry specifications:
- ACEA E5/E3/B4/B3/A2
- API CI-4/CH-4/CG-4/CF-4/CF/SJ/SL
Mobil Delvac MX 15W-40 has the following builder approvals:
- Cummins CES 20078/77/76/75/72/71

- Daimler Chrysler MB 228.3/229.1
- Detroit Diesel DDC 7SE 270
- Mack EO-M Plus
- MAN M3275
- MTU Type 1
- Renault RVI RLD
- Volvo VDS-3, VDS-2
Mobil Delvac MX 15W-40 is also recommended for use in applications requiring:
- Allison C-4
Typical Properties
SAE Grade 15W-40

Viscosity at 40ºC, mm²/s ASTM D 445 105
Viscosity at 100ºC, mm²/s ASTM D 445 14.2
Viscosity Index ASTM D 2270 138
Sulphated Ash, wt% ASTM D 874 1.1
Total Base Number, mg KOH/g ASTM D 2896 10
Pour Point, ºC ASTM D 97 -33
Flash Point. ºC ASTM D 92 240
Density at 15ºC, kg/l ASTM D 4052 0.89
The Mobil logotype, the Pegasus design and Delvac are trademarks of Exxon Mobil Corporation, or one of its
subsidiaries.
Due to continual product research and development, the information contained herein is subject to change
without notification. Typical properties may vary slightly.
© 2002 Exxon Mobil Corporation
Health and Safety
Based on available information, this product is not expected to produce adverse effects on health when used for
the intended application and the recommendations provided in the Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) are
followed. MSDSs are available upon request through Esso Petroleum Company, Ltd., by telephoning 01372
222000. This product should not be used for purposes other than its intended use. When disposing of used
product, take care to protect the environment.
Esso Petroleum Company, Limited

ExxonMobil House, Ermyn Way
Leatherhead, Surrey, KT22 8UX
Telephone: 01372 22 2000
9429 08/2004
http://www.exxonmobil.com/pdssearch/search.asp?chooseLanguage=it
Mobil DTE 20 Series

Hydraulic Oils
Product Description
Mobil DTE 20 Series oils are supreme performance anti-wear hydraulic oils designed to satisfy a wide range of
hydraulic equipment requirements. They provide long oil/filter life and optimum equipment protection reducing
both maintenance costs and product disposal costs. They were developed in conjunction with the major builders
to meet the stringent requirements of severe hydraulic systems using high pressure, high output pumps as well
as handling the critical requirements of other hydraulic system components such as close clearance servo-valves
and the high accuracy numerically controlled (NC) machine tools. These products meet the most rigorous
performance requirements of a wide range of hydraulic system and component manufacturers using various
multi-metallurgy designs allowing a single product with outstanding performance characteristics.
The Mobil DTE 20 Series oils are formulated with high quality base oils and a super-stabilised additive system
that neutralises the formation of corrosive materials. They are designed to work with systems operating under
severe conditions where high levels of antiwear and film strength protection are needed, yet they are formulated
to work where non-antiwear hydraulic oils are generally recommended.
Features and Benefits

The Mobil DTE 20 Series hydraulic oils provide outstanding oxidation resistance allowing extension of oil and
filter change intervals. Their high level of anti-wear properties and excellent film strength characteristics result
in exceptional equipment performance that net only results in fewer breakdowns but helps improve production
capacity. Their controlled demulsibility permits the oils to work well in systems contaminated with small amounts
of water yet readily separate large amounts of water.

Anti-wear Reduces wear Protects systems using various metallurgy
Quality Reserve Maintains performance features even under severe
service conditions and extended drain intervals Improved
system cleanliness
Oxidation Stability Provides long oil and equipment life Extends filter life
Corrosion Protection Prevents internal hydraulic system corrosion Reduces
negative effects of moisture in systems Provides
corrosion protection of multi-metallurgy component
designs
Meets a Wide Range of equipment requirements One product can replace several Minimises inventory
requirements Reduced potential for product
misapplication
Air Separation Characteristics Reduces foaming and its negative effects
Water Separation Protects systems where small quantities of moisture are
present Readily separates larger quantities of water
Keep Clean Properties Reduces system deposits and sludging Protect critical
components such as servo-valves Improves total system
performance
1 of 3 01-2006
Applications
• Hydraulic systems critical to deposit build-up such as sophisticated Numerically Controlled (NC) machines,
particularly where close clearance servo-valves are used
• Where small amounts of water are unavoidable
• Applications where sludges and deposits form with conventional products
• In systems containing gears and bearings
• Systems requiring a high degree of load-carrying capability and anti-wear protection
• Applications where thin oil-film corrosion protection is an asset such as systems where small amounts of
water are unavoidable
• Machines employing a wide range of components using various metallurgy
Specifications and Approvals

Mobil DTE 20 Series meets or exceeds 21 22 24 25 26 27
the following industry specifications
FZG Gear Test, DIN 51354 - Fail Stage 12 12 12 12
Mobil DTE 20 Series has the following 24 25 26

builder approvals
Cincinnati Machine
P-68 X
P-69 X
P-70 X
Vickers I-286-S X X X
Vickers M-2950-S X X X
Denison HF-0, HF-1, HF-2 X X X
Typical Properties
Mobil DTE 20 Series 21 22 24 25 26 27
ISO Grade 10 22 32 46 68 100
Viscosity, ASTM D 445
cSt @ 40ºC 10.0 21.0 31.5 44.2 71.2 95.3
cSt @ 100ºC 2.74 4.50 5.29 6.65 8.53 10.9
Viscosity Index, ASTM D 2270 98 98 98 98 98 98
Specific Gravity @ 15.6 C/15.6 C, ASTM D 0.845 0.860 0.871 0.876 0.881 0.887
1298
Copper Strip Corrosion, ASTM D 130, 3 hrs 1B 1B 1B 1B 1B 1B
@ 100ºC
Rust Characteristics Proc B, ASTM D 665 Pass Pass Pass Pass Pass Pass
Pour Point, ºC, ASTM D 97 -30 -30 -27 -27 -21 -21
Flash Point, ºC, ASTM D 92 174 200 220 232 236 248
2 of 3 01-2006
Mobil DTE 20 Series 21 22 24 25 26 27

FZG 4-Square Load Support, DIN 51354, - - 12 12 12 12
Fail Stage
Foam Sequence I, II, III, ASTM D 892 , ml 20/0 20/0 20/0 20/0 20/0 20/0
Health and Safety

Based on available information, this product is not expected to produce adverse effects on health when used
for the intended application and the recommendations provided in the Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) are
followed. MSDS's are available upon request through your sales contract office, or via the Internet. This product
should not be used for purposes other than its intended use. If disposing of used product, take care to protect
the environment.
The Mobil logotype, the Pegasus design are trademarks of Exxon Mobil Corporation, or one of its subsidiaries.
Mobilgrease® XHP 222 and Mobilgrease
XHP® 222 Special
Grease
Product Description
Mobilgrease XHP 222 and Mobilgrease XHP 222 Special are extra high performance lithium complex greases
intended for a wide variety of applications and severe operating conditions. These greases were designed to
outperform conventional products by applying leading edge, proprietary, lithium complex manufacturing technology.
They are based on high quality paraffinic mineral oils and are manufactured and formulated to provide excellent
high temperature performance with superb adhesion, structural stability and resistance to water contamination.
These greases have a high level of chemical stability and offers excellent protection against rust and corrosion.
The greases feature a high dropping point and maximum recommended operating temperature is 140ºC.
Mobilgrease XHP 222 and Mobilgrease XHP 222 Special are NLGI grades 2 greases with base oil viscosity of
ISO VG 220.
Mobilgrease XHP greases are designed for a wide range of applications including the industrial, automotive,
construction and marine sectors. Their performance features make them an ideal choice for severe operating
conditions including high temperature, water contamination, high loads and shock loading and extended
re-lubrication operations. Mobilgrease XHP 222 Special is an extreme pressure grease containing molybdenum
disulphide that provides protection from wear under shock loads and fretting conditions.
Features and Benefits

Mobilgrease XHP 222 and Mobilgrease XHP 222 Special are members of the Mobilgrease brand of products,
which has gained a reputation world-wide for innovation and performance excellence. Mobilgrease XHP greases
are state-of-the-art products designed by our formulation technologists and backed by our world-wide technical
support staff.
A key factor in the excellent adhesion and cohesion properties and high drop point of Mobilgrease XHP greases
is the proprietary manufacturing technology developed at our research facilities and adopted by our modern
manufacturing facilities. These products use specially selected additives to provide excellent oxidation stability,
rust and corrosion control, resistance to water contamination as well as anti-wear and EP protection. Mobilgrease
XHP products offers the following features and potential benefits:

Superb resistance to water washout and spray-off Assures proper lubrication and protection even in the
most severe water exposure conditions
Highly adhesive and cohesive structure Excellent grease tenacity, reduced leakage and extended
re-lubrication intervals for reduced maintenance
requirements.
Excellent rust and corrosion resistance Protection of lubricated parts even in hostile aqueous
environments, especially acidic water
1 of 3 01-2006
Very good resistance to thermal, oxidative and structural Extended grease life and enhanced bearing protection
degradation at high temperature in high temperature applications offers reduced
maintenance and replacement cost benefits.
Very good anti-wear and EP performance Reliable protection of lubricated equipment, even under
conditions of high sliding and shock loading with potential
for extended equipment life and reduced unanticipated
downtime
Broad multi-purpose application Provides potential for inventory rationalisation and
reduced inventory costs
Applications
Mobilgrease XHP grease are used in a wide range of equipment including industrial, automotive, construction
and marine applications:
• Mobilgrease XHP 222 is recommended for industrial and automotive antifriction bearings, chassis
components, universal joints and disc brake wheel bearings. It finds particular application in passenger
cars, light trucks, taxi fleets and farm equipment. It is also recommended for marine, paper mill, sugar mill
and mining applications
• Mobilgrease XHP 222 Special is used in chassis components, clutch bearings, ball joints of suspension
and steering systems in all kinds of passenger cars, trucks, farm tractors, contractor, construction,
earth-moving and mobile equipment. It also finds application in king pins, U-joints, fifth wheels and bucket
pins
Typical Properties
Mobilgrease XHP 222 222 Special
NLGI Grade 2 2
Thickener Type Li-Complex Li-Complex
Color, Visual Dark Blue Grey-Black
Penetration, Worked, 25 ºC, ASTM D 217 280 280
Dropping Point, ºC, ASTM D 2265 280 280
Viscosity of Oil, ASTM D 445
cSt @ 40ºC 220 220
Penetration Consistency Change, Roll Stability, ASTM -8 -8
D 1831, mm/10
4-Ball Wear Test, ASTM D 2266, scar, mm 0.5 0.5
4-Ball Weld Load, ASTM D 2509, Kg 315 315
Timken OK Load, ASTM D 2509, lb 45 45
Bomb Oxidation, ASTM D 942, Pressure drop at 100 35 35
hrs, kPa
Corrosion Prevention, ASTM D 1743 Pass Pass
Emcor Rust, IP 220, Acidic Water 0 0
Rust Protection, IP 220-mod.,Distilled Water Washout 0 0
Copper Strip Corrosion, ASTM D 4048 1A1A
2 of 3 01-2006
Mobilgrease XHP 222 222 Special
Water Spray Resistance, ASTM D 4049, % Spray-off 15 15
Water Washout, ASTM D 1264, wt % loss at 79ºC5 5
Precautions
Mobilgrease® XHP is manufactured from high quality petroleum base stocks, carefully blended with selected
soaps and additives. As with all petroleum products, good personal hygiene and careful handling should always
be practiced. Avoid prolonged contact to skin, splashing into the eyes, ingestion or vapour inhalation.
High-pressure injection of any grease under the skin can cause serious delayed soft tissue damage and should
be treated immediately by a physician. To avoid injection injuries, inspect greasing equipment regularly for worn
hoses and fittings. Keep finger away form the nozzle and ensure the nozzle is firmly in place before discharging
the grease. Please refer to our Imperial Oil Material Safety Data Sheet for further information.
Note: This product is not controlled under Canadian WHMIS legislation.
The Mobil logotype, the Pegasus design are trademarks of Exxon Mobil Corporation, or one of its subsidiaries.
Extra High Performance Multipurpose Tractor Lubricant
Product Description
Mobilfluid 424 is an extra high performance multipurpose tractor lubricant engineered to meet or exceed transmission and hydraulic
fluid requirements. The advanced technology in Mobilfluid 424 is designed to optimize the performance of agricultural and commercial
tractors operating in a wide range of environments and conditions. This next generation product combines select base oils and an
advanced additive package to deliver the varied lubricant performance properties required by the drive trains of agricultural and
construction equipment proven in severe duty applications. It is particularly well suited for reducing wet brake and Power Take-Off
(PTO) chatter.
Features & Benefits

Next generation technology has vastly improved the performance capabilities of heavy-duty equipment in terms of load, speed, control,
and reliability through innovative power train designs. These designs have markedly changed and increased the requirements of power
train fluids to deliver higher levels of performance and productivity while reducing operating costs. Friction control, wear protection,
thermal stability, shear stability, rust and corrosion protection, and pumpability are features that must be optimally balanced to provide
extended clutch life, maximum drawbar loading, and maintain operations on uneven terrain over a wide range of ambient temperatures.
Mobilfluid 424 delivers exceptional performance in today’s power train transmissions, drive axles, clutches PTOs and hydraulic
systems. The key benefits include:

Enhanced frictional properties Optimized clutch and PTO performance
Improved wet brake and PTO chatter control
Compatible with latest clutch materials and elastomers Longer clutch life and reduced leakage
High viscosity index and shear stability Consistent operating response
Excellent protection against rust, corrosion and yellow metal Protects equipment in wet or humid environments and prevents
etching premature wear
Excellent low temperature properties Responsive operation and effective lubrication in cold weather
applications
Strong anti-wear and extreme pressure properties Reduces wear, extends equipment life, and reduces
maintenance costs
Excellent thermal and oxidation stability Reduces deposits, extends seal life, and increases service life of
equipment and lubricant
Multipurpose capability Simplifies inventory and reduces misapplication problems
Good filterability Keeps systems clean and operating smoothly
ExxonMobil Lubricants & Specialties

All products may not be available locally. For more information, contact your local sales office or visit www.exxonmobil.com.
ExxonMobil is comprised of numerous affiliates and subsidiaries, many with names that include Esso, Mobil, or ExxonMobil. Nothing in this document is intended to override or
supersede the corporate separateness of local entities. Responsibility for local action and accountability remains with the local ExxonMobil-affiliate entities. Due to continual
product research and development, the information contained herein is subject to change without notification. Typical Properties may vary slightly.
© 2001 Exxon Mobil Corporation. All rights reserved.
Applications
Heavy-duty transmissions, differentials, final drives, hydraulic systems, power steering systems, wet brakes, PTOs and hydrostatic
drives
Recommended in off-highway industries including: agriculture, construction, and quarrying
Recommended for top-up and refill of systems
Suitable for commercial transmission applications requiring Type A (Suffix A), Dexron and Type F fluids. Do not use in passenger
car automatic transmissions
May be used in applications requiring API GL-4 or SAE 80W grade lubricants in all gear applications except hypoid gear designs
Outstanding replacement for engine oils recommended for hydraulic and transmission systems
Specifications & Approvals

Mobilfluid 424 meets or exceeds
the following industry
specifications:
API GL-4
AGCO Powerfluid 821 XL
Ford New Holland FNHA-2-C-
201.00
Kubota UDT
John Deere J20C
Vickers 35VQ25
Volvo WB-101/BM
Mobilfluid 424 has the following

builder approval:
ZF TE ML-03E
Mobilfluid 424 is recommended

for use in applications requiring:
Allison C-4 (Agriculture Only)
Caterpillar TO-2
Denison HF-0, HF-1,HF-2 (Pumps
Only)
J. I. Case MS
1204/1205/1206/1207/1209
Massey Ferguson MF 1135, 1141

Typical Properties
Mobilfluid 424
Viscosity, ASTM D 445
cSt @ 40ºC 55
cSt @ 100ºC 9.3
Brookfield Viscosity, cP (@ -35 C) 55,000
Viscosity Index, ASTM D 2270 145
Pour Point, ºC, ASTM D 97 -42
Flash Point, ºC, ASTM D 92 198
Density @ 15ºC kg/l, ASTM D 4052 0.884
Health & Safety

Based on available information, this product is not expected to produce adverse effects on health when used for the intended
application and the recommendations provided in the Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) are followed. MSDS's are available upon
request through your sales contract office, or via the Internet. This product should not be used for purposes other than its intended use.
If disposing of used product, take care to protect the environment.
The Mobil logotype, the Pegasus design, and Mobilfluid are trademarks of Exxon Mobil Corporation, or one of its subsidiaries.

000/000/000
RIGHT
LEFT
SPARE PARTS LIST

TYPE: 212/764 DATE: 07-06-2007
CUSTOMER: CODE:
SEMMCO S.A. 460002

Data rilascio N° foglio
SPICER OFF-HIGHWAY AXLE DIVISION
10/01/2007 1
Denominazione Gruppo tipo Modello Cliente: REPR. Y SERVCIOS SEMMCO S.A. C.I. e data
Ponte differenziale sterzante con riduzioni finali epicicloidali 212 764 ultima
Cod.cliente: 460002 N° disegno 212.97.000.764 modifica
Quantità olio Macchina: MINING MACHINE TRAMIX 4000 R 0164
Note 10/01/2007
ATTENZIONE:
- Mettere bussola 112.05.002.01 e anello OR
001.05.1356 all'interno del coperchio attacco motore
idraulico
Flangia a flangia [mm] 1920. lt. 6.00

Rapporto coppia conica 9:31
Rapporto riduzioni finali 1:6 - 4 sat. diam. 275 lt. 0.75
Sterzatura [gradi] 45
Denominazione Sottogruppo Caratteristiche N°Complessivo
Scatola e 212- / 10 212.01.000.01

coperchi 01
Differenziale 212- / 63 Senza blocco 112.04.000.05
04
Attacco motore 212- / 02 Per motore HYDROMATIK A6VM 140 - Prof. 45x2x30x21 212.05.000.01
05 DIN5480
Mozzo ruota 212- /380 Colonnette M22 L=76 212.06.000.02
06
Freno 112- / 36 A disco in bagno d'olio 8 dischi Wellman + staz. a com. 212.07.000.07
07 negativo interno - Gioco 1 mm
Cilindro sterzo 212- / 35 Cilindro 180 BAR - Con sensore senza cavo - Aliment. 45° 212.24.000.02
24 alto - M18x1,5 - Corsa 120
DISTINTA PEZZI DI RICAMBIO
Drawing
ERSATZTEILLISTE
212-01-0002
LISTE DES PIECES DE RECHANGE
Mod. 212/764 LIST OF SPARE PARTS Page N. 1
Technical documentation Descr. CENTRAL HOUSING Date 7/06/07
NUMERO DISEGNO DENOMINAZIONE

BESTELLNUMMER BEZEICHNUNG Type Subassembly
Pos. Q.ty
REFERENCE NUMERO DESCRIPTION
PART NUMBER DENOMINATION 212 212-01/10
1 001.05.1178 3 ANELLO OR
JOINT OR
O - RING
O - RING
2 112.01.007.03 1 COPERCHIO INTERMEDIO
COUVERCLE INTERMEDIAIRE
INTERMEDIATE COVER
ZWISCHENDECKEL
3 212.01.006.10 1 SCATOLA
CARTER
HOUSING
GEHAEUSE
4 171.01.015.04 1 TAPPO
BOUCHON
PLUG
STOPFEN
5 112.01.018.01 1 TAPPO SFIATO
RENIFLARD
VENT
ENTLUEFTER
6
7 112.01.610.01 1 TAPPO
BOUCHON
PLUG
STOPFEN
8 112.01.610.03 1 TAPPO MAGNETICO
BOUCHON MAGNETIQUE
MAGNET PLUG
MAGNETSTOPFEN
9 002.02.0088 1 ANELLO DI SICUREZZA
ARRETOIR
CIRCLIP
SICHERUNGSRING
Drawing
ERSATZTEILLISTE
212-04-0007
Technical documentation Descr. DIFFERENTIAL Date 7/06/07

Pos. Q.ty
1 953.04.012.01 1 GHIERA
ECROU
RING NUT
WELLENMUTTER
2 005.10.0162 2 CUSCINETTO A RULLI CONICI
ROULEMENT A R. CONIQUES
TAPER ROLLER BEARING
KEGELROLLENLAGER
3 112.04.500.21 1 COPPIA CONICA
COUPLE CONIQUE
BEVEL GEAR SET
KEGEL- UND TELLERRADPAAR
KEGELROLLENLAGER
5 112.04.016.02 2 GHIERA
ECROU
RING NUT
WELLENMUTTER
6 016.04.0417 4 VITE A TESTA CILINDRICA
VIS A TETE CYLINDRIQUE
CYLINDER BOLT
ZYLINDERSCHRAUBE
CYLINDER BOLT
ZYLINDERSCHRAUBE
8 016.28.3390 12 VITE
VIS
BOLT
SCHRAUBE
9 112.04.007.01 2 RONDELLA DI RASAMENTO
RONDELLE
FRICTION WASHER
ANLAUFSCHEIBE
10 112.04.005.01 2 PLANETARIO
PLANETAIRE
DIFFERENTIAL SIDE GEAR
AUSGLEICHSWELLENRAD
Drawing
ERSATZTEILLISTE
212-04-0007

Pos. Q.ty
ARRETOIR
CIRCLIP
SICHERUNGSRING
ARRETOIR
CIRCLIP
SICHERUNGSRING
13 112.04.006.03 4 PERNO
AXE
PIN
BOLZEN
RONDELLE
FRICTION WASHER
ANLAUFSCHEIBE
15 112.04.001.04 1 SCATOLA DIFFERENZIALE
CARTER DIFFERENTIEL
DIFFERENTIAL CARRIER
DIFFERENTIALGEHAEUSE
16 013.01.1279 1 SPESSORE
013.01.1281 1 CALE
013.01.3055 1 SHIM
013.01.3066 1 PASS - SCHEIBE
17 112.04.023.01 1 DISTANZIALE
ENTRETOISE
SPACER
DISTANZRING
18 013.01.3117 1 SPESSORE
013.01.3118 1 CALE
013.01.3119 1 SHIM
013.01.3120 1 PASS - SCHEIBE
19
20
21
Drawing
ERSATZTEILLISTE
212-04-0007

Pos. Q.ty
22 006.03.3239 8 DADO
ECROU
NUT
MUTTER
23 017.02.3023 8 PRIGIONIERO
GOUJON
STUD
STIFTSCHRAUBE
24 112.04.004.04 4 SATELLITE
SATELLITE
DIFFERENTIAL PINION
AUSGLEICHSKEGELRAD
25
26
27 112.04.702.01 1 DIFFERENZIALE
DIFFERENTIEL
DIFFERENTIAL
DIFFERENTIAL
Drawing
ERSATZTEILLISTE
212-05-0001
Technical documentation Descr. INPUT Date 7/06/07

Pos. Q.ty
1 016.01.1945 4 VITE
VIS
BOLT
SCHRAUBE
2 001.05.1356 1 ANELLO OR
JOINT OR
O - RING
O - RING
3 001.05.1359 1 ANELLO OR
JOINT OR
O - RING
O - RING
4 112.05.001.01 1 COPERCHIO
COUVERCLE
COVER
DECKEL
BOUCHON MAGNETIQUE
MAGNET PLUG
MAGNETSTOPFEN
6 723.14.053.04 1 LAMIERA
TOLE
SHEET
BLECH
7 112.05.002.01 1 BUSSOLA
MANCHON DE REDUCTION
REDUCTION BUSHING
ZWISCHENBUCHSE
Drawing
ERSATZTEILLISTE
212-06-0002
Technical documentation Descr. HUB REDUCTION Date 7/06/07

Pos. Q.ty
1 006.03.0197 2 DADO
ECROU
NUT
MUTTER
2 016.13.3243 2 VITE
VIS
BOLT
SCHRAUBE
3 212.06.048.03 2 BRACCIO
CORPS D'ESSIEU
AXLE CASE
ACHSKOERPER
4 112.06.070.04 24 VITE
VIS
BOLT
SCHRAUBE
5 011.17.2952 8 RONDELLA
RONDELLE
WASHER
SCHEIBE
6 212.06.700.01 2 BUSSOLA
REDUCTION BUSHING
ZWISCHENBUCHSE
7 729.06.009.01 2 ANELLO DI TENUTA
JOINT D'ETANCHEITE
SEAL
DICHTRING
8 005.01.0121 2 CUSCINETTO A SFERE
ROULEMENT A BILLES
BALL BEARING
RILLENKUGELLAGER
ARRETOIR
CIRCLIP
SICHERUNGSRING
10 001.05.1389 2 ANELLO OR
JOINT OR
O - RING
O - RING
Drawing
ERSATZTEILLISTE
212-06-0002

Pos. Q.ty
11 212.06.617.03 2 GIUNTO
JOINT
JOINT
GELENK
12 277.06.005.01 1 BRONZINA
1 DOUILLE
THRUST BUSHING
ANLAUFBUCHSE
13 212.06.006.03 2 BOCCOLA
DOUILLE
BUSHING
BUCHSE
14 112.04.022.01 20 VITE
VIS
BOLT
SCHRAUBE
15 212.06.007.03 2 COPERCHIO
COUVERCLE
COVER
DECKEL
16 734.07.015.01 4 TAPPO
BOUCHON
PLUG
STOPFEN
17 008.01.0213 2 INGRASSATORE
2 GRAISSEUR
GREASE FITTING
KEGEL - SCHMIERNIPPEL
18 212.06.700.05 2 PERNO SNODO
PIVOT DE DIRECTION
PIVOT PIN
ACHSSCHENKELBOLZEN
19 212.06.700.04 2 PERNO SNODO
PIVOT DE DIRECTION
PIVOT PIN
ACHSSCHENKELBOLZEN
20 001.39.3169 2 ANELLO DI TENUTA
2 JOINT D'ETANCHEITE
SEAL
DICHTRING
Drawing
ERSATZTEILLISTE
212-06-0002

Pos. Q.ty
21 212.06.005.01 2 SNODO
ARTICULATION
ARTICULATION
GELENK
22

JOINT D'ETANCHEITE
SEAL
DICHTRING
24

BOUCHON MAGNETIQUE
MAGNET PLUG
MAGNETSTOPFEN
26 112.01.610.01 4 TAPPO
BOUCHON
PLUG
STOPFEN
27

JOINT D'ETANCHEITE
SEAL
DICHTRING
29 005.10.3166 4 CUSCINETTO
ROULEMENT
BEARING
LAGER
30 932.06.074.01 16 COLONNETTA
GOUJON DE ROUE
WHEEL STUD
RADBOLZEN
Drawing
ERSATZTEILLISTE
212-06-0002

Pos. Q.ty
31 112.06.049.01 2 MOZZO RUOTA
MOYEU DE ROUE
WHEEL HUB
RADNABE
32 001.05.1178 2 ANELLO OR
2 JOINT OR
O - RING
O - RING
33 112.06.005.04 2 CORONA DENTATA
COURONNE DENTEE
RING GEAR
ZAHNKRANZ
34 112.06.007.07 2 SUPPORTO PORTACORONA
SUPPORT PORTE COURONNE
RING GEAR SUPPORT
HOHLRADTRAEGER
ARRETOIR
CIRCLIP
SICHERUNGSRING
36 112.06.006.03 8 SATELLITE (PLAN.)
SATELLITE
PLANET GEAR
PLANETENRAD
37 112.06.008.02 8 CUSCINETTO
ROULEMENT
BEARING
LAGER
38 006.08.2833 16 DADO A SEDE SFERICA
ECROU DEMI-SPHERIQUE
WHEEL NUT
KUGELBUNDMUTTER
39
40 016.06.0442 4 VITE A TESTA CONICA

VIS A TETE CONIQUE
COUNTERSUNK BOLT
SENKSCHRAUBE
Drawing
ERSATZTEILLISTE
212-06-0002

Pos. Q.ty
41 112.06.050.05 2 SUPPORTO SATELLITI
SUPPORT SATELLITES
PLANET GEAR CARRIER
PLANETENGEHAEUSE
42 112.06.025.01 16 PRIGIONIERO
GOUJON
STUD
STIFTSCHRAUBE
43 006.04.1159 16 DADO
ECROU
NUT
MUTTER
ARRETOIR
CIRCLIP
SICHERUNGSRING
45 213.06.011.01 4 VITE
VIS
BOLT
SCHRAUBE
46 006.05.1521 4 DADO
ECROU
NUT
MUTTER
47
48
49 112.06.026.01 2 LAMIERA DI SICUREZZA

TOLE DE SECURITE
LOCKING PLATE
SICHERUNGSBLECH
ARRETOIR
CIRCLIP
SICHERUNGSRING
Drawing
ERSATZTEILLISTE
212-06-0002

Pos. Q.ty
51
52
53
54
55
56
57 212.06.025.01 2 SPESSORE
212.06.025.02 2 CALE
212.06.025.03 2 SHIM
PASS - SCHEIBE
58
59

SUPPORT SATELLITES
PLANET GEAR CARRIER
PLANETENGEHAEUSE
Drawing
ERSATZTEILLISTE
212-06-0002

Pos. Q.ty
61 212.06.044.01 8 PRIGIONIERO
GOUJON
STUD
STIFTSCHRAUBE
62 006.03.3208 8 DADO
ECROU
NUT
MUTTER
63
64
65 212.06.702.23 1 SCATOLA SNODO

BOITIER DE DIRECTION
STEERING CASE
GELENKGEHAEUSE
66 212.06.703.23 1 SCATOLA SNODO
STEERING CASE
GELENKGEHAEUSE
67
68
69
70
71
Drawing
ERSATZTEILLISTE
212-06-0002

Pos. Q.ty
72 213.06.711.01 4 VITE DI FERMO STERZO
VIS D'ARRET BRAQUAGE
STEERING ADJUST BOLT
LENKEINSCHLAGSCHRAUBE
73
74
75

RING GEAR SUPPORT
HOHLRADTRAEGER
Drawing
ERSATZTEILLISTE
112-07-0006
Technical documentation Descr. BRAKES Date 7/06/07

Pos. Q.ty
1 212.07.013.01 2 DISTANZIALE
ENTRETOISE
SPACER
DISTANZRING
2 176.07.047.01 4 MOLLA
RESSORT
SPRING
FEDER
3 212.07.004.02 2 PISTONE
PISTON
PISTON
KOLBEN
4 001.05.1642 2 ANELLO OR
JOINT OR
O - RING
O - RING
5 001.05.0746 4 ANELLO OR
JOINT OR
O - RING
O - RING
6 212.07.007.01 4 ANELLO ANTIESTRUSIONE
BAGUE ANTIEXTRUSION
BACK - UP RING
ANTIEXTRUSIONSRING
7 212.01.013.01 2 COPERCHIO
COUVERCLE
COVER
DECKEL
8 001.05.0819 2 ANELLO OR
JOINT OR
O - RING
O - RING
BAGUE ANTIEXTRUSION
BACK - UP RING
ANTIEXTRUSIONSRING
10 212.07.008.02 2 PISTONE
PISTON
PISTON
KOLBEN
Drawing
ERSATZTEILLISTE
112-07-0006

Pos. Q.ty
11 212.07.005.02 2 DISCO FRENO INTERMEDIO
DISQUE INTERMEDIAIRE
INTERMEDIATE BRAKE DISC
GEGENLAMELLE
12 171.07.010.02 6 MOLLA
RESSORT
SPRING
FEDER
13 154.06.014.02 6 VITE REGISTRO
VIS DE REGLAGE
ADJUSTING BOLT
NACHSTELLSCHRAUBE
14 112.07.610.02 8 DISCO FRENO
DISQUE DE FREIN
BRAKE DISC
BREMSSCHEIBE
GEGENLAMELLE
16 212.07.006.01 2 DISTANZIALE
ENTRETOISE
SPACER
DISTANZRING
17 212.07.009.04 4 VITE
VIS
BOLT
SCHRAUBE
18 112.07.037.14 6 VITE REGISTRO
VIS DE REGLAGE
ADJUSTING BOLT
NACHSTELLSCHRAUBE
19 112.07.002.03 6 MOLLA
RESSORT
SPRING
FEDER
20 006.05.0684 4 DADO
ECROU
NUT
MUTTER
Drawing
ERSATZTEILLISTE
112-07-0006

Pos. Q.ty
21 011.13.1227 4 ROSETTA
RONDELLE
LOCK WASHER
SCHEIBE
22 734.07.014.01 4 VITE SPURGO
VIS DE PURGE
BLEEDING BOLT
ABBLASESCHRAUBE
23 734.07.015.01 4 TAPPO
BOUCHON
PLUG
STOPFEN
24 013.01.3486 2 SPESSORE
013.01.3487 2 CALE
013.01.3488 2 SHIM
PASS - SCHEIBE
25 016.10.1441 4 VITE
VIS
BOLT
SCHRAUBE
26 011.07.1215 4 ROSETTA DI TENUTA
BAGUE D'ETANCHEITE
SEAL WASHER
DICHTRING
Drawing
ERSATZTEILLISTE
212-24-0001
Technical documentation Descr. STEERING Date 7/06/07

Pos. Q.ty
CYLINDER BOLT
ZYLINDERSCHRAUBE
2 279.24.610.17 1 RILEVATORE ELETTRONICO
RELEVER
ELECTRONIC SENSOR
ELEKTR. MESSGERAET
3 016.04.1988 3 VITE
VIS
BOLT
SCHRAUBE
4 212.24.620.44 1 CILINDRO
CILINDRE
CYLINDER
ZYLINDER
5 212.24.630.04 1 ASTA ASSIALE ARTICOLATA
TIGE AXIALE ARTICULEE
ARTICULATED TIE ROD
GELENKTESPURSTANGE
ARTICULATED TIE ROD
GELENKTESPURSTANGE
000/000/000
RIGHT
LEFT
SPARE PARTS LIST

TYPE: 212/765 DATE: 07-06-2007
CUSTOMER: CODE:
SEMMCO S.A. 460002

Data rilascio N° foglio
SPICER OFF-HIGHWAY AXLE DIVISION
10/01/2007 1
Denominazione Gruppo tipo Modello Cliente: REPR. Y SERVCIOS SEMMCO S.A. C.I. e data
Ponte differenziale sterzante con riduzioni finali epicicloidali 212 765 ultima
Cod.cliente: 460002 N° disegno 212.97.000.765 modifica
Quantità olio Macchina: MINING MACHINE TRAMIX 4000 R 0164
Note 10/01/2007
ATTENZIONE:
- Mettere bussola 112.05.002.01 e anello OR
001.05.1356 all'interno del coperchio attacco motore
idraulico
Flangia a flangia [mm] 1920. lt. 6.00

Rapporto coppia conica 9:31 Corona elica sx
Rapporto riduzioni finali 1:6 - 4 sat. diam. 275 lt. 0.75
Sterzatura [gradi] 45
Denominazione Sottogruppo Caratteristiche N°Complessivo
Scatola e 212- / 10 212.01.000.01

coperchi 01
Differenziale 212- / 63 Senza blocco 112.04.000.05
04
Attacco motore 212- / 02 Per motore HYDROMATIK A6VM 140 - Prof. 45x2x30x21 212.05.000.01
05 DIN5480
Mozzo ruota 212- /380 Colonnette M22 L=76 212.06.000.02
06
Freno 112- / 36 A disco in bagno d'olio 8 dischi Wellman + staz. a com. 212.07.000.07
07 negativo interno - Gioco 1 mm
Cilindro sterzo 212- / 35 Cilindro 180 BAR - Con sensore senza cavo - Aliment. 45° 212.24.000.02
24 alto - M18x1,5 - Corsa 120
Drawing
ERSATZTEILLISTE
212-01-0002
Technical documentation Descr. CENTRAL HOUSING Date 7/06/07

Pos. Q.ty
1 001.05.1178 3 ANELLO OR
JOINT OR
O - RING
O - RING
2 112.01.007.03 1 COPERCHIO INTERMEDIO
COUVERCLE INTERMEDIAIRE
INTERMEDIATE COVER
ZWISCHENDECKEL
3 212.01.006.10 1 SCATOLA
CARTER
HOUSING
GEHAEUSE
4 171.01.015.04 1 TAPPO
BOUCHON
PLUG
STOPFEN
5 112.01.018.01 1 TAPPO SFIATO
RENIFLARD
VENT
ENTLUEFTER
6
7 112.01.610.01 1 TAPPO
BOUCHON
PLUG
STOPFEN
BOUCHON MAGNETIQUE
MAGNET PLUG
MAGNETSTOPFEN
ARRETOIR
CIRCLIP
SICHERUNGSRING
Drawing
ERSATZTEILLISTE
212-04-0007

Pos. Q.ty
1 953.04.012.01 1 GHIERA
ECROU
RING NUT
WELLENMUTTER
KEGELROLLENLAGER
3 112.04.500.60 1 COPPIA CONICA
COUPLE CONIQUE
BEVEL GEAR SET
KEGEL- UND TELLERRADPAAR
KEGELROLLENLAGER
5 112.04.016.02 2 GHIERA
ECROU
RING NUT
WELLENMUTTER
CYLINDER BOLT
ZYLINDERSCHRAUBE
CYLINDER BOLT
ZYLINDERSCHRAUBE
8 016.28.3390 12 VITE
VIS
BOLT
SCHRAUBE
RONDELLE
FRICTION WASHER
ANLAUFSCHEIBE
10 112.04.005.01 2 PLANETARIO
PLANETAIRE
DIFFERENTIAL SIDE GEAR
AUSGLEICHSWELLENRAD
Drawing
ERSATZTEILLISTE
212-04-0007

Pos. Q.ty
ARRETOIR
CIRCLIP
SICHERUNGSRING
ARRETOIR
CIRCLIP
SICHERUNGSRING
13 112.04.006.03 4 PERNO
AXE
PIN
BOLZEN
RONDELLE
FRICTION WASHER
ANLAUFSCHEIBE
15 112.04.001.04 1 SCATOLA DIFFERENZIALE
CARTER DIFFERENTIEL
DIFFERENTIAL CARRIER
DIFFERENTIALGEHAEUSE
16 013.01.1279 1 SPESSORE
013.01.1281 1 CALE
013.01.3055 1 SHIM
013.01.3066 1 PASS - SCHEIBE
17 112.04.023.01 1 DISTANZIALE
ENTRETOISE
SPACER
DISTANZRING
18 013.01.3117 1 SPESSORE
013.01.3118 1 CALE
013.01.3119 1 SHIM
013.01.3120 1 PASS - SCHEIBE
19
20
21
Drawing
ERSATZTEILLISTE
212-04-0007

Pos. Q.ty
22 006.03.3239 8 DADO
ECROU
NUT
MUTTER
23 017.02.3023 8 PRIGIONIERO
GOUJON
STUD
STIFTSCHRAUBE
24 112.04.004.04 4 SATELLITE
SATELLITE
DIFFERENTIAL PINION
AUSGLEICHSKEGELRAD
25
26
27 112.04.702.01 1 DIFFERENZIALE
DIFFERENTIEL
DIFFERENTIAL
DIFFERENTIAL
Drawing
ERSATZTEILLISTE
212-05-0001
Technical documentation Descr. INPUT Date 7/06/07

Pos. Q.ty
1 016.01.1945 4 VITE
VIS
BOLT
SCHRAUBE
2 001.05.1356 1 ANELLO OR
JOINT OR
O - RING
O - RING
3 001.05.1359 1 ANELLO OR
JOINT OR
O - RING
O - RING
4 112.05.001.01 1 COPERCHIO
COUVERCLE
COVER
DECKEL
BOUCHON MAGNETIQUE
MAGNET PLUG
MAGNETSTOPFEN
6 723.14.053.04 1 LAMIERA
TOLE
SHEET
BLECH
7 112.05.002.01 1 BUSSOLA
REDUCTION BUSHING
ZWISCHENBUCHSE
Drawing
ERSATZTEILLISTE
212-06-0002

Pos. Q.ty
1 006.03.0197 2 DADO
ECROU
NUT
MUTTER
2 016.13.3243 2 VITE
VIS
BOLT
SCHRAUBE
3 212.06.048.03 2 BRACCIO
CORPS D'ESSIEU
AXLE CASE
ACHSKOERPER
4 112.06.070.04 24 VITE
VIS
BOLT
SCHRAUBE
5 011.17.2952 8 RONDELLA
RONDELLE
WASHER
SCHEIBE
6 212.06.700.01 2 BUSSOLA
REDUCTION BUSHING
ZWISCHENBUCHSE
JOINT D'ETANCHEITE
SEAL
DICHTRING
8 005.01.0121 2 CUSCINETTO A SFERE
ROULEMENT A BILLES
BALL BEARING
RILLENKUGELLAGER
ARRETOIR
CIRCLIP
SICHERUNGSRING
10 001.05.1389 2 ANELLO OR
JOINT OR
O - RING
O - RING
Drawing
ERSATZTEILLISTE
212-06-0002

Pos. Q.ty
11 212.06.617.03 2 GIUNTO
JOINT
JOINT
GELENK
12 277.06.005.01 1 BRONZINA
1 DOUILLE
THRUST BUSHING
ANLAUFBUCHSE
13 212.06.006.03 2 BOCCOLA
DOUILLE
BUSHING
BUCHSE
14 112.04.022.01 20 VITE
VIS
BOLT
SCHRAUBE
15 212.06.007.03 2 COPERCHIO
COUVERCLE
COVER
DECKEL
16 734.07.015.01 4 TAPPO
BOUCHON
PLUG
STOPFEN
17 008.01.0213 2 INGRASSATORE
2 GRAISSEUR
GREASE FITTING
KEGEL - SCHMIERNIPPEL
18 212.06.700.05 2 PERNO SNODO
PIVOT DE DIRECTION
PIVOT PIN
ACHSSCHENKELBOLZEN
19 212.06.700.04 2 PERNO SNODO
PIVOT DE DIRECTION
PIVOT PIN
ACHSSCHENKELBOLZEN
20 001.39.3169 2 ANELLO DI TENUTA
2 JOINT D'ETANCHEITE
SEAL
DICHTRING
Drawing
ERSATZTEILLISTE
212-06-0002

Pos. Q.ty
21 212.06.005.01 2 SNODO
ARTICULATION
ARTICULATION
GELENK
22

JOINT D'ETANCHEITE
SEAL
DICHTRING
24

BOUCHON MAGNETIQUE
MAGNET PLUG
MAGNETSTOPFEN
26 112.01.610.01 4 TAPPO
BOUCHON
PLUG
STOPFEN
27

JOINT D'ETANCHEITE
SEAL
DICHTRING
29 005.10.3166 4 CUSCINETTO
ROULEMENT
BEARING
LAGER
30 932.06.074.01 16 COLONNETTA
GOUJON DE ROUE
WHEEL STUD
RADBOLZEN
Drawing
ERSATZTEILLISTE
212-06-0002

Pos. Q.ty
31 112.06.049.01 2 MOZZO RUOTA
MOYEU DE ROUE
WHEEL HUB
RADNABE
32 001.05.1178 2 ANELLO OR
2 JOINT OR
O - RING
O - RING
33 112.06.005.04 2 CORONA DENTATA
COURONNE DENTEE
RING GEAR
ZAHNKRANZ
RING GEAR SUPPORT
HOHLRADTRAEGER
ARRETOIR
CIRCLIP
SICHERUNGSRING
36 112.06.006.03 8 SATELLITE (PLAN.)
SATELLITE
PLANET GEAR
PLANETENRAD
37 112.06.008.02 8 CUSCINETTO
ROULEMENT
BEARING
LAGER
38 006.08.2833 16 DADO A SEDE SFERICA
ECROU DEMI-SPHERIQUE
WHEEL NUT
KUGELBUNDMUTTER
39
40 016.06.0442 4 VITE A TESTA CONICA

VIS A TETE CONIQUE
COUNTERSUNK BOLT
SENKSCHRAUBE
Drawing
ERSATZTEILLISTE
212-06-0002

Pos. Q.ty
SUPPORT SATELLITES
PLANET GEAR CARRIER
PLANETENGEHAEUSE
42 112.06.025.01 16 PRIGIONIERO
GOUJON
STUD
STIFTSCHRAUBE
43 006.04.1159 16 DADO
ECROU
NUT
MUTTER
ARRETOIR
CIRCLIP
SICHERUNGSRING
45 213.06.011.01 4 VITE
VIS
BOLT
SCHRAUBE
46 006.05.1521 4 DADO
ECROU
NUT
MUTTER
47
48
49 112.06.026.01 2 LAMIERA DI SICUREZZA

TOLE DE SECURITE
LOCKING PLATE
SICHERUNGSBLECH
ARRETOIR
CIRCLIP
SICHERUNGSRING
Drawing
ERSATZTEILLISTE
212-06-0002

Pos. Q.ty
51
52
53
54
55
56
57 212.06.025.01 2 SPESSORE
212.06.025.02 2 CALE
212.06.025.03 2 SHIM
PASS - SCHEIBE
58
59

SUPPORT SATELLITES
PLANET GEAR CARRIER
PLANETENGEHAEUSE
Drawing
ERSATZTEILLISTE
212-06-0002

Pos. Q.ty
61 212.06.044.01 8 PRIGIONIERO
GOUJON
STUD
STIFTSCHRAUBE
62 006.03.3208 8 DADO
ECROU
NUT
MUTTER
63
64
65 212.06.702.23 1 SCATOLA SNODO

STEERING CASE
GELENKGEHAEUSE
66 212.06.703.23 1 SCATOLA SNODO
STEERING CASE
GELENKGEHAEUSE
67
68
69
70
71
Drawing
ERSATZTEILLISTE
212-06-0002

Pos. Q.ty
72 213.06.711.01 4 VITE DI FERMO STERZO
VIS D'ARRET BRAQUAGE
STEERING ADJUST BOLT
LENKEINSCHLAGSCHRAUBE
73
74
75

RING GEAR SUPPORT
HOHLRADTRAEGER
Drawing
ERSATZTEILLISTE
112-07-0006

Pos. Q.ty
1 212.07.013.01 2 DISTANZIALE
ENTRETOISE
SPACER
DISTANZRING
2 176.07.047.01 4 MOLLA
RESSORT
SPRING
FEDER
3 212.07.004.02 2 PISTONE
PISTON
PISTON
KOLBEN
4 001.05.1642 2 ANELLO OR
JOINT OR
O - RING
O - RING
5 001.05.0746 4 ANELLO OR
JOINT OR
O - RING
O - RING
BAGUE ANTIEXTRUSION
BACK - UP RING
ANTIEXTRUSIONSRING
7 212.01.013.01 2 COPERCHIO
COUVERCLE
COVER
DECKEL
8 001.05.0819 2 ANELLO OR
JOINT OR
O - RING
O - RING
BAGUE ANTIEXTRUSION
BACK - UP RING
ANTIEXTRUSIONSRING
10 212.07.008.02 2 PISTONE
PISTON
PISTON
KOLBEN
Drawing
ERSATZTEILLISTE
112-07-0006

Pos. Q.ty
GEGENLAMELLE
12 171.07.010.02 6 MOLLA
RESSORT
SPRING
FEDER
13 154.06.014.02 6 VITE REGISTRO
VIS DE REGLAGE
ADJUSTING BOLT
NACHSTELLSCHRAUBE
14 112.07.610.02 8 DISCO FRENO
DISQUE DE FREIN
BRAKE DISC
BREMSSCHEIBE
GEGENLAMELLE
16 212.07.006.01 2 DISTANZIALE
ENTRETOISE
SPACER
DISTANZRING
17 212.07.009.04 4 VITE
VIS
BOLT
SCHRAUBE
18 112.07.037.14 6 VITE REGISTRO
VIS DE REGLAGE
ADJUSTING BOLT
NACHSTELLSCHRAUBE
19 112.07.002.03 6 MOLLA
RESSORT
SPRING
FEDER
20 006.05.0684 4 DADO
ECROU
NUT
MUTTER
Drawing
ERSATZTEILLISTE
112-07-0006

Pos. Q.ty
21 011.13.1227 4 ROSETTA
RONDELLE
LOCK WASHER
SCHEIBE
22 734.07.014.01 4 VITE SPURGO
VIS DE PURGE
BLEEDING BOLT
ABBLASESCHRAUBE
23 734.07.015.01 4 TAPPO
BOUCHON
PLUG
STOPFEN
24 013.01.3486 2 SPESSORE
013.01.3487 2 CALE
013.01.3488 2 SHIM
PASS - SCHEIBE
25 016.10.1441 4 VITE
VIS
BOLT
SCHRAUBE
26 011.07.1215 4 ROSETTA DI TENUTA
BAGUE D'ETANCHEITE
SEAL WASHER
DICHTRING
Drawing
ERSATZTEILLISTE
212-24-0001
Technical documentation Descr. STEERING Date 7/06/07

Pos. Q.ty
CYLINDER BOLT
ZYLINDERSCHRAUBE
2 279.24.610.17 1 RILEVATORE ELETTRONICO
RELEVER
ELECTRONIC SENSOR
ELEKTR. MESSGERAET
3 016.04.1988 3 VITE
VIS
BOLT
SCHRAUBE
4 212.24.620.44 1 CILINDRO
CILINDRE
CYLINDER
ZYLINDER
ARTICULATED TIE ROD
GELENKTESPURSTANGE
ARTICULATED TIE ROD
GELENKTESPURSTANGE

Tornado Manual GB 10 - 2011

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Tornado Manual GB 10 - 2011

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

S.A.

MANUAL DEL OWNER’S

1. Equipment Identification ...................................................................................... 4

MXMANUAL1-03 Normet Chile Ltd. Page 3

MXMANUAL1-03 Normet Chile Ltd. Page 5

Fig. 1 Type and chassis number

MXMANUAL1-03 Normet Chile Ltd. Page 6

MXMANUAL1-03 Normet Chile Ltd. Page 8

Three different circuits on one device:

- TRANSIT : DA system hydrostatic transmission, automatically regulated

- DRUM ROTATION : Hydrostatic transmission, electronic regulation of

- SERVICES : Gear pumps for brakes and water pump.

MXMANUAL1-03 Normet Chile Ltd. Page 9

WEIGHT AND DIMENSIONS

Fig. 2. General Dimensions Plan

Fig. 3. Turning Radius Plan

MXMANUAL1-03 Normet Chile Ltd. Page 10

Fig. 4. View of equipment's undercarriage.

Fig. 5. Carriage Structure

MXMANUAL1-03 Normet Chile Ltd. Page 11

MXMANUAL1-03 Normet Chile Ltd. Page 13

3.1. GENERAL SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

Know the equipment's capacity, limitations and correct operating

! Do not try to get into or off the vehicle while it is moving.

MXMANUAL1-03 Normet Chile Ltd. Page 14

3.2. GENERAL SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS DURING OPERATION

! Do not try to get into or off the equipment while moving.

Repair or advise immediately of any faults or issues with the equipment.

MXMANUAL1-03 Normet Chile Ltd. Page 15

4.1. GENERAL RECOMMENDATIONS

- The equipment should not be operated while eating, drinking, reading.

- All personnel using the equipment should receive adequate training.

MXMANUAL1-03 Normet Chile Ltd. Page 17

4.3. OPERATOR ABILITY

THE MACHINERY SHOULD ONLY BE USED BY THOSE WHO ARE:

- Over the age of 18.

- Are physically and mentally able for the task.

- Be responsible and efficient.

- Follow the instructions provided.

4.4. OPERATOR RESPONSIBILITY

- If it is impossible to eliminate elements of danger the operation should be suspended.

- All operating and service instructions must be complied with.

MXMANUAL1-03 Normet Chile Ltd. Page 18

- Security systems should never be deactivated or disassembled to facilitate work.

- It is totally prohibited to exceed the given operating parameters.

MXMANUAL1-03 Normet Chile Ltd. Page 19

4.5. SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS PRIOR TO OPERATION

- Start up the motor using just the ignition switch.

- Ensure there is adequate space for moving equipment.

MXMANUAL1-03 Normet Chile Ltd. Page 20

5.1. CORRECT OPERATION OF THE MACHINERY

- Only original parts should be used.

5.2. INCORRECT OPERATION OF THE MACHINERY

MXMANUAL1-03 Normet Chile Ltd. Page 22

5.3. OPERATING THE MACHINERY

5.3.1. LOADING THE DRUM

MXMANUAL1-03 Normet Chile Ltd. Page 23

The transport distance should be as short as possible fundamentally for production

Adjust your speed for road or site conditions.

MXMANUAL1-03 Normet Chile Ltd. Page 24

5.4. OPERATOR CONTROLS

MXMANUAL1-03 Normet Chile Ltd. Page 25

5.4.1. STEERING COLUMN